ezwave_ur

March 17, 2018 | Author: shakespirit | Category: Electrical Engineering, Computing, Technology, Computing And Information Technology, Software
Share
Report this link


Comments



Description

EZwaveTM User’s and Reference ManualRelease AMS11.2 © 2012 Mentor Graphics Corporation All rights reserved. This document contains information that is proprietary to Mentor Graphics Corporation. The original recipient of this document may duplicate this document in whole or in part for internal business purposes only, provided that this entire notice appears in all copies. In duplicating any part of this document, the recipient agrees to make every reasonable effort to prevent the unauthorized use and distribution of the proprietary information. This document is for information and instruction purposes. Mentor Graphics reserves the right to make changes in specifications and other information contained in this publication without prior notice, and the reader should, in all cases, consult Mentor Graphics to determine whether any changes have been made. The terms and conditions governing the sale and licensing of Mentor Graphics products are set forth in written agreements between Mentor Graphics and its customers. No representation or other affirmation of fact contained in this publication shall be deemed to be a warranty or give rise to any liability of Mentor Graphics whatsoever. MENTOR GRAPHICS MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD TO THIS MATERIAL INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. MENTOR GRAPHICS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS PUBLICATION OR THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN IT, EVEN IF MENTOR GRAPHICS CORPORATION HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. RESTRICTED RIGHTS LEGEND 03/97 U.S. Government Restricted Rights. The SOFTWARE and documentation have been developed entirely at private expense and are commercial computer software provided with restricted rights. Use, duplication or disclosure by the U.S. Government or a U.S. Government subcontractor is subject to the restrictions set forth in the license agreement provided with the software pursuant to DFARS 227.72023(a) or as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1) and (2) of the Commercial Computer Software - Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52.227-19, as applicable. Contractor/manufacturer is: Mentor Graphics Corporation 8005 S.W. Boeckman Road, Wilsonville, Oregon 97070-7777. Telephone: 503.685.7000 Toll-Free Telephone: 800.592.2210 Website: www.mentor.com SupportNet: supportnet.mentor.com/ Send Feedback on Documentation: supportnet.mentor.com/doc_feedback_form TRADEMARKS: The trademarks, logos and service marks ("Marks") used herein are the property of Mentor Graphics Corporation or other third parties. No one is permitted to use these Marks without the prior written consent of Mentor Graphics or the respective third-party owner. The use herein of a thirdparty Mark is not an attempt to indicate Mentor Graphics as a source of a product, but is intended to indicate a product from, or associated with, a particular third party. A current list of Mentor Graphics’ trademarks may be viewed at: www.mentor.com/trademarks. Table of Contents Chapter 1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview of EZwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joint Waveform Database (JWDB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Visual Tour of EZwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workspace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graph Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Event Search Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measurement Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Comparison Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave Process Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 2 Set Up and Load Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing the EZwave Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Up Environment Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Default Environment Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Invoking EZwave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Invoking the Application from Other Host Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring EZwave Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring Waveform Names. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring the Color Scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring Graphical Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring Fonts and Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening Databases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Database List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported File Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 3 Add Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting a Single Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Multiple Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting the Difference Between Two Waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dragging and Dropping Waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grouping Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aligning Y-Axes with Different Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Visibility of Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying Waveform Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 23 24 25 25 28 29 30 32 33 34 35 36 39 39 40 40 42 42 43 43 45 46 47 55 56 56 59 59 60 61 61 62 64 66 68 69 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 3 Table of Contents Creating an XY Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Analog and Digital Waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Complex-Valued Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting wreal Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Multiple Bit Waveforms as a Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying Bus Values as a String . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Assertions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compound Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying Compound Waveforms as Single Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 4 Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Cursors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding the Base Cursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Reference Cursors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Relative Reference Cursors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Horizontal Cursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moving Cursors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Visibility of Cursor Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Y-Level Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Cursor Value Table with Compound Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Event Search Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performing a Basic Event Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performing an Expression Event Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Eye Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Eye Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing an Eye Mask. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Smith Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Smith Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Impedance and Admittance Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smith Chart and Polar Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursors in the Smith Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Circles in the Smith Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comparing Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Support for Different Types of Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Waveform Compare Wizard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manually Comparing Waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing Waveform Comparison Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generating a Waveform Comparison Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing and Saving Comparison Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving a Comparison Session. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Comparison Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Analog Waveform Comparison Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wreal Waveform Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 71 71 72 72 73 74 75 77 77 79 83 84 84 85 86 87 90 90 92 94 96 96 97 98 98 100 103 104 105 105 108 109 111 114 115 116 119 122 126 127 127 128 132 134 4 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Table of Contents Chapter 5 Post-Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transforming Analog Waveforms to Digital. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transforming Digital Waveforms to Analog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bus Transformation Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bit Transformation Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Measurement Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Taking a Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequency Domain Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Statistical Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Time Domain Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Buttons in the Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Built-In Functions in the Waveform Calculator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using User-Defined Functions in the Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Measurement Tool Functions in the Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Built-In Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculator Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal Processing Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Autocorrelation Function and Power Spectral Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Convolution Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Harmonic Distortion Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Signal to Noise Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Window Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windowing Transforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 6 Save and Output Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving and Restoring Graph Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving Graph Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restoring Graph Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Printing Graph Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Graph Windows as a PDF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Graph Windows as an Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Text Annotations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Text Annotations to a Waveform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Text Annotations to the Graph Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving a Waveform Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving Multiple Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recovering Save Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recovering from Incomplete Simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recovering Incomplete Savefiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 138 139 140 140 141 142 143 144 145 147 152 153 162 162 164 165 165 171 171 180 198 198 200 201 203 204 205 205 206 211 211 212 212 213 213 215 215 216 216 216 218 219 219 219 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 5 Table of Contents Saving a JWDB as an ASCII File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Converting a JWDB File to ASCII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Chapter 7 EZwave GUI Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave Application Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Menu Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graph Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workspace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Window Status Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graph Window Popup Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Panel Popup Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Database Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Folder Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hierarchy Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Name Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selected Waveforms Popup Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workspace Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keyboard and Mouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keyboard Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mouse Strokes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Calculator GUI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chooser Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Function Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . History/Stack Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expression Entry Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Button Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Evaluation Mode Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Calculator Status Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 8 Dialog and Field Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Clock Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Cursor Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog to Digital Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto Correlation Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic Reload Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axis Properties Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chirp Transform Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comparison Options Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Options Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comparison Method Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMS Options Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Constellation Diagram Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convolution Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 224 225 234 237 239 241 243 243 254 254 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 262 263 264 265 265 265 265 265 266 266 267 268 269 270 272 275 277 279 282 283 284 286 287 289 6 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Table of Contents Create Bus Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cross Correlation Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursors Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Format Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Values Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital to Analog Conversion Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit Digital Transformation Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Event Search Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Settings Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measurement Results Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Mask Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Find Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harmonic Distortion Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Histogram Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Layout Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measurement Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mouse Pointer Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiple Run Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Noise Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Spectral Density Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Row Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save As Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save Windows Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select Hierarchy Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select Waveforms Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal to Noise Ratio Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Text Annotation Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transformations Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Calculator Options Dialogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculations Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . View Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Compare Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Names Display Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Properties Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog Waveform Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Waveform Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radix Waveform Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windowing Transform Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 290 292 294 296 299 301 303 305 307 309 311 311 315 317 318 322 323 325 327 329 330 332 334 335 336 338 342 343 345 348 350 352 353 355 357 359 361 362 362 364 366 367 368 369 371 371 376 378 379 7 Table of Contents Workspace Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 Appendix A Eldo Simulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scenario 1: Run Eldo With EZwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scenario 2: Complete Eldo Simulation and View Simulation Data Later. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave Reload Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scenario 3: Manual Status Update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scenario 4: Marching Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B Waveform Calculator Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions by Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . abs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . absolutejitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . acos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . acosh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . acot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . acoth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . asin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . asinh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . atan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . atan2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . atanh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . atod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . autocor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . avg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ceil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . chirp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . complex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . concat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . constellationdiagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . continuous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . convolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cosh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . coth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cphase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . crosscorrelation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . datatowf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . db. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . db10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . deg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . derive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dtoa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 385 386 387 387 388 391 394 398 399 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 414 415 416 419 420 421 422 423 424 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 8 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Table of Contents dtoaonbit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . evmber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . exp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . eyediagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . falltime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . floor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fmod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . frexp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gendecade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . genlinear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . genoctave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gmargin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gptocomplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . harmonicdistortion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . harmonics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hdist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . histogram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hypot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . idb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . idb10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ifft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . imag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . integ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . integral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . intersect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . larger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ldexp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lesser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ln . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . longtermjitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . modf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mptocomplex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . noisetrantophasenoise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . oipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . periodjitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . phasenoise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . phmargin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pow10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . psd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 439 440 441 442 443 445 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 465 466 467 468 469 471 472 473 474 475 476 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 489 490 491 492 493 496 9 Table of Contents real. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . reglin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . risetime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ritocomplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rms_ac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rms_noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rms_tran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . settlingtime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sinh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . snr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sqr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sqrt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tanh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wftoascii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wftodata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . windavg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . windowing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xcompress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xnor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xofmax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xofmin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . yval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix C Tcl Scripting Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Scripting Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Command Syntax Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If Command Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set Command Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command Substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497 498 499 500 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 539 541 542 542 545 545 546 10 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Table of Contents Variable Substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl List Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported Tcl Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conventions Used in the Tcl Command Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Command Short Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Waveforms in Tcl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting Waveforms in Tcl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Command Detailed Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . add wave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . add workspace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . batch_mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare savelog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare saverules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset clear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset merge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset mergewaveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset open. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset rename. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset savewaveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . delete wave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dofile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . evalExpression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . exit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . find analogs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . find digitals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . find nets | signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . getactivecursortime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . precision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . printenv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . quit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . radix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . radix define . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . radix delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 546 547 548 549 549 556 557 560 561 567 568 569 573 574 577 578 579 580 584 585 586 587 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 601 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 11 Table of Contents radix list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . radix names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . radix signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . setenv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . unsetenv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave activecursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave activeworkspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addannotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addcursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave adddeltamarker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addmarker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addproperty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addwindow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addworkspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave closewindow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave colortheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave cursortime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave deletecursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave difference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave displayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave exists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave launchfolder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave listworkspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave lockcursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave names. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave refresh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave rowfit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave runindexlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave runparameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave runparametervalue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave show. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave showgridlines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave showzerolevels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave tile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave windowlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave xaxis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave yaxis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave zoomfull. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave zoomin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave zoomlast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave zoomout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave zoomrange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wfc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . write jpeg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . write png . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . write wave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Tcl Command Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Scripting Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 627 629 631 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 678 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Table of Contents Tcl Waveform Calculator Batch Commands Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a User-Defined Function With Tcl Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Different find Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Comparison Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix D Supported Net Representation Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Representing the Signal as a Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extended Options for Selecting Waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Examples of wave show and -show usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix E Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Known Problems and Workarounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linux Printing Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If You Are Using LPRNG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If You Are Using CUPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-Threading on Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Memory Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resolving Out-Of-Memory Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resolving Why the Simulator Fails to Start EZwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Increasing the Memory Stack Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loading .fsdb Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Launching EZwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure to Load EZwave Dynamic Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure to Launch EZwave in Questa ADMS GUI Context . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Logfiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Logfile Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contacting the Customer Support Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Training Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Your comments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary Index Third-Party Information End-User License Agreement 678 682 684 689 692 693 693 694 694 697 699 699 701 701 702 703 705 705 706 707 707 707 707 708 709 709 710 714 715 715 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 13 Table of Contents 14 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 . . . . . . Event Search Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Figure 3-1. . . . . . Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Left and Right Crossing Points and Vertical Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Figure 3-14. . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Figure 3-3. . . . 85 Figure 4-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Figure 2-3. . . . . . . . . . 30 Figure 1-4. . . . . 73 Figure 3-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave Main Interface. . . . . . . Workspace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Figure 1-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Figure 4-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Figure 3-10. . . . 80 Figure 4-1. . . . . . . . . . . . The Base Cursor . . . . . . . . . . Radix Options in the Waveform Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display of Right Justified Waveform Name. . . . . . . . . Example Cursor. . . . . . . . 44 Figure 2-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Figure 3-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Realigned Y Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Figure 2-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Figure 3-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Figure 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Figure 4-12. . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Figure 3-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bus Display with Value Strings . . . . . . . . . . . Display of 2 Levels of Waveform Name Hierarchy . . . . . . Reference Cursors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Horizontal Cursor in Y-Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Figure 4-10. . . . . . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . .2 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display of Leaf Only Waveform Name with Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Figure 3-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Figure 3-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Figure 1-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Figure 1-2. . . . 65 Figure 3-4. . . Multiple Bit Waveforms as a Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rising Edge Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graph Window With an VHDL-AMS Assertion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Horizontal Cursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graph Window With an SOA Assertion. . . . . . . . . Railroad Waveform. . . . . . . . . 63 Figure 3-2. . . . . . . Graph Window With a Compound Waveform . . . . . . . 32 Figure 1-6. . 29 Figure 1-3. . . . . . . . . . . EZwave Display Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . An Expanded Waveform Group . . . . . Display of Waveform Leaf Name Only . . . . . . . . . . . Cursor Values Displayed in the Reserved Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .List of Figures Figure 1-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Location of Plotted Waveforms . 96 Figure 4-11. . . . . . 92 Figure 4-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Figure 3-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Figure 4-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Figure 4-5. . . . . . . . . . . 43 Figure 2-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Figure 4-6. . . . . . . . Display of Full Waveform Name Hierarchy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Figure 4-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Show/Hide Crossing Points in the Data Values Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Figure 4-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Figure 1-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measurement Tool . Creating a Group . . . . . . . . . Graph Windows . . . Waveform-Based Delta Ys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameter Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Step Waveform . . 75 Figure 3-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursor Value Table . . . 67 Figure 3-6. . . Overlaid Waveforms With Different Y Axes Scales . . . . . . . Cursor-Based Delta Ys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Panel. . . . . . . . . . Compound Waveforms as Single Elements With Run Parameters . . . . . . . . Figure 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Highlighted Circle. . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-6. . . . . . Figure 5-10. . . . . . . . . . . EZwave Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave Graph Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-4. . . . . Figure 7-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The EZwave Main Window . . . . . . . . . Waveform Comparison Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Built-In Waveform Calculator Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The RMS AC Calculation: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Circle Visibility Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . The RMS Tran Calculation: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 6-1. . . . . . . . Display of the Tolerance Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-8. . . . . . . . . . . Symmetric Window . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-21. . X and Y Axis Popup Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculations on the Reference Waveform. . Figure 7-10. . . . . . . Setting Data Values. . . . . Figure 7-9. . . . . . Figure 7-11. . . . . . . Figure 7-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Periodogram Method. . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-14. . . . . Smith Chart Impedance Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursor in a Smith Chart. . . . . . Mean Value of a Waveform Calculation . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-30. . . . . . Figure 4-25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Correlogram Method. . . Available Windowing Transforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graph Window Popup Menus. . . . . . . . Figure 5-13. . . Editing the Command: Field . . . . . . Periodic Window. . . . . . . Polar Chart Display . . . . . . . Row Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-22. Figure 5-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Compare Showing Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graph Window Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-7. . . . Figure 4-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Tolerance Tube Menu Item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smith Chart with Negative Real Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workspace Taskbar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bit Transformation Setup Options . . . . . 106 107 108 109 110 110 112 113 114 116 119 123 124 125 125 131 133 134 134 135 140 141 147 152 153 153 153 164 202 203 206 206 207 214 224 234 238 240 242 243 244 245 246 247 249 16 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-5. . . Graph Window Showing Tolerance Tube. . . . . . . . . . . Multiple-Circle Plot and Circle Visibility Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Comparison Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stepping Through Waveform Differences With a Cursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workspace Tabs and Popup Menu . . . . Figure 4-26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculation of the Average Value of a Waveform . Waveform Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tolerance “Tube” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bus Transformation Setup Options. Figure 4-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-20. . . . . . . The Waveform Compare Wizard Process Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .List of Figures Figure 4-13. . . . . . . . . . Data Points Outside of the Tolerance Tube . The RMS Noise Calculation: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smith Chart Admittance Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-2. . . . . . . . Waveform List Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Calculator With Button Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-17. . Comparison Options Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-18. . . . . . . . . . . Vertical Cursor Popup Menu . . Waveform List Popup Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Mask Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-4. Figure 8-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog to Digital Conversion Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Format Dialog. . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto Correlation Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Event Search Tool Dialog . .AMS Options Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-23. Figure 7-19. . . . . . . . . Cursor Value Popup Menu for Compound Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . Data Values Dialog . Histogram Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harmonic Distortion Dialog . . . Figure 7-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-20. . . . . . . . Figure 8-25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursor Value Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Layout Dialog . . . . . Figure 8-31. . . Find Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-15. . . . . . . . Figure 7-16. . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-28. . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-33. . . . . . Edit Digital Transformation Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Folder Popup Menu. Figure 8-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cross Correlation Dialog. . Figure 8-22. Figure 8-30. Create Bus Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convolution Dialog. . . . . . . . Measurement Tool Dialog. . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Dialog . . . . . . Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog .General Options Tab. . . Selected Waveforms Popup Menu . . . . Figure 8-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Cursor Dialog . . . . Workspace Popup Menu .2 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Comparison Method Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-32. . . . . . . . . . . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-18. . . . Constellation Diagram Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital to Analog Conversion Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axis Properties Dialog . . . . . . 251 252 253 253 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 264 269 270 271 273 276 277 280 283 285 286 288 289 291 293 294 297 300 301 304 306 308 310 312 316 317 319 322 324 326 328 329 331 332 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hierarchy Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-14. . . . Waveform Name Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursors Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comparison Options Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comparison Options Dialog .List of Figures Figure 7-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chirp Transform Dialog . . Add Clock Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Measurement Results Tab . . . . . Eye Diagram Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-24. . . . . . . . . . Automatic Reload Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Database Popup Menu. . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-16. . . . . . . . . . . . .Settings Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Horizontal Cursor Popup Menu: . . Figure 8-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-22. . . Figure 8-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save Windows Dialog. . . . 334 335 337 339 342 344 346 348 351 352 354 356 358 359 361 363 364 366 367 368 369 372 374 374 376 378 379 380 382 570 575 581 684 18 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . Save Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-57. . . . . . . . . . Radix Waveform Properties Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graphical Representation of tolLead and tolTrail . . . . . . . . . Appearance Tab for a Digital Waveform . . . Figure 8-35. . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-58. . . Figure 8-42. . . Figure 8-55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameters Tab . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-62. . . Waveform Dialog . . . . . . . . AMS11. . . . . . . Workspace Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-51. . . . . . . Figure 8-39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-50. . . Figure 8-61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Spectral Density Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select Hierarchy Dialog . . . . . . . Figure C-2. . . . . . . Figure 8-46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transformations Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure C-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-45. . . . . . . . . . Calculations Dialog in Waveform Calculator . . . . . . Transformations Tab . Graphical Representation of tolLead and tolTrail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal to Noise Ratio Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Noise Dialog . . . . . . .2 . . . . . RF Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graphical Representation of tolLead and tolTrail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appearance Tab for Analog Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . View Dialog in Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-56. . . . . Waveform Names Display Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameters Tab . Figure 8-36.List of Figures Figure 8-34. . . . . . . . Select Waveforms Dialog . . . . . . . Waveform Compare Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiple Run Dialog . . . Figure 8-48. . . . Figure 8-43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . User-Defined Function Loaded in the Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Row Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windowing Transform Dialog . . . . . . . Text Annotation Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-41. . . . . . . . . . Figure C-4. . . . . . . Mouse Pointer Dialog . . . Save As Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Dialog in Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure C-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Complex Function Buttons . . . . . Built-In Complex Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Built-In Trigonometric Functions . . Supported File Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-18. . Tools Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-13. . . . . Logical Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal Processing Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-5. . Table 7-5. . . .2 40 41 42 46 47 56 75 102 142 142 142 142 143 145 147 152 170 172 173 174 175 175 177 177 179 180 181 183 189 191 193 195 204 204 204 225 226 229 230 230 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-6. . Eye Diagram Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .List of Tables Table 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-1. . . . . . EZwave Command Options . . . Table 5-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trigonometric Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-4. . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changeable Environment Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arguments for Setting Occurrence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Statistical Buttons . . Table 5-25. . . . . . . Built-In Signal Processing Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram Measurements . Table 5-26. . . . . . . Table 5-21. . . Table 3-1. . . . . . . . . . Table 5-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zero Padding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inverse FFT . . . . . . Table 2-3. Built-In Logic Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Built-In Statistical Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Statistical Measurements . . Time Domain Measurements . . RF Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply FFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequency Domain Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graphic Elements for Assertions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-22. . . . Edit Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Statistical Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-15. Table 5-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Built-In RF Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-14. . . . AMS11. . . . . Table 5-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-27. . . . . . . Table 5-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave Environment Variables . . Table 5-19. General Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequency Domain Measurements .Options Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fonts and Colors Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-11. View Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Format Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit Menu . . . . Built-In Measurement Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . File Menu Items . . . Miscellaneous Built-In Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Built-In Mathematical Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Name Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graph Window Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Clock Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-23. . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-17. . . . . . Table 8-17. . . . . . . Table 8-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chirp Transform Dialog Contents . . . . Database Popup Menu Items . . . Axis Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . Table 8-19. . . .Comparison Method Contents . . Row Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Cursor Dialog Contents . . . . Table 8-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workspace Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-15. . Window Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vertical Cursor Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Element Icons . . . Table 8-20. . . . . . . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursor Value Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . Horizontal Cursor Popup Menu Items . . . . . . Table 8-21. . . . Table 8-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convolution Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-22. . . . . Table 7-25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic Reload Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit Digital Transformation Dialog Contents . Table 7-14. . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-6. . . . Table 7-12. . . . . . . . . . . . Cursor Value Popup Menu Items for Compound Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-11. . . . . . . . . Graph Window Popup Menus . . . . . . . Digital to Analog Conversion Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-1. . . . . Table 7-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-22. . . . Table 7-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-4. . . . . . . . . Table 8-14. . . . . . . . . . . . .AMS Options Contents . . . . . . . . . Table 7-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Values Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Event Search Tool Dialog Contents . . Table 7-27. Table 8-5. Hierarchy Popup Menu Items . Folder Popup Menu Items . . . . Table 8-11. . . . . . Comparison Options Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 .General Options Contents .List of Tables Table 7-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog Contents . . . Table 8-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . Table 8-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequently Used Keyboard Commands . . . . Cursors Dialog Contents . . . Table 7-20. . . . . . . . Auto Correlation Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-26. . . Table 7-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-13. . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog to Digital Conversion Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selected Waveforms Popup Menu Items . . . . . Right-Click Popup Menus . . . Help Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 233 234 239 244 245 246 248 249 251 252 253 254 254 255 256 258 259 260 261 261 262 269 270 271 274 276 278 281 283 285 287 288 290 291 293 295 297 300 302 303 304 306 308 310 20 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Bit Transformation Digital and Analog Default Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cross Correlation Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . Create Bus Dialog Contents . Table 8-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comparison Options Dialog . Table 7-18. Constellation Diagram Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursor Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comparison Options Dialog . . . . . . . Table 7-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Format Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axis Properties Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save Windows Dialog Contents . . . . . Measurement Tool Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Compare Dialog Contents . . . . Table 8-27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog Contents . . . . . Table 8-41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiple Run Dialog Contents . . . . Layout Dialog Contents . . . . . . . Complex Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miscellaneous Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transformation Checkboxes . . . . . Table B-3. . . . Table B-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . View in Waveform Calculator Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal Processing Functions . . . . . . . . . 312 317 320 323 324 326 328 329 331 332 334 336 337 340 343 344 346 348 351 352 354 356 358 359 361 363 365 367 367 368 370 372 375 377 379 380 383 395 395 395 396 396 396 396 396 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-40. . . . Table 8-43. . . . Table B-4. . . . . . . Table 8-50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radix Waveform Properties Dialog Contents . . . . Table 8-32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-45. . . . RF Functions . Table 8-28. . Histogram Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select Hierarchy Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-48. . Table 8-53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Statistical Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B-6. . . Table 8-26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General in Waveform Calculator Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select Waveforms Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . Table 8-49. . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-59. . . . . . . . . Measurement Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B-8. . . Table 8-25. . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-30. . . Transformations Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . Find Tool Dialog Contents . . . Table 8-46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B-2. . . . . . . . . . Save As Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . Appearance Tab for a Digital Waveform Contents . . . Eye Mask Dialog Contents . . Calculations in Waveform Calculator Contents . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mouse Pointer Dialog Contents . . . . Logic Functions . . . . . . . . Workspace Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . .List of Tables Table 8-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Text Annotation Dialog Contents . . Row Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Noise Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-56. . . . . . . . . . . . . AMS11. Signal to Noise Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-57. . . . . .Settings Tab Contents . . . . . . . . . . Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-51. . . . . . . . . General Dialog Contents . . . . . . Table 8-47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mathematical Functions . . . . Save Dialog Contents . . . . Table 8-58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windowing Transform Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Names Display Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-52. . . . Appearance Tab for Analog Waveforms Contents . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-34. . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-55. . . . . . . . . Harmonic Distortion Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-54. . . . . . . . Power Spectral Density Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table D-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table D-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table E-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NAND Truth Table . . . . . . . . Characters to Avoid in Logfiles .List of Tables Table B-9. . NOR Truth Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMS11. . . . . . . Table C-8. . . . . . . . . . XNOR Truth Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave runindexlist Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave runparameters Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Backslash Sequences . . . . Table B-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 483 485 531 544 547 550 557 641 651 652 653 671 677 694 695 695 697 706 709 710 714 22 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . Table B-12. . wave runparametervalue Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table C-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table C-1. . . . . . Table D-1. . .2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table C-9. . Supported discipline Values . . . . . . Table D-3. . . . . . . Supported primary_physic Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contacting the Customer Support Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Questa ADMS Command Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave difference Error Messages . . . . . . . Commands that Access Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table E-3. . . . . . . Trigonometric Functions . Commands that Access Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl List Processing Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported Tcl Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table C-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table E-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table C-5. . . . . Questa SIM Command Support . . Table C-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table E-4. . . . . Supported analysis Values . . Table C-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JVM Memory Heap Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table C-10. . . . . . . . . Table C-6. . . . . the waveform information appears in the left pane (also known as the Waveform List Panel). . . . . . . . . . and post-processed by utilities provided by the EZwave user interface. Overview of EZwave . . . . . . . . “what-if analysis”. . . . . . . or other design environment tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . digital and mixed-signal waveforms in a single environment. . . . . . . . or other areas of interest. . . . EZwave Process Flow . . . . To get a feel for the EZwave Viewer. Waveform List Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . The EZwave application can be invoked from the command line or from host applications such as a simulator (for example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measurement Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Related Topics • • • “EZwave Features” on page 24 “Joint Waveform Database (JWDB)” on page 25 “Visual Tour of EZwave” on page 25 23 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. .2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . as well as detailing basic concepts relating to the tool and this manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graph Window . . . . Questa® ADMS™). . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 1 Introduction This chapter presents an overview of the functionality and capability of the EZwaveTM viewer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave allows you to efficiently load and display analog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . you have loaded the database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Event Search Tool. . . . . . . . . Design Architect®-IC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave Features . . take the “Visual Tour of EZwave” on page 25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . It is designed to support observation and investigation of signal transition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . analyzed. a schematic capture tool (for example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 24 25 25 28 30 32 33 34 35 36 Overview of EZwave The EZwave viewer provides a dynamic graphical display of data produced by a variety of Mentor Graphics applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joint Waveform Database (JWDB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Comparison Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Here it can be viewed. . Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Visual Tour of EZwave . . . . . . . . Once you invoke the EZwave viewer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog. Using tools like the Waveform Measurement Tool and the Waveform Calculator. tabbed workspaces for easy access. Minimum and maximum axis values and data scale can be changed easily. AMS11. OR. Waveforms in the time domain can be transformed to frequency domain and waveforms in the frequency domain can be transformed back to time. Signal transformation utilities that can be used to analyze and verify analog.jpg file. scrolled along the horizontal axis and measured between transition points (through the use of cursors and other featured utilities). Additionally. sin. The calculation results can be waveforms. or saved as a . the viewer supports dual axis display in support of overlaid plots. A Waveform List panel that displays the database in both a hierarchical (tree) format or flat list format. The database can be saved along with your graph windows at any time for later viewing.Introduction EZwave Features • “EZwave Process Flow” on page 36 EZwave Features The following is a list of the major product feature of EZwave: • • • • • • • • • • • • • An advanced graphical user interface (GUI) that supports viewing of multiple waveforms and databases through multiple graph windows. cos) and logical (such as AND. A digital bus can be split to individual bits. XOR) functions. and multiple bits can be combined to form a digital bus. or scalar values. Displayed waveforms can be printed locally. The EZwave viewer can also display a histogram of a waveform (as well as other statistical measurements). Waveforms can be dragged up and down within the graph window or overlaid for comparison display. you can perform sophisticated calculations with a combination of built-in or user-defined arithmetic (such as log. Waveforms in voltage can be converted to logic states.2 . digital and mixed-signal displays can be zoomed to a specified enlargement magnification. vectors. digital. and mixed-signal designs. Related Topics • 24 “Overview of EZwave” on page 23 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. copied to a clipboard for insertion as a graphical object in other documents. It can hold many different waveform types. In addition to compound waveforms. It can contain signals from the time and frequency domains. or 64 bits) and userdefined enumerated types. spectral. double or complex). including analog (float. boolean. JWDB is also a multi-run database. Waveforms and buses are stored. the EZwave viewer uses the Joint Waveform DataBase (JWDB) as its input format. Related Topics • • • • “Overview of EZwave” on page 23 “EZwave Features” on page 24 “Visual Tour of EZwave” on page 25 “EZwave Process Flow” on page 36 Visual Tour of EZwave The following sections describe important elements of the EZwave interface in greater detail. string. managed. including: • • • • • Waveform List Panel Workspace Graph Window Cursors Event Search Tool 25 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. VHDL char. JWDB has hierarchies which allow waveforms to be placed in folders for further data management. 32. where it can later be loaded into the EZwave viewer where you can view a single database or multiple databases in a single session. AMS11. Waveform data is collected from an analog/mixed-signal (AMS) simulator and stored in the JWDB. By default.2 . scatter. or any other domain that is needed. and analyzed as compound waveforms. bit. histogram. standard logic. X-values can either be 64-bit integers or double-precision floatingpoint numbers.Introduction Joint Waveform Database (JWDB) • • • “Joint Waveform Database (JWDB)” on page 25 “Visual Tour of EZwave” on page 25 “EZwave Process Flow” on page 36 Joint Waveform Database (JWDB) The EZwave viewer obtains waveform data by loading a database. Verilog. integer (16. JWDB is a true mixed-signal waveform database. buses and records. Introduction Visual Tour of EZwave • • • Measurement Tool Waveform Calculator Waveform Comparison Wizard Figure 1-1 below describes the main EZwave interface. AMS11. The complete interface description can be found in “EZwave GUI Overview” on page 223.2 . 26 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Introduction Visual Tour of EZwave Figure 1-1. the hierarchy appears in the top panel. use the Waveform Calculator and the Measurement Tool to help you postprocess this data. and the waveforms appear in the bottom panel. Dragging and Dropping Waveforms into the open Workspace will invoke a new Graph Window. 2 Add Waveforms: Once the database is loaded. drawing the letter "D" deletes the current set of selected 4 Post-Process Data: After collecting waveform data. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. EZwave Main Interface 1 Load Data: Select File > Open for Opening Databases containing waveform data.swd). AMS11.2 27 . 3 Analyze Waveforms: Add Cursors to measure different points in the waveforms. For example. 5 Save Data: Select File > Save for Saving Graph Windows data to a Save Window file (. Mouse Strokes: Use the middle mouse button to perform tasks by drawing shapes using Mouse Strokes. Right Mouse Menus: Right-mouse click on different areas of the EZwave interface to invoke the Graph Window Popup Menus. See “Loading .Introduction Visual Tour of EZwave Related Topics • • • • • • • • • “Opening Databases” on page 55 “Waveform Basics” on page 59 “Working with Cursors” on page 84 “Using the Measurement Tool” on page 142 “Using the Waveform Calculator” on page 162 “Saving and Restoring Graph Windows” on page 211 “EZwave Application Interface” on page 224 “Graph Window Popup Menus” on page 243 “Keyboard and Mouse” on page 262 Waveform List Panel The Waveform List panel resides on the left side of the application window. only loaded waveforms are displayed in the list panel.2 . Note For databases loaded from . AMS11. Loaded waveforms are waveforms that have been displayed once or waveforms from a hierarchy selected once in the Tree View of the panel. The waveform list displays all of the currently open databases as folders with folders or the individual waveforms listed underneath. below the menu bar.fsdb Files” on page 707 for more information. 28 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.fsdb files. Search for specific waveforms by entering the waveform name in this text entry field. AMS11. Use these tabs to switch between a flat display (List tab) or a hierarchical format (Tree tab). Waveform List Panel The Structure List shows the database in a hierarchical view. resize. From the Window pull-down menu. and restore each Graph window that is displayed on the Workspace. The associated waveforms are listed below. minimize. Related Topics • “Waveform List Panel” on page 237 Workspace The Workspace is the area where the Graph windows are displayed. Each waveform list element is associated with an icon indicating how the waveform will be displayed within the Graph Window. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. You can move. you can manage the windows in a tiled or cascaded style.2 29 .Introduction Visual Tour of EZwave Figure 1-2. It is located directly below the toolbar on the application window. Minimum and maximum axis values and data scale can be changed easily. Graph windows appear when you drag waveform icons from the left Waveform List panel into the EZwave Workspace. A waveform is a collection of values along a time continuum. You can arrange graph windows within a workspace into a cascade or a variety of tilings for easier viewing and printing. All new Workspaces can be accessed from the tabs at the Related Topics • “Workspace” on page 241 Graph Window The Graph window is used to plot and view waveforms. 30 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. frequency. AMS11. Graph windows can display different types of waveforms. Analog waveforms are displayed in Graph rows. or multiple rows of waveforms in a single Graph window. Waveforms can be dragged up and down within the Graph window or overlaid for comparison display. Additionally.Introduction Visual Tour of EZwave Figure 1-3. Digital waveforms displayed on a Graph window are called Trace rows. The axis is referred to as the domain. Workspace You can define multiple Workspaces by right-clicking an open workspace and choosing New from the Workspace Popup Menu. multiple waveforms overlaid in a Graph window. Examples of both are shown in Figure 1-4. the viewer supports dual axis display in support of overlaid plots.2 . or other domain axis. and the values positioned along the axis are the range. You can have a single waveform in a Graph window. Individual waveform names are listed in this right pane. Digital waveforms display only logic states (on/off.2 31 . If you click on a waveform. Cursors are EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Introduction Visual Tour of EZwave Figure 1-4. Drag your mouse pointer on an axis to zoom in on a waveform. Graph Windows Trace Rows: These are rows that display digital waveforms. Check here to see the current X Y coordinates of your mouse pointer (analog waveforms can be displayed with dual Y-axes). To reverse the action. showing voltage versus time). and so on). AMS11. it also shows the distance between the point clicked and your previous location (shown as deltaX and deltaY). in order to create a point for measurement. drawn in the Graph window waveform display area to identify locations on the X or Y axes. hi/low. Use Format > Waveform Names to control how much information is shown. Related Topics • “Graph Window” on page 239 Cursors A cursor is a special on-screen indicator. click the Undo Zoom button on the main toolbar. Graph Rows: These are rows that display analog waveforms Each point on an analog waveform represents a specifically graphed data point (for instance. You can then add Cursors to measure points or lengths of a waveform. This tool enables you to locate occurrences of simulation events interactively. you need to select a set of waveforms and specify the states (or values) you want them to have. Select Add Cursor or Add Horizontal Cursor. To define an event. AMS11.Introduction Visual Tour of EZwave displayed as vertical or horizontal lines. The first cursor created is known as the base (reference) cursor. then add additional cursors to measure values in between using the Measurement Tool. To add a cursor. Zoom in on a waveform to improve visibility. 2 The value of the cursor is shown in this box called a Value Flag. Related Topics • “Working with Cursors” on page 84. Multiple cursors can be added to show data points as well as interpolated values between data points and the delta between the base cursor. allowing you to anchor locations to “jump” between. you can place markers (indicated by a red triangle) on cursors. Event Search Tool Select Tools > Search to invoke the Event Search Tool.2 . The current cursor is highlighted in gold. 32 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. An event is a definition of specific states (or values) for a single waveform or a collection of waveforms. Figure 1-5. 3 You can set a base cursor. place your mouse on the waveform and right-click for the Waveform Popup Menu. each having a label and an X or Y value. Example Cursor 1 Markers: Using the Event Search Tool (accessed from the Tools > Search option). while others are set as dotted lines. enter the logical expression here. The results of the measurements can be annotated in the Graph window along with the measured waveforms. Set Markers: Use this area to set up markers on Cursors. timedomain. You can use the Measurement Tool with analog or digital waveforms. as long as the measurement operation is applicable to the selected waveforms. AMS11. Event Search Tool 1 Enter the name of the event you want to search for in this area.2 33 . You can search this waveform for a rising or falling event or a specific waveform value. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. frequency-domain. Logical Expression Search: If you are searching for a logical expression. such as general. This tool allows you to perform a variety of analog and mixed-signal measurement operations on those waveforms displayed in the Graph window. 2 Select a waveform from the Graph Window to be searched. and statistical. Related Topics • • “Using the Event Search Tool” on page 96 “Event Search Tool Dialog” on page 307 Measurement Tool Select Tools > Measurement Tool. This allows you to set fixed points on a particular waveform in the Graph window.. You can also use invoke the Waveform Calculator to enter a logical expression.Introduction Visual Tour of EZwave Figure 1-6. to invoke the Measurement Tool. The measurement operations are divided into categories.. The EZwave Measurement Tool allows you the option of creating and plotting the result waveform in the active Graph window. AMS11.Introduction Visual Tour of EZwave The results of some measurements produce other waveforms. 3 Select the waveform area in which to apply the measurement. then select Tools > Measurement Tool from the EZwave menu bar. This tool is an integral part of post-processing and viewing the analog. and mixed-signal simulation results. then choose what type of measurement you need (in this example. It can optimize the time it takes to analyze large amounts of simulation data. Peak to Peak is chosen). In this case. select the waveforms. 2 In the Measurement Tool. Other types of measurements are available from these pulldown menus. it is the length between the two cursors. select insert two cursors on a waveform.2 . digital. It also 34 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Measurement Tool 1 In a Graph window. Figure 1-7. 4 The results appear highlighted in the Graph window. Related Topics • “Using the Measurement Tool” on page 142 Waveform Calculator Select Tools > Waveform Calculator… to invoke the Waveform Calculator. statistical. signal processing. logical. and trigonometric) by selecting from this pulldown.2 35 . The set of differences. or in report files. AMS11. A description and syntax of the function you are currently using appears in this area. This tool is a integral part of analyzing the analog. enable it by selecting the View > Function Help option. can be reported either graphically.Introduction Visual Tour of EZwave supports a number of charting and analysis features that may be required by a wide range of users. Build an expression by clicking on these function and operator buttons. Figure 1-8. and mixedsignal simulation results. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Related Topics • • “Using the Waveform Calculator” on page 162 “Waveform Calculator GUI” on page 264 Waveform Comparison Wizard Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Comparison Wizard to invoke the Waveform Comparison Wizard. Click the Eval button to evaluate the expression. It enables you to compare waveforms from a reference simulation to a new result simulation. Waveform Calculator Switch between different types of calculator functions (such as complex. The built expression appears in this area. digital. The Waveform Compare Wizard steps you through the process flow for waveform comparison: • Selecting the test and reference datasets. as well as a command history. RF. If this panel is not visible. Select a waveform from the Waveform List Panel and use drag and drop to bring it to the expression entry area. 2 . Add Waveforms — Add or select specific waveforms for viewing and analysis. These waveforms can be stacked. Eldo Simulation See “Set Up and Load Data” on page 39. Typical tasks include: a. and annotated through the use of keyboard shortcuts. overlaid. • • Selecting the waveforms or hierarchy level.Introduction EZwave Process Flow • Selecting the comparison method: o o o Comparing all waveforms. and menu items. Setting Up Environment Variables c. Set Up and Load Data — To begin using the EZwave viewer: a. Plotting a Single Waveform 36 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Computing the differences. without the use of the Waveform Comparison Wizard. Comparing individual waveforms. drag-and-drop. Invoking EZwave d. as appropriate. Waveforms can also be compared manually. Configuring EZwave Preferences e. AMS11. mouse clicks and strokes. 2. Installing the EZwave Application b. Comparing by hierarchy. zoomed. Related Topics • “Comparing Waveforms” on page 114 EZwave Process Flow EZwave usage can be organized into five distinct stages: Set Up and Load Data Add Waveforms Analysis Post-Processing Save and Output Data 1. Opening Databases f. 2 37 . Plotting Multiple Waveforms c. Multiple simulations can be run and the data is saved for additional analysis and reuse. XOR) functions. OR. or scalar values. analyze. Comparing Waveforms See “Analysis” on page 83. Working with Eye Diagrams f. The calculation results can be waveforms. you can perform sophisticated calculations with a combination of built-in or user-defined arithmetic (such as log. and annotate datapoints or logic units that are represented in the waveforms. Post-Processing — After analyzing the simulator output data. Typical tasks include: a. Analysis — Measure.Introduction EZwave Process Flow b. vectors. Using the Event Search Tool e. Working with Smith Charts g. 4. Transforming Analog Waveforms to Digital EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Plotting Assertions j. Modifying Waveform Properties e. Adding the Base Cursor b. sin. cos) and logical (such as AND. Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms See “Add Waveforms” on page 59. Plotting wreal Waveforms h. Displaying Compound Waveforms as Single Elements k. Creating a Bus b. 3. Plotting Multiple Bit Waveforms as a Bus i. Using tools like the Waveform Measurement Tool and the Waveform Calculator. Changing the Visibility of Waveforms d. Typical tasks include: a. AMS11. Multiple cursors can be added to show data points as well as interpolated values between data points. Adding Reference Cursors c. Plotting Complex-Valued Waveforms g. the EZwave tool provides a number of powerful utilities for processing the data and transforming the raw data to specific characteristic information. Plotting Analog and Digital Waveforms f. Setting the Visibility of Cursor Values d. Related Topics • • • • “Overview of EZwave” on page 23 “EZwave Features” on page 24 “Visual Tour of EZwave” on page 25 “Dialog and Field Reference” on page 267 38 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Transforming Digital Waveforms to Analog d.2 . Adding Text Annotations e.Introduction EZwave Process Flow c. Printing Graph Windows c. Recovering Save Files h. Using the Waveform Calculator See “Post-Processing” on page 137. You can also add text annotations to your waveforms. Typical tasks include: a. Save and Output Data — Save and/or output results to a disk file in either JWDB format or user-defined ASCII format. AMS11. Saving a JWDB as an ASCII File See “Save and Output Data” on page 211. Saving a Waveform Database f. 5. Using the Measurement Tool e. Exporting Graph Windows as an Image d. Saving and Restoring Graph Windows b. Saving Multiple Databases g. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 40 40 42 42 43 43 45 46 47 55 56 56 Installing the EZwave Application An interactive installation shell script is provided for installation of the AMS software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Invoking EZwave . . . .Chapter 2 Set Up and Load Data Set Up and Load Data Add Waveforms Analysis Post-Processing Save and Output Data This section describes how to install and configure EZwave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Database List . The software can be installed from a CD-ROM or from a download available from the Mentor Graphics support site. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For more information on AMS installation. . . . . Installation is platform-dependent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Default Environment Variables . . . . . . then load a waveform database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring Waveform Names. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Invoking the Application from Other Host Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Related Topics • • • “Overview of EZwave” on page 23 “Setting Up Environment Variables” on page 40 “Invoking EZwave” on page 42 39 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Up Environment Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening Databases . . . . . . . . . . .2 . . . . . . Configuring Graphical Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring the Color Scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring EZwave Preferences. . . . please see the Analog/Mixed-Signal Installation Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported File Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring Fonts and Colors. . . . . Installing the EZwave Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMS11. . . . . . . The environment variables available are listed in Table 2-2. if you want to change the location of the . 40 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. For UNIX hosts. several key environment variables were set to default path locations. use the following command once: setenv AMS_USE_ENV 1 followed by another setenv command that sets the environment variable.2 . but you can also changed. Verify that the following environment variables were set to their correct locations: • • For Windows hosts.Set Up and Load Data Setting Up Environment Variables • • “Configuring EZwave Preferences” on page 43 “Opening Databases” on page 55 Setting Up Environment Variables During the installation process. AMS11.ezwave. use the following command in a command shell: echo $environment_variable Table 2-1. Note Do not use the echo $variable_name command for these environment variables. To change them from their default values. use the following command: setenv AMS_USE_ENV 1 setenv AMS_VIEWER_SETUP_HOME $HOME/my_directory This will create the directory. EZwave Environment Variables Environment Variable LM_LICENSE_FILE MGC_AMS_HOME Description Points to your Mentor Graphics license file or license server Points to the root installation tree Changing Default Environment Variables The EZwave viewer uses a few environment variables that are set during runtime. For example.ezwave directory. $HOME/my_directory/. check the Control Panel > System > Advanced tab > Environment Variables button. and generally used for troubleshooting. AMS11. If MGC_TMPDIR is not set.ezwave. MGC_TMPDIR Specifies a directory to store temporary data files. You only need to modify this if you encounter out-ofmemory errors. Removes the 10240kB maximum stack memory allocation for the JVM. When writing a script. Specifies the directory relative to which the path to the database is written when saving window(s) content in a TCL or SWD script using the Save Windows Dialog. See the Memory Problems section of the Troubleshooting appendix. where its value can also be set. It must be defined when loading a script previously saved relative to its value. Specifies the minimum and maximum heap memory allocation for the Java Virtual Machine (JVM).Set Up and Load Data Setting Up Environment Variables Table 2-2.2 41 . To define it: setenv AMS_JAVA_MEMORY_HEAP 1 AMS_EZDO_ROOT AMS_JAVA_MEMORY_HEAP AMS_JAVA_MEMORY_STACK See the Memory Problems section of the Troubleshooting appendix.ezwave directory where the EZwave application keeps its setup files. it is 2. its value is only used if the option to use a path relative to AMS_EZDO_ROOT is selected in the Save Dialog. but generally. Changeable Environment Variables Environment Variable AMS_VIEWER_SETUP_HOME Description Specifies the location of the . The maximum amount of memory you can allocate depends on the system. the default directory for temporary files is /tmp. The default location is $HOME/. It is not normally set. Related Topics • • “Overview of EZwave” on page 23 “Installing the EZwave Application” on page 39 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.4 GB. refer to the documentation provided with these host applications. Related Topics • • 42 “Overview of EZwave” on page 23 “Installing the EZwave Application” on page 39 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. enabling single line Tcl commands to be typed in directly. EZwave Command Options Option -height # -width # -logfile path -nologging -norestore -nowindow -maxwnd -help | -usage -do file. Opens a prompt in the terminal. Questa® ADMS™).Set Up and Load Data Invoking EZwave • • • “Invoking EZwave” on page 42 “Configuring EZwave Preferences” on page 43 “Opening Databases” on page 55 Invoking EZwave To invoke the EZwave application type ezwave at the Unix or Linux command prompt: $> ezwave [options] [file1 . Design Architect®-IC). -location x# y# Sets the location of the initial window Invoking the Application from Other Host Applications The EZwave application can also be invoked from host applications such as simulators (for example. schematic capture tools (for example.. which are listed in Table 2-3 below: Table 2-3. For information on how to invoke the application from these documents..] The EZwave application supports a number of command options.tcl -tclprompt Description Sets the default height of the application windows Sets the default width of the application windows Specifies the location for the session log file Prevents session activity from being logged to a file Prevents settings from a previous session from being restored Prevents opening the initial empty window Sets the initial window to be maximized Displays this help text Indicates Tcl filename and location to be executed by the EZwave application.2 . AMS11. or other design environment tools. 2. Figure 2-1. Select an option from: • Full Hierarchy — To display the full waveform name hierarchy.Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences • • • “Setting Up Environment Variables” on page 40 “Configuring EZwave Preferences” on page 43 “Opening Databases” on page 55 Configuring EZwave Preferences This section describes the variables and preferences that are available within the EZwave application for configuring its application environment: • • • • Configuring Waveform Names Configuring the Color Scheme Configuring Graphical Elements Configuring Fonts and Colors Configuring Waveform Names Use the following procedure to define the global settings for how waveform names are displayed in graph windows: Procedure 1. Use this option when waveforms can be identified without ambiguity by only the leaf name. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Display of Full Waveform Name Hierarchy • No Hierarchy (Leaf Name Only) — To display only the leaf name.2 43 . Use the Format > Waveform Names Display menu item to open the Waveform Names Display Dialog. The Waveform Hierarchy section controls how the waveform name hierarchy is displayed. Default. AMS11. Select an option from: • • Left — To display the waveform name left justified. The Database Name section controls whether the database name is displayed as part of the waveform name. Select an option from: • 44 Always Show Database Name — To always display the database name. Right — To display the waveform name right justified. Use this option when information for identifying waveforms is at leaf level.2 . Default. Figure 2-3. AMS11. Figure 2-4. of hierarchy levels. Display of 2 Levels of Waveform Name Hierarchy 3. The Justify Value section controls justification of the waveform name display. Display of Waveform Leaf Name Only • Display N Levels — To display the specified number. Display of Right Justified Waveform Name 4. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences Figure 2-2. N. Use this option when waveforms can be identified without ambiguity by limiting the number of hierarchy levels displayed. 2 45 . Note The calculated (<calc>) database is not included in the count of databases. AMS11. Related Topics “Configuring the Color Scheme” on page 45 “Configuring Graphical Elements” on page 46 “Configuring Fonts and Colors” on page 47 “Waveform List Panel” on page 237 Configuring the Color Scheme Use the Format > Color Scheme menu item to specify the color scheme used within the graph windows. Monochrome Specifies a white background.Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences Figure 2-5. with colors for the graph window objects. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. different line styles are used. White Background Specifies a white background. • • • • • Always Hide Database Name — To never display the database name. This is a global setting. Display of Leaf Only Waveform Name with Database • Show Names If Two or More Databases — To only display the database name if two or more databases are plotted in the graph window. with black for the graph window objects. • • • Black Background Specifies a black background. Default. with colors for the graph window objects. Instead waveforms being displayed in different colors. Specifies options for RF calculations in the Waveform Calculator.Options Items List Items Cursors Dialog Data Format Dialog General Dialog Layout Dialog Mouse Pointer Dialog Multiple Run Dialog RF Dialog Row Dialog Save Dialog Text Annotation Dialog Transformations Dialog Waveform Dialog Waveform List Dialog Workspace Dialog Configuring Fonts and Colors Waveform Calculator Options Dialogs Description Specifies cursor options. 46 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Specifies the fonts and colors of graphical elements. Specifies workspace related operations. Specifies default row heights. Specifies the annotation display options.2 . Specifies the scaling and format of the axis tick labels. Edit Menu . Specifies how waveforms are saved to disk.Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences Related Topics • • • • “Configuring Waveform Names” on page 43 “Configuring Graphical Elements” on page 46 “Configuring Fonts and Colors” on page 47 “Workspace” on page 241 Configuring Graphical Elements Many of the graphical elements of waveforms displayed in the EZwave viewer can be modified. Specifies mouse pointer and mouse strokes properties. Specifies which data transformations are used with complex waveforms. which contains the following list of items: Table 2-4. Specifies how the waveform list is displayed. Specifies Waveform Calculator options. AMS11. Specifies how compound waveforms from multiple runs are displayed. Use the Edit > Options menu item to open the EZwave Display Preferences dialog. Specifies the layout of the graph windows. Specifies settings that affect the overall use of the application. Specifies how waveforms are displayed. the EZwave viewer will use the default font. Use the Edit > Options menu item to open the EZwave Display Preferences dialog. To activate this menu. depending on what's installed.Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences The Options menu item is also available from the Workspace Popup Menu.2 47 . Related Topics • • • • “Configuring Waveform Names” on page 43 “Configuring the Color Scheme” on page 45 “Configuring Fonts and Colors” on page 47 “Graph Window” on page 239 Configuring Fonts and Colors Fonts and colors of many of the elements displayed in the EZwave viewer can be modified. Even with the same operating system. Color changes are not affected by different systems and are preserved when saving.properties file of the java package. a system administrator must add the font to the system as well as the font. To use a new font in the EZwave viewer. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. It contains the following list of items: Table 2-5. This is because fonts (type. Fonts and Colors Items Axis Title Axis Values (Smith Chart) Cursor/Marker Grid Histogram Text Annotation Waveform Display Waveform Selection Zero-Level Line Axis Values Calculator Entry Eye Mask Header Text Measurement Annotation Waveform Colors Waveform Name Window Background Notes • • The fonts available will vary from system to system. If a saved font is not available on a system. font changes may not be preserved if the fonts are not installed on the system. Saving EZwave files only preserves font changes within the same operating system. and style) vary among different operating systems. AMS11. Expand the Fonts and Colors folder in the list on the left side. size. right-click within the workspace area. Color: Click on the colored box next to Color to open the Color Selection dialog. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Axis Values dialog. Axis Values The fonts and colors of axis values can be modified as follows: • • • • • • Font: To change the font of axis values. select a font style from this dropdown list. Font Style: To change the style of axis titles. Default: Click the Default button to restore the font and color of the axis values to the default settings. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Axis Title dialog. select a font style from this dropdown list. select a font point size from this dropdown list. select an available font from this dropdown list. select a font point size from this dropdown list. Font Size: To change the size of axis values for Smith Charts. select an available font from this dropdown list. select a point size from this dropdown list. Default: Click the Default button to restore the font and color of the axis titles to the default settings. Font Size: To change the size of axis titles. Preview: This area displays a sample of what axis titles will look like with the current selections. Axis Values (Smith Chart) The fonts and colors of Smith Chart axis values can be modified as follows: • • Font: To change the font of axis values for Smith Charts. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. select an available font from the Font dropdown list. Preview: This area displays a sample of what axis values will look like with the current selections. AMS11.2 48 . Font Size: To change the size of axis values.Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences Axis Title The fonts and colors of axis titles can be modified as follows: • • • • • • Font: To change the font of axis titles. Font Style: To change the style of axis values. Color: Click on the colored box next to Color to open the Color Selection dialog. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. select an available font from this dropdown list. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Axis Values (Smith Chart) dialog. Default: Click the Default button to restore the font size of the calculator entries to the default setting. select a point size from this dropdown list. Default: Click the Default button to restore the font and color of the axis values for Smith Charts to the default settings. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Cursor/Marker dialog. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Axis Values (Smith Chart) dialog. Font Style: To change the style of cursors and markers. Cursor/Marker The fonts and colors of cursors and markers can be modified as follows: • • • • Font: To change the font of the values in cursors and markers. select a font style from this dropdown list. Preview: This area displays a sample of what the text will look like with the current selections. select a point size from this dropdown list. Preview: This area displays a sample of what axis values in Smith Charts will look like with the current selections. Real Values: This controls the color of the real axis values when displaying a Smith Chart. select a font style from this dropdown list. AMS11. Click on the colored box next to Imag Values to open the Color Selection dialog.2 49 . • • • Calculator Entry The fonts and colors of the Waveform Calculator can be modified as follows: • • • Font Size: To change the size of the font of text. Click on the colored box next to Real Values to open the Color Selection dialog. Y Values: This controls the display color of the Y values associated with cursors and markers. Font Size: To change the size of the font of values in cursor and markers. Imag Values: This controls the color of the imaginary axis values when displaying a Smith chart. Click on the colored box next to Y Values to open the Color Selection dialog.Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences • • Font Style: To change the style of axis values for Smith Charts. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Cursor/Marker dialog. Fail Color: This controls the color of a “fail” status of the eye mask specification. Marker Line: This controls the color of marker lines.2 . 50 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Cursor/Marker dialog. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Eye Mask dialog. AMS11. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Eye Mask dialog. click on the colored box to open the Color Selection dialog. the color in the colored box is used. To choose a color. Click on the colored box next to Marker Line to open the Color Selection dialog. red is used to display a “fail” status. By default the width is the same as the Eye Diagram waveform width. blue is used to display a “pass” status. The default setting is to use the colors of the Y axes. Cursor Line: This controls the color of cursor lines. • • • Grid The colors of gridlines can be modified as follows: • • Color selected according to the Y Axis: If selected. By default. Click on the colored box next to Fail Color to open the Color Selection dialog. Click on the colored box next to X Values to open the Color Selection dialog. Eye Mask The Eye Mask dialog controls the color and line width of eye masks: • Pass Color: This controls the color of a “pass” status of the eye mask specification. User Color: If selected. Click on the colored box next to Cursor Line to open the Color Selection dialog. Preview: This area displays a sample of what the text will look like with the current selections.Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences • • • • • X Values: This controls the display color of the X values associated with cursors and markers. Click on the colored box next to Pass Color to open the Color Selection dialog. Line Width: To change the default line width of eye masks. Default: Click the Default button to restore the font and color of eye masks to the default settings. the grid lines' colors will match the colors of the appropriate Y axes. select a width from this dropdown list. Default: Click the Default button to restore the font and color of cursors and markers to the default settings. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Cursor/Marker dialog. By default. select a font style from this dropdown list. This is the default setting. Transparent: Specifies that the histogram bars be transparent. select a font style from this dropdown list. Note By default. Preview: This area displays a sample of what the text will look like with the current selections. Measurement Annotation The fonts and colors of measurement annotations can be modified as follows: • • • Font: To change the font of measurement annotation text. Font Style: To change the style of font. useful for large numbers of histograms. Font Style: To change the style of font. Full: Specifies that the histogram bars are filled with solid color. select a point size from this dropdown list. header text is hidden. select a point size from this dropdown list. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Header Text dialog. select an available font from this dropdown list. Font Size: To change the size of the font.Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences Header Text The fonts and colors of the header text can be modified as follows: • • • • • • Font: To change the font of header text. Font Size: To change the size of the font. This is useful when running the EZwave viewer over a network. Color: Click on the colored box next to Color to open the Color Selection dialog. Default: Click the Default button to restore the font and color of header text to the default settings. select an available font from this dropdown list. Histogram The fill of histograms can be modified as follows: • • • • Pattern fill: Specifies that histogram bars use a pattern fill. Use File > Page Setup to select the text to display in the header. AMS11.2 51 . No fill: Specifies that the histogram bars are not filled with any pattern. Overlapping histograms are shaded to improve visualization of the distribution. You can also choose whether the color palette is shared between white and black backgrounds. Font Style: To change the style of font. select a font style from this dropdown list.Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences • • • Color: Click on the colored box next to Color to open the Color Selection dialog. the color palette can be set as follows: 52 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Waveform Colors In EZwave. Preview: This area displays a sample of what the text will look like with the current selections. If this is the case. AMS11. Preview: This area displays a sample of what the text will look like with the current selections.2 . When the White Background Color Scheme is active. Font Size: To change the size of the font. Default: Click the Default button to restore the font and color of measurement annotations to the default settings. If the color palettes are not shared between white and black backgrounds. both the analog and the digital color palettes can be different between the white and black backgrounds. Default: Click the Default button to restore the font and color of text annotations to the default settings. Text Annotation The fonts and colors of text annotations can be modified as follows: • • • • • • Font: To change the font of text annotations. or Monochrome Color Scheme is active. or a black or white background with objects within the graph windows colored from a color palette. The default is that they are. Color: Click on the colored box next to Color to open the Color Selection dialog. select an available font from this dropdown list. Note The fields of the dialog are dependant on whether the Black or White Background. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Text Annotation dialog. for analog waves the color palette will be shared. select a point size from this dropdown list. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Measurement Annotation dialog. but for digital waves the color palette can be different between the background colors. the color scheme may be monochrome. Bus Value Color: Select a color to change the color for bus value display.Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences • Select White Background Color Scheme shares the Black Background Waveform Colors Palette to share the waveform color palette between White and Black Background Color Schemes. The default color is green. o When the Monochrome Color Scheme is active. Note Even if the color palettes are different.2 53 . select a symbol from this dropdown list. select a width from this dropdown list Data Point Symbol: To change the default data point symbol of waveforms. AMS11. the color palette cannot be set. colors and display format of waveform names can be modified as follows: • Font: To change the font of waveform names. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. select an available font from this dropdown list. or when the White Background Color Scheme is active and the White Background Color Scheme shares the Black Background Waveform Colors Palette above is not selected. the color palette can be set as follows: • Digital o Bus Color: Select a color to change the color for bus display. Waveform Name The fonts. Waveform Display The display of waveforms can be modified as follows: • • • Line Style: To change the default line style of waveforms. select a style from this dropdown list Line Width: To change the default line width of waveforms. the color palette size is shared between white and black color schemes. When the Black Background Color Schemes is active. When either the Black or the White background Color Scheme is active. the color scheme can be set as follows: • Analog o Color Palette Size: Select a number to change the size of the color palette used to display waveforms. select from this dropdown list. Refer to “Configuring Waveform Names” on page 43 for details about each of the options available in this section. 54 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences • • • • • • Font Size: To change the size of the font. select a point size from this dropdown list. the selection or highlight will not be differentiable from other waveforms the graph. Line Width: To change the width of the line.2 . Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Waveform Selection dialog. Click on the colored box next to Color to open the Color Selection dialog. o • Waveform Highlight o Color: This option controls whether a highlighted waveform changes color. If the Color Option is left unchecked and the Line Width is set to Automatic for either Waveform Selection or Waveform Highlight. Waveform Selection The line styles and colors of selected and highlighted waveforms can be modified as follows: • Waveform Selection o Color: This option controls whether a selected waveform changes color. Preview: This area displays a sample of what the text will look like with the current selections. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Waveform Name dialog. AMS11. Font Style: To change the style of font. Color: Click on the colored box next to Color to open the Color Selection dialog. Click on the colored box next to Color to open the Color Selection dialog. select from this dropdown list. Note These settings can also be defined using the Waveform Names Display Dialog which can be accessed through the Format > Waveform Names Display menu item. Waveform Names Display: Use this section to define the global settings for how waveform names are displayed in graph windows. o Notes • • Use the Highlight column within the Parameter Table to highlight waveforms. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Waveform Selection dialog. For more information see “Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms” on page 79. Default: Click the Default button to restore the font and color of waveform names to the default settings. select a font style from this dropdown list. Line Width: To change the width of the line. The default setting is to use the colors of the Y axes. To choose a color. In the detailed view the files can be sorted by Name. Hidden files or directories. The 2.Set Up and Load Data Opening Databases Window Background The window background color can be modified as follows: • Color: If selected. Click on the Details button for this view. Related Topics • • • • “Configuring Waveform Names” on page 43 “Configuring the Color Scheme” on page 45 “Configuring Graphical Elements” on page 46 “EZwave Application Interface” on page 224 Opening Databases A database must be loaded within the application before any waveforms can be plotted. Size or Modified Date by clicking on the appropriate heading above the list of file names. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. The default background color is black. the color in the colored box is used. whose names begin with “. click on the colored box to open the Color Selection dialog. A variety of database types are supported. Use the following procedure to open a database for use: Procedure 1. button. click on the colored box to open the Color Selection dialog. AMS11. Zero-Level Line The colors of zero-level lines can be modified as follows: • • Color selected according to the Y Axis: If selected. 3. the zero-level line color will match the colors of the appropriate Y axes. can be displayed (or hidden) by clicking on the Show Hidden (or Hide Hidden) button. refer to Table 2-6 below. User Color: If selected.”. Select the File > Open from the main menu or click the Open toolbar Open dialog appears.2 55 . To choose a color. the color in the colored box is used. wdb extension). Supported File Types The file types listed in Table 2-6 are supported: Table 2-6. The Database List Alternatively.cou The EZwave tool can only read files with extension “trn” that have been generated by HSPICE. All formats except the default MGC Database (JWDB) are loaded to the EZwave viewer through translation. Files with extension “trn” generated by other tools may appear in the list of available files but will fail to load. the Database List shows previously opened databases.swd). You can clear the entire list or you can toggle the list off and keep the information in memory through General Dialog. 5.2 . The application now shows your selected database in the Waveform List Panel. The Database List does not display Saved Graph Window files (*.wdb *.Set Up and Load Data Opening Databases 4. Select your file from the list.tr% *. To open these files. use the File > Open menu item.cht *. allowing them to be easily opened again. Notes COU File 56 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.sw% *. The MGC Database Files filter enables you to select waveform database files (identified with the . Use the dropdown list Files of type: to select a filter if desired.ac% *.mt% *. 6. AMS11.csv *. Supported File Types Icon File Type MGC Database (JWDB) ICX Charter waveforms Comma Separated Value (CSV) HSPICE Graph Data File Extension *. 1 Real signals can be defined as a 64 bit bus with the value provided as a floating point number. Supported File Types (cont.sti *. The state “U” is accepted as a correct value.tcl Tcl File EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.do *. Value Change Dump (VCD) *.2 57 .wlf Notes The EZwave tool can only read WLF files that have been fully saved to disk where the simulation has completed and the simulator exited.Set Up and Load Data Opening Databases Table 2-6.10.tab *.) Icon File Type Questa SIM WLF File Extension *. The list of waveforms in the database is loaded first.vcd HSPICE/HyperLynx output *.dofile *. Waveforms are created in the TRAN folder.3 release 2010. is FSDB reader version 4. Real 64 bit elements can still be defined using standard 64 bit binary descriptions.lis file Fast Signal Database File *. Supported version on Linux only. SPICE PWL File Raw ASCII File Saved Graph Window DO File *. Unsupported WLF types are ignored and a dialog will point to the log file.fsdb% The FSDB reader is not available on the the Windows platform. then the default hierarchical name used within the waveform.dof *. AMS11.swd *.fsdb *. Related Topics • • “Joint Waveform Database (JWDB)” on page 25 “EZwave Application Interface” on page 224 58 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Z *. AMS11. wlfTypeReg. Unsupported WLF types are: wlfTypeRecord. Supported WLF types are: wlfTypeArray.z or . wlfTypeScalar. wlfTypeMemElem. The “TR0” format generated by ADiT is different from the “tr0” format generated by HSPICE.Z).SD% *. wlfTypePhysical.TB% *. The EZwave tool will not modify the compressed file. wlfTypeVlogReal. wlfTypeVlogEnum.Set Up and Load Data Opening Databases Table 2-6. wlfTypeTime.) Icon File Type GZipped File Extension *. wlfTypeTime. wlfTypeString. wlfTypeFile. wlfTypeClassRef.gz Notes GZipped files require the gunzip tool and the compressed file should follow the convention. The ADiT output reader is not available on the Windows platform. wlfTypeNet. <original_file_name>.DC% *. it is uncompressed in the MGC_TMPDIR temporary directory and is removed from disk after you exit the EZwave tool.2 . wlfTypeBit. wlfTypeMemBits.gz (or . wlfTypeEvent.AC% *. Supported File Types (cont. The file extension is case sensitive to differentiate between formats. wlfTypeEnum. wlfTypeAccess. There are no marching waveforms with the ADiT formats ADiT Output File *.TR% 1. wlfTypeReal.z *. . . . Plotting Multiple Bit Waveforms as a Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting wreal Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Assertions . . . . . . . . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 60 61 61 62 64 66 68 69 70 71 71 72 72 73 74 75 77 77 79 Waveform Basics This section explains the basics around plotting single or multiple waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grouping Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 3 Add Waveforms Set Up and Load Data Add Waveforms Analysis Post-Processing Save and Output Data This chapter describes how to plot and manage different types of waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying Compound Waveforms as Single Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting the Difference Between Two Waveforms. . . . Aligning Y-Axes with Different Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Multiple Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an XY Plot . . . . . . . . . . It covers: • • Plotting a Single Waveform Plotting Multiple Waveforms EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . Plotting Complex-Valued Waveforms . . . . . . Modifying Waveform Properties . . . Plotting Analog and Digital Waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . and managing the waveforms one plotted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting a Single Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Visibility of Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . Dragging and Dropping Waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Waveforms . . . . Displaying Bus Values as a String . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compound Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . only loaded waveforms are displayed in the Waveform List Panel. X-axis domains are compatible if they share the same units. AMS11. • Use the popup menu.2 . See “Loading . even if they have different unit titles. Right-click the waveform name and select the Plot menu item from the Waveform Name Popup Menu. In the Waveform List Panel. Loaded waveforms are waveforms that have been displayed once or waveforms from a hierarchy selected once in the Tree View of the Waveform List Panel. For example Frequency(Hz) and DIFF(Hz). Dragging it onto an existing row plots it overlaid with the waveforms on that row. locate the waveform to be plotted. otherwise. If an active graph window is open.Add Waveforms Waveform Basics • • • • Dragging and Dropping Waveforms Aligning Y-Axes with Different Scales Temporarily Hiding a Waveform Modifying Waveform Properties Plotting a Single Waveform Use the following procedure to add a single waveform to the graph window. • Double-click the waveform name.fsdb files. otherwise a new row is created where the waveform is dropped. 2. For databases loaded from . Use one of the following methods to plot the waveform: • Drag the waveform name onto the graph window: The waveform appears in the graph window.fsdb Files” on page 707 for more information. a new graph window opens and the waveform is plotted in it. Notes Waveforms with incompatible X-axis domains cannot appear together in the same graph window. Procedure 1. the waveform is plotted in that window. Related Topics • • 60 “Waveform List Panel” on page 237 “Waveform Name Popup Menu” on page 259 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Refer to “Waveform Plotting Rules” on page 71 for information on the rules that govern how multiple waveforms are plotted. From the popup menu. only loaded waveforms are displayed in the Waveform List panel. To select the waveforms to be plotted. press the CTRL key and click the name of each waveform.fsdb files.Add Waveforms Waveform Basics Plotting Multiple Waveforms Use the following procedure to plot several waveforms to the window at once. Plot as Bus — To plot the waveforms as a bus. a new window will open and the waveforms will be added to it. For databases loaded from . If an active graph window is open. the newly added waveforms are added in new rows at the bottom of the window. locate the waveforms to be plotted. See “Loading . or the SHIFT key and the first and last waveforms in a list. 2. locate the two waveforms of interest.fsdb Files” on page 707 for more information. Right-to display the Selected Waveforms Popup Menu. select one of the following: • • • Notes Plot (overlaid) — To plot all the waveforms together in the same row. Procedure 1. Related Topics • • “Waveform List Panel” on page 237 “Selected Waveforms Popup Menu” on page 260 Plotting the Difference Between Two Waveforms Use the following procedure to plot the difference between two waveforms. 3. Plot (stacked) — To plot the waveforms separately in different rows. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. In the Waveform List Panel. 4. In the Waveform List Panel.2 61 . Loaded waveforms are waveforms that have been displayed once or waveforms from a hierarchy selected once in the Tree View of the Waveform List panel. Otherwise. AMS11. Procedure 1. press the CTRL key and click the name of each waveform. AMS11. select Plot Difference. or alternatively right-click on the waveform and select Copy. Loaded waveforms are waveforms that have been displayed once or waveforms from a hierarchy selected once in the Tree View of the Waveform List panel. only loaded waveforms are displayed in the Waveform List panel. Notes A new window will open and the waveform will be added to it. 4. depending on where they are dropped: 62 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. then right-click within the new row and select Paste. Related Topics • • “Waveform List Panel” on page 237 “Selected Waveforms Popup Menu” on page 260 Dragging and Dropping Waveforms Waveforms can be moved by dragging and dropping them onto a graph window from the Waveform List Panel or a graph window. ensuring that the waveforms are selected in the corrected order. To copy rather than move waveforms.Add Waveforms Waveform Basics 2.fsdb Files” on page 707 for more information. See “Loading . The waveforms will be plotted as shown in Figure 3-1. hold down the CTRL key while dragging and dropping them. To select the waveforms to be plotted.fsdb files. Right-to display the Selected Waveforms Popup Menu. 3. For databases loaded from .2 . The second waveform selected will be subtracted from the first waveform selected. From the popup menu. A new graph window is created and the dropped waveforms will be added in this window. 7. onto the axis where the drop occurs. 8. a new graph window is created and the dropped waveforms will be added in this window. and the dropped waveforms will be added to this row. 9. A new row will be inserted at the top of the window. Dropped waveforms will be added overlaid in this row. AMS11. The workspace is activated. A new row will be inserted at this location. Dropped waveforms will be added overlaid in this row. 5. and the dropped waveforms will be added to this row. A new workspace is created. A new row will be added to the bottom of the window. 3. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 63 . and the dropped waveforms will be added to this row. 6.Add Waveforms Waveform Basics Figure 3-1. A new row will be inserted at this location. 4. and the dropped waveforms will be added within this row. Location of Plotted Waveforms 1. 2. a new graph window is created and the dropped waveforms will be added in this window. Creating a Group 64 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Modifying the properties of a group (color. line style) will apply to all waveforms in the group. the waveforms are hidden from view. right-click and select Groups (or use CTRL+G). select a number of plotted waveforms in the Graph window. Grouping Waveforms Two or more analog and digital waveforms may be organized into groups within the Graph Window. digital or bus). AMS11.2 . Creating Groups To create a group. Grouped waveforms can be expanded and collapsed in the display. Figure 3-2. When groups are collapsed. of the appropriate type (analog.Add Waveforms Waveform Basics Related Topics • • • “Plotting Multiple Waveforms” on page 61 “Aligning Y-Axes with Different Scales” on page 66 “Waveform List Panel” on page 237. such that they can be manipulated together. Enter a name for the group and click OK. Figure 3-3. for example. Subsequent groups will be named Group1. Bus and record waveforms can also be expanded and collapsed within a group. My_Group. by clicking the and icons. except for complex waveforms. Once a group is created.. the group name is Group0. and so on.2 65 . any group already having that name will be overwritten without warning. When compound waveforms are grouped. My_Group1 and so on. can be grouped. AMS11. then subsequent groups are named My_Group0. If you enter a name for the group. and the waveforms in a subgroup can be expanded and collapsed in the display. the waveform labels appear as a hierarchical tree. Expand and collapse the tree to show and hide the waveforms within the group. Groups can themselves be included in a group. An Expanded Waveform Group A new object in a database named calc will be created in the Waveform List panel.] What Can Be Grouped? All waveforms with a compatible domain axis can be grouped. Be aware that when specifying a name for a new group..Add Waveforms Waveform Basics By default. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Transformed complex waveforms however. Tip: You can also use the -group argument on the add wave command to define groups: add wave -group <group_name> <object_name> [<object_name2> . Groups can be saved and reloaded for later reuse. Group2. each element is treated as an independent waveform within the group. Overlaid Waveforms With Different Y Axes Scales 66 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. Saving grouped waveforms or a calc database containing such groups is not supported in correlation with any kind of X Range Setup or Data Sampling. No expression or measurement can be performed directly on a group. waves cannot be added or removed from it.Add Waveforms Waveform Basics Limitations In this release. Figure 3-4. but have different scales and so do not line up elsewhere. To change an existing group you must overwrite it by creating a new group with the same name. Related Topics • “add wave” on page 561. This feature works in a similar way to an oscilloscope. Aligning Y-Axes with Different Scales Overlaid waveforms may have different Y-axes with different scales.2 . Figure 3-4 shows two waveforms overlaid with different Y-axes. The Y-axes are lined up at y = 20. They can only be performed on individual waveforms within the group. For example. the following limitations exist for this feature: • • • Once a group is created. It is possible to specify how these axes are aligned and the axes marker spacing. In the second field. type the value for the spacing of the reference axis. Click OK to close the dialog and apply the changes.2 67 . 4. 3. The Reference Y Axis section has two text fields: a.Add Waveforms Waveform Basics Use the following procedure to specify the alignment and spacing of the Y axes of overlaid waveforms: Procedure 1. 2. In this example. Figure 3-5. In the Y Axis section. This opens the Set Reference Y Axis dialog. AMS11. Results Figure 3-5 shows the same waveforms after realigning. b. Specify in this field the value that the other axis will align to. Spacing. The first one is labeled with the Y axis that is to be the reference Y axis. specify the alignment value and spacing for the non-reference axis (or axes). Right-click the Y axis that is to be set as the reference axis. Realigned Y Axes EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. the user realigned the Y-axes to 0 and changed the spacing of axis Y2 to 40. Temporarily Hiding a Waveform Use the following procedure to hide a waveform from the display. and click the View All button from the toolbar. Related Topics • • • “Plotting Multiple Waveforms” on page 61 “Dragging and Dropping Waveforms” on page 62 “Graph Window” on page 239 Changing the Visibility of Waveforms When more than one waveform is displayed in a graph window it is often useful to temporarily hide some of the waveforms from view to make the graph window easier to read. right-click the reference axis.Add Waveforms Waveform Basics Notes To reset the axes to their original scaling and alignment. enabling you to view other data more clearly: Procedure 1. AMS11. Select the waveform in the active graph window and right-click to display the Waveform Popup Menu. This action differs from Edit > Delete as the waveform is still within the window and available for later viewing. The Waveform Popup Menu will have a check next to Hide Waveform. The label will still display. Select Hide Waveform from the popup menu. Restoring a Hidden Waveform Use the following procedure to restore a hidden waveform in the active window: Procedure 1. Results The waveform label appears in the active graph window but the waveform itself does not appear.2 . but will appear dimmed (or gray) indicating the hide condition. 68 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. select Unset Reference Axis. Right-click the label for the waveform. 2. 3. and whether it is analog. In the Parameters Tab . Related Topics • • • “Plotting Multiple Waveforms” on page 61 “Graph Window” on page 239 “Waveform Popup Menu” on page 247 Modifying Waveform Properties You can modify the appearance.Analog Waveforms or Appearance Tab . right-click the waveform or the name of the waveform in the righthand pane. AMS11. 6.Analog Waveforms. click OK to close the Waveform Properties dialog. In the Appearance Tab . In the Transformations Tab . 5.Digital Waveforms. 2. In the graph window. When you are finished making the changes. The options vary depending on the type of waveform. display parameters and transformations applied to waveforms. digital or a bus. you can choose different transformations to apply if the waveform is analog.Add Waveforms Waveform Basics 2. 4. you can see the date and time the waveform was created. The waveform will now display in the row of the active graph window.2 69 . Modifying Properties for Multiple Waveforms Use the following procedure to modify properties for multiple waveforms: EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. you can modify the waveform name as well as visual effects such as color.Digital Waveforms. The properties available to modify depend on whether you want to modify the properties of one waveform or multiple waveforms.Analog Waveforms or Parameters Tab . Modifying Properties for a Single Waveform Use the following procedure to modify properties for a single waveform: Procedure 1. line style or the symbol used for data points. Select Properties from the Waveform Popup Menu to display the Waveform Properties Dialog. Click this area to remove the check. The Waveform Properties Dialog that opens contains three tabs: o In the Analog Waveform Properties Tab. Right-click the name of one of the highlighted waveforms in the right-hand pane (or right-click one of the highlighted waveforms). AMS11. In the Graph window. Related Topics • “Waveform Popup Menu” on page 247 70 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. When you are finished making the changes. you modify the visual effects for digital waveforms. you can modify the visual effects for analog waveforms. you can control the radix used for displaying waveform state values. CTRL-click or SHIFT-click the waveforms whose properties you want to modify.2 . Select Properties from the Waveform Popup Menu. In the Digital Waveform Properties Tab. From the Waveform Popup Menu. o o 4. Creating an XY Plot A waveform can be plotted as a function of another waveform. 3. click OK to close the Waveform Properties dialog.Add Waveforms Waveform Basics Procedure 1. This tab is only available for digital buses or analog waveforms containing integer data. Right-click the waveform that is to be the x-axis. Use the following procedure to create an XY plot: Procedure 1. Plot the desired waveforms on the same graph row. In the Radix Waveform Properties Tab. The resulting XY plot waveform displays in a new graph window. 2. Related Topics • • “Waveform Popup Menu” on page 247 “Waveform Properties Dialog” on page 371. 2. 3. select Set as X Axis. 5. AMS11. Related Topics • “Plotting Multiple Waveforms” on page 61 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. When plotting multiple (analog and digital) waveforms. an analog waveform must be selected first from the Waveform List Panel if both analog and digital waveforms are to be plotted in the same row. It covers: • • • • • Plotting Analog and Digital Waveforms Plotting Complex-Valued Waveforms Plotting wreal Waveforms Plotting Multiple Bit Waveforms as a Bus Plotting Assertions Plotting Analog and Digital Waveforms When analog and digital waveforms are plotted. Analog waveforms can be plotted over analog and digital waveforms (overlaid). Subsequent waveforms will be plotted overlaid on that waveform. the order in which the waveforms are selected will dictate whether the plotted waveforms appear together in a single row (overlaid) or in new rows (stacked). 3. Digital waveforms can not be plotted over other digital waveforms (overlaid). use the Selected Waveforms Popup Menu to specify plotting overlaid or stacked. 4. Digital waveforms will be plotted in separate rows until an analog waveform is selected. 2. When using the drag and drop method to plot or move multiple waveforms. Digital waveforms can be plotted over analog waveforms (overlaid). To avoid this default behavior. digital waveforms will be plotted stacked in separate rows and analog waveforms will be plotted overlaid in a single row regardless of the order of selection.2 71 . The following rules apply when plotting waveforms: Waveform Plotting Rules 1.Add Waveforms Plotting Waveforms Plotting Waveforms This section explains the specific rules and behaviors associated with the plotting of different types of waveforms. These transformations can: • Separate the waveform into: o o o o Real and imaginary parts Gain (dB) and phase parts Magnitude and phase parts Any combination or single element of these • Plot value pairs of complex values against each other in charts such as: o o o Complex plane plots Polar charts Smith Charts This allows the waveform to be displayed in a variety of ways. and so require a transformation to be applied to their data before they can be displayed in a graph window. EZwave displays wreal waveforms as “step” waveforms. By default. 72 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. showing the information required about the individual points.Add Waveforms Plotting Waveforms Plotting Complex-Valued Waveforms Complex-valued waveforms are represented in two dimensions. AMS11.2 . You can control how complex-valued waveforms are displayed using the Transformations Dialog. With “step” waveforms the ‘X’ and ‘Z’ states are displayed as colored rectangles. Related Topics • • “Plotting a Single Waveform” on page 60 “Transformations Dialog” on page 359 Plotting wreal Waveforms wreal waveforms can be displayed in one of two ways: • As Step Waveforms Here wreal waveforms are displayed similar to real waveforms. 3. Related Topics • “Waveform Dialog” on page 361 Plotting Multiple Bit Waveforms as a Bus Use the following procedure to create a bus from multiple digital waveforms (also known as bits): Procedure 1. the individual digital waveforms will be displayed.Add Waveforms Plotting Waveforms Figure 3-6. If you click the plus sign (+) next to the bus name. Right-mouse click and select Plot as Bus from the Selected Waveforms Popup Menu menu. Railroad Waveform You can control how wreal waveforms are displayed using the Waveform Dialog. AMS11. select the waveforms to plot as a bus. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 73 . In the Waveform List panel. Step Waveform • As Railroad Waveforms Figure 3-7. 2. as shown in Figure 3-9. 4. Use the TCL command radix define to define the radix. IDLE 12'b111000000110. Create a text file with a .tcl extension.tcl file by opening it using the EZwave File > Open menu item. Plot the bus. Figure 3-9. CTRL 12'b000100100110. Refer to “Tcl Scripting Support” on page 539 for details on using TCL commands. WORK1 12'b110000110110. Refer to “Plotting Multiple Bit Waveforms as a Bus” on page 73 and “Creating a Bus” on page 138 for details. Right-click on the plotted bus to open the Waveform Popup Menu. Bus Display with Value Strings Use the following procedure to match a set of bus values to a set of defined strings. AMS11. WORK2 } 3. For example. Run this . Multiple Bit Waveforms as a Bus Displaying Bus Values as a String In EZwave bus values can be defined and displayed as a string.Add Waveforms Plotting Waveforms Figure 3-8. 2. 74 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. and display the string values in a bus: Procedure 1. The radix definition specifies the strings that will be displayed in the place of specific numerical values in the bus.2 . 5. a radix named States might be defined as follows: radix define States { 12'b000000000000. SPICE Safe Operating Area (SOA) Assertions. Table 3-1 summarizes the graphic elements used in the graph window for assertions: Table 3-1. These are displayed as a bus containing the simulated waveform(s) that they rely on. They are not supported in post-processing or waveform comparison.2 75 . Radix Options in the Waveform Popup Menu Related Topics • “Selected Waveforms Popup Menu” on page 260 Plotting Assertions EZwave is able to display the following items: • • • VHDL-AMS Assertions. Note Assertions and SOA are supported for display purposes only.Add Waveforms Plotting Waveforms 6. AMS11. Condition Coverage for VHDL-AMS if-use and case-use. Graphic Elements for Assertions Graphic element Blue line Green line Red line 1 Meaning Assertion is inactive Assertion is active Assertion failed Assertion starts Blue square EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Select the name of the radix defined earlier from the options available under the Radix menu item. Figure 3-10. Graphic Elements for Assertions Graphic element Green triangle Red triangle Meaning Assertion passed Assertion failed Red triangle with horizontal Assertion failed. Applies only to Spice SOA Assertions.2 . AMS11. crossed the lower boundary Antecedent match occurred in assertion 1.Add Waveforms Plotting Waveforms Table 3-1. Graph Window With an VHDL-AMS Assertion 76 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. crossed the upper boundary red line below1 Inverted red triangle with horizontal red line above1 Yellow triangle Assertion failed. Figure 3-11. Add Waveforms Compound Waveforms Figure 3-12. Graph Window With an SOA Assertion Related Topics • • • Integration with Questa SIM Verification Methodology in the ADMS User’s Manual .CHECKSOA command in the Eldo Reference Manual Plotting Safe Operating Area Limits chapter of the Eldo User’s Manual Compound Waveforms This section describes the following tasks related to compound waveforms: • • Displaying Compound Waveforms as Single Elements Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms Displaying Compound Waveforms as Single Elements By default and as shown in Figure 3-13, compound waveforms are displayed using the same color for each individual element. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 77 Add Waveforms Compound Waveforms Figure 3-13. Graph Window With a Compound Waveform Use the following procedure to display the individual elements of a compound waveform in different colors: Procedure 1. Select the Edit > Options menu item to open the EZwave Display Preferences dialog. 2. Select Multiple Run from the EZwave Preferences hierarchy on the left side of the dialog. This displays the Multiple Run Dialog. 3. Select Display as single elements. 4. To display the run parameters associated with each component waveform, select Show Names with Run Parameters. 5. Click OK to accept the changes. Results Compound waveforms will now be displayed with different colors for each element. If you chose to display the run parameters, those will be displayed next to the waveform names. 78 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Add Waveforms Compound Waveforms Figure 3-14. Compound Waveforms as Single Elements With Run Parameters Note When a multiple run is displayed as single elements, if a measurement is taken on a run, this measurement will not be taken automatically for subsequent simulated runs. Moreover, if a user display is set for a run, it is not applied to subsequent simulated runs. Related Topics • “Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms” on page 79 Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms The Parameter Table provides information about one or more elements of one of more compound waveforms in an easy to understand table format. Invoking the Parameter Table Use the following procedure to invoke the Parameter Table: Procedure 1. Select one or more elements of a compound waveform displayed in a graph window or one or more compound waveform names. 2. Right-click on the waveform or element names. 3. From the popup menu, select the Parameter Table menu item. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 79 Add Waveforms Compound Waveforms Results Figure 3-15. Parameter Table The Parameter Table displays the following information about individual elements of a compound waveform. • • Index - A sequential number assigned to each element, the first element being assigned the number one. By default, the numbers are listed in ascending order. To reverse this order, click the small triangle. Parameter - The value of a parameter specified at simulation time. To invert the order of this column, click the small triangle. If several waveforms are selected, the parameter column shows: o o o The value of the parameter if it is the same for all waveforms. ‘#’ if it is not the same for all waveforms. ‘<N/A>’ if the run index does not exist for all the waveforms. Tips • • Values in the Parameter Table can be cut and paste into the Waveform Calculator. Use the Parameter Table to select elements of interest for the Measurement Tool. Changing the Visibility of Elements Use the following procedure to select which elements will be visible in the graph window: Procedure 1. Click the box or boxes in the Show column corresponding to the element number or numbers. 80 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Add Waveforms Compound Waveforms 2. If multiple elements, you can group them together at either the top or bottom of the table by clicking the small arrow at the top of the column. Highlighting Elements A highlighted element looks identical to a selected element, but will remain highlighted when you click in a different area of the graph window. Use the following procedure to select which visible elements will be highlighted in the graph window: Procedure 1. Click the box or boxes in the Highlight column corresponding to the element number or numbers. 2. After selecting multiple elements, you can group them together at either the top or bottom of the table by clicking the small arrow at the top of the column. Related Topics • • • “Waveform Selection” on page 54 “Using the Measurement Tool” on page 142 “Using the Waveform Calculator” on page 162 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 81 Add Waveforms Compound Waveforms 82 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Chapter 4 Analysis Set Up and Load Data Add Waveforms Analysis Post-Processing Save and Output Data Measure, analyze, and annotate data points or logic units that are represented in the waveforms. Multiple simulations can be run and the data is saved for additional analysis and reuse. Multiple cursors can be added to show data points as well as interpolated values between data points. Typical tasks include: Working with Cursors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding the Base Cursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Reference Cursors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Relative Reference Cursors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Horizontal Cursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moving Cursors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Visibility of Cursor Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Y-Level Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Cursor Value Table with Compound Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Event Search Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performing a Basic Event Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performing an Expression Event Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Eye Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Eye Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing an Eye Mask. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Smith Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Smith Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Impedance and Admittance Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smith Chart and Polar Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursors in the Smith Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursors in the Smith Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comparing Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Support for Different Types of Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Waveform Compare Wizard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manually Comparing Waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing Waveform Comparison Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 84 85 86 87 90 90 92 94 96 96 97 98 98 100 103 104 105 105 108 109 109 114 115 116 119 122 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 83 Analysis Working with Cursors Generating a Waveform Comparison Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing and Saving Comparison Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving a Comparison Session. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Comparison Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Analog Waveform Comparison Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wreal Waveform Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 127 127 128 132 134 Working with Cursors This section explains cursor basics. It covers: • • • • • • • • Adding the Base Cursor Adding Reference Cursors Adding Relative Reference Cursors Adding a Horizontal Cursor Moving Cursors Setting the Visibility of Cursor Values Adding Y-Level Lines Using the Cursor Value Table with Compound Waveforms Adding the Base Cursor The first cursor you set on a waveform is known as a base cursor. The base cursor is used as a reference for measurements. Only one base cursor is permitted in any Graph window. Use the following procedure to add a base cursor: Procedure 1. Right-click on the waveform to display the Waveform Popup Menu, and select Add Cursor. 2. Use the snap feature to move the cursor into position. Right-click the cursor to display the Cursor Popup Menus and select Snap to Data Points. If necessary, zoom in tightly and drag the cursor to see the cursor snap to the closest point. 3. The Move cursor buttons highest point. 4. Use the View All button on the toolbar can be used to move the cursor to the on the toolbar to see the entire waveform. The current X value for the base cursor is shown in a box, flush with the X-axis. When you move the cursor, by dragging, the X value updates. 84 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Analysis Working with Cursors Figure 4-1. The Base Cursor Changing the Base Cursor When subsequent cursors are added, by default, the first cursor placed is the base cursor. To change a cursor to act as the base cursor, right-click on the desired cursor and select “Base” Cursor. Once this section is made, all delta-X measurements are updated to reflect this base cursor. By selecting a new base cursor, the previous base cursor immediately reverts to a regular cursor. Related Topics • • “Cursor Popup Menus” on page 250 “Changing the Base Cursor” on page 85 Adding Reference Cursors After you have adding an initial base cursor to the waveform, all subsequent cursors are reference cursors. Value boxes for reference cursors are displayed beneath the unit labeling for the X-axis and contain the current X value, and a delta-X value, which is the difference between the current X value and the X value of the base cursor. Use the following procedure to add reference cursors: Procedure 1. Right-click on the waveform to display the Row Popup Menu. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 85 Analysis Working with Cursors 2. Select Add Cursor. If needed, use the snap feature to move the cursor into position. The new cursor appears (labelled C2 where the base cursor is C1). 3. With the new cursor in position, use the View All button waveform with the two cursors. to see the entire 4. On the C2 cursor, right-click to display the Cursor Popup Menus and select Data Values > Show on Left. This will flip the values to the other side, so the axis area can be seen clearly in the next zoom function. 5. Once this area is displayed, drop further cursors on the waveform. This cursor will appear as C3, C4, C5... and so on. Figure 4-2. Reference Cursors When a new cursor is added, it can be accessed from the Cursor menu. This can be useful to quickly view a cursor that is not currently in the visible region of the active graph window. Adding Relative Reference Cursors You can place a cursor relative to the current cursor. This is particularly useful for quickly verifying the duty cycle occurrence on some waveforms. Use the following procedure to add relative reference cursors: Procedure 1. Right-click on the waveform to display the Cursor Popup Menus and select Add Cursor Relative to > <cursor> or select from the main Add Cursor Relative to > <cursor> menu. 86 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Analysis Working with Cursors 2. In the Add Cursor Dialog enter one or more X values separated by spaces. These indicate where the new cursors are to appear relative to <cursor>. 3. Click the Apply button and the new cursors appear on the waveform. Related Topics • • • • “Working with Cursors” on page 84 “Row Popup Menu” on page 245 “Cursor Popup Menus” on page 250 “Add Cursor Dialog” on page 269. Adding a Horizontal Cursor You can add an X axis cursor, that behaves in the same way as the Y axis cursor, but has a horizontal display. Note The horizontal cursor is available only for analog or step waveforms, excluding wreal, digital, digital bus and digital bits. You cannot add a horizontal cursor to Smith charts, Polar charts or Eye diagrams. Procedure Horizontal cursors may be added to graph windows using any of the following 3 methods: • • • Select Cursor > Add Horizontal Cursor Right-click on the Y axis and select Add Horizontal Cursor. Use the wave addcursor Tcl command: wave addcursor -horizontal -row <row_index> -axis <axis_name> This creates a horizontal cursor at the current point on the selected Y axis. The first crossing point with the waveform and its measurement is shown. When the cursor is dragged up and down, the Y value and the value at the crossing point will update. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 87 Analysis Working with Cursors Figure 4-3. Horizontal Cursor To change the number of crossing points that are displayed, right-click on the cursor, select Data Values and select the waveform name. In the Data Values Dialog, use Shift + click to add or remove ticks in the Show column to show or hide the crossing points, as shown in Figure 4-4. Figure 4-4. Show/Hide Crossing Points in the Data Values Dialog You can move crossing points to a different location by selecting them with the left mouse button and dragging them to a different place on the waveform. 88 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Analysis Working with Cursors Note If you change the unit of a degree/radian/gradian Y axis to be different from the Trigonometric Angle defined in Edit > Options > Waveform Calculator > General, the horizontal cursor crossing values and position will be wrong. If you need another Y unit type, be sure to align the trigonometric angle value accordingly. Copying Horizontal Cursors You can duplicate an existing horizontal cursor across all unit-compatible waveform rows in the display. To do this, right-click on the horizontal cursor and select Show in All Compatible YAxes. The horizontal cursor will be copied to all waveform rows that use the same Y axis units. When the horizontal cursor is moved, all duplicated cursors also move to the new position. Crossing point markers and measurements will update accordingly. The Horizontal Cursor in Y-Axis setting under Edit > Options > Cursors allows you to control whether new horizontal cursors are added to the currently selected waveform row only, or to every row in the current display. Figure 4-5. EZwave Display Preferences - Horizontal Cursor in Y-Axis Changing the drawing mode of a plotted waveform is not yet supported by horizontal cursors. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 89 Analysis Working with Cursors Related Topics • • • • “Working with Cursors” on page 84 “Row Popup Menu” on page 245 “Cursor Popup Menus” on page 250 “Add Cursor Dialog” on page 269. Moving Cursors You can move cursors by specifying a value, or by dragging and dropping a cursor to a new location. The corresponding value will update accordingly. Use the following procedure to move a cursor to a specific point on the waveform: Procedure 1. Right-click on the cursor and select Move To. The Move Cursor dialog appears. 2. Enter a new X or Y location (or locations, separated by spaces) in the Enter New X/Y Location(s) field. 3. Select the unit of measurement from the pull-down menu. Choose from hertz or femto-, pico-, nano-, micro-, milli-, kilo-, mega-, giga-, or terahertz. 4. If more than one cursor is added, the first entered becomes the active cursor. 5. Click OK and the cursor moves to the specified location. Tip: Cursors can be locked together so that when you move one cursor, the other will be dragged along at the same distance. To lock cursors together, select Cursor > Lock Together When Dragging from the menu bar. Related Topics • “Cursor Popup Menus” on page 250. Setting the Visibility of Cursor Values When more than one cursor is displayed in a graph window it is often useful to temporarily hide some of the cursor values from view to make the graph window easier to read. Hiding a Cursor Value for a Single Waveform Use the following procedure to hide cursor values for a single waveform: 90 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Analysis Working with Cursors Procedure 1. Right-click the specific Value Flag (the box on the cursor that displays the waveform value at that point) on the cursor you wish to hide. 2. Select Hide Value from the Cursor Value Popup Menu. Note Other Value Flags on different waveforms using the same cursor do not disappear. Hiding a Cursor Value for Multiple Waveforms Use the following procedure to hide cursor values for more than one waveform in a graph window: Procedure 1. Select the cursor whose values are to be hidden. 2. Right mouse-click the cursor and select Data Values > Hide All. Result The Value Flags disappear from the selected cursor for all waveforms displayed. Repeat these steps to make the cursors visible again, selecting Data Values > Show All. Displaying Cursor Values in the Reserved Area Use the following procedure to display cursor values in a reserved area near the Waveform Names Area rather than in cursor data flags: Procedure 1. Select Edit > Options from the main menu. 2. Select Cursors from the list on the left of the EZwave Display Preferences dialog. The Cursors Dialog opens. 3. Check the Use Cursor Area option. Result The cursor values are displayed in the reserved area. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 91 Analysis Working with Cursors Figure 4-6. Cursor Values Displayed in the Reserved Area Related Topics • • “Cursor Popup Menus” on page 250 “Cursors Dialog” on page 294 Adding Y-Level Lines Use the following procedure to place a Y-level line on a cursor: Procedure 1. Right-click the cursor. 2. Select Y-Level Line from the Cursor Popup Menus. Result A dotted line appears on the Y-axis at the point specified by the data flag. Repeat these steps to hide Y-level lines. 92 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Analysis Working with Cursors Choosing How Delta-Y is Calculated The delta-Y relative to the base Y-level line is displayed on every non-base Y-level line. How these delta Y values are measured is determined by the Cursor Delta Y setting in the Cursors Dialog. The EZwave tool can measure the delta-Y in the following ways: • Waveform based (default) Measures the difference between Y-level lines on one waveform. The Y-level line of the reference cursor displays the delta between it and the base Y-level line. Figure 4-7. Waveform-Based Delta Ys • Cursor based Measures the differences between Y-level lines on the same cursor. The delta-Y value of the reference Y-level line is the difference between it and the base Y-level line on the same cursor. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 93 Analysis Working with Cursors Figure 4-8. Cursor-Based Delta Ys Related Topics • • “Cursor Popup Menus” on page 250 “Cursors Dialog” on page 294 Using the Cursor Value Table with Compound Waveforms The Cursor Value Table provides information about one or more elements of a compound wave. To access the Cursor Value Table: 1. Select an element of a compound waveform displayed in a graph window. 2. Right-click on the element cursor value. 3. From the Cursor Value Popup Menu, select the Show/Hide menu item. 94 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Analysis Working with Cursors Figure 4-9. Cursor Value Table The Cursor Value Table displays the following information about individual elements of a compound waveform. • • Index - A sequential number assigned to each element of the compound waveform. The first element is assigned the number one. By default, the numbers are listed in ascending order. To reverse this order, click the small triangle. Parameter - The parameter column shows the value of a parameter specified at simulation time. To invert the order of this column, click the small triangle. Changing the Visibility of Elements Use the following procedure to select which elements will be visible in the graph window: Procedure 1. Click the box or boxes in the Show column corresponding to the element number or numbers. 2. If multiple elements, you can group them together at either the top or bottom of the table by clicking the small arrow at the top of the column. Related Topics • • “Cursor Value Popup Menu” on page 253 “Compound Waveforms” on page 77 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 95 Analysis Using the Event Search Tool Using the Event Search Tool The Event Search Tool Dialog enables the occurrences of simulation events to be located interactively. An event is a specific state (or value) for a single or collection of waveforms. The following sections describe: • • Performing a Basic Event Search Performing an Expression Event Search Performing a Basic Event Search Use the following procedure to perform a basic event search: Procedure 1. Invoke the Event Search tool with the Tools > Search menu item. The Event Search Tool Dialog opens. 2. Name the event in the text window of the Event field. Click Save if to save the event definition for later use, if required. 3. Specify the waveform to search by selecting a waveform in the active Graph Window, then clicking on to add it to the Source Waveform field. 4. Choose an event type from the following four options: • • Any Event — Any type of event. Rising Edge — Only rising edge occurrences. Opens the Search Event Settings dialog. Figure 4-10. Rising Edge Dialog i. Check the Levels are Relative to the Topline and Baseline box to automatically select the Top and Base line. 96 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Analysis Using the Event Search Tool ii. Select the lower and upper percentages through the pulldown menu. iii. To manually set the Top and Base lines, deselect the Levels are Relative to the Topline and Baseline box and enter appropriate lower and upper values. iv. Close the Search Event Settings dialog and click on Graph Window. to show the lines in the • • Falling Edge: Only falling edge occurrences. Opens the Search Event Settings dialog. Specify values as for Rising Edge. Waveform Value: Only waveform values. A tolerance needs to be specified when searching for data points generated by an analog simulator. 5. Move the cursor along the specified waveform to search for the specified events by clicking to go in the decreasing time value direction or to go in an increasing time value direction. 6. To mark an event, in the Markers section of the Event Search Tool select the Add a Marker button . Right-click on the marker to rename it, move it, copy it to the clipboard, or delete it, as desired. 7. Jump to a marker by selecting the marker name from the drop-down list or by using the previous marker button and next marker button . Related Topics • • “Event Search Tool Dialog” on page 307 “Performing an Expression Event Search” on page 97 Performing an Expression Event Search Use the following procedure to perform an expression event search: Procedure 1. Invoke the Event Search tool with the Tools > Search menu item. The Event Search Tool Dialog opens. 2. Name the event in the text window of the Event field. Click Save if to save the event definition for later use, if required. 3. Click the Logic Expression radio button. 4. Select the expression by: • Invoking the Waveform Calculator to create or select an existing expression. Click the Eval button in the calculator to import the expression from the calculator to the Event Search expression area. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 97 Analysis Working with Eye Diagrams • Using the Add selected waveform button or operators in the expression area. and enter the logical function names 5. Move the cursor along the specified waveform to search for the specified events by clicking to go in the decreasing time value direction or to go in an increasing time value direction. 6. To mark an event, in the Markers section of the Event Search Tool select the Add a Marker button . Right-click on the marker to rename it, move it, copy it to the clipboard, or delete it, as desired. 7. Jump to a marker by selecting the marker name from the drop-down list or by using the previous marker button and next marker button . Related Topics • • • “Event Search Tool Dialog” on page 307 “Performing an Expression Event Search” on page 97 “Waveform Calculator” on page 34 Working with Eye Diagrams This section describes the procedures for creating eye diagrams and editing industry standard eye masks, and details the measurements available within an eye diagram. Creating an Eye Diagram Eye diagrams can be created based on a period of waveform data. Use the following procedure to create an eye diagram: Procedure 1. Plot the waveform that the eye diagram is to be based on. 2. Select Tools > Eye Diagram. The Eye Diagram Tool Dialog opens. 3. In the dialog, select the Source Waveform from the drop down list or by using the Add Selected Waveforms button. 4. The Eye Diagram Setup values reflect the selected source waveform. The setup values include: • Eye Period — The eye diagram is generated by overlaying a semi-periodical waveform signal on an interval in X (usually a time interval). The interval is defined as the eye period. A default eye period is calculated based on period divided by 2. 98 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Analysis Working with Eye Diagrams • • Offset — The open part of the eye is not always at the center of the axes. Specify a different offset value to generate an eye diagram with the open part at the desired location. Minimum X Value and Maximum X Value — Defines the range of waveform data used for generating the eye diagram. Change the setup values as desired. Use the default button to reset to the default values. 5. The Measurements Setup values reflect how the measurements are displayed and updated on the selected source waveform. The setup options include: • • Select Apply Measurements to have the measurements automatically updated and displayed as the values are modified in this dialog. This updates the values in the eye diagram as well as all the values in the Measurement Results Tab. Select Apply Inner/Outer to have the inner or outer height or width displayed at the specified X or Y. 6. The Mask Setup values relate to the mask displayed with the eye diagram. The setup values include: • Apply Mask — Select the checkbox and choose an industry standard mask from the dropdown list. Select the Eye Mask button to the right of the dropdown list to open a new Eye Mask Dialog displaying the shape and values for the corresponding mask. • Margin — Allows scaling of the eye mask. The X margin is the horizontal margin and the Y margin is the vertical margin, the values entered representing a percentage of the total displayed range. Select the Automatic Fit checkbox for X and/or Y to make the mask fit to the horizontal and/or vertical inner contours of the eye diagram respectively. • Offset — Allows shifting of the eye mask. The X offset is the horizontal offset. 7. Click on the Measurement Results Tab to view the results of the eye diagram measurements 8. When you have the desired setup, select the Apply button. The the current eye diagram is updated or a new eye diagram is displayed in a new graph window. 9. Once displayed, right-click anywhere on the eye diagram to place a cursor enabling the exact values to be seen. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 99 in the Eye Diagram or in both. Eye Diagram Related Topics • • “Eye Diagram Measurements” on page 100 “Editing an Eye Mask” on page 103 Eye Diagram Measurements This section describes how each of the measurements is calculated by first describing how the Cross Eye Calculation is achieved.2 . It also details whether each result can be found in the Measurement Results tab. 100 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11.Analysis Working with Eye Diagrams Result Figure 4-11. AMS11. The mean is taken from these points and used as the horizontal level. The points of the eye diagram cross this horizontal level (“eye crossings”) on the left and right of the diagram. The distance between the left. Figure 4-12.Analysis Working with Eye Diagrams Cross Eye Calculation The Cross Eye measurement is calculated by first evaluating the horizontal distribution of the eye diagram points.and right-crossing is called the Cross Eye.2 101 . Left and Right Crossing Points and Vertical Band Related Topics • “Eye Diagram Measurements Described” on page 102 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Right-click on the results within the Eye Diagram to access the Eye Height at X dialog with options including the ability to switch between inner and outer.3stdev Eye Width 102 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . The High Level standard deviation (high_level_stdev) is computed within this band. Eye Diagram The inner or outer Eye Height at a specified X. AMS11.Analysis Working with Eye Diagrams Eye Diagram Measurements Described Table 4-1. Drag the results line within the Eye Diagram to move to a only new X location. Calculated as the difference between the Cross Eye 3stdev and the Cross Eye + 3stdev calculations. Calculated by subtracting (3 * cross_eye_stdev) to the right value of the Cross Eye. and to move to another X. Calculated by adding (3 * cross_eye_stdev) to the left value of the Cross Eye. The Low Level standard deviation (low_level_stdev) is computed within this band. Eye Height Inner/Outer Eye Height at X Calculated as the difference between the High Level + 3stddev and the Low Level + 3stdev calculations.3stdev Low Level Low Level + 3stdev Calculated by adding (3 * low_level_stddev) to the Low Level value. based on the mean value of the vertical histogram at the eye crossing. Eye Diagram Measurements Measurement High Level Description The point distribution in the upper part of a “vertical band” around the midpoint of the Cross Eye. The amplitude level at which the eye crossings occur. Calculated by subtracting the Low Level value from the High Level value. The point distribution in the lower part of a “vertical band” around the midpoint of the Cross Eye. This is calculated by subtracting (3 * high_level_stdev) from the High Level value. Eye Amplitude Eye Crossing Amplitude Cross Eye + 3stdev Cross Eye . Notes High Level . select a built in eye mask from the drop down list or use the Open Folder button to load a user defined eye mask from disk. 3. Calculated by the following formula (Measurement Results tab only): H igh_Level – Low_Level --------------------------------------------------------------------------------high_level_stdev + low_level_stdev Results tab only Results tab only Results tab only Risetime Falltime Eye Delay Eye Jitter Eye SNR Related Topics • “Cross Eye Calculation” on page 101 Editing an Eye Mask Use the following procedure to edit an eye mask: Procedure 1. Drag the results line within the Eye Diagram to move to a only new Y location.Analysis Working with Eye Diagrams Table 4-1. only The distance from the midpoint of the eye to the time origin. To specify an alternative source eye mask. only The mean time between the high and low threshold values. Click on the Eye Mask button . 2. Select a mask from the dropdown list in the Eye Mask frame of the Eye Diagram Tool Dialog. The Eye Mask Dialog opens. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Results tab calculated from 10% to 90% of the eye amplitude. AMS11. and to move to another Y.2 103 . The width of the eye crossing points. Results tab calculated from 10% to 90% of the eye amplitude. measured in seconds. Eye Diagram Measurements (cont. displaying the shape and values for the corresponding mask. Click on the Edit New Mask button to edit the mask. 4. Right-click on the results within the Eye Diagram to access the Eye Width at Y dialog with options including the ability to switch between inner and outer.) Measurement Inner/Outer Eye Width at Y Description Notes Eye Diagram The inner or outer Eye Width at a specified Y. The mean time between the low and high threshold values. The Coordinate Flags display the X and Y values that relate to the handles. which can be adjusted manually. Click on the Save button to save the new eye mask. Click on an area without a handle to add one.ZO) / (Z + ZO) 104 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. ensuring the mask remains symmetric. plotted as curves on a grid. Related Topics • • “Eye Diagram Tool Dialog” on page 311 “Eye Mask Dialog” on page 317 Working with Smith Charts A Smith Chart displays a sequence of impedance (Z-parameters).2 . also called the G plane: Γ = (Z . The Smith Chart allows all possible impedances to be found on the domain of existence of the reflection coefficient. They do not alter the high and low levels. Vertical Handles allow the mask to be dragged horizontally. Edit the eye mask: • • Click on to make the handles available so that the mask can be dragged to form a new shape. Enter a name for the new mask in the Create a New Eye Mask dialog. When unchecked. o o o o Point Handles allow the mask to be dragged in any direction. Click on to add new handles or delete existing ones. admittance (Y-parameters). Horizontal Handles allow the mask to be dragged vertically. This is only possible in masks with X (Y) symmetry. the Smith Chart represents the following relationship for all values of Z (impedance) in the reflection coefficient plane. only the dragged handle will be modified. Editing is enabled and the grayed out Save and Delete buttons and Edit frame become available. scatter parameter (S-parameters) or reflection coefficient data. The X coordinate flags show a percentage of the eye diagram X range. 7.Analysis Working with Smith Charts 5. Barycenter handles allow the mask to be moved as a whole. Click on an existing handle to remove it. The Y coordinate flags show absolute values. o • Check X (Y) Symmetric to also modify the symmetric handles in the mask when a handle is dragged. Mathematically. 6. For complex-valued frequency-domain waveforms. then the relationship is as follows: z = Z / ZO = (R + jX) / ZO = r + jx which translates to the form: Γ = (z . If you define normalized impedance as z. switching between displaying by Impedance (along the Zparameter axis) or Admittance (along the Y-parameter axis). Creating a Smith Chart Use the following procedure to create a Smith Chart: Procedure • • For frequency-domain waveforms. select Transformations > smith_chart from the Waveform Popup Menu. right-click the waveform name in the Waveform List panel and choose Plot as … > smith_chart. it is displayed as a complex-plane plot over a Smith Chart grid. AMS11.2 105 . Scattering parameters (also known as S-parameters) are the fixed properties of the circuit which describe how the energy couples between each pair of ports or transmission lines connected to the circuit. you can plot impedance values using curves and then read reflectioncoefficient values from the grid. its energy “scatters” and is partitioned between all outgoing waves on all other transmission lines connected to the circuit.Analysis Working with Smith Charts ZO represents the “characteristic impedance” of a transmission line. S-parameters are plotted as curves on a Smith Chart grid. Scattering Parameters (S-Parameters) When the amplitude and phase of an incoming wave on a transmission line moves through a circuit.1) / (z + 1) With a Smith Chart. S11 and S22 parameters (scattering parameters) are displayed in a Smith Chart when they are brought up for viewing. By default. Related Topics • • “Working with Smith Charts” on page 104 “Waveform Popup Menu” on page 247 Impedance and Admittance Displays The coordinates can be changed. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. If a waveform is not an S11 or S22 parameter waveform. AMS11. 2. Right-click on the row containing the Smith Chart to open the Row Popup Menu.Analysis Working with Smith Charts Use the following procedure to change between impedance and admittance displays: Procedure 1. Select Smith Chart > Impedance or Smith Chart > Admittance. Results Figure 4-13. Smith Chart Impedance Display 106 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . Analysis Working with Smith Charts Figure 4-14.2 for the top part of the chart -0. If. Smith Chart Admittance Display Notes Ordinarily. however.2 for the bottom part of the chart EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. the Smith Chart displays only positive real values. the Smith Chart is automatically extended to display values outside this range.or S22-parameter waveforms extend beyond the reaches of this display. AMS11. The maximum negative real values are: • • • • -0.2 for the right part of the chart The maximum imaginary values are: 0.2 107 . values of S11.8 for the left part of the chart -1. Right-click an element on the chart. Smith Chart with Negative Real Values Related Topics • • • “Working with Smith Charts” on page 104 “Smith Chart and Polar Displays” on page 108 “Row Popup Menu” on page 245 Smith Chart and Polar Displays Use the following procedure to switch between a Smith Chart display and a polar display for these data sets: Procedure 1.2 . 2. AMS11. 3. 108 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Analysis Working with Smith Charts Figure 4-15. To switch to a polar display select Transformations > polar_chart from the Waveform Popup Menu. To switch back select or Transformation > smith_chart. Analysis Working with Smith Charts Results Figure 4-16. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Polar Chart Display Related Topics • • • “Working with Smith Charts” on page 104 “Impedance and Admittance Displays” on page 105 “Waveform Popup Menu” on page 247 Cursors in the Smith Chart To add a cursor to a Smith Chart select Cursor > Add from the menu bar or click the Add Cursor button in the toolbar. AMS11.2 109 . 2. Use the following procedure to change the data value and select which values to display: Procedure 1. Drag the cursor along the path of any curve to determine the impedance at that point. Instead. Change the data value to take into account the characteristic impedance. cursors are represented by marks on the plotted waves.Analysis Working with Smith Charts Figure 4-17. Select Data Values > Set from the Cursor Value Popup Menu. and the circles that correspond to that point on the graph. The F (frequency) and Z values are displayed.2 . Add a cursor to a Smith Chart. Setting Data Values 110 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. The S parameters can be displayed by selecting the appropriate option from the Data Values dialog. Figure 4-18. Right-click on the value flag. Cursor in a Smith Chart The Smith Chart does not use bar cursors. AMS11. 3. Normalized Admittance or Normalized Admittance/Impedance for the displayed value to be normalized. Note If more than one waveform is displayed on a Smith Chart. a circle plot consists of a family of circles. dragging the cursor along one wave causes the cursor to move along the others.Analysis Working with Smith Charts • Select Normalized Impedance. admittance. • Select Display S Parameter to display the S parameter in the value flag. Usually. the display in the value flag reflects this. • Select Display Admittance and Impedance to display both admittance and impedance values in the value flag. or both are displayed in the value flag.2 111 . in ohms. Related Topics • • • • “Working with Smith Charts” on page 104 “Scattering Parameters (S-Parameters)” on page 105 “Impedance and Admittance Displays” on page 105 “Cursor Popup Menus” on page 250 Circles in the Smith Chart Constant circles and Stability circles can be plotted on a Smith Chart. Use the following procedure to invoke the Circle Visibility dialog which allows you to set which circles are visible in a circle plot: EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. as well. If this option is not selected. enter a ZCHAR value. If the value is not normalized. AMS11. This option varies depending on whether impedance. select the Circle Visibility menu item. From the Waveform Popup Menu. AMS11. Figure 4-19. Right click on a Smith Chart circle plot or circle plot name in a graph window. 2.Analysis Working with Smith Charts Procedure 1.2 . Multiple-Circle Plot and Circle Visibility Option 112 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 2 113 .Analysis Working with Smith Charts Result Figure 4-20.The frequency column shows the frequency value of the element. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 2. you can group them together at either the top or bottom of the table by clicking the small arrow at the top of the column. Click the box or boxes in the Show column corresponding to the element number or numbers. AMS11. Frequency . Changing the Visibility of Elements Use the following procedure to select which elements will be visible in the graph window: Procedure 1. To invert the order of this column. the numbers are listed in ascending order. The first element is assigned the number one. By default. • • Index . If multiple elements.A sequential number assigned to each element of the circle plot. click the small triangle. click the small triangle. To reverse this order. Circle Visibility Table The Circle Visibility Table displays the following information about individual elements of a circle plot. Figure 4-21. It can report the set of differences graphically or in report files. Highlighted Circle Related Topics • • “Working with Smith Charts” on page 104 “Waveform Popup Menu” on page 247 Comparing Waveforms The EZwave Waveform Compare Tool enables waveforms from a reference and a new simulation to be compared. This section describes the following tasks relating to waveform comparison and the waveform comparison algorithm: • • 114 Support for Different Types of Waveform Using the Waveform Compare Wizard EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. This tool can be accessed through the graphical user interface or through a set of Tcl commands (see “Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples” on page 684).Analysis Comparing Waveforms Result The following figure shows the results after selecting a single circle to highlight. AMS11.2 . If the number of bits differs between the test and the reference object. records and compound waveforms: Digital buses are compared directly providing they have the same number of bits. bits are compared until the smaller number is reached. Elements are matched by index rather than by name. Bits are matched by index rather than by name. Analog buses and records are exploded and bits compared individually. If the number of elements differs between the test and the reference waveform. char and string waveforms. • Related Topics • “Comparing Waveforms” on page 114 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. For buses.2 115 . EZwave’s behavior cannot be guaranteed. Compound waveforms are exploded and elements compared individually. analog and mixed-signal simulation results: • • • • • Verilog and VHDL digital waveforms. Note Assertions. An error message is then displayed. If this is not the case.Analysis Comparing Waveforms • • • • • • Manually Comparing Waveforms Viewing Waveform Comparison Results Generating a Waveform Comparison Report Viewing and Saving Comparison Rules Setting Comparison Options The Analog Waveform Comparison Algorithm Support for Different Types of Waveform The Waveform Compare Tool can be applied to digital. wreal and real waveforms. elements are compared until the smaller number is reached. Analog continuous. SOA and complex waveforms are not supported in the Waveform Comparison Tool. Enum. An error message is then displayed. providing an appropriate dialog at each stage. select Tools > Waveform Compare > Comparison Wizard… This opens the first page of the Waveform Compare Wizard. 116 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Analysis Comparing Waveforms Using the Waveform Compare Wizard The Waveform Compare Wizard steps you through each stage of the waveform comparison process. AMS11. The Waveform Compare Wizard Process Flow Invoking the Wizard Selecting Datasets Compare All The Comparison Method By Hierarchy By Waveform Selecting Waveforms Selecting Hierarchies Adding More Waveforms No Yes Computing the Differences Invoking the Wizard Use the following procedure to invoke the Waveform Compare Wizard: Procedure 1.2 . Figure 4-22. From the EZwave menu bar. as shown in Figure 4-22. clicking Next advances to Selecting Hierarchies. clicking Next advances to Computing the Differences and begins the waveform comparison. Click Next to move on to the Comparison Method page of the Waveform Compare Wizard. With this option selected. Specify the reference dataset in the Choose Reference Dataset From List or Disk field. 2. Select from the following three comparison methods: • Compare All Waveforms All available waveforms in the test dataset are compared against the same waveforms in the reference dataset. By default.Analysis Comparing Waveforms Selecting Datasets Use the following procedure to select the datasets for comparison: Procedure 1. With this option selected. Selecting Waveforms Use the following procedure to specify waveforms for comparison using the Select Waveforms Dialog: EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. • Specify Comparison By Waveform Select this to specify the waveforms to compare. • Specify Comparison By Hierarchy Level Select this to specify a hierarchy level for comparison. To specify a different database. With this option selected. the current open database is used as the test dataset (indicated by the Use Current Database (database_name) radio button). 3.2 117 . use the dropdown list or the file browser. Use the dropdown list to choose from recently opened databases. The Comparison Method Use the following procedure to select the comparison method: Procedure 1. clicking Next advances to Selecting Waveforms. or click the folder icon to use a file browser to select the reference database. AMS11. Specify the test dataset in the Choose Test Dataset From List or Disk field. Loaded waveforms are waveforms that have been displayed once or waveforms located at a hierarchy level that has been selected once in the Waveform List Panel. Select the reference waveform hierarchy from the Waveform List panel and click the Add Selected Hierarchy button. Note For databases loaded from . indicating that the tool will search the test dataset for waveforms with names matching those in the reference dataset. Select one or more waveforms.fsdb Files” on page 707 for more information. This populates the field with the selected waveform hierarchy. the Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database option is selected. 118 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Click Add on the Add Waveforms From Reference Database side of the window. The selected waveforms are added to the Reference side of the Waveform Compare Wizard. uncheck Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database. Selecting Hierarchies Use the following procedure to specify a hierarchy level for comparison using the Select Hierarchy Dialog: Procedure 1.fsdb files. select Specify a different name for test Hierarchy Level and choose the test hierarchy level. By default. To specify a different hierarchy level. the comparison searches the same hierarchy level name in the test database. AMS11. and so on. See “Loading . 3. and click Add to add test waveforms. This opens the Add Waveforms dialog. When comparing waveforms with different names. Click OK.Analysis Comparing Waveforms Procedure 1. 2. To compare waveforms with different names. only loaded waveforms are displayed in the Waveform Compare By Waveform > Add Waveform dialog. regardless of their names. the first waveform in the list of reference waveforms is compared with the first waveform in the list of test waveforms. By default.2 . 2. select the types of waveforms to include in the comparison and whether to search the hierarchies recursively. 3. 5. In the Compare Waveforms of Type area. 4. Waveforms that contain differences from the reference waveform are marked by a red X by their name and those difference portions of the waveform are highlighted (Figure 4-23).2 119 . Figure 4-23. Click Finish on the last page of the Waveform Compare Wizard. Click Next. 2.Analysis Comparing Waveforms Adding More Waveforms After defining the waveform or hierarchy for comparison. AMS11. This will return to The Comparison Method. Computation of the waveform differences will begin. more waveforms can be selected for comparison by specifying Yes on the Would you like to add more waveforms to the comparison page of the Waveform Import Wizard. Use the following procedure once all waveforms are selected: Procedure 1. Computing the Differences The results of the waveform comparison are displayed in the graph window. 3. Select No on the Would you like to add more waveforms to the comparison page of the Waveform Import Wizard. Waveform Comparison Results Related Topics • • “Generating a Waveform Comparison Report” on page 126 “Selecting Waveforms for Comparison” on page 120 Manually Comparing Waveforms Use the following steps to manually compare waveforms (without the use of the Waveform Compare Wizard): EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 2. Use the dropdown list to choose from recently opened databases. the currently open database is used as the test dataset (indicated by the Use Current Database (database_name) radio button). 4. Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Start Comparison… This opens the Select Datasets dialog. Running a Comparison 4. Starting a Comparison Use the following procedure to begin a manual waveform comparison: Procedure 1. Select the reference dataset in the Choose Reference Dataset From List or Disk field.Analysis Comparing Waveforms 1. Selecting Waveforms for Comparison 3.2 . To change these defaults refer to “Setting Comparison Options” on page 128. or click the folder icon to use a file browser to select the reference database. the Waveform Compare Tool looks for waveforms with the same name in the reference and test simulation result databases. To specify a different database than the current one. you can begin to add waveforms. see “Waveform Comparison Troubleshooting” on page 692. use the dropdown list or the file browser to choose the test database. For details on error messages that may be encountered during a Waveform Comparison. Select the test dataset in the Choose Test Dataset From List or Disk field. Click OK to close the Select Datasets dialog. 3. By default. Generating a Waveform Comparison Report The Waveform Compare Tool automatically applies a set of default settings to the comparison. You can choose the waveforms for comparison with the following three methods: • 120 Compare All Waveforms EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Related Topics • • • “Selecting Waveforms for Comparison” on page 120 “Setting Comparison Options” on page 128 “Waveform Comparison Troubleshooting” on page 692 Selecting Waveforms for Comparison Once you’ve started a waveform comparison. Starting a Comparison 2. By default. AMS11. When comparing waveforms with different names. Compare by Hierarchy Use the following procedure to specify waveforms for comparison by hierarchy: Procedure 1. 4. The selected waveforms are added to the Reference side of the Waveform Compare Tool. and add test waveforms in the same way reference waveforms were added.Analysis Comparing Waveforms • • Compare by Waveforms Compare by Hierarchy Compare All Waveforms To specify comparison of all available waveforms in the test dataset against the same waveforms in the reference dataset: 1. By default.2 121 . regardless of their names. Click OK to close the Select Waveforms Dialog. and so on. In the Add Waveforms dialog. 5. This opens the Add Waveforms dialog. 6. the first waveform defined in the list of reference waveforms is compared with the first waveform defined in the list of test waveforms. Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Add… > Compare by Waveforms… This opens the Select Waveforms Dialog. 3. uncheck Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database. Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Add… > Compare by Hierarchy… This opens the Select Hierarchy Dialog. Click OK. select one or more waveforms. AMS11. Click Add on the Add Waveforms From Reference Database side of the window. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. the Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database option is selected. indicating that the Waveform Compare Tool will search for waveforms in the test dataset whose names match the specified reference waveforms. To compare waveforms with different names. Compare by Waveforms Use the following procedure to specify waveforms for comparison: Procedure 1. Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Add… > Compare All Waveforms. 2. In the Compare Waveforms of Type area. Running a Comparison Once you’ve specified the waveforms for comparison. AMS11. the results are displayed in a graph window. the same hierarchy level name is searched in the test database for the comparison. By default. 5. click the Add Selected Hierarchy This populates the field with the selected waveform hierarchy.2 .Analysis Comparing Waveforms 2. 122 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. If you want to specify a different hierarchy level for comparison. You can then choose the test hierarchy level for comparison. 4. run the comparison by selecting Tools > Waveform Compare > Run Comparison… You can continue to add waveforms and run comparisons until you select Tools > Waveform Compare > End Comparison… Related Topics • • “Select Hierarchy Dialog” on page 352 “Select Waveforms Dialog” on page 353 Viewing Waveform Comparison Results After waveform comparison. 3. Waveforms that contain differences with respect to the reference waveform are marked by a red ‘x’ by its name. 6. Select the reference waveform hierarchy from the EZwave waveform list. Click OK to close the Select Hierarchy Dialog. Those difference portions of the waveform are highlighted in the graph window (Figure 4-24). In the Reference Hierarchy Level field. select Specify a different name for test Hierarchy Level. select the types of waveforms to include in the comparison and whether to search the hierarchies recursively. button. AMS11. The icon advances the cursor to the “next” difference between the reference and result waveforms. 1. 2.2 123 . click the Move Cursor to Next Error icon. click the Move Cursor to Previous Error icon. 3. Add a cursor by pressing F5. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Analysis Comparing Waveforms Figure 4-24. Waveform Comparison Results Related Topics • “Generating a Waveform Comparison Report” on page 126 Stepping Through Differences With a Cursor You can add a cursor to the waveform comparison results and easily step through each difference between the reference and result waveforms. To step the cursor to the “previous” difference between the reference and result waveforms. A cursor is added to the waveform comparison result graph window. In the toolbar. Analysis Comparing Waveforms Figure 4-25. The two blue “waveforms” represent the tolerance tube. Stepping Through Waveform Differences With a Cursor Related Topics • “Displaying the Tolerance Tube for Analog Comparisons” on page 124 Displaying the Tolerance Tube for Analog Comparisons The tolerance “tube” is the virtual area along the reference waveform that defines the limits where the result waveform can deviate from the reference waveform before being considered “different. AMS11. you can display the tolerance tube by right-clicking on one of the waveform names in the graph window that contains the comparison results and selecting Display Tolerance Tube (Figure 4-26). 124 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.” For more information on analog waveform tolerances. In the waveform comparison results. the green waveform is the reference waveform. given the tolerances. In Figure 4-27.2 . When the yellow result waveform goes “outside” of this tube is where it is “different” from the reference waveform. see “The Analog Waveform Comparison Algorithm” on page 132. 2 125 . Graph Window Showing Tolerance Tube Related Topics • “The Analog Waveform Comparison Algorithm” on page 132 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Display Tolerance Tube Menu Item Figure 4-27. AMS11.Analysis Comparing Waveforms Figure 4-26. time 1. the syntax is the same as the Questa SIM report files.200000e-7 s to time 1.329983e-5 s to time 1. time 6. The report also indicates the time at which the maximum Y difference is encountered. From <vsimref>clk = '1' <vsimres>clk = '0' Diff number 2.600000e-7 s to time 1.2 . do the following: 1. but the EZwave reports are based on each waveform.400000e-7 s.172866e-4 A <REF>I(vv1) = -1. The following is an example of a digital to digital comparison report: Total differences = Diff number 1. and for each difference. and the Y values of reference and test waveforms. In the Save Comparison Report file browser.Analysis Comparing Waveforms Generating a Waveform Comparison Report After you run a manual waveform comparison. From <vsimref>clk = '0' <vsimres>clk = '1' .000000e-8 s to time 4. Maximum difference at time 9.329983e-5 s : deltaY = 1. time 1. The difference is that Questa SIM reports differences organized around time. From <vsimref>clk = '1' <vsimres>clk = '0' Diff number 3.198995e-4 s.254448e-5 126 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. This opens a file browser where you can choose the name and location of the report.800000e-7 s. Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Differences > Write Report. Analog to Analog Comparison Reports For analog to analog comparisons.000000e-8 s..498311e-4 <RES>I(vv1) = -3. the report indicates the number of differences found. AMS11. To generate a waveform comparison report. you can generate a report of the differences in a text file. Digital to Digital Comparison Reports For digital-digital reporting.. The following is an example of an analog to analog comparison report: Total differences = 1 Diff number 1. From time 9. 2. it indicates the beginning and end times where the waveforms differ.000000e-8 s to time 8. From <vsimref>clk = '0' <vsimres>clk = '1' Diff number 4. choose a location and a name for the report and click Save. 100 time 2.000000e-8 s. give the file a name. Saving comparison rules only saves comparison options. the settings (or “rules”) you choose for the comparison can be viewed and saved in a Tcl file for later use. Make your waveform comparison rules. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Make your waveform comparison rules. 4. To save the comparison rules to a Tcl file. To save the session: 1. 3. do the following: 1. Start a waveform comparison session. To view and save the comparison rules for a session. Before you end the comparison. 3. 5. select Tools > Waveform Compare > Rules > Save… to open the Save Comparison Rules dialog. 2. select Tools > Waveform Compare > Save Session… to open the Save Comparison Session dialog. either manually (see “Manually Comparing Waveforms” on page 119) or with the Waveform Compare Wizard (see “Using the Waveform Compare Wizard” on page 116). AMS11. either manually (see “Manually Comparing Waveforms” on page 119) or with the Waveform Compare Wizard (see “Using the Waveform Compare Wizard” on page 116). The file that contains the current rules for the waveform comparison is displayed. Start a waveform comparison session. 2. To save the comparison session to a Tcl file. Related Topics • • “Using the Waveform Compare Wizard” on page 116 “Manually Comparing Waveforms” on page 119 Saving a Comparison Session A copy of the comparison session can be saved in a Tcl file for direct replay later. Navigate to the directory where you want to save the rules Tcl file. and region and signal selections. and click Save. clock definitions. select Tools > Waveform Compare > Rules > Show.2 127 .Analysis Comparing Waveforms Related Topics • “Viewing Waveform Comparison Results” on page 122 Viewing and Saving Comparison Rules When you set up a waveform comparison. give the file a name. Select from the following options: o Automatically Add Comparison to Wave Window — This option adds the comparison results to the current wave window. Use the three tabs to do the following: • • • Setting General Comparison Options Setting Comparison Method Options Setting AMS Options for Waveform Comparison Setting General Comparison Options To set the global options for comparison. AMS11. Specify VHDL and Verilog signal value matching rules in VHDL Matching and Verilog Matching areas. Automatically Add Comparisons With Errors to Wave Window — This option adds only comparison results that contain errors (waveforms with differences) to the current wave window. Navigate to the directory where you want to save the rules Tcl file. select Tools > Waveform Compare > Options… to open the threetabbed Comparison Options Dialog. The D in these matching options represent the ‘-’ “don’t care” std_logic value. and click Save. specify the maximum number of differences (Total Limit) and differences per signal (Per Signal Limit) allowed before the comparison terminates. When making comparisons you can choose how the results are treated. In the Comparison Limit Count fields. do the following in the General Options Tab: 1. refer to the Questa SIM User’s Manual. o 128 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. The file will be called session.tcl by default. including both correct (waveforms with no differences) and erroneous (waveforms with differences) waveforms. 2. Related Topics • • “Using the Waveform Compare Wizard” on page 116 “Manually Comparing Waveforms” on page 119 Setting Comparison Options To set comparison options. 3. For more information on the VHDL and Verilog matching options.Analysis Comparing Waveforms 4.2 . are automatically calculated using functions available in the EZwave Measurement Tool. When you define the clock. The Leading Tolerance and Trailing Tolerance apply only to digital-digital comparisons.2 129 . The edges. the Waveform Compare Tool uses the Continuous Comparison method. In this method. Signals are compared only at or just after an edge on some signal. The clocked comparison settings here will also apply to analog-analog and analog-digital comparisons. The test signal is compared to a reference signal and both are sampled relative to the defined clock. To use the clocked comparison method. The design need not have any events occurring at the specified clock time. AMS11. do the following: 1. The two methods for comparing digital waveforms are as follows: • • Continuous Comparison (default) Clocked Comparison Refer to “Comparison Method Tab” on page 284. To specify tolerances for analog-analog or mixed comparisons. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. In this mode. Continuous Comparison By default. see “Analog Comparison” on page 130. you define one or more clocks. Select Clocked Comparison. Clocked Comparison In the Clocked Comparison method. it can also apply to an analog waveform. Related Topics • “General Options Tab” on page 283 Setting Comparison Method Options You can choose how the Waveform Compare Tool compares digital waveforms. you define a clock to use as a trigger waveform for the comparison.Analysis Comparing Waveforms o Do Not Plot Results of Comparison — This option does not add the comparison results to the current wave window. rising or falling. test signals are compared to reference signals at each transition (for digital-digital comparisons) or at each simulated data point (for analog-analog and mixed signal comparisons) of the reference waveform. The clock can be defined as the rising or falling edge (or either edge) of a particular signal plus a user-specified delay. Analysis Comparing Waveforms 2. this is 0. When you select Use Automatic X Tolerance or Use Automatic Y Tolerance. Click Clocks… to open the Clocks Dialog. By default. 9. Click OK to save the settings. If you want to set the Delay Signal Offset. By default. 6. or use the default tolerances.y_min) 130 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. (y_max .01 . select it from the list of clocks and click Modify… 5. You can set the options for the following two types of comparison: Analog Comparison The analog comparison options enable you to specify the X and Y tolerances. (x_max .01 . Use these options for analog-analog and mixed-signal comparison. the Waveform Compare Tool uses the following formulas to calculate the tolerances: • • X Tolerance the minimum of ((x_max . enter a value in the field. If you want to modify a clock you’ve previously added. only the rising edge is used. Select a waveform from the dropdown list or use the Use the Add Selected Waveform button to add the currently selected waveform to the list. select which edge to use in the clocked comparison. Click Add… to open the Add Clock Dialog. In the Compare Strobe Edge field.x_min)) Y Tolerance 0. 4. 7. AMS11. 8. select the waveform whose edges are to be used as the strobe trigger. Related Topics • • • “Analog Comparison” on page 130 “Add Clock Dialog” on page 268 “Comparison Method Tab” on page 284 Setting AMS Options for Waveform Comparison These options are an extension of the Continuous Comparison of digital-digital compare options. Specify a name for this clock definition in the Clock Name field.x_min)/number_of_points) or (0. They are set using the AMS Options Tab. 3. In the Based on Waveform field. This dialog lists all the clocks you’ve defined.2 . the blue waveform represents the reference waveform. To specify leading and trailing tolerances for digital-digital comparisons. for both the reference and the test waveform. AMS11. see “The Analog Waveform Comparison Algorithm” on page 132. When you choose to specify the tolerances. In Figure 4-28.1%). Note These tolerances apply only to analog-analog and mixed comparisons.1). 0. it defines a tolerance value relative to the minimum and maximum of the waveform (in this example. The magenta “waveforms” are the virtual tubes that represent the tolerances. you can use percentage or numerical values. 0. 0. and the green waveform represents the test waveform. Figure 4-28. For details on how the waveform compare algorithm uses tolerances.1% of (x_max – x_min) or 0. it defines an absolute tolerance to be used around the X or Y values.1% of (y_max – y_min)). If you instead specify a numerical tolerance value (for example. see “Continuous Comparison” on page 129. If you specify a percentage value (for example.Analysis Comparing Waveforms The analog-analog comparison is based on waveform data points provided by the simulator.2 131 . Waveform Compare Showing Tolerance EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. By default. Uncheck this to specify fixed values for each of the thresholds. Here you can specify a leading and trailing tolerance. it applies the digital-digital comparison. The Mixed Comparison options contains the following settings: • Analog to Digital Conversion Options Specify whether you want to apply a Single Threshold (default) or Two Thresholds for the analog to digital conversion. AMS11. “Xtol” and “Ytol” are the tolerances for X and Y. The blue line is the reference waveform and the green line is the result waveform. • Tolerances Once the Waveform Compare Tool converts the waveform from analog to digital.2 .Analysis Comparing Waveforms Mixed Comparison When comparing mixed-signal waveforms. 132 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. the calculations are executed on the reference waveform as illustrated in Figure 4-29. Then it applies a digital-digital comparison (the comparison function is based on the least accurate waveform). the Waveform Compare Tool first converts the analog waveform into a digital waveform. respectively. the Use Automatic Thresholds option is checked. different than those defined for pure digital-digital comparisons. Related Topics • • • “Continuous Comparison” on page 129 “The Analog Waveform Comparison Algorithm” on page 132 “AMS Options Tab” on page 286 The Analog Waveform Comparison Algorithm The EZwave waveform comparison algorithm is based only on waveform data points of both the reference and result waveforms. At each X value on either the reference or result waveform. specifying that the thresholds are deduced from the input waveforms. y) data point. the result waveform is checked to see if it lies in the tolerance area at the original X data point. The green result waveform is only highlighted (red vertical highlight) at the area where it is “outside” the tube. At each (x. the blue reference waveform is “surrounded” by two magenta waveforms that represent the tolerance tube. These calculations form the tolerance area (the red rectangle in Figure 4-29). These values are used with the X value to deduce (x. The tolerances define a virtual “tube” around the reference waveform. the algorithm calculates (Y – Ytol) and (Y + Ytol). EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. The Waveform Compare Tool checks to see if the test waveform is “inside” the tube. the algorithm calculates (X – Xtol) and (X + Xtol). and reports a difference if the test waveform is outside the tube. These values are used to deduce the maximum and minimum Y values.2 133 . In Figure 4-30. During comparison. y) corresponding data points to the reference waveform. Calculations on the Reference Waveform Using the default or defined X tolerances (see “Analog Comparison” on page 130).Analysis Comparing Waveforms Figure 4-29. Figure 4-31. Data Points Outside of the Tolerance Tube Related Topics • “Analog Comparison” on page 130 wreal Waveform Comparison The comparison of “wreal” waveforms follows the same method and tolerance values as comparison of “real” waveforms. AMS11. 134 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Tolerance “Tube” The “difference” highlight is calculated from the first data point found outside of the tube to the last data point found outside of the tube (Figure 4-31).Analysis Comparing Waveforms Figure 4-30.2 . except when the ‘X’ or ‘Z’ state is reached. AMS11. Values are matched within the ‘X’ tolerance range.2 135 . the tolerance tube does not increase to infinity. The display of the tolerance tube will be similar to that used for the “real” waveform. However. Display of the Tolerance Tube Notes In the comparison report.Analysis Comparing Waveforms When ‘X’ or ‘Z’ is encountered. ‘X’ or ‘Z’ may match any other values. Related Topics • “Analog Comparison” on page 130 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. This comparison will produce different results to Questa SIM. and elsewhere the ‘real’ waveforms comparison algorithm (analog comparison with dX and dY tolerance) applies. meaning that ‘X’ must match ‘X’ and the ‘Y value’ must match the ‘Y value’. In Questa SIM. a strict ‘Y value’ comparison is applied. Within the ‘X’ tolerance. the location of the ‘X’ and ‘Z’ state will be indicated instead of the location of the ‘Y value’ maximum difference. when an ‘X’ state is encountered in the result waveform in Figure 4-32. the digital comparison algorithm (digital comparison with default tolerance of 0) applies to wreal waveforms. only the ‘X’ tolerance is considered. Outside of the ‘X’ tolerance. Figure 4-32 shows the tolerance tube increased to infinity when a ‘Z’ state is encountered in the reference waveform. Figure 4-32. including numerical ones. In Questa ADMS the tolerance is considered around the X domain for ‘X’ and ‘Z’ states. The tolerance tube is increased to infinity here to enable ‘X’ and ‘Z’ values to match any others. 2 . AMS11.Analysis Comparing Waveforms 136 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using User-Defined Functions in the Waveform Calculator . . . . The Convolution Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Signal to Noise Function . . . . . . . . . The Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bit Transformation Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Window Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bus Transformation Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . Using Buttons in the Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Harmonic Distortion Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequency Domain Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transforming Analog Waveforms to Digital. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Function . . . . . . . . . Using the Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . Statistical Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Built-In Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Measurement Tool Functions in the Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Built-In Functions in the Waveform Calculator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 5 Post-Processing Post-Processing Add Waveforms Analysis Post-Processing Save and Output Data After analyzing the simulator output data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A number of powerful utilities are provided for processing the data and transforming the raw data to specific characteristic information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Measurement Tool . . . . The Autocorrelation Function and Power Spectral Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal Processing Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transforming Digital Waveforms to Analog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculator Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 139 140 140 141 142 144 145 147 152 153 162 162 164 165 165 171 171 180 198 198 200 201 203 204 205 205 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Time Domain Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Note For databases loaded from . Hexadecimal. . Click OK to apply or click Cancel to abort bus creation. If the bus is an analog or hybrid bus. . . AMS11. the analog signals will be automatically transformed to digital. . Octal. . . . . Use SHIFT+click or CTRL+click to select multiple waveforms. . The Waveform List panel will only display waveforms that have already been loaded. . . . . . . . Click on the dropdown list next to Radix and select Two's Complement.Post-Processing Creating a Bus Windowing Transforms . and the waveform selected last is used as the Least Significant Bit (LSB). . The content of the bus can be modified by changing the MSB and the LSB. 7. Decimal. . . Binary. and/or adding extra bits to the bus. . Click in the text windows of the Transformation Setup field and change the default to desired threshold values. . . Click the Tools > Create Bus menu item to open the Create Bus Dialog. . . Use Single Threshold or Two Thresholds to digitize the input waveform(s). either from the active Graph Window or from the Waveform List Panel. flipping the bits of the bus. inverting the bits of the bus. which shows the default name of the bus and the content of the bus. 5. 4. . Select the bits that you want to add to the bus. . . The Bits in Bus window lists all of the selected waveform names. 6. . . If Auto-Update Threshold is selected the threshold calculation will be automatically updated when the bit order is modified. Waveforms are loaded when they are displayed for the first time or when they are located at hierarchy level. . . . or Ascii radix. . . It is selected by default. 206 Creating a Bus Use the following procedure to create your own bus from selected digital waveforms (bits): Procedure 1. The waveform selected first is used as the Most Significant Bit (MSB) of the bus. • To add bits to the bus: 138 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 3. . . 2. . . . . Name the bus by clicking in the text window of the Bus Options field and entering the desired bus name. only loaded waveforms are displayed in the Waveform List panel. .2 . . .fsdb files. . . Click Add to pop up the Add Bits to Bus dialog. • • • Click Invert to invert the bits of the bus. only loaded waveforms are displayed in the Create Bus > Add Bits to Bus dialog. Name the new waveform by clicking in the text window of the Digitized Waveform(s) field and changing the default to a desired waveform name. Click in the text windows of the Transformation Setup field and change the default to EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Waveforms are loaded when they are displayed for the first time or when they are located at hierarchy level. Transforming Analog Waveforms to Digital Use the following procedure to take an analog waveform and create a form of a digital waveform: Procedure 1. and click Move Down to move these bit(s) one bit downward. Note For databases loaded from . make your selection by checking one of the circles in the Plot Option. 6. Related Topics • “Plotting Multiple Waveforms” on page 61. 2. The Add Bits to Bus dialog lists all of the digital waveforms in the database not already included in the bus. Select the waveform in the active Graph Window and right-click to display the Waveform Popup Menu. Clear Plot Result Waveform(s) if you do not want to plot the digitized waveform to the active Graph Window.Post-Processing Transforming Analog Waveforms to Digital a. and the Analog to Digital Conversion dialog appears. AMS11. 5. b. Select one or multiple waveforms and click OK to add these to the bus. Select Analog to Digital from the popup menu. 3. and click Move Up to move these bit(s) one bit upward. Select waveform name(s) in the Bits in Bus window. To plot the digitized waveform in a Stacked new Graph Row or Overlaid with the original waveform.2 139 . Select waveform name(s) in the Bits in Bus window. You may use Single Threshold or Two Thresholds to digitize the input waveform.fsdb files. 4. Bus Transformation Setup Figure 5-1. Bus Transformation Setup Options Use the following procedure to specify the transformation setup for a bus: 140 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Post-Processing Transforming Digital Waveforms to Analog desired threshold values. or both. Click OK to perform the transformation. The Digital to Analog Conversion dialog appears. Transforming Digital Waveforms to Analog You can transform digital waveforms to analog. If multiple waveforms are selected. If you do not want to plot the resulting waveform to the active Graph Window. 5. AMS11. Select Digital to Analog from the popup menu. 4. 3. clear the Plot Result Waveform(s) box. or both. or click Cancel to abort and close the dialog. change the default name to a desired waveform name. 2. the dialog may include a section for Bus Transformation Setup. In the Name text window. Select the digital signal or bus in the active Graph Window and right-click to display the Waveform Popup Menu. Bit Transformation Setup. Depending on whether you have selected an individual signal or signals. All analog waveforms created in this manner are created in the "calc" database. Use the following procedure to create an analog waveform of a digital signal or bus: Procedure 1.2 . a bus. Select whether to plot the resulting waveform Stacked in a new Graph Row or Overlaid with the original waveform. the Name text window is dimmed out and the default names are used. Select either Do Not Interpolate or Interpolate. Weak One. 3. High Impedance. or 0. If you select Do Not Interpolate. then the analog value is the same as the previous analog value. 2. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Weak Unknown. Binary.2 141 . Each digital value has a default real (analog) assigned. Bit Transformation Setup Options Use the following procedure to specify the bit transformation for a digital signal: Procedure 1. This is the time necessary to switch from the previous bus value to the new bus value. or Ascii. AMS11. 4. Octal. Specify the Value by entering an addition value and then a multiplication value. Bit Transformation Setup Figure 5-2. specify if you want to Use Commutation Time and enter the desired time. (all unsigned).Post-Processing Transforming Digital Waveforms to Analog Procedure 1. and Do not care. If the bus value is one of the standard logic states. The possible digital values are Forcing Zero. Specify the Radix by using the dropdown menu and selecting one of the following values: Two's Complement (signed).0 in the case of the initial value. enter the corresponding analog value as a numeric figure or engineering value. Forcing One. To use a different value. Hexadecimal. Unsigned Decimal. Uninitialized. Forcing Unknown. Weak Zero. or click Cancel to abort and close the dialog. Click OK to perform the transformation. this process is only implemented for "standard logic" waveforms and other digital types that can be internally converted to standard logic waveforms (bit. and Verilog logic). Under Commutation Time Values.2 . Click OK to perform the transformation. or click Cancel to abort and close the dialog. 2. For bit transformations. 3. Frequency Domain Measurements Bandpass Gain Margin Phase Margin Table 5-3.Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool Values that have been used previously in a session are automatically remembered for future transformations. AMS11. Using the Measurement Tool The Measurement Tool can be used to take a wide variety of measurements of the elements of a compound waveform. This section describes in detail how the Measurement Tool can be used for: Table 5-1.3 Std Dev RMS Noise 142 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Eye Diagram Measurements Eye Height and Width Table 5-2. General Measurements Average Local Max Peak to Peak Values Phase Margin Local Min Slope Y Level Crossing Maximum Slope Intersect Intersect Minimum YVal Table 5-4. Statistical Measurements Maximum Minimum RMS Tran Mean RMS Standard Deviation Mean + 3 Std Dev RMS AC Mean . Boolean. enter the Rise Time (the necessary time to go from '0' to '1') and Fall Time (the necessary time to go from '1' to '0'). and measurement results settings in the Measurement Setup section. specify either to Annotate Waveform(s) with Measurement Results or Plot New Waveform of "<measurement type>" vs <parameter>. If a value is entered instead. 4. Note wreal waveforms. Time Domain Measurements Delay Overshoot Settle Time Duty Cycle Period Slew Rate Falltime Pulse Width Undershoot Frequency Risetime Taking a Measurement Use the procedure below to take a measurement using the Measurement Tool. Procedure 1. Where available. See “Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms” on page 79) Note The measurements Delay. Select a measurement category and type from the Measurement: dropdown lists. Some measurement types allow you to specify how the results should be displayed in the Measurement Results section (This section is not available for all measurements. 3. (The Parameter Table can be used to select elements. assertions and Safe Operating Area assertions cannot be measured using the Measurement Tool. Refer below to the specific section on the selected measurement for details on these settings. Click on the Add Selected Waveforms button to add the selected waveforms or elements to the Apply to Waveforms list. edge trigger. specify additional information such as topline/baseline.): a. Intersect and Slope Intersect can only be applied to a single waveform at any one time. a parameter is applied individually to each waveform. or right-click on an element or the waveform name in the active graph window.Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool Table 5-5. Use the Tools > Measurement Tool menu item to open the Measurement Tool Dialog. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 5. 2. AMS11. this value is applied to all waveforms.2 143 . Depending on the type of measurement selected. Where the value Automatic is specified for an option in the Measurement Setup section. Select one or more waveform elements or waveform labels in the active graph window. click the Apply Measurement dropdown list and make a selection. Eye Width or Eye Width at Y from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. The Eye Width is calculated as the difference between the Cross Eye + 3 stdev and the Cross Eye . The Eye Height is calculated as the difference between the High Level . check the box of Remove All Previous Results.2 . in the Apply Measurement to field. 144 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. To access: Select Eye Diagram from the left dropdown list. 8. Note You cannot use horizontal cursors to define parts of a waveform for use with the Measurement Tool. Eye Height at X. AMS11. Eye Width and Eye Width at Y. Eye Height and Width This measurement finds and displays the eye height or width of the eye diagram. Eye Height at X. Eye height and eye width measurements can only be applied to entire waveforms. To apply the measurement to the Entire Waveform. Entire Waveform.3 stdev and the Low Level + 3 stdev. a dropdown list is available for specifying the required parameter. This allows only one choice. To remove all previous measurements.3 stdev. Eye Diagram Measurements This measurement finds and displays the eye width and height of the eye diagram. 6. Refer to “Eye Diagram Measurements” on page 100 for details on all measurements relating to the Eye Diagram.Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool If there is more than one parameter to choose from. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • Select one or more of the available measurements: Eye Height. Click Apply to perform the measurement. or click Close to exit the Measurement Tool. 7. and select Eye Height. only parameters common to all waveforms are available in the list. When more than one waveform has been selected for the measurement. or Between Two Cursors. Visible X Region. Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool Frequency Domain Measurements Table 5-6. either "Topline .F-low) Quality factor (Q): calculated as (F-center / Bandwidth) Gain Margin This measurement finds and displays the gain margin in decibels (dB) and the associated crossover frequencies of a complex waveform. is used to determine the following bandpass measurement: • • • • • Lower band cutoff frequency (F-low): the frequency that the frequency response falls crossing the measurement level before the maximum point. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the specified waveform. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • • Specify a Topline value or use the default value. Calculation Notes The measurement level. and select Bandpass from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. the lower band edge. and you must also include a sign. upper band edge. The gain margin is defined as the difference EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Specify an Offset value to be applied relative to the Topline value. Higher band cutoff frequency (F-high): the frequency that the frequency response falls crossing the measurement level after the maximum point. and the level at which the measurement is made for a bandpass-shaped waveform. Frequency Domain Measurements Bandpass Gain Margin Phase Margin Bandpass This measurement finds and displays the bandwidth. along with the specified level. center frequency and quality factor.Offset" or "Topline + Offset". minus(-) or plus(+). AMS11. The Offset is always in dB. To access: Select Frequency Domain from the left dropdown list. The default value is automatically calculated.2 145 . Center frequency (F-center): calculated as sqrt(F-high * F-low) Bandwidth: calculated as (F-high . Interpolation between data points will be used to find the exact crossing points with the margin values.2 . To access: Select Frequency Domain from the left dropdown list. the gain margin is 1/g if g is the gain at the -180 degrees phase frequency.0 (or 0 dB). and select Phase Margin from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. It is generally found that gain margins of 3 dB or more combined with phase margins between 30 and 60 degrees result in a reasonable trade-off between bandwidth and stability. The difference between 1. It is generally found that gain margins of 3 dB or more combined with phase margins between 30 and 60 degrees result in a reasonable trade-off between bandwidth and stability. 146 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. The frequency that gives a gain of 0 dB is the Gain Crossover Frequency. The frequency at which the phase is -180 degrees is called the Phase Crossover Frequency. This measurement requires no specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog. This measurement requires no specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog. The frequency at which the magnitude is 1. The phase margin is defined as the difference in phase between the measured waveform and -180 degrees at the point corresponding to the frequency that gives us a gain of 0 dB (the Gain Crossover Frequency). The phase margin is found by first finding the X value (X will most likely be frequency but it does not have to be) at which the magnitude is 1. In other words. To access: Select Frequency Domain from the left dropdown list. The frequency where the phase shift is -180 degrees is the Phase Crossover Frequency. The gain margin is found by first finding the X value (X will most likely be frequency but it does not have to be) at which the phase is -180 degrees.0 is called the Unity-Gain Frequency or Crossover Frequency.Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool between the gain of the measured waveform and 0 dB (unity gain) at the frequency where the phase shift is -180 degrees (Phase Crossover Frequency). Interpolation between data points will be used to find the exact crossing points with the margin values. and select Gain Margin from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. The difference between the phase of the response and -180 degrees when the loop gain is 1. Phase Margin This measurement finds and displays the phase margin of a complex waveform in degrees or radians. AMS11. The gain margin is the amount of gain increase required to make the loop gain unity at the frequency where the phase angle is -180 degrees.0 (or 0 dB) and the gain at that frequency is the gain margin.0 is phase margin. General Measurements Average Local Max Peak to Peak Values Phase Margin Local Min Slope Y Level Crossing Maximum Slope Intersect Intersect Minimum YVal Average This measurement finds and displays the average value of the specified waveform. Maximum. Y Level Crossing This measurement finds and displays the intersection points between a waveform and a reference Y level. Calculation Notes The average value of a waveform is calculated as follows: Figure 5-3. The level is determined as Y = <value>. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog: EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 147 . and select Crossing from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • You can select Average. and Xmin and Xmax are the beginning and the end points for the waveform. or any combination as desired measurement types in the Measurement Setup area. and select Average from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. Peak to Peak. Calculation of the Average Value of a Waveform where W represents the waveform.Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool General Measurements Table 5-7. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list. Minimum. AMS11. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list. and select Measurement Results. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the specified waveform. AMS11. and select Local Max from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires two waveforms to be selected. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Results section of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • Select Annotate Waveform(s) with Measurement Results to display the local maximum for the specified region. Interpolation between data points will be used to find the exact intersection points between the two waveforms. Select from Positive and Negative. Y) data. from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window. Or: 148 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. To present the multiple measurement results. Positive Slope. or Negative Slope. select the displayed result marker. Positive Only. specify the Slope Relationship. and the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • • • For Waveform (#1). Local Max This measurement finds and displays the local maxima of the waveform.. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list. For Reference Waveform (#2). click to specify the Slope Type . The default value is automatically calculated with (baseline+topline)/2. Click on the dropdown list next to Slope Relationship and select between Non-Inverting and Inverting..2 .Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool • • Specify a Y value or use the default value. and select Intersect from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. check either Annotate Waveform(s) with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Intersect" vs "Time". Specify a Slope Trigger. The result could be either X data or (X.Either Positive or Negative Slope. or Negative Only. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list. Intersect This measurement finds and displays the intersection points between two waveforms. To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed. right-click the mouse to display the popup menu. AMS11. you can select additional measurement types in the Measurement Setup area. Maximum This measurement finds and displays the maximum value of the waveform. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Results section of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • Select Annotate Waveform(s) with Measurement Results to display the local maximum for the specified region. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • In addition to the Minimum measurement. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list. and select Maximum from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. you can select additional measurement types in the Measurement Setup area. Local Min This measurement finds and displays the local minima of the waveform. Or: • Select Plot New Waveform of "Local Min" vs "Time" to create a new waveform in the active Graph Window that shows how the local maximum changes with time. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • In addition to the Maximum measurement. and select Local Min from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. and select Minimum from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool.Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool • Select Plot New Waveform of "Local Max" vs "Time" to create a new waveform in the active Graph Window that shows how the local maximum changes with time. Minimum This measurement finds and displays the minimum value of the waveform.2 149 . To access: Select General from the left dropdown list. and select Copy X to Clipboard from the popup menu. you can select additional measurement types in the Measurement Setup area.2 . this measurement can be displayed as a value per decade or a value per octave. and select Slope Intersect from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This field is visible only in the Frequency Domain category. right-click to display the Cursor Popup Menus.Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool Peak to Peak Values This measurement finds and displays the peak-to-peak value of the waveform. or display the Slope per octave (Octave). display the Slope per decade (Decade). You may choose to display the Slope measurement result normally (None). This measurement finds and displays the slope value of the waveform at a specified X value. This measurement requires two waveforms to be selected and the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog: 150 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. • Click to specify the Slope Option. AMS11. and select Peak to Peak from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. Click in the text window of X in the Measurement Setup field. For frequency domain waveforms. Slope Intersect This measurement finds and displays the slope intersect of two points at specified X values. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • Slope In addition to the Maximum measurement. You may utilize the cursor to input the X value: move the mouse pointer close to the active cursor. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list. right-click to display the popup menu and select Paste to enter the X value. and select Slope from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • Provide an absolute value as the X value and the measurement returns the Slope value at that coordinate. Note Once applied. right-click to display the Cursor Popup Menus. YVal This measurement finds the Y value(s) at a given X coordinate of a waveform. Click in the text window of X in the Measurement Setup field. and a marker for the slope intersect appears where the two tangent lines to the selected points intersect. and select Copy X to Clipboard from the popup menu. tangent lines.2 151 . To view the slopes and slope intersects at other points along the curves. right-click to display the Cursor Popup Menus. Utilize the cursor to input the X value: move the mouse pointer close to the active cursor. AMS11. You may utilize the cursor to input the X value: move the mouse pointer close to the active cursor. this measurement places a marker at the specified X coordinate that indicates its Y value. Click in the text window of X in the Measurement Setup field. and select Copy X to Clipboard from the popup menu. • The following options are available when applying the measurement to a compound waveform: EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool • For each waveform. right-click to display the popup menu and select Paste to enter the X value. provide an absolute value as the X value and the measurement returns the slope value at that coordinate and the slope intersect value between the two slopes. and the measurement returns the Y value(s) at that coordinate. For compound waveforms. you can also plot the results of the Y-value measurements against a swept parameter or index. For single waveforms. right-click to display the popup menu and select Paste to enter the X value. The displayed slope measurement. showing the slopes at the selected points. a marker appears on each of the specified waveforms. click on a slope marker and drag it along the waveform. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list. and select Yval from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • Provide an absolute value as the X value. and slope intersect measurement change according to the new position along the waveform. c. To add a marker that displays the Y value of the waveform at the specified X coordinate. Calculation Notes The mean value of a waveform is calculated as follows: Figure 5-4. select the name of the parameter from the dropdown list next to Plot New Waveform of "Y" vs. Mean +3 Std Dev. and Wj represents the individual data points of the waveform.2 . and select Maximum. Statistical Measurements Maximum Minimum RMS Tran Mean RMS Standard Deviation Mean + 3 Std Dev RMS AC Mean .Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool a. or Standard Dev from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. Statistical Measurements Use the Statistical measurements for the following: Table 5-8. To plot the Y values against the index of the swept parameters. Minimum. this will display the results in a new graph window with the parameter index along the X axis and the Y values along the Y axis.3 Std Dev RMS Noise To access: Select Measurement from the left dropdown list. To plot the Y values against a swept parameter. Mean -3 Std Dev. AMS11. When you click Apply. select Annotate Waveform(s) with Measurement Results. Mean Value of a Waveform Calculation where N is the number of data points. select Index from the dropdown list next to Plot New Waveform of "Y" vs. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • Select one or more desired measurement types in the Measurement Setup area. b. Rms Noise. 152 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Rms Tran. When you click Apply. Rms. Rms AC. this will display the results in a new graph window with the parameter values along the X axis and the Y values along the Y axis. Mean. The RMS Noise Calculation: Σ(v × v) Figure 5-7. AMS11.2 153 . EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool The RMS value of a waveform v is calculated as follows: Figure 5-5. The RMS AC Calculation: ∫ (v × v) Figure 5-6. The RMS Tran Calculation: (v × v) ----------------------------time interval ∫ Time Domain Measurements This section describes the following Time Domain measurements: • • • • • • • • • • • Delay Delay Duty Cycle Falltime Frequency Overshoot Period Pulse Width Risetime Settle Time Slew Rate Undershoot This measurement finds and displays the delay between the edges on one or two waveforms relative to default (automatically calculated) or user-specified topline and baseline levels for both the measured waveform and the reference waveform. or Falling Edge. d. d. • For Reference Waveform (#2): a. Specify a reference Baseline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. For example. Specify a Baseline value or use the default value. The measurement may starts on the reference waveform at the previous edge with the same polarity (Non-Inverting) as the measured waveform (#1) or the opposite 154 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. The default value is automatically calculated. For analog waveforms. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the reference waveform. b. b. This measurement requires two waveforms to be selected and the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • For Waveform (#1): a. The default value is automatically calculated. To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list. AMS11. These two waveforms used for the measurement do not have to be the same waveform type. Rising Edge. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the waveform. Click on the dropdown list next to Delay Level to make your selection of percentage relative to the Topline and Baseline value. c. Click to specify the Edge Trigger that the measurement starts from Either Rising or Falling Edge. Click on the dropdown list next to Delay Level to make your selection of percentage relative to the Topline and Baseline value of reference waveform. Specify a reference Topline value or use the default value.Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool The delay is calculated as the difference in time between two edges on one or two waveforms. The analog waveforms can be assumed to be voltage waveforms only. It is assumed that the rising or falling edge on the reference waveform (#2) causes the corresponding (rising or falling) edge on the measured waveform (#1) so that the reference edge occurs prior to the measured edge. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the reference waveform. the delay can be measured at any percentage level relative to the Topline level and Baseline level of either waveform. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the waveform.2 . and select Delay from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. to measure the delay from the 50% level of one waveform to the 90% level of the other waveform. The default value is automatically calculated. Specify a Topline value or use the default value. c. . EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. To present the multiple measurement results. Rising Edge. The falltime is calculated as the difference in time when the waveform falls from the upper level to the lower level. right-click the mouse to display the popup menu.. • To present the multiple measurement results.Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool polarity (Inverting). e. check either Annotate Waveform with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Duty Cycle" vs "Time". The duty cycle of the periodic waveform is the ratio of the "high" portion of the waveform to the length of the period. Click on the dropdown list next to Edge Relationship and make your selection accordingly. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the specified waveform. Select Find the Closest Reference Edge to display the reference edge nearest to the measured edge. AMS11.. The default value is automatically calculated. select the displayed result marker. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the specified waveform. check either Annotate Waveform(s) with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Delay" vs "Time". from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • • • • Specify a Topline value or use the default value. The high portion of a cycle is the duration of the positive pulse measured at the middle level.. Specify the Edge Trigger that the measurement starts from to be Either Rising or Falling Edge. Specify a Baseline value or use the default value.2 155 . and select Measurement Results. To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list. right-click the mouse to display the popup menu. The default value is automatically calculated. or Falling Edge. select the displayed result marker. To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed. Duty Cycle This measurement finds and displays the duty cycle of a periodic waveform relative to default (automatic calculated) or user-specified topline and baseline levels. To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed. and select Measurement Results. and select Duty Cycle from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window. Falltime This measurement finds and displays the falltime between specified upper and lower levels of a waveform. from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window. • • Frequency This measurement finds and displays the frequency of a periodic waveform relative to default or specified topline and baseline levels. Clear Levels are Relative to the Topline and Baseline if you want to specify absolute values as the Lower and Upper levels.2 . This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • Specify a Topline value or use the default value. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the waveform. The left dropdown list specifies the Lower level and the right dropdown list specifies the Upper level. The default value is automatically calculated. 156 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Specify a Baseline value or use the default value.. while the following Levels are Relative to the Topline and Baseline remains checked. Click on the preview button to display the Lower and Upper levels on the specified waveform. and select Frequency from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. and select Falltime from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool.Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list. Click on the dropdown lists next to Lower / Upper to make your selection of percentage relative to the Topline and Baseline value of the specified waveform. The default value is automatically calculated. To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed. To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list. right-click the mouse to display the popup menu.. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the specified waveform. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the specified waveform. The frequency is calculated as the reciprocal of the period (refer to “Period” on page 157). AMS11. The default value is automatically calculated. and select Measurement Results. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • • • Specify a Topline value or use the default value. select the displayed result marker. check either Annotate Waveform(s) with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Falltime" vs "Time". To present the multiple measurement results. Specify a Baseline value or use the default value. To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed. and select Overshoot from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list. rising edge to rising edge or falling edge to falling edge). from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the waveform. Rising Edge. The default value is automatically calculated. select the displayed result marker. and select Measurement Results. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the specified waveform. from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window. The default value is automatically calculated. The default value is automatically calculated. To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed. or Falling Edge.2 157 . Period This measurement finds and displays the period of a periodic waveform relative to default or specified topline and baseline levels. right-click the mouse to display the popup menu. and select Measurement Results.Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool • • • Specify a Baseline value or use the default value. Overshoot This measurement finds and displays the overshoot value of a waveform.e. The overshoot value is calculated as the difference between the maximum point and the topline level of the waveform. check either Annotate Waveform(s) with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Overshoot" vs "Time". AMS11.. To present the multiple measurement results. right-click the mouse to display the popup menu. The period is calculated as the difference in time between two consecutive edges of the waveform of the same polarity (i. check either Annotate Waveform(s) with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Frequency" vs "Time". Click to specify the Edge Trigger that the measurement starts from Either Rising or Falling Edge. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the specified waveform.. select the displayed result marker... To present the multiple measurement results. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • • • Specify a Topline value or use the default value. To present the multiple measurement results. select the displayed result marker. The default value is automatically calculated. For a "negative" pulse. AMS11. is the difference in time between the middle level of a rising edge and the middle level of the next falling edge on the waveform.Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool For analog waveforms. the pulse is the time difference between the middle level of a falling edge and the middle level of the next rising edge. Click to specify the Edge Trigger that the measurement starts from Either Rising or Falling Edge. or Falling Edge. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the waveform. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • • • • Specify a Topline value or use the default value. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the waveform. for a "positive" pulse. The default value is automatically calculated. check either Annotate Waveform(s) with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Period" vs "Time". right-click the mouse to display the popup menu. the period is measured from the beginning X value of one edge to the beginning X value of the next edge of the same polarity.. The pulse width. and select Period from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. Rising Edge. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the waveform. Pulse Width This measurement finds and displays the pulse width of a waveform relative to default or specified topline and baseline levels.. To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • Specify a Topline value or use the default value. from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window.2 . and select Measurement Results. For digital waveforms. The default value is automatically calculated. Specify a Baseline value or use the default value. 158 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. The waveform shape is not necessarily square. To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list. and select Pulse Width from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed. the period is always measured from the middle level of one edge to the middle level of the next edge of the same polarity. 2 159 . Clear Levels are Relative to the Topline and Baseline if you want to specify absolute values as the Lower and Upper levels. Positive Pulse. Click on the dropdown lists next to Lower / Upper to make your selection of percentage relative to the Topline and Baseline value of the specified waveform. The default value is automatically calculated. The default value is automatically calculated.. Click on the preview button to display the Lower and Upper levels on the specified waveform. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the specified waveform. from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window. The risetime is the difference in time when the waveform rises from the lower level to the upper level. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the specified waveform. To present the multiple measurement results. • • EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. select the displayed result marker. right-click the mouse to display the popup menu. To present the multiple measurement results. and select Measurement Results. check either Annotate Waveform(s) with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Pulse Width" vs "Time". The left dropdown list specifies the Lower level and the right dropdown list specifies the Upper level. or Negative Pulse. check either Annotate Waveform(s) with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Risetime" vs "Time". Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the waveform. and select Risetime from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. Click to specify the Pulse Type from Either Positive or Negative Pulse. To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed.Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool • • • Specify a Baseline value or use the default value. AMS11.. To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • • • Specify a Topline value or use the default value. while the following Levels are Relative to the Topline and Baseline remains checked. The default value is automatically calculated. Risetime This measurement finds and displays the risetime between selected upper/lower levels of a waveform. Specify a Baseline value or use the default value. To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list. 160 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . Clear Tolerance is Percentage of Waveform Amplitude if you want to specify an absolute value as the Tolerance. from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window.. while the following Tolerance is Percentage of Waveform Amplitude remains checked. right-click the mouse to display the popup menu. The default value is automatically calculated. select the displayed result marker. Click on the preview button to display the Steady State level on the specified waveform. either the positive level or the negative level of tolerance. The settle time is the last time point that the waveform crosses the settle band. from out of bound to inner bound.Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed. Slew Rate This measurement finds and displays the slew rate of the waveform. and select Slew Rate from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. The default value is automatically calculated. To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list. AMS11. Settle Time The measurement finds and displays the settle time of a waveform with respect to default or specified steady state level and a specified tolerance. and select Delay from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. and select Measurement Results.. The slew rate is the difference between the upper and lower levels of the waveform divided by the risetime of the rising edge (or the falltime of the falling edge). This measurement requires two waveforms to be selected and the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • • • Specify a Steady State Level value or use the default value. Click on the dropdown lists next to Tolerance to make your selection of percentage relative to the amplitude of the specified waveform. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the specified waveform. The size of settle band is specified as the tolerance level on either side of steady state level. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • Specify a Topline value or use the default value. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 161 . right-click the mouse to display the popup menu. To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed. The undershoot value is calculated as the difference between the minimum point and the baseline level of the waveform. The default value is automatically calculated. and select Measurement Results. or Falling Edge. select the displayed result marker.. and select Undershoot from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. • • • Undershoot This measurement finds and displays the undershoot value of a waveform.. check either Annotate Waveform(s) with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Slew Rate" vs "Time". while the following Levels are Relative to the Topline and Baseline remains checked. Specify a Baseline value or use the default value. The left dropdown list specifies the Lower level and the right dropdown list specifies the Upper level. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the specified waveform. check either Annotate Waveform(s) with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Undershoot" vs "Time". Click to specify the Edge Trigger that the measurement starts from Either Rising or Falling Edge. Click on the dropdown lists next to Lower / Upper to make your selection of percentage relative to the Topline and Baseline value of the specified waveform. Click on the preview button to display the Lower and Upper levels on the specified waveform. The default value is automatically calculated. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog: • • • Specify a Topline value or use the default value. Clear Levels are Relative to the Topline and Baseline if you want to specify the Lower and Upper levels as absolute values. from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the specified waveform. AMS11. To present the multiple measurement results. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the specified waveform. Rising Edge. To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list. To present the multiple measurement results.Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool • • Specify a Baseline value or use the default value. The Waveform Calculator enables you to post-process waveforms for advanced analyses or debugging. The results display in the Rslts tab of the Chooser Panel. from 2. If the results include a waveform. click the plot button to plot the resulting waveform in the waveform viewer display. right-click the mouse to display the popup menu. from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window. Assign the expression to a variable. This variable is now accessible from the Vars tab of the chooser panel. The Calculator has a comprehensive graphical interface. assertions and Safe Operating Area assertions are not supported in the Waveform Calculator. select the displayed result marker.. 162 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Using the Waveform Calculator Note wreal waveforms. and select Measurement Results. Using Buttons in the Waveform Calculator You can use the buttons in the Waveform Calculator to enter expressions into the Expression Entry Area..2 . Refer to “Saving Post-Processed Waveforms” on page 217 for more information). You need to save any resulting waveforms. Open the Waveform Calculator application window with the calculator button the toolbar or use Tools > Waveform Calculator menu item. AMS11. 4. Add entries to the Expression Entry Area of the calculator using one of the following methods: • • • • • waveform names using the Add Selected Waveforms button operations using the buttons (refer to “Using Buttons in the Waveform Calculator” on page 162) functions using the built-in functions (refer to “Using Built-In Functions in the Waveform Calculator” on page 164) functions using user-defined functions (refer to “Using User-Defined Functions in the Waveform Calculator” on page 165) functions from the Measurement Tool (refer to “Using the Measurement Tool Functions in the Waveform Calculator” on page 165) 3. click the Store button. Once you have the desired entries.Post-Processing Using the Waveform Calculator To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed. To use the calculator: 1. If you want to store an expression for later use. press Enter (or click the Eval button). 5. 4. 2. 3. Select the waveform label in the active Graph Window.Post-Processing Using the Waveform Calculator 1. 4. Right-click in the entry area to display the popup menu. Open the Waveform Calculator. select Copy. Drag and Drop Method 1. The categories include: • • • • • • • • • Complex Functions Logic Functions Mathematical Functions Measurement Functions Miscellaneous Functions RF Functions Signal Processing Functions Statistical Functions Trigonometric Functions The buttons available in the Waveform Calculator depend on which category you choose. AMS11. Click on a function button to add the function to the Expression Entry Area. Select the category from the dropdown list. Hold the left mouse button down. and select Paste from the popup menu to add the waveform name in between the parentheses of the function. There are a variety of methods that can be used to form expressions with the buttons. Select the waveform or waveform label in the active Graph Window. 3. and release the mouse button. Select the entire waveform name in the entry area if it is not already selected. Click on a function button to add the function to the Expression Entry Area. Right-click to display Waveform Popup Menu. From the Waveform popup menu. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Right-Click Method 1. 5. drag the label to the Expression Entry Area of the calculator. 2. Two of these methods. 2.2 163 . Place the cursor in between the parentheses of the function in the Expression Entry Area. are shown here. Open the Waveform Calculator. The function lists automatically expand to display any functions that match your typing. Two of those methods are shown here. 1. 5. Place the cursor in between the parentheses of the function in the Expression Entry Area.Post-Processing Using the Waveform Calculator Using Built-In Functions in the Waveform Calculator The built-in functions are all the available functions in the Waveform Calculator. 4. Right-click in the entry area to display the popup menu. Select the waveform or waveform label in the active Graph Window. Double-click on a function listed in the Functions Chooser tab to add the function to the Expression Entry Area. 3. 2. you can type the first few letters of the function you’re looking for into the text field next to Contains. AMS11. Right-click to display Waveform Popup Menu. select Copy. available from the Funcs tab in the Waveform Calculator. Built-In Waveform Calculator Functions There are a variety of methods that can be used to enter the built-in functions and waveform names to the Expression Entry Area of the calculator. Figure 5-8. 2. You can manually locate a function in the Built-In Functions list by clicking on the + next to each of the types of functions to expand the list. and select Paste from the popup menu to add the waveform name in between the parentheses of the function. Right-Click Method 1. 164 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . 3. Alternatively. Select the Funcs tab to display the Functions Chooser tab. From the Waveform popup menu. Using the risetime measurement as an example: risetime(wf.2 165 . The waveform calculator lists the function under UserDefined Functions in the Funcs tab. Select the desired Tcl file. type the first few letters of the function you’re looking for into the text field next to Contains. drag the label to the Expression Entry Area of the calculator. The waveform calculator then lists these functions under User-Defined Functions in the Funcs tab of the Chooser Panel. A browser window displays. x_start = "Begin". 4. Hold the left mouse button down. 3. Using User-Defined Functions in the Waveform Calculator The waveform calculator allows you to open and display functions you have written in Tcl scripts. To open and use a user defined function. Select the waveform label in the active Graph Window. mid = "50%". Refer to “Using Built-In Functions in the Waveform Calculator” on page 164. x_end = "End". 4.Post-Processing Using the Waveform Calculator Drag and Drop Method 1. The functions from the Measurement Tool can be used to evaluate waveforms in the Waveform Calculator or in a Tcl script file (refer to “Using User-Defined Functions in the Waveform Calculator” on page 165). low = "10%". 2. Double-click on a function listed in the Functions Chooser tab to add the function to the Expression Entry Area. To search for a specific function. 3. baseline = "Automatic". AMS11. param = "parameter_name") EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. option = "WF". up = "90%". 2. Select File > Open Custom File Function. Select the entire waveform name in the entry area if it is not already selected. Use the user-defined function in the same manner as a built-in function. Using the Measurement Tool Functions in the Waveform Calculator Note wreal waveforms and assertions are not supported in the waveform calculator. topline = "Automatic". complete the following: 1. and release the mouse button. The function lists automatically expand to display any functions that match your typing. Post-Processing Using the Waveform Calculator Note All of the parameters are an associated text entry. edgetrigger="Either". risetime(wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_middle"). slopetrigger = "Either". 10%. x_start = "Begin". dlev1 = "50%". x_start = "Begin". x_start = "Begin". x_start = "Begin". ylevel = "Automatic". risetime(wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_middle"). Methods For Entering Measurement Tool Functions The following examples show the methods that are available for entering Measurement Tool functions in the expression entry area of the Waveform Calculator or in a Tcl script file: risetime(wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_middle")) If only the waveform name is specified in the function. dlev2 = "50%". AMS11. baseline2 = "Automatic". all the parameters have to be in the right sequence. Available Measurement Tool Functions You can use any of the following measurement tool functions: • • average average(wf. param = "parameter_name") • delay delay(wf1. Without the parameter identifier specified. "WF". and the reference levels can be either percentages or values. "parameter_name") A complete list of parameter values are specified. topline = "Automatic". "Begin". "Automatic". baseline=0. 50%. inverting = 0. offset = -3. x_end = "End". wf2. option = "WF". option = "Value") • crossing crossing(wf. closestedge = 0. topline2 = "Automatic". option = "WF". x_end = "End". or radio button in the Measurement Tool Dialog. topline=5. pull-down list. param = "parameter_name") 166 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. The parameters can be in any order. the application uses all the default parameters. topline1 = "Automatic". baseline1 = "Automatic". 90%.0) All the default parameters will be used except those that are specified.2 . x_end = "End". check box. x_end = "End". "End". option = "Value") bandpass bandpass(wf. 0. Post-Processing Using the Waveform Calculator • duty cycle dutycycle(wf. topline = "Automatic". baseline = "Automatic". inverting = 0. wf2. x_value. param = "parameter_name") • local min localmin(wf. topline = "Automatic". x_start = "Begin". up = "90%". x_start = "Begin". x_end = "End". param = "parameter_name". {"inner"|"outer"}) eye width eyewidth(wf) eye width at Y eyewidthaty(wf. x_start = "Begin". param = "parameter_name") • maximum EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. fall = "all") • frequency frequency(wf. y_value. edgetrigger="Either". x_start = "Begin". slopetrigger = "Either". option = "WF".2 167 . x_end = "End". x_end = "End". option = "WF". mid = "50%". option = "WF". {"inner"|"outer"}) fall time falltime(wf. param = "parameter_name") • • gain margin gainmargin(wf. low = "10%". option = "WF". x_start = "Begin". param = "parameter_name") • local max localmax(wf. option = "WF". option = "Value") intersect intersect(wf1. edgetrigger="Either". x_end = "End". topline = "Automatic". param = "parameter_name") • • • • • eye height eyeheight(wf) eye height at X eyeheightatx(wf. AMS11. baseline = "Automatic". baseline = "Automatic". x_start = "Begin". x_end = "End". option = "WF". x_end = "End". topline = "Automatic". x_start = "Begin". x_end = "End". x_start = "Begin". x_end = "End". param = "parameter_name") • rise time risetime(wf. baseline = "Automatic". param = "parameter_name". edgetrigger="Either". option = "Value") mean -3 standard deviation meanminus3std(wf.pulsetype="Either". rise = "all") • rms rms(wf. topline = "Automatic". x_end = "End". param = "parameter_name") • • phase margin phasemargin(wf. x_end = "End". option = "Value") • minimum min(wf. x_value = "no". low = "10%". option = "WF". x_start = "Begin". option = "Value") pulse width pulsewidth(wf. option = "Value") • period period(wf. option = "WF". mid = "50%". x_start = "Begin". option = "Value") • • • mean mean(wf. option = "Value") • overshoot overshoot(wf. x_start = "Begin". x_start = "Begin". baseline = "Automatic". x_end = "End". x_start = "Begin". option = "WF". x_start = "Begin". up = "90%". x_value="no". x_end = "End". option = "WF". topline = "Automatic". x_start = "Begin". baseline = "Automatic". topline = "Automatic". baseline = "Automatic". option = "Value") mean +3 standard deviation meanplus3std(wf. param = "parameter_name". overshoot = "all") • peak to peak peaktopeak(wf. x_end = "End". x_end = "End".2 . x_end ="End". option = "Value") 168 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_value="no". x_end = "End". x_end = "End".Post-Processing Using the Waveform Calculator max(wf. AMS11. x_start = "Begin". x_start = "Begin". option = "WF". option = "Value") The option and param Arguments The option and param arguments can take the following values: • option (Optional) Specifies the output type. option = "Value") slope intersect slopeintersect(wf1. low = "10%". EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. slopetype = "None". x_start = "Begin". option = "WF". param = "parameter_name". x1. x. x_end = "End". option = "Value") standard deviation stddev(wf. param = "parameter_name". AMS11. up = "90%". x_end = "End". option = "Value") rms tran rms_tran(wf. edgetrigger="Either". mid = "50%". x1. x_start = "Begin". baseline = "Automatic". option = "Value") undershoot undershoot(wf. x_start = "Begin". x_end = "End". slewrate = "all") • • • • slope slope(wf. baseline = "Automatic". x_start = "Begin".2 169 . x_end = "End". x_end = "End".Post-Processing Using the Waveform Calculator • • • • rms ac rms_ac(wf. undershoot = "all") • Y value yval(wf. x2. tolerance = "5%". steadystate = "Automatic". Legal values are: o "VALUE" — Output will be a numerical value or array of numerical values. x_end = "End". option = "Value") settle time settletime(wf. wf2. topline = "Automatic". option = "Value") rms noise rms_noise(wf. x_start = "Begin". x_end = "End". option = "Value") • slew rate slewrate(wf. x_start = "Begin". x_start = "Begin". topline = "Automatic". Table 5-9. "last" — Specifies the last occurrence of the result. Specifies the simulation parameter to be used to generate the result waveform. "ANNOTATION" — Adds annotation to the input waveform. Choosing the Occurrence of the Result Table 5-9 lists the functions that have an optional argument available for specifying the occurrence of the result. as shown in the table. Legal values are: o o o o "first" — Specifies the first occurrence of the result. For compound waveforms the parameters can be seen in the Parameter Table. For compound waveforms it applies to each element individually. Default. • param (Optional) Used with option="WF". Refer to “Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms” on page 79.Post-Processing Using the Waveform Calculator o o "WF" — Output will be a waveform. Arguments for Setting Occurrence Function risetime falltime slewrate overshoot undershoot The arguments can all take the following values: Argument rise fall slewrate overshoot undershoot • occurrence argument (Optional) Specifies the occurrence of the result that the measurement will return. "all" — Specifies all occurrences of the result. The argument differs with each function. AMS11. option="VALUE" will be forced.2 . 170 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Note If the occurrence of the result is anything other than "all" (refer to “Choosing the Occurrence of the Result” on page 170). n or "n" — Specifies the nth occurrence of the result. See Appendix B. To view detailed information directly in the Waveform Calculator about each function. Waveform Calculator Functions for more details on the functions.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Built-In Functions The Waveform Calculator contains the built-in functions listed below.2 171 . including the syntax and parameters. AMS11. The following categories are available from the dropdown list in the Waveform Calculator: • • • • • • • • • Complex Functions Logic Functions Mathematical Functions Measurement Functions Miscellaneous Functions RF Functions Signal Processing Functions Statistical Functions Trigonometric Functions The built-in functions are briefly summarized in the following tables. In the Waveform Calculator. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. select the Funcs tab of the Chooser Panel to view the available built-in functions. turn on the Function Help with the View > Function Help menu item. Returns the imaginary part of a complex waveform. Returns the absolute magnitude of a complex waveform. Computes the inverse decibel function for the input waveform: 10(v/20).2 . Computes the inverse decibel function for the input waveform: 10(v/10). Returns the phase of a complex waveform.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Complex Functions Table 5-10. Constructs a complex waveform from a waveform of magnitude (the first) and a waveform of phase in radians (the second). Returns the real part of a complex waveform. Built-In Complex Functions Item complex cphase db Number of Default Description Arguments 2 1 1 Constructs a complex waveform from two input waveforms Returns the phase of the input complex waveform in radians. db10 1 gptocomplex 2 idb idb10 imag mag mptocomplex 1 3 1 1 2 phase real ritocomplex 1 1 2 172 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. Converts the magnitude data of a waveform to decibels: 20*log10(x) Converts the magnitude data of a waveform to decibels: 10*log10(x) Constructs a complex waveform from a waveform of gain in decibels (the first) and a waveform of phase in radians (the second). Constructs a complex waveform from a waveform of real part (the first) and a waveform of imaginary part (the second). sra() replaces L with a value that is the result of a concatenation whose right argument is the leftmost (L'Length-1) elements of L and whose left argument is L(L'Left). That is. Built-In Logic Functions Item nand nor rol Number of Default Description Arguments 2 2 2 Can be applied to any two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. rol() replaces L with a value that is the result of a concatenation whose left argument is the rightmost (L'Length-1) elements of L and whose right argument is L(L'Left). if the value of its leftmost argument is referred to as 'L' and the value of its rightmost argument is referred to as 'R'. ror() replaces L with a value that is the result of a concatenation whose right argument is the leftmost (L'Length-1) elements of L and whose left argument is L(L'Right). Returns a value that is L arithmetically shifted left by R index positions. Can be applied to any two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. Can be applied to any two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. ror 2 sla 2 sra 2 xnor 2 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Returns a value that is L rotated right by R index positions. Returns a value that is L arithmetically shifted right by R index positions. AMS11. Returns a value that is L rotated left by R index positions.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Logic Functions Table 5-11. if the value of its leftmost argument is referred to as 'L' and the value of its rightmost argument is referred to as 'R'. if the value of its leftmost argument is referred to as 'L' and the value of its rightmost argument is referred to as 'R'. That is. if the value of its leftmost argument is referred to as 'L' and the value of its rightmost argument is referred to as 'R'. sla() replaces L with a value that is the result of a concatenation whose left argument is the rightmost (L'Length-1) elements of L and whose right argument is L(L'Right). That is.2 173 . That is. Computes the indefinite integral of the input waveform. Computes the square of the input argument. Breaks the argument x into integral and fractional parts. Computes the derivative of the input waveform at the given point. Returns the definite integral of a waveform. Computes the derivative of the input waveform. Computes the length of the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle: sqrt(x*x+y*y). 174 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . Computes the quantity x * 2y. Computes the square root of the input argument. Returns all the x value(s) at maximum of a waveform. Computes the natural logarithm of the input argument. Computes the largest integral value not greater than each data point of the waveform. each of which has the same sign as the argument. Breaks a floating-point number into a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Mathematical Functions Table 5-12. AMS11. Returns all the x value(s) at minimum of a waveform. Computes the base-10 logarithm of the input argument. Built-In Mathematical Functions Item Number of Default Arguments 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 Description abs ceil derive drv exp floor fmod frexp hypot integ integral ldexp ln log modf pow10 relation sqr sqrt xofmax xofmin xwave Returns the absolute value of its input argument. Computes the value of e raised to the power of the input value. Returns the floating-point remainder of the division of x by y. Computes the value of 10 raised to the input argument. Computes the smallest integral value not less than each data point of the waveform. Creates a new waveform with y values identical to the x values. Generates a wave from two input waveforms and a point-by-point relational expression. genlinear 3 genoctave 3 gmargin 1 intersect 2 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Constructs an analog waveform from a digital bus. Miscellaneous Built-In Functions Item atod concat datatowf dtoa dtoaonbit gendecade Number of Default Arguments 3 2 2 5 1 3 Description Transforms an analog waveform to a digital waveform. AMS11.2 175 . Returns a list that contains numbers sweeping from a start value to a stop value with a specified number of points per octave.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Measurement Functions Table 5-13. Constructs an analog waveform from a bit. Measures the difference in time when the waveform rises from the lower level to the upper level. Creates a waveform based on one or two arrays of data points. Returns a list that contains numbers sweeping from a start value to a stop value with a specified step. Computes the gain margin of a complex waveform or a magnitude waveform and a phase waveform. Returns a list that contains numbers sweeping from a start value to a stop value with a specified number of points per decade. risetime 1 Miscellaneous Functions Table 5-14. Built-In Measurement Functions Item falltime Number of Default Description Arguments 1 Measures the difference in time when the waveform falls from the upper level to the lower level. Returns an array with all the intersection points of the two input waveforms. Computes the concatenation of two input waveforms. and interpolates the points at the interval bounds. AMS11. Returns an array with the data points of the input waveform Creates a new waveform between specified lower and upper bounds out of the input waveform.2 . Returns all x values for a given y value. Performs the linear regression between a par_value and a char_value. reglin settlingtime 2 5 shift wftoascii wftodata window 2 2 3 3 xdown xup xval yval 2 2 2 2 176 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.) Item phmargin Number of Default Arguments 1 Description Computes the phase margin of a complex waveform or a magnitude waveform and a phase waveform. Returns the y values for a given x value. Returns all the x value(s) where the waveform crosses a given y value with negative slope.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Table 5-14. Dumps the input waveform to a text (ASCII) file. Miscellaneous Built-In Functions (cont. Returns all the x value(s) where the waveform crosses a given y value with positive slope. Creates a shifted waveform. Computes time required for the input wave to settle within a certain limit around the target value. Computes the constellation diagram of the input waveform. Computes the value representing the period jitter of the waveform. Computes the Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate of the two input constellation diagrams. Computes the input inferred intercept point of order x from the values of the circuit input and output. Built-In Signal Processing Functions Item Number of Default Arguments 1 Description autocor Computes the Auto Correlation of the input waveform. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Extracts the X-axis value of the wave at the point where the actual value of the wave and the extrapolated linear value of the wave exceeds a certain value. AMS11. Computes the phase noise of a transient analysis. constellationdiagram evmber iipx longtermjitter noisetrantophasenoise oipx periodjitter phasenoise xcompress 3 2 4 2 1 3 2 2 2 Signal Processing Functions Table 5-16. Computes the output inferred intercept point of order x from the value of the circuit output wave. Computes the waveform representing the long term jitter.2 177 .Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons RF Functions Table 5-15. Extracts the Y-axis value of the wave at the point where the difference between the actual value of the wave and the linear extrapolation of the wave based on the computed slope value becomes greater than the supplied value. Computes the Phase Noise Spectrum (Power Spectral Density) of a (noisy) periodic transient waveform. Built-In RF Functions Item Number of Default Arguments 2 2 Description absolutejitter compress Computes the value representing the absolute jitter of the waveform. Converts the waveform into radians. Computes the Harmonic Distortion of the input waveform. Computes the total harmonic distortion of the input waveform.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Table 5-16.2 . AMS11. Computes the Harmonic Distortion of the input waveform. Calculates the inverse Fast Fourier Transform of the input waveform. Computes the Power Spectral Density of the input waveform. Computes the Convolution of the two input waveforms. Built-In Signal Processing Functions (cont.) Item Number of Default Arguments 1 2 2 1 5 1 Description chirp convolution crosscorrelation deg eyediagram fft Computes the Chirp Transformation of the input waveform. Computes the Signal to Noise Ratio of the input waveform. Constructs an eye diagram of a waveform. Computes the Cross Correlation of the two input waveforms. Converts the waveform into degrees. Creates a sampled waveform with equidistant points with respect to the x-axis variable. Computes the Discrete Fourier Transform of the input waveform using the Fast Fourier Transform method. harmonicdistortion 1 harmonics hdist ifft psd rad sample snr windowing 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 178 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Calculates the Windowing of the input waveform. Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Statistical Functions Table 5-17. Returns the root mean square value of a waveform for frequency analysis using: sqrt(integ(v*v)) Returns the root mean square value of a waveform for frequency noise analysis: sqrt(sum(v*v)) Returns the root mean square value of a waveform for time analysis: sqrt(integ(v*v)/time_interval) Returns the number of points (or transitions) in the waveform.2 179 . Creates a histogram of the input waveform showing the magnitude probability density distribution of the waveform. larger 2 lesser 2 max min rms 1 1 1 rms_ac rms_noise rms_tran size sum 1 1 1 1 1 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. to calculate the root mean square. Constructs an Eye Diagram of a waveform. Returns the root mean square value of a waveform. Built-In Statistical Functions Item avg eyediagram histogram Number of Default Description Arguments 1 5 4 Returns the average of the waveform. depending on its X axis scale. Returns the maximum value of a waveform. Creates a new waveform based on the lesser of two data points at any given time of the input waveforms. AMS11. Returns a sum of all of the Y-values of the input waveform. Returns the minimum value of a waveform. otherwise it uses rms_tran. If the X axis scale is in Hz. Creates a new waveform based on the larger of two data points at any given time of the input waveforms. it uses the rms_ac function. in degrees. Computes the principal value of the arc sine of the argument. in degrees. Computes the inverse hyperbolic tangent of the argument. Computes the hyperbolic cosine of the argument. Computes and returns the cotangent of the argument. Computes the inverse hyperbolic sine of the argument. Computes the principal value of the arc tangent of y/x. in degrees.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Trigonometric Functions Table 5-18. Computes the inverse hyperbolic cosine of the argument. Computes the hyperbolic sine of the argument. using the signs of both arguments to determine the quadrant of the return value. Built-In Trigonometric Functions Item acos acosh acot acoth asin asinh atan atan2 Number of Default Description Arguments 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 Computes the principal value of the arc cosine of the argument. Computes the hyperbolic tangent of the argument.2 . Computes the tangent of the argument. in degrees. Computes and returns the hyperbolic cotangent of the waveform. AMS11. Computes the hyperbolic arc cotangent of the input waveform. Computes the cosine of the argument. atanh cos cosh cot coth sin sinh tan tanh 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Calculator Buttons Use the dropdown list in the Waveform Calculator toolbar to select different types of calculator 180 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Computes the arc cotangent of the input waveform. Computes the principal value of the arc tangent of the argument. Computes the sine of the argument. The returned waveform is the continuous phase from the input complex waveform. The pairs include: real part and imaginary part waveforms. magnitude and phase waveforms. Table 5-19.2 181 . Returns 10 to the xth power. Extracts the continuous phase from a complex waveform. Absolute value of a scalar is the scalar without its sign. or gain and phase waveforms. Listed in the following tables are the categories available and their associated buttons. The absolute values of a waveform is calculated as the absolute value of an argument abs(x) = x abs(-x) = x Constructs a complex waveform from a pair of input waveforms.) 2 cphase() 1 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons buttons to display. complex(.x) abs() Number of Arguments 1 1 1 Description Returns the reciprocal value of a scalar or a waveform. Complex Function Buttons Icon Item 1/x pow(10. AMS11. The following categories are available from the dropdown list in the Waveform Calculator: • • • • • • Complex Buttons Logical Buttons RF Buttons Signal Processing Buttons Statistical Buttons Trigonometric Buttons Complex Buttons The Complex dropdown list item changes the Waveform Calculator buttons to functions and operators for complex number operations/calculations. AMS11.71828… Imaginary unit imag() ln() log() mag() 1 1 1 1 Returns the imaginary values of a complex waveform. The mod of a waveform is calculated as "x % y" is the remainder of the division x/y for integers x and y. The transformation applied to a complex waveform that shows the square root of (real2 + imag2) for each point in the complex waveform. Evaluates the expression specified in the textbox. A transformation setting for complex waveforms that shows the magnitude of each point of the complex waveform calculated in decibels (20 * log (|waveform|)) Converts the waveform in dB. 1 Exponential function is defined by exp(x) = ex. Returns the modulus of a waveform.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Table 5-19. Returns the base 10 logarithm of a waveform.2 . Returns the natural logarithm of a waveform. Complex Function Buttons (cont. db10() 1 drv() Evaluate exp() 1 x%y 2 182 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.) db() 1 Converts the waveform in dB. A transformation setting for complex waveforms that shows the magnitude of each point of the complex waveform calculated in decibels (10 * log (|waveform|) Returns the derivative of a waveform. where e is the constant 2. Returns the magnitude of a waveform. The button is active only if the expression result is a waveform. Returns the real values of a waveform. The square of the waveform is calculated as x2 = x * x Returns "x to the yth power" or xy. Logical Buttons Icon Item 0x Number of Arguments Description Hexadecimal based notation. 1 Returns the squared scalar or waveform. The phase of each point in the complex waveform in Polar form. AMS11. All phase angles are restricted between -180 and +180 degrees (-pi radians and +pi radians). Brings up a dialog that allows you to save a set of selected expressions in a Tcl file that can be recalled later. phase() 1 real() Recall 1 Store sqr() x ** y sqrt() integral() 1 1 2 Logical Buttons The Logic dropdown list item changes the Waveform Calculator buttons to functions and operators for logic number operations/calculations. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.) Plot 1 Plots the last result waveform to the active Graph Window. Returns the anti-derivative of a waveform. Table 5-20. Returns the phase values of a waveform. Brings up a dialog that allows you to restore the results of a set of expressions saved to a Tcl file with the Store command.2 183 .Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Table 5-19. Complex Function Buttons (cont. Returns the square root of a scalar or a waveform. where x and y can be either a waveform or a scalar. then the result of the operator is defined in the following table: The symbol 'T' represents TRUE for type boolean and '1' for type bit. or one waveform and one scalar value. A T T F F B T F T F A<=B T F T T 184 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. or one waveform and one scalar value. the symbol 'F' represents FALSE for type boolean and '0' for type bit. If the input is two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. A T T F F B T F T F A<B F F T F > 2 Greater than operator can be applied to any two digital waveforms. or one waveform and one scalar value. the symbol 'F' represents FALSE for type boolean and '0' for type bit.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Table 5-20. A T T F F B T F T F A>B F T F F <= 2 Less than or equal to operator can be applied to any two digital waveforms. then the result of the operator is defined in the following table: The symbol 'T' represents TRUE for type boolean and '1' for type bit. If the input is two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. AMS11. Logical Buttons (cont. If the input is two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean.) < 2 Lesser than operator can be applied to any two digital waveforms.2 . then the result of the operator is defined in the following table: The symbol 'T' represents TRUE for type boolean and '1' for type bit. the symbol 'F' represents FALSE for type boolean and '0' for type bit. If the input is two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. the symbol 'F' represents FALSE for type boolean and '0' for type bit. A T T F F B T F T F A!=B F T T F = 2 Equal operator can be applied to any two digital waveforms. If the input is two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. or one waveform and one scalar value. then the result of the operator is defined in the following table: The symbol 'T' represents TRUE for type boolean and '1' for type bit. A T T F F B T F T F A==B T F F T EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. or one waveform and one scalar value. the symbol 'F' represents FALSE for type boolean and '0' for type bit. If the input is two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. then the result of the operator is defined in the following table: The symbol 'T' represents TRUE for type boolean and '1' for type bit.) >= 2 Greater than or equal to operator can be applied to any two digital waveforms. Logical Buttons (cont. then the result of the operator is defined in the following table: The symbol 'T' represents TRUE for type boolean and '1' for type bit. the symbol 'F' represents FALSE for type boolean and '0' for type bit.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Table 5-20. A T T F F B T F T F A >= B T T F T != 2 Not equal operator can be applied to any two digital waveforms. or one waveform and one scalar value. AMS11.2 185 . Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Table 5-20.) " "" '&' 2 Single bit notation. The result of the operator is defined in the following table: The symbol 'T' represents TRUE for type boolean and '1' for type bit. the symbol 'F' represents FALSE for type boolean and '0' for type bit. A ~A T F F T 186 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. the symbol 'F' represents FALSE for type boolean and '0' for type bit.2 . Logical Buttons (cont. And operator can be applied to any two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. The result of the operator is defined in the following table: The symbol 'T' represents TRUE for type boolean and '1' for type bit. Specifies logic state H. A T T F F B T F T F A&B T F F F Evaluate H L ~ 1 Evaluates the expression specified in the textbox. VHDL bit string notation. weak 0. Not operator can be applied to any digital waveform whose data type is either bit or boolean. Specifies logic state L. AMS11. weak 1. ) | 2 Or operator can be applied to any two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. The button is active only if the expression result is a waveform. The result of the operator is defined in the following table: The symbol 'T' represents TRUE for type boolean and '1' for type bit.) If R is '0' or if L is a null array. AMS11. Logical Buttons (cont. A T T F F B T F T F A|B T T T F Plot 1 Plots the last result waveform to the active Graph Window.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Table 5-20. the symbol 'F' represents FALSE for type boolean and '0' for type bit. sll() is repeated R times to form the result. If the value of its leftmost argument is referred to as 'L' and the value of its rightmost argument is referred to as 'R'. 2. sll() replaces L with a value that is the result of a concatenation whose left argument is the rightmost (L'Length-1) elements of L and whose right argument is T'Left. where T is the element type of L.2 187 . Recall << 2 Shift left logical returns a value that is L logically shifted left by R index positions. Brings up a dialog that allows you to restore the results of a set of expressions saved to a Tcl file with the Store command. the return value is L. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 1.) If R is positive. 188 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. The result of the operator is defined in the following table: The symbol 'T' represents TRUE for type boolean and '1' for type bit. Specifies logic state W. If the value of its leftmost argument is referred to as 'L' and the value of its rightmost argument is referred to as 'R'. high impedance. 2 The xor operator can be applied to any two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. forcing unknown.2 . weak unknown. AMS11. Specifies logic state U. srl() replaces L with a value that is the result of a concatenation whose right argument is the leftmost (L'Length-1) elements of L and whose left argument is T'Left. Logical Buttons (cont. A T T F F B T F T F A^B F T T F Store U W X ^ Z Specifies logic state Z. the return value is L. Brings up a dialog that allows you to save a set of selected expressions in a Tcl file that can be recalled later.) If R is positive. Specifies logic state X.) >> 2 Shift right logical returns a value that is L logically shifted right by R index positions. 2.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Table 5-20. 1. where T is the element type of L. srl() is repeated R times to form the result.) If R is '0' or if L is a null array. uninitialized. the symbol 'F' represents FALSE for type boolean and '0' for type bit. Opens the Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog.2 189 . and the symbol period.71828… constellation 3 diagram() compress() 2 drv() Evaluate evmber() 1 exp() 1 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.x) abs() Number of Arguments 1 1 1 Description Returns the reciprocal value of a scalar or a waveform. Absolute value of a scalar is the scalar without its sign. the delay. Returns the derivative of a waveform. 4 Calculates error vector magnitude and bit error ratio from a set of constellation diagrams. Evaluates the expression specified in the textbox. Table 5-21. AMS11. RF Buttons Icon Item 1/x pow(10. Opens the Constellation Diagram Dialog to prompt for the waveform. The absolute values of a waveform is calculated as the absolute value of an argument abs(x) = x abs(-x) = x Creates a Constellation Diagram of a waveform. Extracts the Y-axis value of the wave at the point where the difference between the actual value of the wave and the linear extrapolation of the wave based on the computed slope value becomes greater than the supplied value. where e is the constant 2. Returns "10 to the xth power". Exponential function is defined by exp(x) = ex.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons RF Buttons The RF dropdown list item changes the Waveform Calculator buttons to functions and operators for RF operations/calculations. ln() log() x%y 1 1 2 oipx() 3 Plot 1 phasenoise Recall 5 Store xcompress() sqr() 1 x ** y sqrt() 1 1 190 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. where x and y can be either a waveform or a scalar.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Table 5-21. RF Buttons (cont.) iipx() 4 Returns the input referred intercept point of order X from the value of the circuit input and output. The square of the waveform is calculated as x2 = x * x Returns "x to the yth power" or xy. Returns the square root of a scalar or a waveform. Opens the Phase Noise Dialog. Brings up a dialog that allows you to restore the results of a set of expressions saved to a Tcl file with the Store command. The button is active only if the expression result is a waveform. The mod of a waveform is calculated as "x % y" is the remainder of the division x/y for integers x and y. Returns the squared scalar or waveform. Plots the last result waveform to the active Graph Window. Returns the modulus of a waveform. Returns the base 10 logarithm of a waveform. 2 Extracts the X-axis value of the wave at the point where the difference between the actual value of the wave and the linear extrapolation of the wave based on the computed slope value becomes greater than the supplied value. Returns the natural logarithm of a waveform. Calculates the phase noise of a transient analysis. Brings up a dialog that allows you to save a set of selected expressions in a Tcl file that can be recalled later.2 . AMS11. Returns the output referred intercept point of order X from the value of the circuit output wave. Signal Processing Buttons Icon Item 1/x pow(10. Evaluates the expression specified in the textbox. Opens the Chirp Transform Dialog. Calculates the linear convolutions of two finite data sequences. Returns the derivative of a waveform. RF Buttons (cont.Opens the Convolution Dialog. Signal Processing Buttons The Signal Processing dropdown list item changes the Waveform Calculator buttons to functions and operators for transform operations/calculations.71828… autocor() 1 chirp() 1 convolution() 2 drv() Evaluate exp() 1 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Calculates the chirp Z-transform. AMS11. The absolute values of a waveform is calculated as the absolute value of an argument abs(x) = x abs(-x) = x Calculates the Autocorrelation Function of a signal waveform.) integral() 2 Returns the anti-derivative of a waveform. Returns "10 to the xth power". Absolute value of a scalar is the scalar without its sign. 1 Exponential function is defined by exp(x) = ex. where e is the constant 2. Table 5-22.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Table 5-21. Opens the Auto Correlation Dialog.x) abs() Number of Arguments 1 1 1 Description Returns the reciprocal value of a scalar or a waveform.2 191 . 2 . Calculates the inverse fast Fourier transform of the input waveform. The button is active only if the expression result is a waveform.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Table 5-22. Tapers data near ends of records to avoid abrupt truncation effects. 2 Calculates a ratio of the sum of squares of amplitudes of sinusoidal frequencies to the sum of squares of noise amplitudes. Brings up a dialog that allows you to save a set of selected expressions in a Tcl file that can be recalled later.) fft 1 Determines the frequency content of analog signals encountered in circuit simulation. Returns the base 10 logarithm of a waveform. Opens the Windowing Transform Dialog. Opens the Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog. harmonicdist 1 ortion() ifft 1 ln() log() x%y 1 1 2 Plot 1 psd() 1 Recall snr() Store windowing() 1 192 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Opens the Harmonic Distortion Dialog. See The Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) Function for details. See Statistical Buttons for details. Returns the modulus of a waveform. The mod of a waveform is calculated as "x % y" is the remainder of the division x/y for integers x and y. Opens the Power Spectral Density Dialog. Opens the Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog. which deals with sequences of time values. Calculates the Power Spectral Density of a signal waveform. AMS11. Returns the natural logarithm of a waveform. Brings up a dialog that allows you to restore the results of a set of expressions saved to a Tcl file with the Store command. Plots the last result waveform to the active Graph Window. Calculates the harmonic distortion of a signal. Signal Processing Buttons (cont. where x and y can be either a waveform or a scalar. Returns the square root of a scalar or a waveform. Returns the derivative of a waveform.2 193 . Signal Processing Buttons (cont. Table 5-23. AMS11.x) abs() Number of Arguments 1 1 1 Description Returns the reciprocal value of a scalar or a waveform. Returns the anti-derivative of a waveform. Absolute value of a scalar is the scalar without its sign. Statistical Buttons Icon Item 1/x pow(10. The square of the waveform is calculated as x2 = x * x Returns "x to the yth power" or xy. x ** y sqrt() 1 1 crosscorrelat 2 ion() integral() 2 Statistical Buttons The Statistical dropdown list item changes the Waveform Calculator buttons to functions and operators for statistical number operations/calculations. The absolute values of a waveform is calculated as the absolute value of an argument abs(x) = x abs(-x) = x Returns the average of the waveform.) sqr() 1 Returns the squared scalar or waveform. Opens the Cross Correlation Dialog. avg() drv() 1 1 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Table 5-22. Returns "10 to the xth power". Calculates the cross correlation between two data sets. ) 2 lesser(. Statistical Buttons (cont.) 2 ln() log() max() min() x%y 1 1 4 4 2 Plot 1 Recall 194 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Creates a histogram of the input waveform showing the magnitude probability density distribution of the waveform. Returns the modulus of a waveform. Exponential function is defined by exp(x) = ex.) Evaluate exp() 1 Evaluates the expression specified in the textbox. Plots the last result waveform to the active Graph Window. Creates a new waveform based on the larger of two data points at any given time of the two input waveforms. where e is the constant 2. AMS11. Returns the natural logarithm of a waveform. Returns the base 10 logarithm of a waveform. The mod of a waveform is calculated as "x % y" is the remainder of the division x/y for integers x and y. eyediagram() 5 histogram() 5 larger(. Creates a new waveform based on the lesser of two data points at any given time of the two input waveforms.2 .71828… Constructs an eye diagram of the waveform.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Table 5-23. Opens the Histogram Dialog to help you specify the parameters. Returns the minimum value of a waveform. Brings up a dialog that allows you to restore the results of a set of expressions saved to a Tcl file with the Store command. The button is active only if the expression result is a waveform. Returns the maximum value of a waveform. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Returns the number of data points in an analog waveform or the number of transitions in a digital waveform. Returns the square root of a scalar or a waveform. otherwise it uses the rms_tran function to calculate the root mean square.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Table 5-23.2 195 . Brings up a dialog that allows you to save a set of selected expressions in a Tcl file that can be recalled later. Table 5-24. Returns the anti-derivative of a waveform.) rms() 1 Returns the root mean square value of a waveform. 2 Returns an average value for each x value of the input waveform within a particular "window" based on the current x value. The square of the waveform is calculated as x2 = x * x Returns "x to the yth power" or xy. depending on the X axis scale. Returns the squared scalar or waveform. size() 1 Store windavg() sqr() 1 x ** y sqrt() integral() 1 1 2 Trigonometric Buttons The Trigonometric dropdown list item changes the Waveform Calculator buttons to functions and operators for trigonometric operations/calculations. where x and y can be either a waveform or a scalar. Returns "10 to the xth power". Trigonometric Buttons Icon Item 1/x pow(10. If the X axis scale is in Hz then it uses the rms_ac function.x) Number of Arguments 1 1 Description Returns the reciprocal value of a scalar or a waveform. AMS11. Statistical Buttons (cont. 71828… Returns the natural logarithm of a waveform. Returns the derivative of a waveform. AMS11. 1 1 1 Trigonometric wave function finds the cosine of the waveform. Trigonometric Buttons (cont. Trigonometric wave function returns the arc sine of the waveform. Evaluates the expression specified in the textbox.) abs() 1 Absolute value of a scalar is the scalar without its sign.2 . Trigonometric wave function returns the hyperbolic arc cosine of the waveform. Trigonometric wave function returns the arc tangent of the waveform.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Table 5-24. 1 Exponential function is defined by exp(x) = ex. Trigonometric wave function finds the hyperbolic cosine of the waveform. Clears the content in the expression textbox. acos() acosh() 1 1 asin() asinh() atan() 1 1 1 atanh() Clear cos() cosh() drv() Evaluate exp() 1 ln() 1 196 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. The absolute values of a waveform is calculated as the absolute value of an argument abs(x) = x abs(-x) = x Trigonometric wave function returns the arc cosine of the waveform. Trigonometric wave function returns the hyperbolic arc sine of the waveform. where e is the constant 2. Trigonometric wave function returns the hyperbolic arc tangent of the waveform. The square of the waveform is calculated as x2 = x * x Returns "x to the yth power" or xy. The button is active only if the expression result is a waveform. 1 1 1 Trigonometric wave function returns the tangent of the waveform.) log() x%y 1 2 Returns the base 10 logarithm of a waveform. Trigonometric Buttons (cont. 1 1 Trigonometric function returns the sine of the waveform. Trigonometric wave function returns the hyperbolic arc tangent of the waveform. Trigonometric wave function returns the hyperbolic sine of the waveform. Returns the squared scalar or waveform. Returns the modulus of a waveform. Brings up a dialog that allows you to save a set of selected expressions in a Tcl file that can be recalled later. The mod of a waveform is calculated as "x % y" is the remainder of the division x/y for integers x and y.2 197 . Brings up a dialog that allows you to restore the results of a set of expressions saved to a Tcl file with the Store command. Plot 1 Recall sin() sinh() Store tan() tanh() sqr() x ** y sqrt() integral() 1 1 2 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Returns the square root of a scalar or a waveform. Plots the last result waveform to the active Graph Window. AMS11. Returns the anti-derivative of a waveform.Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons Table 5-24. where x and y can be either a waveform or a scalar. Open the Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog by one of the following methods: o Select Tools > FFT… from the menu bar. or select it from the Tools menu. Click on the Waveform Calculator icon.2 . use the dropdown list to select Signal Processing. or o Access the Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog through the Waveform Calculator: i. The Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) is the fastest and most efficient available algorithm for computing the DFT. Click the FFT button on the calculator keypad. AMS11. or from the icon bar. Select Panel > Signal Processing. The same set of parameters and options must be used for both FFT calculations. If you want to replicate Eldo FFT results in the EZwave viewer. To perform a Fast Fourier Transform: 1. iii.Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions Signal Processing Functions This section discussed the following functions in more detail: • • • • • • • • The Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Function The Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) Function The Autocorrelation Function and Power Spectral Density The Convolution Function The Harmonic Distortion Function The Signal to Noise Function Window Shapes Windowing Transforms The Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Function It is sometimes preferable in signal analysis to compute time and frequency domain expressions for data which is sampled at discrete intervals. verify the following conditions are true: • • The input waveforms must be the same.optfour command. This is generally referred to as a Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT). In the Eldo simulator. you can display the waveform it uses for the FFT calculation by setting display_input = 1 in the . 198 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. ii. Use the Clear Waveform List button to remove all waveforms in the list. In this case.Number of sampling points. If this is not so.Sampling frequency. The default global value can be set via the Window Shape option in the Calculations Options: • • Symmetric . Note The number of points for the FFT results is: Number of Points/2 FFT computations are performed only on those signals having the Number of Points input parameter set to a factor of 2n (n = 2.time_start For Periodic windows.Stop time for the signal. the Input Parameters satisfy the following equation: ((number_of_points-1)/sampling_frequency) = time_stop . . o Select one of the following options for FFT setup.Standard FFT setup. After you select a source waveform.Start time for the signal.. 3. The range of the input signal can be modified using the following Input Parameters: o o o o Start Time . Number of Points . select the "Periodic" option.Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions 2.. See the Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog section for a full description of the settings. These parameters give information about the sampling of the input data and the range of the input signal which is used for the computation. the Input Parameters satisfy the following equation: ((number_of_points)/sampling_frequency) = time_stop . Sampling Frequency . AMS11. enter the FFT inputs. 3. 4.2 199 . unless EZwave’s FFT is executed on an FFT_INPUT waveform. Eldo has already considered the periodicity of the input signal. Note For Symmetric windows. A default set of parameters is inserted in the Parameter Setup portion of the window. then a slower DFT computation is executed.time_start Tip: For comparing Eldo’s FFT results with EZwave’s FFT results. The following are some of the settings: EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Select the source wave from the pull down list or use the Add Selected Waveforms button to add a waveform from an open Graph Window. Click on the Advanced button to display additional settings.). Stop Time .FFT setup is enhanced for spectral analysis of periodic signals. Periodic . AMS11. otherwise Uniform Sampling should be selected. b. Select the source wave from the pull down list or use the Add Selected Waveforms button to add a waveform from an open Graph Window. Certain windowing methods require additional input.Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions o Output Options — Select Normalize Results to divide all real and imaginary parts of the result by (Number of Points)/2. 3. Click the IFFT button on the calculator keypad to open the Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog. Return to the Waveform Calculator to evaluate and plot the results of the transformation. or select it from the Tools menu. 6. Click on the Waveform Calculator icon. a relevant error or warning message is displayed. Select the windowing method from the dropdown list. Click on the Eval button. 2. The default option is Rectangular. which is divided by Number of Points. A new Graph window is opened and the results are graphed. c. To perform an Inverse Fast Fourier Transform: 1. Sampling — Use Data Points should be selected as default if the input data has equidistant Time Steps.2 . Refer to “Windowing Transforms” on page 206 for details on the options available. Click on the Apply button. Invoke the Waveform Calculator by doing the following: a. it is possible to perform an Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT). o o o 5. b. The Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog has similar input parameters options as for the Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog. Use the Clear Waveform List button to remove all waveforms in the list. Data Padding — Select Pad with Zeros to enable padding with zeros. The transformation will now be calculated based on the specified parameters. enter the appropriate value in the box. enter the IFFT inputs. A default set of parameters is inserted in the Parameter Setup portion of the window. These parameters give 200 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Select Signal Processing from the dropdown list. If problems in the computation occur. The Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) Function For any two signals in the frequency domain. Windowing — Select the windowing type to specify the method for computing the sampled data. except for the first point. After you select a source waveform. a. Click on the Plot button to plot the results. The following are some of the settings. If problems in the computation occur. AMS11. where 2 x Nauto is the size of the transform used. for a full list see “Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog” on page 329: o Sampling — Use Data Points should be selected as default if the input data has equidistant Time Steps. 6.Stop time for the signal. A new Graph window is opened and the results are graphed. a. The AF is an average measure of its time domain properties. o 5. as such. it can be especially relevant when the signal is random. The Autocorrelation Function and Power Spectral Density Two methods are available for calculating the autocorrelation function (AF) and the power spectral density (PSD) of a signal waveform. The Correlogram Method means that the FFT is used directly to compute estimates of the AF Rxx(n) for Nauto lags. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 7.2 201 .Sampling frequency. Click on the Advanced button to display additional settings. Return to the Waveform Calculator to evaluate and plot the results of the transformation. Sampling Frequency . Number of Points . Data Padding — Select Pad with Zeros to enable padding with zeros.Number of sampling points. Note An IFFT analysis always creates results with an even number of points. an even number of points with the FFT must also be used if the following condition is to be fulfilled: IFFT (FFT(signal)) = signal 4. Click on the Apply button. The transformation will now be calculated based on the specified parameters. otherwise Uniform Sampling should be selected. The range of the input signal can be modified using the following Input Parameters: o o o o Start Time .Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions information about the sampling of the input data and the range of the input signal which is used for the computation. a relevant error or warning message is displayed. Click on the Eval button. Click on the Plot button to plot the results. The Periodogram Method means that a sliding FFT is used to compute estimates of the PSD directory rather than estimating an AF. Stop Time . This means that when calculating results in conjunction with an FFT analysis.Start time for the signal. 1. Figure 5-9. At this point. .. k 202 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. This useful when using non-rectangular waveforms.1) points). Nbpts – 1 Rxx(n) W(n) if desired Rwxx(n) FFT Sxx(K) n = 0. AMS11. a spectral estimate with any desired degree of frequency resolution can be obtained by augmenting the just computed R(n) or the first Ncorr ≤ Nauto values with zeros and performing a single FFT (2 x (Npsd . On each section. … . Nauto – 1 Auto Correlation Result Windowing K = 0.2 . uses a sliding FFT to compute estimates of the PSD directly rather than estimating an autocorrelation function as in the Correlation method.Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions Correlogram Method This method uses the FFT directly to compute estimates of the autocorrelation function Rxx(n) Nauto lags. For this. Correlogram Method Correlogram Method x(m) m = 0. Nbpts – 1 is first decomposed into subsequences Xr(m) of length Nsect with overlapping D = Nsect/2... .1 Xr ( m ) = x ( m + ( r – 1 )D ) – xmean where k = (Nbpts .. the program divides the sampled input data set into K = (Nbpts + Nauto) / (Nauto + 1) sections and the FFT routine (2 x (Nauto -1) points) is performed once on each section with the appropriate input data.D)/D is the number of sequences. it is possible to apply different kinds of smoothing windows on the autocorrelation result. Each of them is shifted by the arithmetic mean of all the data. … . where 2 x Nauto is the size of the transform used. The subtraction of xmean is implemented in order that the autocorrelation result is centered around y = 0. r = 1.. a window is then applied and the PSD is computed (FFT with 2 x (Nauto – 1) points) as a weighted sum of their periodograms (= | XW r(k)|2 energy_of_window). The given sequence X(m). m=0. Periodogram Method This method.. The autocorrelation result is then computed by performing an Inverse FFT (2 x (Nauto -1) points) after accumulating the partial results. Npsd – 1 Input Data In order to avoid the undesired effects of truncating data records in the PSD result. The inverse FFT (2 x (Nauto – 1) points) is now used to estimate the autocorrelation function from the PSD result. M – 1. Nbpts – 1 PSD Rxx (n) n = 0. AMS11. M – 1. x(n). k IFFT Sxx (l) l = 0. … . an additional FFT (2 x (Npsd – 1) points) is executed on a sequence. N – 1 and h(n). n = 0. k subsequences & windowing (if desired) x (m) m = 0. This relation is called the Discrete Convolution Theorem. … . The Convolution Function The convolution function calculates the discrete linear convolution between two data sets.2 203 . generated by the first Ncorr autocorrelation values and a suitable number of zeros. The following method can then be applied for computing the linear convolutions of two finite data sequences x(n). n = 0.Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions Figure 5-10. Nauto – 1 Autocorrelation Result Input Data Windowed Subsequences If the user wishes to have more values for the PSD result than computed by default. … . Using zero padding of x(n) and h(n) to make circular convolution yields the same result as linear convolution. … . … . For two finite data sequences. Nbpts – 1 & weighted sum of all periodograms {Xw r (m)} r = 0. the discrete FFT of their periodic convolution is equal to the multiplication of the separate FFT results. n = 0. … . … . EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. h(n) which are periodic with period N. n = 0. Periodogram Method Decomposition in FFTs for r = 1. the discrete linear convolution x (n) · h (n) is defined as follows: y(n) = m = –∞ ∑ ∞ x(m) ⋅ h(n – m) For signals x(n). N – 1 and h(n). Zero Padding x’(n) = x(n) x’(n) = 0 h’(n) = h(n) h’(n) = 0 n = 0.Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions • Step 1 — Zero Padding Table 5-25. Inverse FFT Y’(k) → y(n) = x(n)*h(n) IFFT The Harmonic Distortion Function This function computes the harmonics and the total harmonic distortion (THD) of the input waveform signal. N + M – 1 n = 0. … . The harmonics inside the interval [Fmin. … . N + M – 1 • Step 2 — Multiply FFTs Table 5-26. Multiply FFT of x’(n) and h’(n) x’(n) → X’(k) FFT h’(n) → H’(k) FFT Multiplication: X’(k) · H’(k) = Y’(k) • Step 3 — Inverse FFT Table 5-27. Ao = amplitude of the fundamental frequency. … . This value is expressed in dB. … . Fmax] are computed as follows: A(i) harmonic ( i ) = ---------Ao where: • • A(i) = amplitudes of the multiples of the fundamental frequency. N – 1 n = N. AMS11.2 . Only a frequency-domain gain from a uniformly sampled FFT result is accepted as a valid source waveform. The THD of a signal is the ratio of the sum of the powers of all harmonic frequencies above the fundamental frequency to the power of the fundamental frequency. M – 1 n = M. The Total Harmonic Distortion is given by the following: 204 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Only those harmonic frequencies above the fundamental frequency and inside the [fmin. it is often of interest to compute. 2 Window Shapes Two window shapes are available: • Symmetric The default. AMS11. Only a complex waveform or a waveform representing a Gain is accepted as a valid source waveform. If these values are not identical to the sampled data values. In digital signal analysis. then they are computed by interpolation.2 205 . for a signal composed of the sum of noisy sinusoids. the input parameters satisfy the following equation: sampling_frequency = ( number_of_points ) ⁄ ( time_stop – time_start ) EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. fmax] interval are used for the THD computation. Note Each harmonic frequency is a multiple of the fundamental frequency. For symmetric windows. The Signal to Noise Function This function computes the signal to noise ratio of the input waveform signal by using the Gain of the FFT result.Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions tot_harm = ∑ A(i) --------------2 Ao 2 where the sum is computed over all multiples (equal or greater than 2) of the fundamental frequency in the specified band. the following relationship: ⎛ ∑ AS ( i ) ⎞ 10 log 10 ⎜ ----------------------------⎟ ⎝ ∑ AN ( j ) 2⎠ where: 2 ∑ AS ( i ) = sum over all squares of amplitudes of the sinusoidal frequencies 2 ∑ AN ( j ) = sum over all squares of noise amplitudes of the signal This is called the Signal to Noise Ratio of the signal. Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions Figure 5-11. Periodic Window You can control the default window shape setting for FFT windows and functions using the Calculations Options. AMS11. In order to reduce the undesirable effects of truncating the data records (leakage). only a finite part of the signal is used in practice even if the signal is of infinite duration. Symmetric Window • Periodic Setup is enhanced for spectral analysis of periodic signals. For periodic windows. the input parameters satisfy the following equation sampling_frequency = ( number_of_points – 1 ) ⁄ ( time_stop – time_start ) Figure 5-12.2 . Windowing Transforms In order to estimate the power density spectrum of a random signal. it is convenient to apply different 206 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 11 different types of windowing transforms are available: Figure 5-13. EZwave works with the following equations: • Bartlett Window EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.1. Available Windowing Transforms For a record consisting of N points indexed from 0 to N .2 207 . AMS11. thereby avoiding the abrupt truncation of a rectangular window.Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions types of windows that gradually taper the data near the ends of the record. 2 . 208 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Symmetric window shapes are preferred when using a Hanning window in FIR filter design. Periodic window shapes are preferred when using a Hanning window in spectral analysis. A periodic Hanning window is obtained by constructing a symmetric window and removing the last sample. is obtained by flipping the first half around M. This is because the Discrete Fourier Transform assumes periodic extension of the input vector. M ≤ i ≤ N where M = N/2 for even N and M = (N+1)/2 for odd N. AMS11.Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions • Blackman Window • Blackman-Harris Window • Dolph-Chebyshev Window where: • Hamming Window • Hanning Window Note The second half of the Hanning window. 2 209 . • Klein Window When: and Note w(i) has a minimum amplitude moment and minimizes the truncation error in high resolution computations. • Parzen Window • Rectangular Window • Welch Window EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. ß=Constant which specifies a frequency trade-off between the peak height of the side lobe ripples and the width of energy in the main lobe.Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions • Kaiser Window Where: I0(x)=Modified zero-order Bessel function. AMS11. Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions 210 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recovering Save Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restoring Graph Windows . . . . . . Adding Text Annotations to a Waveform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 212 212 213 213 215 215 216 216 216 218 219 219 219 220 220 Saving and Restoring Graph Windows EZwave can save graph windows and waveform databases in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 211 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 6 Save and Output Data Set Up and Load Data Add Waveforms Analysis Post-Processing Save and Output Data Save/output results to a disk file in either JWDB format or user-defined ASCII format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving Multiple Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .wdb files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . You can also add text annotations to your waveforms. . An . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting a JWDB File to ASCII. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . axis and background settings Complex waveform transformation settings EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Text Annotations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Graph Windows as a PDF . . . . . . . Saving a Waveform Database . . .swd and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recovering Incomplete Savefiles . .swd file can store: • • • Waveforms associated with the Graph window Window size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recovering from Incomplete Simulations . . . . . . . . . Saving a JWDB as an ASCII File . . . Adding Text Annotations to the Graph Window . . . . . . . . . position. . . . . . Printing Graph Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving and Restoring Graph Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Graph Windows as an Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving Graph Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Do this for each window that you wish to save. using . 3.wdb file for the window. Select File > Save from the File menu. From the Save Windows Dialog. Select the Saved Window Databases (. The system will save the file and also write a new Mentor Graphics database (. Click Save to save the database and close the dialog. If the save file already exists. Select the window you wish to save.swd file. Saving Graph Windows To save your session. Restoring Graph Windows To restore your session. The system will load the window and the associated . 4. Note If you have configured your save options to not display this dialog. you must open each of your graph windows. To do this. To do this. type the name you want for the saved window. you must save each of your graph windows. 2. Browse or enter the name of the saved window database (. Select File > Open from the File menu. 5. or save all open windows at once. Do this for each window that you wish to open. or click on the open folder icon to browse for the file you want to save.2 . select the directory you need. Click OK to open the database and close the dialog. select whether you want to save the active window or all windows and whether you want to save the related database.wdb) file with the same name as the . the graph window will be saved according to the options you have configured. 4. 5. 212 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. issuing a new name for each window.swd) filter from the dropdown list.swd as the extension. 2. In the text area. AMS11.Save and Output Data Saving and Restoring Graph Windows • Waveform display and cursor settings. select Overwrite existing file.swd) file. perform the following steps: 1. 3. From the Open dialog. perform the following steps: 1. you can arrange them for better viewing purposes.Save and Output Data Printing Graph Windows Printing Graph Windows Before printing multiple graph windows. they may be stacked on top of each other. If you want to print a single graph window. To automatically arrange the graph windows in your workspace. fitting several to the screen one above another. Select the options for your print job. make that graph window the active one. These automatic arrangement options are also available from the toolbar. This brings up the Print dialog. If you are having difficulty using /usr/sbin/lpc to print from a Linux system. Related Topics • “Exporting Graph Windows as an Image” on page 215. AMS11. they may be stacked on top of each other. If this operation would make some windows too small. choose one of the following items from the Window menu: • • • • Cascade — Arranges the graph windows in an overlapping fashion proceeding down and to the right in the workspace Tile Horizontally — Arranges the graph windows to fill the screen horizontally. refer to “Linux Printing Notes” on page 701. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. fitting several to the screen side by side and one above another. You can print the contents of a single graph window. all visible graph windows. Note You can print to PDF by choosing PDF Writer in the Printer field.2 213 . If this operation would make some windows too small. Exporting Graph Windows as a PDF Use the following steps to export the contents of the active Graph window to a PDF file. Click OK to print. 3. they may be stacked on top of each other. See “Exporting Graph Windows as a PDF” on page 213 for more instructions. 4. 2. If this operation would make some windows too small. fitting several to the screen side by side. Choose File > Print. or all open graph windows by performing the following: 1. Tile in a Grid — Arranges the graph windows to fill the screen in a grid pattern. Tile Vertically — Arranges the graph windows to fill the screen vertically. Using a Different PDF Driver The ps2pdf tool is usually provided as part of a Linux installation. Visible Waveforms or All Waveforms 7. the PDF file will be written to the current working directory. or All Visible Windows. 214 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. any text in the Graph window will be exported to PDF as a font. In the File: field. By default. Select File > Print from the EZwave menu. If you choose to export all visible windows. Select whether you want to export only the Active Window. Figure 6-1. The Command: field will automatically populate with the required print command for the default PDF tool.2 . Editing the Command: Field • %PSfile This parameter specifies the temporary . Choose which waveforms are to be included. If you don’t enter a path.ps file. in One Page. enter the path and filename where you want to save the file. 2. 9. 6. 5. The checkbox next to this field should be enabled. Click OK. You can disable this option by unticking the Print Text as Font checkbox. If required. AMS11. All Windows in Workspace. 8. you will be asked if you want to overwrite it. Select the Graph window you wish to export. In the Print dialog. If a file with the specified name already exists. modify any paper size and orientation options. and the Use Printing Command option will be enabled. choose PDF Writer in the Printer field. the windows must be tiled and visible. You can use the file browser to navigate to a particular directory and filename. 4. One per Page. 3. any installed postscript-to-PDF driver may be chosen from the Print dialog by editing the Command: field. If preferred.Save and Output Data Exporting Graph Windows as a PDF Procedure 1. Select whether you want to export only the Active Window or All Visible Windows. Select the output format you want from the Save As Type dropdown list. AMS11. Related Topics • “Exporting Graph Windows as a PDF” on page 213 Adding Text Annotations You can add text annotations to a waveform. In the Export Image dialog. A text annotation that is attached to a waveform is bound to that waveform's row. 7. In the options field. or . Additionally. 5. or to a Graph window. date. and machine name) about the machine used to view or simulate the data. 3. or Printer High. you can select the image quality by using the slider bar or by entering the percentage into the text field. information (such as time.jpeg. Exporting Graph Windows as an Image You can export the contents of the active Graph window or all visible Graph windows to a JPEG or PNG image file by performing the following: 1. select the resolution for the output file.2 215 . Select File > Export… from the menu bar. the windows must be tiled and visible. 2. user name. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. select the Overwrite existing file option to save over the existing file. You can select Screen. If you are choosing to export all visible windows. You can use the file browser to navigate to a particular directory and filename. Use an appropriate extension for the filename (. the text annotation's anchor can only be moved within its current row but its text box may be moved outside the row. Printer Low. . and the color scheme. enter the path and filename where you want to save the file. Click OK to export to an image file and close the dialog.png). 6.jpg. Supported output formats are: JPEG and PNG.Save and Output Data Exporting Graph Windows as an Image • %PDFfile This parameter specifies the destination . You can select to include the database title.pdf file. Related Topics • “Exporting Graph Windows as an Image” on page 215. Select the window you wish to export. 8. Once placed. 4. Click the Page Setup button to set other options for the image output. If the chosen file already exists. for JPEG images. Click OK to display the text annotation in the window. open the EZwave Display Preferences dialog (Edit > Options) and select Text Annotation. Select Save As. Adding Text Annotations to a Waveform To add a text annotation to a waveform: 1. Enter the desired text and select Annotation attached to the Waveform. 3. Select Annotation > Add Text Annotation from the popup menu. Click OK to display the text annotation in the window. 2. Enter the desired text and select Annotation attached to the Window. you need to save the waveform database: 1. The Save As Dialog opens. Note To modify text annotation options. Right-click the database folder.2 . Select Annotation > Add Text Annotation from the popup menu. 3. you must confirm that you want to overwrite the database. Note To modify text annotation options. 3. The Waveform Annotation dialog displays. open the EZwave Display Preferences dialog (Edit > Options) and select Text Annotation.Save and Output Data Saving a Waveform Database A text annotation that is not attached to a waveform can be moved freely within the graph window and is not associated with any row. 216 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Enter the name for the file. and right-click to display a Waveform Popup Menu. If the file already exists. Adding Text Annotations to the Graph Window To add a text annotation to the graph window: 1. 2. Right-click anywhere in the graph window to display a popup menu. The Waveform Annotation dialog is shown. A Folder Popup Menu appears. Saving a Waveform Database After you have made changes to a waveform. AMS11. Select the location on the desired waveform. 2. These include: • Text (.txt) or comma separated values (*.fsdb Files” on page 707 for more information. Specify the Save File Types as MGC Database (*. 3. 2.fsdb files.sti). text file (*. Right-click on the calc folder and select Save As.sti). only loaded waveforms are saved.wdb).csv).wdb). 5. This can be removed manually to reduce the amount of disk space required. • Saving Post-Processed Waveforms Waveforms created Using the Waveform Calculator will need to be saved.csv). and GZipped compression (.sti).txt) or comma separated values (*. A message next to the folder lets you know if the folder contains unsaved changes. text file (*. A calc folder is created in the Waveform List panel. the EZwave viewer can output files in several additional formats. SPICE PWL (*. Loaded waveforms are waveforms that have been displayed once or waveforms from a hierarchy selected once in the Tree View of the Waveform List Panel.gz) if required. only waveforms that contain voltage or current sources are saved. To save the waveforms: 1. Notes • • When saving a database as a SPICE PWL file (. SPICE PWL (*. For databases loaded from .txt) EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. This can be removed manually to reduce the amount of disk space required. Save File Types In addition to native MGC database files (. AMS11. When saving a database in GZipped MGC Database format the original database is not removed. Click OK to apply the settings and close the dialog.wdb). 5.2 217 . those waveforms are ignored.Save and Output Data Saving a Waveform Database 4. See “Loading . 4. If a database contains waveforms with neither voltage or current sources. This folder contains the created waveforms. Right-click on the waveform you want to save and select Rename.gz) if required. Enter the desired name of the waveform. Note When compressing a saved file in GZipped format the original file is not removed. and GZipped compression (. Specify the file type as either MGC Database (*. Navigate to the desired location and enter the file name. • SPICE PWL (. commas. A leading plus sign (+) in a line indicates a continuation of the previous line. Select the Save All Databases menu item. AMS11.csv) A comma-delimited database save file contains value pairs separated by commas. Note When saving a database as a SPICE PWL file (.Save and Output Data Saving Multiple Databases A text-format database save file includes X and Y values for each point in the waveform separated by tabs. only waveforms that contain voltage or current sources are saved. refer to the Eldo User's Manual. 218 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. The Save Databases dialog lists all currently unsaved databases or modified databases in Waveform List Panel.2 . spaces.sti) A SPICE PWL database save file contains value pairs separated by spaces and enclosed in parentheses. The item opens the Save Databases dialog. If a database contains waveforms with neither voltage or current sources.sti). perform the following steps: 1. This file type can be used in Eldo simulation as a stimulus. To save multiple databases. those waveforms are ignored. Right-click the Waveform List panel to activate the Waveform List Popup Menu. or a user-chosen delimiter selected from the Save Dialog. you have the capability to save the data without having to perform separate save operations. Saving Multiple Databases If you have unsaved data. For more information about the PWL format. It can be useful for viewing your results in a program such as a spreadsheet. You can also select the precision of the saved values from this dialog. • Comma-Separated Values (. 2. such as might be the case during a disk write error or a network shutdown. To invoke recoverjwdb. or click Cancel to close the dialog without saving any databases. use the following syntax: recoverjwdb info_file save_path where info_file is the simulator information file. the simulator may create an information file called jwdbPortHostname containing information about the simulation process. is created. The Wdb Name column shows the current name of the database. you must confirm the desire to overwrite the database. 5. check the Overwrite if File Exists checkbox in the lower left corner of the dialog. Recovering from Incomplete Simulations Use the recoverjwdb utility to recover simulation data and save it to a jwdb file in the event of an unclean simulator exit. Click OK to apply the settings and close the dialog. Saving or Saved. This temporary file contains the information needed to recover the databases.2 219 . Recovering Save Files The application provides two different methods of recovering database files. Recovering Incomplete Savefiles While the EZwave viewer is running. The status column displays the status of Unsaved. a temporary file named <file>. AMS11. The following command allows you to use this temporary file to recover incomplete savefiles in this event: ezwave -recovery file. If you do not wish to be warned about existing databases of the same name. Click the checkboxes to select the databases you wish to save.wdb_recoveryKeyFile output_file where file is the original file you were working with.wdb file. the EZwave viewer will display a notice that this has occurred and will prompt you for an alternate location to save the remainder of the database file. If the EZwave viewer is still running.Save and Output Data Recovering Save Files 3. During simulation. If an abnormal exit condition occurs. Use the Save As text box to enter the new name for the database. this utility can retrieve simulation data from memory or from this spill file. If disk space runs out during a simulation. and is removed when the EZwave application exits normally. 4. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. One method allows you to recover incomplete database files produced when a simulator that the EZwave viewer was connected to does not exit cleanly. If the file already exists.wdb_recoveryKeyFile. The second method recovers databases that are saved incompletely. this recovery key file will remain and can be used to recover any unsaved data from the simulation. You can also specify a Tcl script to run for post-processing before the converted waveforms are saved to the ASCII file.txt. Saving a JWDB as an ASCII File You can output a JWDB to an ASCII file. If the output file is not specified.Save and Output Data Saving a JWDB as an ASCII File The first part of the savefile is saved in the original disk location as file_recovery_part1.wdb extension changed to .txt [-do filename. The file will be saved in two parts even if you remove files in the original disk partition and elect to save the remainder of the database there.wdb} [-o filename. use the following command format: ezwave -recovery file_recovery_part1 file_recovery_part2 output_file where file is the database savefile you were using. To recover the incomplete savefile in this case. 4. AMS11.tcl]] [-precision value] The following describes the arguments: • • • -i specifies the input JWDB file name. 2. and the remainder will be saved in whatever location you specify as file_recovery_part2. Enter the name for the database. both analog and digital. EZwave creates an ASCII file that contains all the signals. Converting a JWDB File to ASCII You can convert a JWDB savefile to ASCII in batch mode (that is. The syntax for this tool is as follows: jwdbtoasc {-i filename. If the recovery key file does not produce satisfactory results.2 . 1. In the Waveform List Panel. -do specifies the post-processing Tcl script name. Select an ASCII file type from the Files of Type dropdown list (refer to “Save File Types” on page 217). The Save As Dialog displays 3. the recovery mechanism can be disabled by using the -norecovery command line option. 220 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. If the file already exists. without having to open the file using the EZwave tool and save it as ASCII) by using the jwdbtoasc utility. right-click on the database name. can be converted using this tool. All signals. Select Save As. -o specifies the output ASCII file name. the new file name will be the same as the input file name but with the . you must confirm the desire to overwrite the database. value should be between 1 and 16. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. setting it to the full 16 digits.2 221 .Save and Output Data Converting a JWDB File to ASCII • -precision specifies the level of precision. inclusively. This argument also accepts full as the value. Save and Output Data Converting a JWDB File to ASCII 222 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axis Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For a more indepth description of the dialogs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Panel Popup Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Panel Popup Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Evaluation Mode Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Database Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Popup Menu . . . . . . . . Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 7 EZwave GUI Overview This chapter provides an overview of the EZwave graphical user interface (GUI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave Application Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Window Status Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Menu Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursor Value Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Folder Popup Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keyboard and Mouse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . History/Stack Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Name Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expression Entry Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Function Help . . . . . Selected Waveforms Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mouse Strokes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . see “Dialog and Field Reference” on page 267. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Popup Menu. . . . . Workspace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chooser Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hierarchy Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graph Window Popup Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 225 234 237 239 241 243 243 245 245 247 249 250 253 254 254 256 257 258 259 260 254 262 262 263 264 265 265 265 265 265 266 266 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Panel . . . . . . . Graph Window Popup Menu . . . . . Waveform Calculator GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keyboard Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursor Popup Menus. . . . . . . . Button Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graph Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 223 . . . . . . . Row Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Calculator Status Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The EZwave Main Window The components of the Application Window include: • • • • • • Menu Bar Toolbar Waveform List Panel Graph Window Workspace Application Window Status Bar 224 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . AMS11.EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface EZwave Application Interface Figure 7-1 shows the EZwave application interface: Figure 7-1. Updates a waveform with new simulator information. Closes the active graph window. Saves the active graph window as a Saved Graph Window (. For details on supported types see “Opening Databases” on page 55. Refer to “Save Windows Dialog” on page 350. CTRL+W Close CTRL+R CTRL+S Reload Save EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.swd) file. AMS11. File Menu Items Icon Mouse Stroke Key Shortcut Item Description Creates a new graph window. CTRL+N New CTRL+O Open Opens any supported file type.2 225 .EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface Menu Bar This section describes the options available under each of the following menus in the EZwave menu bar: • • • • • • • • File Menu Edit Menu View Menu Format Menu Tools Menu Cursor Menu Window Menu Help Menu File Menu The File menu contains the following items: Table 7-1. CTRL+X Cut 226 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. and the application. Page Setup CTRL+P Print Database List Exit Edit Menu The Edit menu contains the following items: Table 7-2. You will be prompted to confirm the exit. If you are having difficulty using /usr/sbin/lpc to print from a Linux system. performing the operation again.EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface Table 7-1. and if there are databases with unsaved changes. such as plotting a waveform or splitting a row. You may also control the display of the exit confirmation box through General Dialog. Select a waveform database from the list to open it. Removes the effect of the previous undo operation. If you do not wish to see the exit confirmation box.) Export Saves the active graph window in JPEG (. Refer to“Exporting Graph Windows as an Image” on page 215 for options available when exporting a window to a graphics file. Edit Menu Items Icon Mouse Stroke Key Shortcut Item Undo/Redo Description Undoes the previous graphical operation. Specifies the text displayed at the top of the graph window when printing and the color scheme. File Menu Items (cont. Opens a recently used waveform database. click the Don't ask me about this again checkbox. Closes all graph windows. Removes the currently selected objects from the active graph window and stores them on the clipboard. databases. you will be prompted to save them before the application closes. Provides a listing of all recently used waveform databases.jpg) or PNG (. AMS11. refer to “Linux Printing Notes” on page 701. Prints the visible data in the active graph window.2 .png) format. Click a blank area of the active graph window to clear the selection Unselect All Unselects all currently selected objects in the active graph window. The Undo command is able to undo operations such as adding. Copy Window to Clipboard Options Undo/Redo Use the Edit > Undo menu item to undo previous graphical operations within EZwave. Refer to “Configuring Graphical Elements” on page 46. Copy Window to Clipboard CTRL+V Paste Groups CTRL+G Group Waveforms Delete CTRL+A Select All Selects all objects in the active graph window for further action. Creates a waveform group. Copies the visible data in the active graph window to the Clipboard (Windows) as a bitmap image. (Available only on Windows). Copies the visible data as a bitmap image from the active window to the Windows clipboard. and deleting waveforms and cursors. Only available when 2 or more waveforms are selected. moving.EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface Table 7-2. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. which occur graphically within EZwave. such as creating waveforms in the database or plotting waveforms interactively from the simulator graphical interface. AMS11. Removes the currently selected objects from the active graph window.2 227 . such that multiple waveforms can be manipulated together. Edit Menu Items (cont. It is not able to operate on simulation-related actions. Only available on the Windows platform.) CTRL+C Copy Makes a duplicate of the currently selected objects and stores them to the clipboard. Opens the Display Preferences dialog. Inserts the contents from the clipboard into the active graph window. Find Brings up the Find Tool Dialog which displays a filtered list of waveforms to be plotted in the active window. 228 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. some actions—particularly those that would cause undo to become unsafe—clear the undo buffer.swd.EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface The undo buffer can hold multiple commands. the following commands cannot currently be undone.do. but do not clear the undo buffer: • • • • • • • • Adding or renaming a workspace Showing or hiding all annotations Moving an annotation or annotation text Turning on or off cursor locking Turning on or off snapping to data points Executing Hide Value or Y-Level Line from the Cursor Value Popup Menu Changing the visibility of the cursor values Resizing or scrolling a graphical window The Edit > Redo command repeats the commands that were undone with the Undo command. starting with the most recent one. This functionality can be disabled through an option in the General Dialog.tcl file Commands sent by a simulator or client that could corrupt the undo buffer Updating compound structure (usually sent by a simulator) Calculator operations that create or manipulate hidden objects Deleting an object from a database Creating a Bus Converting a digital wave to analog or an analog wave to digital Working with Eye Diagrams Adding a measurement Performing a measurement in the calculator with a command that plots a result waveform Deleting a workspace Renaming a database or a waveform within a database Issuing an Update Waveforms command from the Database Popup Menu Additionally. . so that you can undo the last several actions. However.2 . These commands include the following: • • • • • • • • • • • • • Opening a . or . If the zero-level line for an X axis is selected. Grid lines on an individual axis can be controlled by using the Axis Popup Menu. Toggles the display of grid lines within the active Graph window and sets the mode for all future rows. Only rows showing analog waveforms support grid lines. View Menu Items Icon Mouse Stroke Key Shortcut U Item Zoom Undo Description Undoes the previous zoom operation in the active Graph window Redoes the last action undone by Zoom Undo R Zoom Redo I Zoom In Zooms in to view more detail in the X direction of the active Graph window. Reset magnification to view all of the data in all of the rows within the active graph window. For a Y axis it activates on a per-row basis. AMS11. This operation does not change the height of any of the rows. Toggles the visibility of lines showing X=0 and Y=0 in the Graph window. Changes the row heights in the active Graph window in order to see as many rows as possible. it turns on the zerolevel lines for all rows. Zero-level lines can be controlled using the Axis Popup Menu. O Zoom Out A View All CTRL+H Fit Row Heights Grid Lines Zero-Level Lines EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. The color of grid lines can be change by using Harmonic Distortion Dialog.EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface View Menu The View menu contains the following items: Table 7-3.2 229 . Only rows showing analog waveforms support zero-level lines. Zooms the display out to view less detail in the X axis of the active Graph window. White Background . or just the waveform leaf name. Show Database Names . Format Menu The Format menu contains the following items: Table 7-4.Uses a white background. if there is a waveform named “clock” in a database named “results” then checking this option would include the text “results” when the “clock” waveform name was displayed in the graph windows. Instead of using multiple colors for displaying waveforms. AMS11. Refreshes the display of the active Graph window.) Waveform List Toolbar Status Bar Refresh Toggles the display of the waveform list panel. This is a global setting. Toggles the display of the status bar within the application window.2 . Provides control over the color scheme used within the graph windows. Monochrome . Tools Menu Items Icon Item Description 230 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. this uses different line styles.Controls whether the waveform name contains the full design path name. with colors for the graph window objects. View Menu Items (cont. with colors for the graph window objects.Controls whether the displayed waveform name contains the database name. Toggles the display of the toolbar. Black Background . This is a global setting. For example. and use black for the graph window objects. Format Menu Items Item Waveform Names Description Provides format options for waveform names within the graph windows. Color Scheme Tools Menu The Tools menu contains the following items: Table 7-5.Uses a black background. Show Full Hierarchy .EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface Table 7-3.Uses a white background. Refer to “Creating a Bus” on page 138. Creates a horizontal cursor on the selected Y axis. Cursor Menu Items Icon Keyboard Shortcut F5 Item Add Description Creates a new data cursor in the center of the active graph window.) Waveform Compare Contains submenus to set up and perform waveform comparison. Refer to “Comparing Waveforms” on page 114. Creates an eye diagram based on a period of a waveform. Add Horizontal Cursor Add with Y-Level EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. the first crossing point with the waveform and its measurement is shown Creates a new data cursor with a YLevel line in the center of the active graph window. Creates user-defined buses.EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface Table 7-5. Post-processes mixed-signal simulation results. Refer to “Working with Eye Diagrams” on page 98. Measures and verifies analog and mixedsignal simulation results.2 231 . Create Bus Eye Diagram FFT Search Waveform Calculator Measurement Tool Cursor Menu The Cursor menu contains the following items: Table 7-6. Tools Menu Items (cont. Opens the Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog. Refer to “Using the Waveform Calculator” on page 162. Refer to “Using the Measurement Tool” on page 142. Defines and searches for events. Refer to “Using the Event Search Tool” on page 96. AMS11. By default. ) Icon Keyboard Shortcut Item Description Add Cursor Relatively To > Opens a dialog where one or more <cursor> X values can be specified for creating new cursors relative to the selected cursor. Tab Next Data Point Moves the cursor to the next data point in the active graph window. Zooms between the two cursors that are furthest apart. When cursors are locked. Moves the cursor to the next error in the waveform. When applied to a waveform comparison result. AMS11. When applied to a waveform comparison result. Moves the cursor to the previous error in the active graph window. Deletes the currently active cursor from the active graph window.EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface Table 7-6. a checkmark appears next to the item. Provides a listing of all cursors currently in the active graph window. First select the waveform whose data should be used. Connects all cursors so that when one is moved. Moves the cursor to the previous data point. Select the cursor from the list to move from cursor to cursor. The cursor closest to the one being deleted will become active. the cursor is moved to the next difference between the compared waveforms. Shift +Tab Previous Data Point Next Error Previous Error Lock Together When Dragging Zoom Between Cursors Delete Active Cursor List 232 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. First select the waveform whose data should be used.2 . all other cursors are moved the same amount. Cursor Menu Items (cont. based on time. the cursor is moved to the next difference between the compared waveforms. Selecting one of these will switch to the workspace containing the window. Arranges the graph windows in a tiled (top/bottom) fashion. Title Cascade Specify a title for the active graph window.EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface Related Topics • “Working with Cursors” on page 84. AMS11.2 233 . Arranges the graph windows in an overlapped (cascade) fashion. Window Menu The Window menu contains the following items: Table 7-7. Minimizes all graph windows on the active workspace. Restore all currently minimized graph windows. Tile Horizontally Tile Vertically Tile in a Grid Restore All Minimize All Close All Window List More Windows EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Arranges the graph windows in a tiled (left/right and top/bottom) fashion. At the bottom of the menu is a list of all graph windows on all workspaces. Window Menu Items Icon Item New Description Creates a new graph window. Provides a secondary list for selection. and restore the window if it was minimized. Closes all graph windows in the active workspace. Arranges the graph windows in a tiled (left/right) fashion. Help Menu Items Item Contents and Index Keyboard and Mouse Tutorials Description Launches the online help system. a short description of the item or action performed will appear in the Application Window Status Bar.EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface Help Menu The Help menu contains the following items: Table 7-8.2 . To toggle display of the toolbar. The toolbar contains buttons (displayed with icons) for accessing frequently used operations. EZwave Toolbar The toolbar is located directly below the Menu Bar on the EZwave Application Interface. Provides a listing of mouse and keyboard operations and shortcuts. Launches the Tutorial section of this help system. 234 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. The Tutorial Data menu item on the submenu provides a small database for use. Toolbar Buttons Creates a new graph window. use the View > Toolbar menu item from the menu bar. AMS11. Tip: To leave the toolbar without executing a menu item after you have depressed your mouse key. About Toolbar Figure 7-2. Place the mouse pointer over the toolbar button to display the tooltip for the button. keep the mouse key depressed and drag your mouse pointer off of the toolbar completely. Tooltips display directly below the toolbar button. Provides information about the application for Contacting the Customer Support Center. Additionally. Pastes the contents of the clipboard in a graph window. Deletes the selection from the active graph window. Prints the active graph window. Saves the active graph window. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 235 . Moves the data cursor to the previous data point or transition. Moves the data cursor to the previous error or difference point. AMS11. Cuts the selection from the active graph window and store it in the viewer clipboard. Adds a new data cursor Deletes the active data cursor. Undoes/Redoes the previous graphical operation. Moves the data cursor to the next error or difference point. Moves the data cursor to the next data point or transition. Copies the selection from the active graph window to the viewer clipboard.EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface Opens any supported file. Toggles the waveform list panel on or off. Zooms in to increase magnification in the X direction.2 . Arranges multiple graph windows in a stacked (horizontal) fashion. Arranges multiple graph windows in an overlapped (cascade) fashion. Invokes the Waveform Calculator. AMS11. or when the EZwave viewer is connected to an ELDO simulation. Adds a delta marker to a waveform or between two waveforms Updates the graph window with new data from a running simulation. Zooms out to decrease magnification in the X direction. 236 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Toggles the active graph window grid lines on or off. (Multiple operations supported) Redoes last undone zoom.EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface Fits row heights in the active graph window. This button is only available when the application is started from the Questa ADMS tool. Undoes the previous zoom operation. Views all of the active graph window so that all the data is visible. Invokes the Measurement Tool. You can perform a quick search of the waveform list by typing text into the Contains text boxes at the top of any of the panels. Note For databases loaded from . For more search options. Waveform List Elements Each waveform list element is associated with an icon indicating how the waveform will be displayed within the graph window. AMS11.EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface Arranges multiple graph windows in a side by side (vertical) fashion.2 237 . if you do this.fsdb files. You can disable automatic searching with an option from the Waveform List Dialog. below the menu bar. The waveform list displays all of the currently open databases as folders with folders or the individual waveforms listed underneath. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. The Tree tab (by default) splits the panel into a Structure view (top) and a waveform list (bottom). The search text can include * and ? wildcard characters and includes an implied * at the end of the text. Arranges multiple graph windows in a tiled (horizontal and vertical) fashion.fsdb Files” on page 707 for more information. go to the Waveform List Dialog and clear the Separate Tree View Into Structure and Waveform List Views option. Loaded waveforms are waveforms that have been displayed once or waveforms from a hierarchy selected once in the Tree View of the panel. See “Loading . Tree View Tabs at the bottom of the waveform list allow you to view the list in a hierarchical format (Tree tab) or as a flat display (List tab). All matching waveform names associated with that panel will be highlighted. only loaded waveforms are displayed in the list panel. you must press Enter to begin your search. use the Find Tool Dialog by clicking . Waveform List Panel The Waveform List Panel resides on the left side of the application window. To change this. left-click on the column title bar that you want to sort by. 238 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . the Waveform List only displays the Waveform Name and Mode columns. Rightclicking the column title bar also displays mode-filtering options. Waveform List Panel By default. To sort the list.EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface Figure 7-3. To add X and Y units. right click on the column title bar and select the appropriate option. AMS11. AMS11. The X button in the upper right corner of the waveform list temporarily hides the panel from the application window to increase your workspace area.EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface Waveform List Element Icons Table 7-9. Indicates a folder within a waveform database. which means it contains one or more bus bit waveforms. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Digital waveform Indicates a waveform containing digital state data. Unsaved database Indicates a waveform database that contains unsaved changes. The full path to the database appears to the right of the name. and Database does not contain any unsaved changes. Waveform List Element Icons Icon List Element Description Saved Waveform Indicates a waveform database that exists on disk.2 239 . An attempt to close the database will result in a confirmation box being shown to prevent accidental loss of the changes. Indicates a waveform containing Y data values from an enumerated list. Indicates that the waveform is a bus. Folder Design Hierarchy Indicates a folder within a waveform database that Folder contains waveforms in a design hierarchy. Step waveform Enumerated waveform Compound waveform Bus Indicates a waveform whose Y data values are displayed as discrete levels. Graph Window The Graph Window is used to plot and view waveforms. Analog or complex waveform Indicates a waveform containing analog data. Refer to “Waveform List Panel Popup Menus” on page 254 for more information. Indicates a compound waveform containing the results of several simulations for the same node. use the View > Waveform List menu item or the toggle button on the toolbar. The waveform list panel comes with several popup menus that provide quick access to a variety of database menu items. To show the panel again. You can use these buttons to easily bring the graph window to the top of your workspace. As each new graph window is created. The active graph window is always on the top of the workspace area. but only one graph window may be active at any time. Right-click within the row to display this menu. or with any of the menu items that plot one or more waveforms. a graph window button is added to the workspace taskbar at the bottom of the application window. You can create a large number of graph windows. 240 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . clicking the toolbar button.EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface Figure 7-4. You can add a custom title string that will appear in the title bar by using the Window > Title menu item or the Graph Window Popup Menu. You may also select waveforms from the Waveform List Panel and use the Plot (Overlaid) or Plot (Stacked) menu item from the Database Popup Menu. Additional viewing options are available from the Row Popup Menu. Rows A graph window can have multiple graph rows. You can quickly resize the height of an analog graph row by dragging the X axis within the row. AMS11. Graph Window Title Bar Each graph window has a unique name of the form Wave:#. EZwave Graph Window Create new graph windows by selecting File > New. Graph Window Status Bar The status bar at the bottom of the graph window displays the current X and Y coordinates of the mouse pointer. can be changed by using the Edit > Options menu item to access the Layout Dialog. Use the Format > Waveform Names menu item to control how much information is shown for each waveform name. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. it also shows the distance between the point where you clicked and the point where you had previously clicked before that as deltaX and deltaY. It is located directly below the toolbar on the application window. When there are multiple Y axes within a single row. Workspace The workspace is the area where the graph windows are displayed. Right-click the waveform name or the plotted waveform to activate the Waveform Name Popup Menu. AMS11. relative to the plotted waveforms. The location of the names.2 241 . If the Waveform List Panel is displayed. If you click on a waveform. or selecting a range with Shift + click.EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface Waveform Names Waveform Names are shown next to the plot of the waveform. the workspace appears to the right of the waveform list. You can select multiple waveforms by selecting each one individually with CTRL + click. there will be one Y data value for each of the axes. AMS11.2 . Multiple workspaces are accessed through workspace tabs.EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface Figure 7-5. a taskbar is available to easily select graph windows. a graph window button is added to this taskbar. 242 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Click the workspace tab to bring that workspace to the top of your application window. Workspace Taskbar Above the status bar. As each new graph window is added to the workspace. Workspace Tabs and Popup Menu The application supports multiple workspaces for flexibility in organizing graph windows. The taskbar can be turned off through the Workspace Dialog.EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus Figure 7-6. Graph Window Popup Menus The Graph Window provides a variety of popup menus. if the window is minimized. Workspace Taskbar When graph windows are minimized. they appear as icons on the workspace. Right-click any waveform to display relevant Workspace Popup Menu specific for that waveform. Application Window Status Bar The status bar is located at the bottom of the EZwave Application Interface. When you click the taskbar. The left area of the status bar describes actions of menu items as you navigate through menus. AMS11. The current time on your computer clock is displayed in the field to the right of the status bar.2 243 . it is automatically restored and brought to the front of the workspace. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. This area also shows messages that describe the actions of toolbar buttons as you place the mouse pointer over the buttons. Click the graph window button on the workspace taskbar to make that window the active graph window. right-click window objects as follows: Table 7-10.EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus Figure 7-7.2 . AMS11. Graph Window Popup Menus To activate the popup menus in the graph window. Graph Window Popup Menus Right-Click Object Graph Window Row Waveform or Waveform Name X Axis or Y Axis Cursor Value Cursor Popup Menu Graph Window Popup Menu Row Popup Menu Waveform Popup Menu Axis Popup Menu Cursor Value Popup Menu Cursor Popup Menus 244 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. ) Inserts the contents from the clipboard into the active graph window at the location of the mouse pointer when the menu was activated. Closes the active graph window. Same as Window > Title menu item. AMS11.2 245 . Graph Window Popup Menu : Table 7-11. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Figure 7-8. Copies the graph window to the Clipboard (Windows) as a bitmap for paste as a bitmap image file. Item also available from the View Menu. Item also available from the Edit Menu.EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus Graph Window Popup Menu To access: Right click on the graph window. Copy Window to Clipboard Paste Close Row Popup Menu To access: Right click on a row in the graph window. (Available only on Windows platform. Same as File > Close menu item. Graph Window Popup Menu Items Icon Item Title Fit Row Heights Description Specify a title for the active graph window. Same as Edit > Paste menu item. Changes the row heights in the active graph window in order to see as many rows as possible. Same as the View > Grid Lines menu item. Available only if the row contains multiple waveforms. • Admittance — Along the Y-parameter axis.2 .EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus Figure 7-9. Zooms out to view less detail in the X direction. Item also available from the View Menu. Same as the View > Zoom In menu item. Offers display options for changing the coordinates: • Impedance — Along the Z-parameter axis. Same as the Cursor > Add menu item. Splits the waveforms into one individual row per waveform. Adjusts the display to view all of the X and Y waveform data for all waveforms contained in the row. Opens a new window displaying the selected row. Zoom In Zoom Out View All To New Window Split Grid Lines Add Cursor 246 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Zooms in to view more detail in the X direction. AMS11. Row Popup Menu : Table 7-12. Toggles the display of horizontal and vertical grid lines for all axes within the row. Creates a new data cursor at the location of the mouse pointer. Row Popup Menu Items Icon Item Smith Chart Description Available only if the row contains a Smith Chart. Same as the View > Zoom Out menu item. Available only if the row contains analog waveforms. use the Row Dialog. Brings up a dialog that allows you to enter a title that is displayed above the row. Creates a new horizontal cursor at the location of the mouse pointer. Inserts the contents from the clipboard into the row. • Maximum — Adjusts height so the row fills available vertical space in the window. Same as the Edit > Paste menu item. Waveform Popup Menu To access: Right click on a waveform or waveform name in the graph window. Available only if the row contains analog waveforms. The title has a maximum length of 32 characters. Row Height Paste Usage Notes To set options related to row displays. Figure 7-10.2 247 . Same as the Cursor > Add Horizontal Cursor menu item. Offers options for changing the height of the row: • Minimum — Smallest allowed height for rows containing analog waveforms. Waveform Popup Menu EZwave User’s and Reference Manual..EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus Table 7-12. • Default — Adjusts height back to the default. AMS11..) Add Horizontal Cursor Row Title. Row Popup Menu Items (cont. Opens the Transformations Dialog to enable changes the transformation that is applied to the underlying complex data. Only available when 2 or more waveforms are selected. Sampled. this change applies to all selected buses. Radix Data Point Symbols Available only for analog waveforms. Opens the Circle Visibility dialog for selection of which circles are visible. or if multiple waveforms are selected. Hide Waveform Analog to Digital / Digital to Analog Groups Toggles the visibility of the waveform.. Available only if the waveform supports radix display. Available only for Smith Chart circle plots. AMS11. or Railroad. Available only for analog waveforms. such that multiple waveforms can be manipulated together. The waveform name remains visible.. Table 7-13. or hide text annotations. with the waveform moved to the new axis. Opens a dialog to specify conversion options. Changes the radix that is used when displaying the waveform. The item is disabled if the waveform is the only one on the Y axis containing it.2 . shown at each data point. which would be digital buses or waveforms containing integer data. If multiple buses are selected at once. from a frequency domain analysis). show. Drawing Mode Add Cursor 248 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus This popup displays different menu items based on the type of waveform selected. Sets currently selected waveform as a new X axis. Used to convert the waveform between the analog and digital domains. Creates a waveform group. Waveform Popup Menu Items Icon Item Transformation Description Available only if the waveform contains complex data (for example. Adds a new data cursor at the mouse pointer location on the X axis. Toggles the visibility of graphic symbols. Scattered. The result of this operation is the creation of a new Y axis within the row. Annotations Set as X Axis Move to New Y Axis Circle Visibility. Displays the waveform in one of five modes: Continuous. Options to create. Spectral. Places a duplicate of the waveform on the clipboard.) Add Horizontal Cursor Cut Creates a new horizontal cursor at the mouse pointer location on the Y axis. Use to zoom between two locations on the axis. Removes the waveform from the active graph window. Figure 7-11. Copy Paste Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the active graph window within the current row. Axis Popup Menu Items Icon Item Zoom Range X/Y Description Opens the X / Y Axis . Axis Popup Menu To access: Right click on an X or Y axis in the graph window. Delete Properties Opens the Waveform Properties Dialog. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Min/Max Settings dialog.EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus Table 7-13. X and Y Axis Popup Menus Table 7-14. Waveform Popup Menu Items (cont.2 249 . Removes the waveform from the graph window and places it on the clipboard. AMS11. When an axis is hidden.2 .) Zoom In X/Y Zooms in to view more detail for the waveforms on the axis. AMS11. Same as the View > Grid Lines menu item. The result of the paste differs based on the type of axis: For Y axes: the paste will use this Y axis if the data type matches the waveforms being pasted. Toggles the display of either the horizontal (X) or vertical (Y) grid lines for the axis. Different options are available for vertical and horizontal cursors. (Y axis only) Toggles the visibility of a reference line which is shown at the zero-level location. This item is only enabled for rows containing multiple Y axes. otherwise new Y axes will be created within the same row. Inserts the clipboard contents onto the axis. Adjusts the display to view all of the waveform data for all waveforms on the axis. it is temporarily removed from the graph window. the first crossing point with the waveform is shown with its measurement.EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus Table 7-14. using the Scroll X dialog. Available only if the row contains analog waveforms. Moves the view to a new X location. By default. and all waveforms contained on the axis are also temporarily removed. Toggles the visibility of the axis. Zooms out to view less detail for the waveforms on the axis. Creates a new vertical data cursor at that point on the X axis in the active graph window. Creates a horizontal cursor at that point on the Y axis. Zoom Out X/Y View All X/Y Add Horizontal Cursor (Y axis only) Scroll to X (X axis only) Grid Lines Add Cursor (X axis only) Zero-Level Line Hide Axis Paste Properties Cursor Popup Menus To access: Right-click on a cursor in the graph window. Opens the Axis Properties Dialog. Axis Popup Menu Items (cont. For X axes: the paste is only permitted if the data type of the waveforms being pasted matches the X data type for the graph window. 250 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Available only if markers have been set Using the Event Search Tool. Vertical Cursor Popup Menu Table 7-15. Comment Text Y-Level Line “Base” Cursor Move To Add Relatively to <cursor> Opens a dialog where one or more X values can be specified for creating new cursors relative to the selected cursor. Available only when the active cursor is not the base cursor.EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus Vertical Cursors Figure 7-12. Vertical Cursor Popup Menu Items Icon Item Snap to Data Points Data Values Description Specifies that the cursor is snapped to data points. Jump to Next Marker Enables you to jump to the next marker. Opens a dialog to specify comment text. Specifies that a Y-level line is displayed. Specifies that the active cursor is the base cursor. Specifies whether data values are visible from: • Show All • Hide All Show On Left specifies that data values are shown on the left by default. Available only if markers have been set Using the Event Search Tool. Jump to Previous Marker EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11.2 251 . Opens a dialog to specify a new X location to move the cursor to. Enables you to jump to the previous marker. and allows you to save the results to text format. Deletes the active cursor. Copies the Y value of the cursor to the clipboard. Horizontal Cursor Popup Menu Items Icon Item Comment Text “Base” Cursor Show in All Compatible Y-Axes Data Values Description Allows a note of up to 64 characters to be attached to the cursor. Available only when the active cursor is not already the base cursor. Specifies this cursor as the base cursor. for the selected waveform. Duplicates the cursor in other graphs that contain the same waveform. This dialog contains information about the X axis value at each crossing point. Deletes the active cursor. Displays the Data Values Dialog.EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus Table 7-15. or copy them to the clipboard. AMS11.) Icon Item Copy X to Clipboard Delete Active Description Copies the X value of the cursor to the clipboard. Move To Add Relatively to <cursor> Copy Y to Clipboard Delete Active 252 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Horizontal Cursor Popup Menu: Table 7-16. Horizontal Cursor Figure 7-13. Vertical Cursor Popup Menu Items (cont. Opens a dialog where one or more Y values can be specified for creating new cursors relative to the selected cursor. Allows a new Y location for the cursor to be entered.2 . To show the cursor data value. Figure 7-14. Selects the current Y-level line as the “base. Copies the full precision value to the clipboard.2 253 . Y-Level Line "Base" Y-Level Line Copy Value to Clipboard The Cursor Value popup menu for compound waveforms contains the following additional items: Figure 7-15. right-click the cursor and select Data Values > Show All.” Delta-y values for waveforms that intersect this cursor are based on this line.EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus Cursor Value Popup Menu To access: Right click on a cursor value in the graph window. Cursor Value Popup Menu for Compound Waveforms EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Cursor Value Popup Menu Table 7-17. AMS11. Displays a line across the graph window showing the Y value. Cursor Value Popup Menu Items Item Hide Value Description Temporarily hides the cursor data value. Cursor Value Popup Menu Items for Compound Waveforms Item Hide Other Values Show Other Values Show/Hide..EZwave GUI Overview Waveform List Panel Popup Menus Table 7-18. 254 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual..2 . Waveform List Panel Popup Menus The Waveform List Panel has several popup menus that provide quick access to a variety of database and waveform operations. Description Hides values for other elements of the waveform. Right-Click Popup Menus Right-Click Object Waveform List Database Name Folder Hierarchy Waveform Name Multiple Waveform Names Popup Menu Waveform List Popup Menu Database Popup Menu Folder Popup Menu Hierarchy Popup Menu Waveform Name Popup Menu Selected Waveforms Popup Menu Waveform List Popup Menu To access: Right-click the Currently Open Databases text (or anywhere within the panel except over a waveform database name or waveform name). To activate the popup menus in the graph window. Displays values for other elements of the waveform. Opens the Cursor Value dialog. AMS11. right-click window objects as follows: Table 7-19. Most Recently Used Same as the File > Database List menu item for (1.4. Usage Notes The Database list only displays waveform database files. Expand All Collapse All Close All Databases Closes all currently loaded databases. Waveform List Popup Menu Items Icon Item Open Description Same as the File > Open menu item to open any supported file type.3. use the View > Waveform List menu item or the toggle toolbar button. Hide Waveform List Temporarily hides the Waveform List Panel.EZwave GUI Overview Waveform List Panel Popup Menus Figure 7-16. Save All Databases… Opens the Save As Dialog to allow saving all databases that contain unsaved changes. AMS11.0) Database opening previously opened waveform databases (See notes). use the File > Open menu item.2 255 . A confirmation box will be shown to prevent accidental closures. Waveform List Popup Menu Table 7-20. Collapses all currently expanded waveform databases. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2. the item is unavailable and appears dimmed. Expands all currently open databases. Click 0 More Databases to open an List additional window with older databases for selection. If the display is currently collapsed. To open the other supported file types. To show the panel again. Database Popup Menu Items Item Update Waveforms Description Updates the active graph window using the waveforms from this database. Database Popup Menu To access: Right-click on any database name in the waveform list panel. Plots all waveforms at this level in separate rows at the bottom of the active graph window. AMS11.2 . The update can either replace the existing waveforms. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. or they can be shown overlaid with the matching waveforms from the database. Plots all waveforms in the database within a single row at the bottom of the active graph window.EZwave GUI Overview Waveform List Panel Popup Menus You can control the visibility of the Database list items by choosing General Dialog. Figure 7-17. Plot (Overlaid) Plot (Stacked) Plot All (Overlaid) 256 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Plots all waveforms at this level within a single row at the bottom of the active graph window. Database Popup Menu Table 7-21. Only waveforms in the graph window that match the names within the database are updated. Opens a dialog to add a descriptive text label. AMS11. a confirmation box is displayed. Displays an information box containing properties associated with the waveform database. Collapses the selected database. Opens a Save As Dialog for saving the selected databases to disk.2 257 ... Save As. Expands the selected database. Rename… Descriptive Label. Opens a dialog to rename the database. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Database Popup Menu Items (cont.) Plot All (Stacked) Plots all waveforms in the database in separate rows at the bottom of the active graph window. This label appears next to the database name. Close Expand Selected Collapse Selected Properties Folder Popup Menu To access: Right-click a folder in a database. If a database contains unsaved changes or has waveforms currently plotted in one or more graph windows. Figure 7-18.EZwave GUI Overview Waveform List Panel Popup Menus Table 7-21. Closes the selected databases.. Folder Popup Menu EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.. Plots all waveforms at this level within a single row at the bottom of the active graph window. Plot (Overlaid) Plot (Stacked) Plot All (Overlaid) Plot All (Stacked) Expand Selected Collapse Selected Hierarchy Popup Menu To access: Right-click a hierarchy inside a folder in the waveform list panel. AMS11. Collapses the selected database.2 . or they can be shown overlaid with the matching waveforms from the database. Plots all waveforms at this level in separate rows at the bottom of the active graph window. The update can either replace the existing waveforms. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Hierarchy Popup Menu 258 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Folder Popup Menu Items Item Update Waveforms Description Updates the active graph window using the waveforms from this database. Plots all waveforms in the database within a single row at the bottom of the active graph window. Figure 7-19. Only waveforms in the graph window that match the names within the database are updated. Plots all waveforms in the database in separate rows at the bottom of the active graph window. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Expands the selected database. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist.EZwave GUI Overview Waveform List Panel Popup Menus Table 7-22. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Plot (Stacked) Plot All (Overlaid) Plot All (Stacked) Expand Selected Collapse Selected Waveform Name Popup Menu To access: Right-click on any waveform name in the waveform list panel. Plots all waveforms in the database within a single row at the bottom of the active graph window.EZwave GUI Overview Waveform List Panel Popup Menus Table 7-23. Expands the selected database. Hierarchy Popup Menu Items Item Plot (Overlaid) Description Plots all waveforms at this level within a single row at the bottom of the active graph window. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Figure 7-20. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Plots all waveforms in the database in separate rows at the bottom of the active graph window. AMS11. Waveform Name Popup Menu EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Collapses the selected database.2 259 . Plots all waveforms at this level in separate rows at the bottom of the active graph window. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Opens a dialog to rename the waveform. Waveform Name Popup Menu Items Item Plot Description Plots the waveform in a new row at the bottom of the active graph window. Figure 7-21. Selected Waveforms Popup Menu 260 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Rename… Save As… Copy Waveform Name(s) Selected Waveforms Popup Menu To access: Select multiple waveforms in the waveform list panel and right-click. AMS11.EZwave GUI Overview Waveform List Panel Popup Menus : Table 7-24. Copies the selected waveform's name to the clipboard. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist.2 . Opens the Save As Dialog to save a copy of the waveform (with options to overwrite the current waveform). EZwave GUI Overview Workspace Popup Menu Table 7-25. Workspace Popup Menu Table 7-26. Only available when two waveforms are selected. The second waveform selected will be subtracted from the first waveform selected. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Plot (Stacked) Save As… Copy Waveform Name(s) Plot Difference Workspace Popup Menu To access: Right-click in the workspace area (the area behind the Wave window(s) which is blue by default). Plots the difference between the two selected waveforms. Copies the selected waveform's name to the clipboard. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. AMS11. Opens the Save As Dialog to save a copy of the waveform (with options to overwrite the current waveform). Provides a simpler alternative to plotting the difference between two waveforms Using the Waveform Calculator. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Workspace Popup Menu Items Item New Description Creates a new workspace.2 261 . Plots the selected waveforms in separate rows at the bottom of the active graph window. Figure 7-22. Selected Waveforms Popup Menu Items Item Plot (Overlaid) Description Plots the selected waveforms within a single row at the bottom of the active graph window. EZwave GUI Overview Keyboard and Mouse Table 7-26.. Displays the Workspace Dialog. NOTE: This item appears dimmed (unavailable) if the currently active workspace's tab is the leftmost tab. You may also set the application to support a single or multiple workspaces from this dialog. from which you can interactively set the order of all workspaces. Opens the Reorder Workspaces dialog. NOTE: This item appears dimmed (unavailable) if there is only one workspace. NOTE: This item appears dimmed (unavailable) if the clipboard is empty. Moves the workspace tab one position to the right. Moves the currently active workspace tab one position to the left. AMS11. Creates a new graph window in the workspace and pastes the contents of the clipboard in the graph window.2 . NOTE: This item appears dimmed (unavailable) if the currently active workspace's tab is the rightmost tab.) Rename Delete Opens a dialog to give the active workspace a user defined name. Keyboard and Mouse This product has a number of keyboard shortcut and access features. Table 7-27. Shift Left Shift Right Reorder Paste Options.. Keyboard Commands Table 7-27 lists some frequently used keyboard commands. Use this to define how the workspaces are displayed in the application window. Workspace Popup Menu Items (cont. Frequently Used Keyboard Commands Press F2 F5 CTRL + A CTRL + C CTRL + N CTRL + V 262 To Unselect All Add Cursor at Mouse Pointer Location Select All Copy Open New Graph Window Paste EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Removes the currently active workspace. AMS11. use the Edit > Options menu item and then select a keyboard modifier from the dialog. mouse strokes are executed with the middle mouse button.EZwave GUI Overview Keyboard and Mouse Table 7-27. abort an in-progress mouse drag operation or close a dialog without applying selections. Scroll X Location to Center of Graph Window EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Mouse Strokes Mouse Strokes provide a convenient way to perform common tasks by simply drawing shapes using the mouse. Mouse strokes available with this application are as follows: File > Open Edit > Delete Edit > Unselect All View > Zoom Out View > Zoom In View > View All View Area . For example.2 263 . Use these keyboard modifiers together with the left mouse button to draw strokes. Frequently Used Keyboard Commands CTRL + W CTRL + X ESC Close Window Cut Dismiss a popup menu. If you do not have a middle mouse button.zooms in to view the area covered by the stroke. drawing the letter “D” deletes the current set of selected objects. By default. Figure 7-23. Waveform Calculator With Button Panel The user interface of Waveform Calculator includes the following major components: • • • 264 Chooser Panel Function Help History/Stack Panel EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.EZwave GUI Overview Waveform Calculator GUI File > Close if done within an active graph window or File > Exit if done on the workspace Displays all available mouse strokes Waveform Calculator GUI The Waveform Calculator enables you to post-process waveforms for advanced analyses or debugging.2 . AMS11. When you are in RPN mode or RPNDeferred mode. History/Stack Panel When you are in Infix mode.2u). When you select buttons on the calculator and drag-and-drop waveform names. the variable is put in the Variables Chooser tab (Vars). The Results Chooser tab (Rslts) contains results generated by evaluating an expression. 7. 0. Double-clicking a function name in the Functions Chooser tab adds it to the Expression Entry Area. The Button Panel does not include a button for every function or operator.2N). If a dialog for that function is available. syntax. Function Help Display function help with the View > Function Help menu item. Expression Entry Area The Expression Entry Area is a single line text box. the History/Stack Panel displays the list of expressions that have been evaluated and the results of these evaluations. 1. the list represents the calculator stack. 3.EZwave GUI Overview Waveform Calculator GUI • • • • Expression Entry Area Button Panel Evaluation Mode Bar Waveform Calculator Status Bar Chooser Panel On the left side of the calculator. The Waveform Calculator displays the description.1e+3. or engineering notation (for example. 5T. vectors. SPICE notation (for example. it drives the content of this text box.2 265 . AMS11. The Waveform Calculator allows you to add other built-in functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. If the result of an expression evaluation is a registered variable. The Functions Chooser tab (Funcs) contains Built-In Functions and functions that you have registered with the calculator. The Expressions Chooser tab (Expr) contains expressions that you have evaluated in the calculator. You can also edit the line directly. Button Panel There are functions located on the buttons of the calculator and also in the functions on the Functions Chooser tabbed pane of the calculator. and parameters for the selected function. the Chooser Panel has four tabbed panes and each pane contains information in a hierarchical tree format. double-clicking the function will first bring up a dialog allowing you to enter parameter information before adding it to the Expression Entry Area. Expressions may be entered using IEEE notation (for example.1MEG. These can be scalars. and waveforms. 6e-2). AMS11.EZwave GUI Overview Waveform Calculator GUI or user-defined functions to the Button Panel.2 .g. The Button Panel changes the listed functions based on what level you choose: • • • • • • Complex Buttons Logical Buttons RF Buttons Signal Processing Buttons Statistical Buttons Trigonometric Buttons Evaluation Mode Bar On the bottom-right corner. It also shows error messages if the input expression has a syntax error. DEG for Degrees). the Evaluation Mode Bar shows the input and evaluation mode (e. INFIX for Infix mode) and the trigonometric angle mode (e. 266 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual..g. Use the Edit > Options menu item of the Waveform Calculator application window to control the calculator settings. Waveform Calculator Status Bar The Status Bar shows whether the calculator is in busy or ready state.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog to Digital Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursors Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chirp Transform Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Create Bus Dialog . . . . . . Add Cursor Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harmonic Distortion Dialog . . . . . . Automatic Reload Dialog . . . . Eye Diagram Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Layout Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Values Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axis Properties Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram Dialog. . . . Auto Correlation Dialog . . . Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Clock Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comparison Options Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Histogram Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 8 Dialog and Field Reference This chapter describes the windows and dialogs encountered in EZwave. . . . . . . . . Event Search Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Find Tool Dialog. . . . Edit Digital Transformation Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital to Analog Conversion Dialog . .2 268 269 270 272 275 277 279 282 287 289 290 292 294 296 299 301 303 305 307 309 311 317 318 322 323 325 327 329 330 267 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Format Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convolution Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Constellation Diagram Dialog. Eye Mask Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cross Correlation Dialog. . . . . . . . Signal to Noise Ratio Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiple Run Dialog . . Waveform Names Display Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Text Annotation Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windowing Transform Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 335 336 338 342 343 345 348 350 352 353 355 357 359 361 362 367 368 369 371 379 382 Add Clock Dialog To access: Click Add… or Modify… from the Clocks dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Spectral Density Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Row Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Dialog . . . . . . 268 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workspace Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select Waveforms Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Compare Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Calculator Options Dialogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save As Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMS11. . . Use this dialog to define clocks for clocked comparison. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Properties Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save Windows Dialog . . . . . . . Phase Noise Dialog . . . . Select Hierarchy Dialog. . . . . . . . Transformations Dialog. . . . . . . . . . .Dialog and Field Reference Add Clock Dialog Measurement Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dialog and Field Reference Add Cursor Dialog Figure 8-1. Based on Waveform Specifies the waveform that the clock signal is based on. The default is 0 (no delay). EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 269 . • Falling • Both Related Topics • “Clocked Comparison” on page 129 Add Cursor Dialog To access do one of the following: • • Right-click on an existing cursor and select Add Relatively To <cursor>. Compare Strobe Edge Specifies that the clock signals are based on one of the following: • Rising (The default). The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. AMS11. Use this dialog to add a new cursor. relative to an existing cursor. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. Add Clock Dialog Contents Field Clock Name Delay Signal Offset Description Specifies an identifying name for the clock. Specifies a delay in the signal comparison. Add Clock Dialog Table 8-1. Select Cursor > Add Cursor Relatively To > and select a cursor. Select the relevant units from the dropdown list on the right.2 . Enter one or more relative locations separated by a space. Add Cursor Dialog Contents Field Enter Relative X/Y Location(s) Lock Together When Dragging Description Specifies location(s) for new cursors relative to the current cursor. 270 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Analog to Digital Conversion To access: Right-click on an analog waveform and select Analog to Digital Conversion. Equivalent to selecting Cursor > Lock Together When Dragging from the menu bar. Related Topics • “Adding Relative Reference Cursors” on page 86.Dialog and Field Reference Analog to Digital Conversion Figure 8-2. Use this dialog to convert analog waveforms to digital ones and specify options for the conversion. AMS11. Add Cursor Dialog Table 8-2. Specifies that all cursors will be locked together so that when you move one cursor the others will be dragged the same distance. Analog to Digital Conversion Dialog Contents Field Digitized Waveform(s) Name Plot Option The name of the input analog waveform Controls how to display the digital waveform: • Stacked Plots the resulting digital waveform in a new row.2 271 . AMS11. Description Plot Result Waveform(s) Plots the resulting digital waveform using the plot option specified. Transformation Setup EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Analog to Digital Conversion Dialog Box Table 8-3. at the end of the Graph window.Dialog and Field Reference Analog to Digital Conversion Figure 8-3. • Overlaid Plots the resulting digital waveform in the same graph as the input waveform (in the same row). ) Field Single Threshold Description Specifies a threshold for defining the digitization of the input waveform. 2.min(wave)). The default value is 20% of the input waveform amplitude: min(wave) + 0. Values above high threshold are converted to 1. Analog to Digital Conversion Dialog Contents (cont. Click the autocor button on the calculator panel. Values that fall between these thresholds are converted to “X”.min(wave)) Values below this threshold are converted to 0. X and 1).Dialog and Field Reference Auto Correlation Dialog Table 8-3. Values that fall below this threshold are converted to 0. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the autocorrelation function (autocor) used in the Waveform Calculator. Select Signal Processing from the Panel menu.2*(max(wave) . while values above it are converted to 1. The default value is the middle of the waveform: (min(wave) + max(wave))/2 Converts the input waveform to a 3 state waveform (0. 3. The default value is 80% of the input waveform amplitude: min(wave) + 0. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. defined using the High Threshold and Low Threshold fields. 272 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Related Topics • “Digital to Analog Conversion Dialog” on page 301 Auto Correlation Dialog To access: 1.2 . 50% and 20%) are not customizable.8*(max(wave) . Two Thresholds High Threshold Low Threshold Usage Notes The default values for threshold in each case (80%. AMS11. AMS11.Dialog and Field Reference Auto Correlation Dialog Figure 8-4.2 273 . Auto Correlation Dialog EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Specifies the name for the AF output waveform. Specifies the method for calculating the PSD: • Correlogram Method • Periodogram Method Refer to “The Autocorrelation Function and Power Spectral Density” on page 201 for more information about these options. Specifies the window shape as one of the following: • Symmetric — Standard FFT setup. Section Specifies the number of points in the AF result (Nauto). AMS11. Specifies the number of sampling points. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Specifies the last frequency used to display the FFT results.2 . Number of Points for Auto Correlation Result Number of Auto Correlation Points Specifies the number of autocorrelation points used for the PSD computation.0. 274 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Dialog and Field Reference Auto Correlation Dialog Table 8-4. For more information see “Window Shapes” on page 205 Output Options Reference Frequency Minimum Frequency Maximum Frequency Adjusts results around the Y-axis so that the point for the specified reference frequency is 0. Output Waveform Auto Correlation Name Computation Method Parameter Setup Start Time Stop Time Number of Points Sampling Frequency Specifies the sampling frequency. Auto Correlation Dialog Contents Field Source Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms. Specifies the starting frequency used to display the FFT results. Specifies the stop time for the signal. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. Specifies the start time for the signal. • Periodic — Setup is enhanced for spectral analysis of periodic signals. The default. Number of Points by Specifies the number of points for the output waveform. AMS11. Auto Correlation Dialog Contents (cont. then choose Automatic Reload from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left.) Field Normalize Results Description Specifies that all results are divided by (Number of Points)/2. except for the first point. The default. Pad with Zeros Related Topics Specifies that padding with zeros is allowed.2 275 . Improving FFT Results Windowing • • • • • • “Signal Processing Functions” on page 198 “The Autocorrelation Function and Power Spectral Density” on page 201 “Correlogram Method” on page 202 “Periodogram Method” on page 202 “Windowing Transforms” on page 206 “autocor” on page 411 Automatic Reload Dialog To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu. which is divided by Number of Points. • Uniform Sampling — Select otherwise.Dialog and Field Reference Automatic Reload Dialog Table 8-4. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. • Cubic Spline — Interpolated points will be computed using the Cubic Spline method rather than linear interpolation. Specifies a windowing transform to apply to the output waveform(s) from: • Bartlett • Blackman • Blackman-Harris • Dolph-Chebyshev • Hamming • Hanning • Kaiser • Klein • Parzen • Rectangular • Welch Refer to “Windowing Transforms” on page 206 for more details about these options. Specifies the sampling method as one of the following: • Use Data Points — Select if the input data has equidistant Time Steps. If this is not checked. when the limit is reached the oldest results will be removed from disk and the related data file) removed from the EZwave display 276 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. Specifies that earlier results will be kept. The oldest results are automatically deleted when the N limit is reached.Dialog and Field Reference Automatic Reload Dialog Use this dialog to specify whether previous results are kept when a new simulation is run. Figure 8-5. Specifies that warning will be displayed before each reload. Display New Result Specifies that the new result will be displayed automatically. Enter the number of results to be kept. Leave unchecked to automatically load the new results without displaying them. Automatic Reload Dialog Table 8-5.2 . Checked by default. Prevents automatic deletion of the oldest results when the N limit Only Close Old Result (do not delete is reached. Automatic Reload Dialog Contents Field Replace Previous Results Warn User Before Reloading Keep N Previous Results Description Specifies that previous results will be overwritten when a new simulation is run. Automatically overlaid with the previous one. wdb.wdb is renamed to file_sim1.wdb.Dialog and Field Reference Axis Properties Dialog Usage Notes The file. Caution This functionality only occurs if EZwave is displaying a simulation result when a simulation is rerun. Axis Properties Dialog EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.. Related Topics • “EZwave Reload Option” on page 387 Axis Properties Dialog To access: Right-click either the X or Y axis to display the Axis Popup Menu and select the Properties menu item. previous results are automatically overwritten. file_sim2. Figure 8-6. . AMS11. With each simulation the _sim# is increased by one. Use this dialog to specify the properties of the current axis.. with the current simulation always retaining its name. If this is not the case.2 277 . . Specifies that the units will be displayed. Related Topics • “Axis Popup Menu” on page 249 278 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Specifies that the axis show all of the data.2 . 22ns.). then setting the scaling value to "11. A custom text string that specifies the axis title. Specifies the exact minimum and maximum values to be viewed on the axis. Available when Auto Range is not checked.. Specifies that the zero level line is displayed. 2.0" would result in axis labels of 1. AMS11. Available if the row has multiple Y axes.Dialog and Field Reference Axis Properties Dialog Table 8-6. 33ns. Axis Properties Dialog Contents Field Axis Range Auto Range Min/Max Axis Title Display Title Display Units Text Axis Units Unit Type Specifies the available units for the axis. if a waveform has data that repeats every 11 nanoseconds (11ns. Specifies the scale factor applied to the axis labels. Specifies that the title will be shown on the axis. Sets both the Unit Type and Scaling values to the current settings controlled through the Data Format Dialog. Description Scaling Default Apply to All “Voltage” Axes in Current Window Axis Scale Specifies how the axis is scaled from: • Linear • Log Base 10 • Log Base 2 Display Grid Lines Display Zero Level Line Hide Axis Specifies that grid lines are displayed. Specifies that the axis is hidden. 3. An example of use is a waveform with data that repeats at a regular interval. Specifies that these unit settings will be applied to a voltage axes in the current window. For example. 2 279 . 2. Click the chirp button on the calculator panel.Dialog and Field Reference Chirp Transform Dialog Chirp Transform Dialog To access: 1. 3. Select Signal Processing from the Panel menu. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the chirp function used in the Waveform Calculator. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. 2 . Chirp Transform Dialog 280 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11.Dialog and Field Reference Chirp Transform Dialog Figure 8-7. Specifies the last frequency used to display the Chirp results. Specifies the name for the result waveform. Specifies the start time for the signal. Specifies the stop time for the signal. The default. • Imaginary — Displays the imaginary part of the result waveform. For more information see “Window Shapes” on page 205 Output Options Reference Frequency Minimum Frequency Maximum Frequency Plot FFT as Adjusts results around the Y-axis so that the point for the specified reference frequency is 0.Dialog and Field Reference Chirp Transform Dialog Table 8-7. • Periodic — Setup is enhanced for spectral analysis of periodic signals. Chirp Transform Dialog Contents Field Source Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms. Specifies the number of sampling points. AMS11. • Phase — Displays result waveform for the phase in degrees.0. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. • Real — Displays the real part of the result waveform. Specifies that the following plot options will be enabled: • dB — Displays result waveform in dB.2 281 . Specifies the starting frequency used to display the Chirp results. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. • Magnitude — Displays waveform for the absolute magnitude of the input waveform. Specifies the window shape as one of the following: • Symmetric — Standard FFT setup. Specifies the number of points for the output waveform. Output Waveform Name Parameter Setup Start Time Stop Time Number of Points Number of Points for Result Sampling Frequency Specifies the sampling frequency. Use this dialog to specify options for the Waveform Compare Tool.) Field Windowing Description Specifies a windowing transform to apply to the output waveform(s) from: • Bartlett • Blackman • Blackman-Harris • Dolph-Chebyshev • Hamming • Hanning • Kaiser • Klein • Parzen • Rectangular • Welch Refer to “Windowing Transforms” on page 206 for more details about these options. • Uniform Sampling — Select otherwise.2 . The default. Pad with Zeros Related Topics Specifies that padding with zeros is allowed. • Cubic Spline — Interpolated points will be computed using the Cubic Spline method rather than linear interpolation. Chirp Transform Dialog Contents (cont. The Comparison Options dialog contains the following three tabs: • • • 282 General Options Tab Comparison Method Tab AMS Options Tab EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Improving Chirp Results • • • “Signal Processing Functions” on page 198 “Windowing Transforms” on page 206 “chirp” on page 416 Comparison Options Dialog To access: Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Options… from the main menu. AMS11.Dialog and Field Reference Comparison Options Dialog Table 8-7. Specifies the sampling method as one of the following: • Use Data Points — Select if the input data has equidistant Time Steps. Specifies the maximum number of differences per signal allowed before the comparison terminates. AMS11.Dialog and Field Reference Comparison Options Dialog General Options Tab To access: Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Options… from the main menu. Use this tab to set global options for Waveform Comparison. Comparison Options Dialog . Comparison Options Dialog . settings for signal value matching rules.General Options Contents Field Total Limit Per Signal Limit Description Specifies the maximum number of differences allowed before the comparison terminates. Figure 8-8. and settings for which comparison results to display.General Options Tab Table 8-8. including settings for the maximum number of differences allowed before the comparison terminates.2 . 283 Comparison Limit Count EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. ) Field VHDL Matching Description Specifies the VHDL signal value matching rules. including both correct (waveforms with no differences) and erroneous (waveforms with differences) waveforms. 284 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.General Options Contents (cont. refer to the Mapping Data Types section of the Questa SIM User’s Manual. For more information on these options. • Automatically Add Comparisons With Errors to Wave Window — Adds only comparison results that contain errors (waveforms with differences) to the current wave window. Related Topics Verilog Matching • • • • “Comparison Method Tab” on page 284 “AMS Options Tab” on page 286 “Setting General Comparison Options” on page 128 “Comparing Waveforms” on page 114 Comparison Method Tab To access: Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Options… from the main menu.Dialog and Field Reference Comparison Options Dialog Table 8-8. Specifies the Verilog signal value matching rules.2 . For more information on these options. Use to specify how the Waveform Compare Tool compares digital waveforms. • Do Not Plot Results of Comparison — Does not add the comparison results to the current wave window. Specifies the plotting option as one of the following: • Automatically Add Comparison to Wave Window — Adds the comparison results to the current wave window. Comparison Options Dialog . AMS11. refer to the Mapping Data Types section of the Questa SIM User’s Manual. AMS11. The default option.Comparison Method Tab Table 8-9. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Specifies the leading tolerance.Dialog and Field Reference Comparison Options Dialog Figure 8-9. Clocks Opens the Add Clocks dialog so you can define the clock.2 285 . Specifies the source waveforms. This option is only available when the Clocked Comparison option is selected. Digital Comparison Options Continuous Comparison Leading Tolerance Trailing Tolerance EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Specifies the trailing tolerance. Specifies that test signals are compared to reference signals at each transition of the reference. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. Comparison Options Dialog .Comparison Method Contents Field Clocked Comparison Description Specifies that a clock is defined to use as a trigger waveform for the comparison. Comparison Options Dialog . Dialog and Field Reference Comparison Options Dialog Related Topics • • • • • • “Comparing Waveforms” on page 114 “Setting Comparison Method Options” on page 129 “Continuous Comparison” on page 129 “Clocked Comparison” on page 129 “General Options Tab” on page 283 “AMS Options Tab” on page 286 AMS Options Tab To access: Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Options… from the main menu. AMS11. Comparison Options Dialog . use this tab to specify options for analog and mixed-signal comparison.AMS Options Tab 286 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. An extension of the Continuous Comparison option in the Comparison Method Tab. Figure 8-10.2 . 2. Available if Use Automatic X Tolerance is not selected. The text window specifies the desired threshold value if Use Automatic Thresholds is not selected. AMS11. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Available options are: • Single Threshold — Specifies a single threshold. Specifies that automatic thresholds will be used. Species the Y tolerance.Dialog and Field Reference Constellation Diagram Dialog Table 8-10. The text windows specify the desired threshold values if Use Automatic Thresholds is not selected. Specifies a leading and trailing tolerance. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. Available if Use Automatic Y Tolerance is not selected.2 287 . Comparison Options Dialog . Species the X tolerance. • Two Thresholds — Specifies a low and high threshold. This is different from those defined for pure digital-digital comparisons since the conversion introduces a lack of precision that implies larger tolerances. Select RF from the Panel menu. Description Analog to Digital Conversion Options Use Automatic Thresholds Tolerances Related Topics • • • • “General Options Tab” on page 283 “Comparison Method Tab” on page 284 “Setting AMS Options for Waveform Comparison” on page 130 “Comparing Waveforms” on page 114 Constellation Diagram Dialog To access: 1. Specifies that an automatic tolerances will be used for the Y tolerance.AMS Options Contents Field Analog Comparison Use Automatic X Tolerance Use Automatic Y Tolerance X Tolerance Y Tolerance Specifies that an automatic tolerances will be used for the X tolerance. Constellation Diagram Dialog Contents Field Source Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms. Digital data is parsed into data lengths that encode the symbol waveform. Specifies the sampling period for the calculation.2 . Parameter Setup Delay Symbol Period Usage Notes The source waveform must be a complex-valued transient waveform. If you have only real-part and imaginary-part (or gain and phase) waveforms. This value must be deduced from the circuit. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list.Dialog and Field Reference Constellation Diagram Dialog 3. Constellation Diagram Dialog Table 8-11. Specifies the initial time delay before the first sampling is taken. Figure 8-11. This is used as an offset in order to sample each symbol at the center of each digital data duration. Each scattered dot on a constellation diagram represents a unique symbol. The period between two consecutive symbols can be deduced from the 288 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Click the cd button on the calculator panel. AMS11. and each symbol represents unique digital data bits. you can reconstruct the complex-valued waveform using the complex function in the Waveform Calculator. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the constellation diagram function (constellationdiagram) used in the Waveform Calculator. 2. Click the conv button on the calculator panel. The Symbol Period is used as a sampling period for generating the constellation diagram. Related Topics • • • “Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog” on page 305 “Phase Noise Dialog” on page 336 “constellationdiagram” on page 422 Convolution Dialog To access: 1.2 289 . AMS11. An inappropriate Delay or Symbol Period selection will result in a bad constellation diagram. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the convolution function used in the Waveform Calculator. 3.Dialog and Field Reference Convolution Dialog circuit or can be measured from the transient symbol waveform. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. Select Signal Processing from the Panel menu. Figure 8-12. Convolution Dialog EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Refer to “The Convolution Function” on page 203 for details on how the convolution function calculates the discrete linear convolution between two data sets. Related Topics Specifies the name of the output waveform. Use this dialog to create your own bus from selected digital waveforms (bits). Number of Points of Specifies the number of points used in the first input waveform. To create a uniformlysampled waveform data set. • • • • “Signal Processing Functions” on page 198 “The Convolution Function” on page 203 “Windowing Transform Dialog” on page 379 “convolution” on page 424 Create Bus Dialog To access: Select Tools > Create Bus… from the main menu. the First Input Waveform Number of Points of Specifies the number of points used in the second input waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Refer to “Windowing Transform Dialog” on page 379 for details. 290 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . use the windowing function in the Waveform Calculator and select the Uniform Sampling option. the Second Input Waveform Usage Notes All of the data points in the source waveforms must be equidistant. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. Output Waveform Name Parameter Setup Sampling Frequency Specifies the sampling frequency of the input datasets.Dialog and Field Reference Create Bus Dialog Table 8-12. AMS11. Convolution Dialog Contents Field Description Source Waveform(s) Specifies the source waveforms. Create Bus Dialog Contents Field Bus Options Name Radix Specifies the name of the bus.Dialog and Field Reference Create Bus Dialog Figure 8-13. AMS11.2 291 . Specifies the radix as one of the following: • Two's Complement • Binary • Hexadecimal • Unsigned Decimal • Octal • Ascii Description EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Create Bus Dialog Table 8-13. Create Bus Dialog Contents (cont. the analog signals will be automatically transformed to digital. If the bus is an analog or hybrid bus.) Field Bits in Bus Description Lists all of the selected waveform names. 3.Dialog and Field Reference Cross Correlation Dialog Table 8-13. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu.2 . Specifies that the threshold calculation is automatically updated when the bit order is modified. 2. 292 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Click the xcorr button on the calculator panel. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the cross correlation function (crosscorrelation) used in the Waveform Calculator. Transformation Setup Auto-Update Threshold Threshold Related Topics • “Creating a Bus” on page 138 Cross Correlation Dialog To access: 1. The waveform selected first is used as the most significant bit (MSB) of the bus. and the waveform selected last is used as the least significant bit (LSB). Select Signal Processing from the Panel menu. Selected by default. This option specifies the thresholds to digitize the input waveform(s) as one of the following: • Single Threshold • Two Thresholds Specifies the desired threshold values with each. AMS11. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. the First Input Waveform Number of Points of Specifies the number of points used in the second input waveform.2 Specifies the name of the output waveform. use the windowing function in the Waveform Calculator and select the Uniform Sampling option. AMS11. the Second Input Waveform Usage Notes All of the data points in the source waveforms must be equidistant. Refer to “Windowing Transform Dialog” on page 379 for details. To create a uniformlysampled waveform data set. Number of Points of Specifies the number of points used in the first input waveform. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform.Dialog and Field Reference Cross Correlation Dialog Figure 8-14. Cross Correlation Dialog Table 8-14. 293 . Output Waveform Name Parameter Setup Sampling Frequency Specifies the sampling frequency of the input datasets. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Cross Correlation Dialog Contents Field Description Source Waveform(s) Specifies the source waveforms. Use this dialog to specify cursor display properties. AMS11.2 . then choose Cursors from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Cursors Dialog 294 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Dialog and Field Reference Cursors Dialog Related Topics • • • “Windowing Transform Dialog” on page 379 “Signal Processing Functions” on page 198 “crosscorrelation” on page 431 Cursors Dialog To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu. Figure 8-15. AMS11. Description Cursor X/Y Level Lines Cursor Delta X/Y Cursor Based Waveform Based Cursor Legend Draw on Top of X Axis Show in Only One Y Axis (Where Cursor Had Been Defined) Horizontal Cursor in Y Axis EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Specifies that the Y deltas are calculated from the Y-level lines of a single cursor.000005183 will be displayed as 5. Cursor Y Units Show Y Units of Cursor Value X/Y Level Lines Displayed by Default Cursor Area Use Cursor Area Specifies whether cursor data is displayed near the waveform names area rather than in cursor data flags.183e-6.Dialog and Field Reference Cursors Dialog Table 8-15.2 295 . Displays the X value base cursor below the X axis. Specifies that horizontal cursors are added only to the currently selected waveform row. Each cursor’s delta Y value is calculated from the base cursor. For example. instead of on top of it. Refer to “Cursors” on page 31 for more information. Specifies whether units are displayed with the values in value flags. regardless of axis scale. Each Y-level’s delta Y value is calculated from the base Y-level line. Cursors Dialog Contents Field Cursor Precision Number of Digits of Specifies the degree of precision in value flags attached to Precision cursors. Auto-Adjust Values Specifies whether cursor values are automatically adjusted to for Cursors show the most significant numbers. Specifies that the Y deltas are calculated based on the same waveform between the Y-level lines of two or more cursors. Specifies whether X and Y level lines are displayed. Select from 1 to 9 digits of precision. 0. in the current display.) Field Description Specifies that horizontal cursors are added to every row using the Show in All Compatible Y-Axes same unit.2 . (Y-Axes Have Same Unit) Related Topics • • • • “Cursors” on page 31 “Working with Cursors” on page 84 “Choosing How Delta-Y is Calculated” on page 93 “Waveform Calculator Options Dialogs” on page 362 Data Format Dialog To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu. AMS11.Dialog and Field Reference Data Format Dialog Table 8-15. Use this dialog to specify global scaling and notation method settings for the waveform display. Cursors Dialog Contents (cont. 296 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. then choose Data Format from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. then the X-axis tick labels might be 33. Then the tick labels would be 1. Specifies how many units should be used for the axis labels. Specifies the units to be used for each data type. if the waveform data has a periodic interval of 33. 99. For example. 3. Data Format Dialog Contents Field Axis Data Units Data Type Scaling List of all known waveform data types. Description Units EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 297 . 2. 66. AMS11. To have the labels display the number of periods.Dialog and Field Reference Data Format Dialog Figure 8-16. Data Format Dialog Table 8-16. you would specify the scaling value to be 33. regardless of the units. Bus Format Default Bus Radix Specifies the default radix for displaying bus values. Specifies how numeric values in the graph window will be formatted.Dialog and Field Reference Data Format Dialog Table 8-16. Select if you want all Graph rows to have a single Y axis. Available options are: • IEEE Suffix — Specifies that suffixes defined by IEEE will be used.) Field Y Axis Options Specifies how Y axis units are plotted when waveforms with different Y axis units are plotted in the same Graph row. • None — Specifies that no special formatting will be used. • Engineering Notation — Specifies that values will be displayed in exponential format. The Edit and Delete buttons enable you to modify existing groupings of compatible units. Unchecked it will display separate values similar to the way they are displayed in the Questa SIM Viewer. The default value is ‘. Available radices are: • Two's Complement • Binary • Hexadecimal • Octal • Unsigned Decimal • Ascii Specifies the character to separate values in the bus. AMS11. Available options are: • Overlay All Y Axis Units — Specifies that certain sets of units will be displayed on the same Y axis. • Overlay Only the Following Y Axis Units — Specifies groupings of compatible units. The box in the Apply It column specifies whether a compatible unit groupings is on or off. It is checked by default. uses an exponent which is a multiple of three. Data Format Dialog Contents (cont. Define Compatible Units The New button enables you to create a new grouping of compatible units.’ (comma). • SPICE Suffix — Specifies that suffixes defined by the SPICE simulation syntax will be used. Description Notation Use Separator Character 298 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . Enter a character. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.) Field Double Format Double Format Precision Related Topics Specifies the level of precision displayed. AMS11. Data Format Dialog Contents (cont. Data Values Dialog To access: Right-click on a horizontal cursor.2 299 . Description Use this dialog to view the crossing points. select Data Values then select the required waveform. You can select from 1 to 9 digits of precision. Description • “Configuring Graphical Elements” on page 46.Dialog and Field Reference Data Values Dialog Table 8-16. where the horizontal cursor intersects with the waveform. or full precision. 2 . Lists all of the waveforms crossing points with the horizontal cursor. Data Values Dialog Table 8-17. Specifies whether to show or hide each crossing point. AMS11. Copy to Clipboard 300 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Puts the contents of the Measurement Results table on the clipboard. Data Values Dialog Contents Field Waveform Measurement Measurement Levels Measurement Results Description The name of the currently selected waveform The index ID of the currently selected crossing point Specifies whether to show or hide the Y value of the currently selected crossing point. with their index ID and X value.Dialog and Field Reference Data Values Dialog Figure 8-17. .2 301 . AMS11. Use this dialog to convert digital waveforms to analog ones and specify options for the conversion.txt).. Digital to Analog Conversion Dialog To access: Right-click on an analog waveform and select Digital to Analog Conversion. • “Adding a Horizontal Cursor” on page 87. Figure 8-18.Dialog and Field Reference Digital to Analog Conversion Dialog Table 8-17. Data Values Dialog Contents Field Save As.csv or . Digital to Analog Conversion Dialog Box EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Related Topics Description Saves the contents of the Measurement Results table to a specified text file (. Resets the dialog.Dialog and Field Reference Digital to Analog Conversion Dialog Table 8-18. for example <value_of_0>. if the value you enter is a double value (with or without suffix) for example. • Overlaid Plots the resulting analog waveform in the same graph as the input waveform (in the same row). If the default value is the expression <'U' or previous value> then the analog value will be the value of U (Uninitialized) if it is the first event (the first point of the waveform. Lists the editable digital values Specifies an analog value for each of the listed Digital Values. when that expression is not already the default setting for that field. 302 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. then it will not be accepted. AMS11. the waveform starts with a 'Z' or a '-') otherwise it keeps the previous value. Table 8-19 lists the digital values and their default analog values. expressions are used to define the default value in the Analog Values field. You can only alter the value in the Analog Values field. at the end of the Graph window. Rise Time: The time taken to reach value 1 from 0 Fall Time: The time taken to reach value 0 from 1 Specifies a value for Rise Time and Fall Time. 1. and the default value for that field will be used. Digital to Analog Conversion Dialog Contents Field Name Plot Option Description The name of the input digital waveform Controls how to display the analog waveform: • Stacked Plots the resulting analog waveform in a new row. If you try to use an expression value. Plots the resulting analog waveform using the plot option specified. then the analog value will be the same value as that specified for Forcing Zero: '0'. changing all values back to the default setting. Resulting Analog Waveform(s) Plot Result Waveform(s) Bit Transformation Setup Digital Values Analog Values Commutation Time Labels Commutation Time Values Default Usage Notes In some cases. For example: • • If the default value is the expression <value_of_0>. or 1M.2 . 0 <value of ‘0’> <value of ‘1’> <(‘0’ + ‘1’)/2> <(‘L’ + ‘H’)/2> <‘U’ or previous value> 0. AMS11.2 303 . Related Topics • “Analog to Digital Conversion” on page 270. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Dialog and Field Reference Edit Digital Transformation Dialog Table 8-19.0 5. Use this dialog to define a transformation for an enumerated type. Bit Transformation Digital and Analog Default Values Digital Value Forcing Zero Forcing One Weak Zero Weak One Forcing Unknown Weak Unknown High Impedance Uninitialized Do not care Text Value 0 1 L H X W Z U Default Analog Value 0.0 <‘U’ or previous value> Note The value for Forcing Zero: '0' must be less than the value for Forcing One: '1'. Edit Digital Transformation Dialog To access: Click the New or Edit button from the Supported Digital Waveform Transformations frame of Transformations Dialog. Dialog and Field Reference Edit Digital Transformation Dialog Figure 8-19. Edit Digital Transformation Dialog Contents Field Transformation Name Source Type Description Specifies a name for the transformation. AMS11. Edit Digital Transformation Dialog Table 8-20. Transformation Definition Destination Type Bit Transformation Setup Source Values 304 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . Specifies the type of the destination as one of the following: • analogic • bit • Boolean • standard logic • Verilog logic • VHDL characters All possible source values are specified in the Source Values column. The options available in the dropdown list depend on the enumerated types that exist in the loaded database. Specifies the type of the source. Select RF from the Panel menu. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 2. Related Topics • “Transformations Dialog” on page 359 Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog To access: 1. select a destination value for each source value Usage Notes • A Destination Value must be selected for each Source Value in the Bit Transformation Setup table. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu.2 305 . Click the evmber button on the calculator panel. AMS11. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the evmber function used in the Waveform Calculator. Edit Digital Transformation Dialog Contents (cont. 3.) Field Destination Values Description The corresponding cell for each of the Source Values specifies the value of the destination as one of the options in the dropdown list.Dialog and Field Reference Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog Table 8-20. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform.Dialog and Field Reference Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog Figure 8-20. Output Phase Error (in degrees) Magnitude Error Name 306 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. Ref must be the constellation diagram of a reference signal. Specifies the phase error output variable.2 . Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog Contents Field Ref / Mod Description Specifies the source waveforms. Mod must be the constellation diagram of a modulated signal. Specifies the magnitude error output variable. Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog Table 8-21. Enter the M Param. Description Specifies the error vector magnitude output variable. Only available if Use Bit Error Rate MPSK Param is selected.Dialog and Field Reference Event Search Tool Dialog Table 8-21. Specifies the name of the BER MQAM (M-ary Phase Shift Keying)-modulated output signal. Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog Contents (cont. Enter the M Param.) Field Error Vector Magnitude Name Bit Error Rate MPSK Name Bit Error Rate MQAM Name Parameter Setup Use Bit Error Rate MPSK Param Use Bit Error Rate MQAM Param Related Topics Specifies that the BER for an MPSK (M-ary Quadrature Amplitude Modulation)-modulated signal will be estimated. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Use this dialog to locate occurrences of simulation events interactively. Specifies that the BER for an MQAM (M-ary Phase Shift Keying)-modulated signal will be estimated. Specifies the name of the BER MPSK (M-ary Quadrature Amplitude Modulation)-modulated output signal. • • • • “Constellation Diagram Dialog” on page 287 “Phase Noise Dialog” on page 336 “Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog” on page 305 “evmber” on page 440 Event Search Tool Dialog To access: Select Tools > Search from the main menu. AMS11. Only available if Use Bit Error Rate MQAM Param is selected.2 307 . Event Search Tool Dialog Table 8-22. AMS11.2 .Dialog and Field Reference Event Search Tool Dialog Figure 8-21. Event Search Tool Dialog Contents Field Event Description Specifies a name for the event 308 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 2 309 . The Previous Marker and Next Marker buttons jump to previous and next markers respectively.Dialog and Field Reference Eye Diagram Dialog Table 8-22. Markers Jump to a marker Specifies a marker to jump to. Specifies that the search will be an Expression Event search. Click the Rising Edge icon to open the Search Event Settings dialog. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. The Add a Marker button Related Topics specifies an event to mark. Description Expression Setup Logic Expression Search • “Using the Event Search Tool” on page 96 Eye Diagram Dialog To access: 1. • Falling Edge — Moves from one falling edge to the previous or next rising edge. • Waveform Value— Moves from one event to the previous or next. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. Move the cursor along the specified waveform by clicking the arrow buttons. • Rising Edge — Moves from one rising edge to the previous or next rising edge. The expression can be entered by using either the Waveform Calculator button or the Add selected Waveform button . Y= +/Specify a tolerance when searching for data points generated by an analog simulator Only available when Waveform Value is selected. Event Search Tool Dialog Contents (cont. Click the Rising Edge icon to open the Search Event Settings dialog.) Field Basic Event Setup Select a Waveform Specifies the source waveform. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Refer to “Performing an Expression Event Search” on page 97. Specifies the type of event from: • Any Event — Moves from one event to the previous or next. Eye Diagram Dialog Contents Field Source Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms. Select Statistical from the Panel menu.Dialog and Field Reference Eye Diagram Dialog 2. The eye diagram is generated by overlaying a semi-periodical waveform signal on an interval in X (usually a time interval). Click the eye button on the calculator panel. This interval is defined as the eye period. Figure 8-22.2 . Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the eye diagram function (eyediagram) used in the Waveform Calculator. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. AMS11. A default Eye Period is calculated based on period divided by 2. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. Specifies the eye period. Eye Period Setup Eye Period 310 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Eye Diagram Dialog Table 8-23. 3. ) Field Offset Minimum X and Maximum X Calculate Related Topics Description Allows shifting of the eye as the open part of the eye is not always at the center of the axes.Dialog and Field Reference Eye Diagram Tool Dialog Table 8-23. Eye Diagram Dialog Contents (cont. Use this dialog to create an eye diagram based on a period of waveform data using the Eye Diagram Tool. Minimum X. Eye Parameters Setup • • • • • “Eye Diagram Tool Dialog” on page 311 “Eye Mask Dialog” on page 317 “Statistical Functions” on page 179 “eyediagram” on page 442 “Working with Eye Diagrams” on page 98 Eye Diagram Tool Dialog To access: Select Tools > Eye Diagram from the main menu. AMS11. Specifies the range of waveform data used for generating the eye diagram. Use to define settings for an eye diagram. and Maximum X using the Eye Period value and automatically populates the fields. Calculates the Offset. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 311 . The Eye Diagram Tool dialog contains the following two tabs: • • Settings Tab Measurement Results Tab Settings Tab To access: Select Tools > Eye Diagram from the main menu. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. 312 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Settings Tab Contents Field Source Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms.Dialog and Field Reference Eye Diagram Tool Dialog Figure 8-23. AMS11. Eye Diagram Tool Dialog .2 .Settings Tab Table 8-24. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Eye Diagram Tool Dialog . EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Description Eye Parameters Setup Offset Minimum X and Maximum X Calculate Measurements Setup Apply Measurements Apply and Height at Specifies an inner or outer height to display at a specific X. Apply and Width at Y Specifies an inner or outer width to display at a specific Y. Calculates the Offset. AMS11. The eye diagram is generated by overlaying a semi-periodical waveform signal on an interval in X (usually a time interval). Use the drop down box to determine inner or outer and specify the desired Y. Specifies that the measurements will be automatically updated as you modify the values in this dialog.) Field Eye Diagram Setup Eye Period Specifies the eye period.Settings Tab Contents (cont. A default Eye Period is calculated based on period divided by 2. The interval is defined as the eye period.2 313 . and Maximum X using the Eye Period value and automatically populates the fields. Allows shifting of the eye as the open part of the eye is not always at the center of the axes. Checked by default. the measurements are computed when the eye diagram is created. Eye Diagram Tool Dialog . Specifies the range of waveform data used for generating the eye diagram. Specifies the offset value.Dialog and Field Reference Eye Diagram Tool Dialog Table 8-24. Minimum X. Unchecked by default. Use X the drop down box to determine inner or outer and specify the desired X. Unchecked by default. This updates the appropriate values in the eye diagram as well as all the values in the Measurement Results Tab. The values entered representing a percentage of the total displayed range.Settings Tab Contents (cont. When selected.2 . Specifies the offset value. a homothecy is applied in the X and/or Y direction until one side of the inner contour is reached. Unchecked by default.Dialog and Field Reference Eye Diagram Tool Dialog Table 8-24. Specifies scaling of the eye mask. The X offset is the horizontal offset. The X margin is the horizontal margin and the Y margin is the vertical margin.5Gb_RX • FC-100DF/SE_RX_beta • FC-100DF/SE_RX_delta • FC-100DF/SE_RX_gamma • FC-100DF/SE_TX_beta • FC-100DF/SE_TX_delta • FC-100DF/SE_TX_gamma • FC-200DF/SE_RX_delta • FC-200DF/SE_RX_gamma • FC-200DF/SE_TX_delta • FC-200DF/SE_TX_gamma • SATA1_RX • SATA1_TX • XAUI-Xilinx-rcvr • Diamond Shape • Key Shape • T Shape • Trapezoid Shape • DDR2 • QDRII The Eye Mask button opens the Eye Mask Dialog. The Automatic Fit options specify that the mask is to be fitted to the horizontal (X) and/or vertical (Y) inner contours of the eye diagram. Eye Diagram Tool Dialog .0-High_Speed_TX • USB2. When checked.) Field Mask Setup Apply Mask Specifies an industry standard mask is to be applied. specifies a mask from: • USB2. AMS11. Description Margin Offset Related Topics • 314 “Eye Diagram Dialog” on page 309 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Allows shifting of the eye mask.0-High_Speed_RX • PCIE_TX_transition • PCIE_TX_de-emphasis • PCIE_RX • SAS_3Gb_RX • SAS_1. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 315 . For details of each measurement see “Eye Diagram Measurements” on page 100. AMS11.Dialog and Field Reference Eye Diagram Tool Dialog • • • “Eye Mask Dialog” on page 317 “Measurement Results Tab” on page 315 “Working with Eye Diagrams” on page 98 Measurement Results Tab To access: Select Tools > Eye Diagram from the main menu. The Measurement Results tab displays the Eye Diagram values calculated from the current setup in the Settings tab. Measurement Results Tab Related Topics • • • • • 316 “Eye Diagram Dialog” on page 309 “Eye Mask Dialog” on page 317 “Settings Tab” on page 311 “Working with Eye Diagrams” on page 98 “Eye Diagram Measurements” on page 100 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Eye Diagram Tool Dialog . AMS11.2 .Dialog and Field Reference Eye Diagram Tool Dialog Figure 8-24. When activated indicates that the mask is in “edit” mode and the handles are available for dragging the mask to form a new shape. Edit EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 317 . Eye Mask Dialog Contents Field Mask Library Description Specifies the source eye mask. Use this dialog to view and edit built-in and user defined eye masks. then click the Eye Mask button in the Eye Diagram Tool Dialog. Once editing is enabled. Eye Mask Dialog Table 8-25. Figure 8-25. AMS11.Dialog and Field Reference Eye Mask Dialog Eye Mask Dialog To access: Select Tools > Eye Diagram from the main menu. The Edit New Mask button enables editing of the mask. Select a built in eye mask from the drop down list or alternatively use the Open Folder button to load a user defined eye mask from disk. the grayed out Save and Delete buttons will become available. This option is only available in masks with Y symmetry. This option is only possible in masks with X symmetry. X Symmetric Specifies that the X symmetric handle should be moved accordingly when a handle is dragged within the mask. Y Symmetric Usage Notes The Edit frame will be made available once the Edit New Mask button has been clicked and a name for the new mask entered. Eye Mask Dialog Contents (cont. 318 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Click the fft button on the calculator panel. 2. Specifies that the Y symmetric handle should be moved accordingly when a handle is dragged within the mask. 3. 1. AMS11. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. Select Signal Processing from the Panel menu. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the fft function used in the Waveform Calculator. and the mask shape is modified accordingly.Dialog and Field Reference Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog Table 8-25. Refer to “Editing an Eye Mask” on page 103 for further information.2 . Related Topics • • • “Eye Diagram Dialog” on page 309 “Eye Diagram Tool Dialog” on page 311 “Working with Eye Diagrams” on page 98 Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog There are two ways to access the Fast Fourier Transform Tool dialog: • Or: Select Tools > FFT… from the main menu.) Field Description When activated allows handles to be added or removed from the mask. 2 319 . AMS11.Dialog and Field Reference Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog Figure 8-26. Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. then a slower DFT computation is executed. except for the first point. 320 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list.2 . Specifies the name of the output waveform. 3.0. If this is not so. Specifies the starting frequency used to display the FFT results. Specifies the stop time for the signal.Dialog and Field Reference Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog Table 8-26. Specifies the window shape as one of the following: • Symmetric — Standard FFT setup. which is divided by Number of Points.. Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog Contents Field Source Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms. FFT computations are performed only on those signals having Number of Points set to a factor of 2n (n = 2.. The default. Refer to “Window Shapes” on page 205 for more details about these options. Specifies that all results are divided by (Number of Points)/2.). . Output Name Parameter Setup Start Time Stop Time Number of Points Sampling Frequency Specifies the sampling frequency. • Periodic — Setup is enhanced for spectral analysis of periodic signals. Output Options Reference Frequency Minimum Frequency Maximum Frequency Normalize Results Adjusts results around the Y-axis so that the point for the specified reference frequency is 0. Specifies the last frequency used to display the FFT results. Specifies the start time for the signal. The number of points for the FFT results is (Number of Points)/2. Specifies the number of sampling points. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. AMS11. • Continuous — Specifies the “continuous” drawing mode. Usage Notes In order to estimate the power density spectrum of a random signal. The default.) Field Description Plot FFT Transform Specifies that the following plot options will be enabled: • dB — Specifies result waveform displayed in dB. • Uniform Sampling — Select otherwise. • Imaginary — Displays the imaginary part of the result waveform. Improving FFT Results Windowing EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Specifies a windowing transform to apply to the signal from: • Bartlett • Blackman • Blackman-Harris • Dolph-Chebyshev • Hamming • Hanning • Kaiser • Klein • Parzen • Rectangular • Welch Refer to “Windowing Transforms” on page 206 for more details about these options. • Cubic Spline — Interpolated points will be computed using the Cubic Spline method rather than linear interpolation. as • Phase — Specifies result waveform for the phase displayed in degrees. it is convenient to apply different types of Windowing that gradually taper the data near the ends of the record. • Real — Displays the real part of the result waveform. Specifies the sampling method as one of the following: • Use Data Points — Select if the input data has equidistant Time Steps. AMS11. Plot dB as Specifies the drawing mode as one of the following: • Spectral — Specifies the “spectral” drawing mode. only a finite part of the signal is used in practice even if the signal is of infinite duration. In order to reduce the undesirable effects of truncating the data records (leakage). The default. • Magnitude — Specifies result waveform for the absolute magnitude of the input waveform displayed. Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog Contents (cont.Dialog and Field Reference Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog Table 8-26.2 321 . thereby avoiding the abrupt truncation of a rectangular window. In this case.Dialog and Field Reference Find Tool Dialog For comparing Eldo’s FFT results with EZwave’s FFT results. AMS11.2 . unless EZwave’s FFT is executed on an FFT_INPUT waveform. select the Periodic option. Figure 8-27. Find Tool Dialog 322 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Use this dialog to locate specific waveforms by name. Eldo has already considered the periodicity of the input signal. Related Topics • • • • • “Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog” on page 329 “Windowing Transforms” on page 206 “Signal Processing Functions” on page 198 “fft” on page 445 “Signal Processing Buttons” on page 191 Find Tool Dialog To access: • or Select Edit > Find from the main menu. • Click in the Waveform Lists. Choose from: • Down (default) • Up Specifies that the search will only return waveforms that match the search string exactly. If the search is in the Up direction. Find Tool Dialog Contents Field Find in Description Specifies where to search. Wildcards are allowed in the expression: asterisk (*) to match any number of characters. Find Exclude Direction Exact Auto-wrap Find Next Find All Related Topics • “Waveform List Panel” on page 237 General Dialog To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu. Specifies named waveforms to exclude from the search. Click to highlight all the waveform names that matches the search expression. to match a single character. AMS11. searching continues at the bottom of the list when it reaches the top of the list. the Structure List and Waveform List items are replaced by Tree View. and the question mark (?). then choose General from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Click to highlight the next waveform name that matches the search expression. Specifies that searching continues from the beginning of the list when the search reaches the end of the list. Choose from: • Plotted Waveforms • Structure List • Waveform List • List View If the Structure View is disabled. and the question mark (?) to match a single character. Specifies the direction of search when searching any of the list views.Dialog and Field Reference General Dialog Table 8-27. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Specifies the search string.2 323 . Wildcards are allowed in the expression: asterisk (*) to match any number of characters. Description Require Confirmation Before Closing an in-use Database Require Confirmation Before Closing Eye Mask Dialog Show Grid Lines in Newly Opened Windows 324 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Specifies whether graph windows display grid lines by default when opened. AMS11.Dialog and Field Reference General Dialog Use this dialog to specify the way you want the application to respond during file opening. General Dialog Table 8-28. because if there are unsaved waveform databases a separate confirmation dialog appears. Figure 8-28. Specifies whether a confirmation dialog is shown when attempting to close the Eye Mask Dialog. Specifies whether a confirmation dialog is shown when attempting to close a database that is currently in use. printing and exiting functions. General Dialog Contents Field General Options Require Confirmation Before Exiting Specifies whether a confirmation dialog is shown when exiting EZwave. Turning off this option will not prevent loss of data.2 . Description Specifies whether zero-level lines are turned on by default when new graph windows are opened. Automatically Update displayed Windows Every N % of Simulation Open Window Graphical Memory Threshold Related Topics • “Configuring Graphical Elements” on page 46 Harmonic Distortion Dialog To access: 1. and the line containing the error is highlighted. a warning dialog will ask whether you want to allocate more memory. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. Specifies whether waveforms are automatically updated from a running simulation at the percent completed of the simulation. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. You can then specify to: • Skip All Errors • Skip Error • Abort • Ignore All Errors — The file loads completely. The minimum recommendation is one minute. When turned off. This can cause unexpected behavior in the waveforms. the MRU information is kept in memory. If this limit is reached. The Clear List button clears the MRU information from memory.Dialog and Field Reference Harmonic Distortion Dialog Table 8-28. Specifies whether the Undo and Redo functions from the Edit menu are available. AMS11.2 325 . regardless of errors. Specifies the maximum amount of memory (in megabytes) that is set aside for the graphics engine. Specifies that the behavior in case an error is found when loading an swd file is one of the following: • Break on Error — The swd file is displayed if an error is found. The frequency of the interval will impact the simulators performance. but not displayed. General Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Show Zero-Level Lines in Newly Opened Windows Show List of Recent Databases in File Menu Activate Undo/Redo Marching Waveforms Automatically Update Displayed Waveforms Every N Interval Specifies whether waveforms are automatically updated from a running simulation at the time interval specified. Select Signal Processing from the Panel menu. This can be used in later computations. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. Click the hd button on the calculator panel. 326 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . Output Waveform Total Harmonic Distortion Name Display Total Specifies whether THD is shown as a gain (total gain in dB) or as Harmonic Distortion a percentage of the gain of the fundamental signal. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Harmonic Distortion Dialog Contents Field Source Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms. AMS11. Figure 8-29. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the harmonic distortion function (harmonicdistortion) used in the Waveform Calculator. 3.Dialog and Field Reference Harmonic Distortion Dialog 2. Refer to “The Harmonic Distortion Function” on page 204 for details on how the harmonic distortion function computes the harmonics and the total harmonic distortion (THD) of the input waveform signal. Specifies the name of the output variable. Harmonic Distortion Dialog Table 8-29. 3. AMS11. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Click the histogram button on the calculator panel. Harmonic Distortion Dialog Contents (cont.2 327 . Specifies the maximum frequency (fmax) to be used in the calculation. mouse over the active waveform and use the crosshairs that appear along the waveform to select the fundamental frequency. Specifies the minimum frequency (fmin) to be used in the calculation. Select Statistical from the Panel menu. With this option selected. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the histogram function used in the Waveform Calculator. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. Enables the fundamental frequency to be selected directly from the active waveform.Dialog and Field Reference Histogram Dialog Table 8-29. Description Minimum Frequency Maximum Frequency Related Topics • • • “Signal Processing Functions” on page 177 “harmonicdistortion” on page 456 “The Harmonic Distortion Function” on page 204 Histogram Dialog To access: 1. The crosshairs will snap to the nearest data point on the waveform.) Field Parameter Setup Fundamental Frequency Pick Value Specifies the fundamental frequency to be used for the harmonic distortion calculation. 2. AMS11. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. The default is 10. Specifies that all results will be divided by Number of Points resulting in bin values ranging from 0 to 1. Specifies the sampling method as one of the following: • Use Data Points — Select if the input data has equidistant Time Steps. Parameter Setup Minimum X Value Maximum X Value Number of Bins Sampling Normalize Result Related Topics • • • “Eye Diagram Dialog” on page 309 “Statistical Functions” on page 179 “histogram” on page 459 328 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Specifies the number of waveform divisions (resolution) to use.2 . Specifies the X value at the lower bound of a window interval. • Uniform Sampling — Select otherwise. Specifies the X value at the upper bound of a window interval. Histogram Dialog Table 8-30. The default. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. Histogram Dialog Contents Field Source Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms.Dialog and Field Reference Histogram Dialog Figure 8-30. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 329 . Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog Contents Field Source Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms.Dialog and Field Reference Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog To access: 1. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. Select Signal Processing from the Panel menu. Figure 8-31. 3. Click the ifft button on the calculator panel. Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog Table 8-31. AMS11. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. 2. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the ifft function used in the Waveform Calculator. Dialog and Field Reference Layout Dialog Table 8-31. Specifies the name of the output waveform.) Field Output Waveform Name Parameter Setup Frequency Start Frequency Stop Sampling Time Number of Points Normalized Input Specifies the start frequency for the signal. then choose Layout from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Description Improving IFFT Results Sampling Method Pad with Zeros Usage Notes An IFFT analysis always creates results with an even number of points. an even number of points with the FFT must also be used if the following condition is to be fulfilled: IFFT(FFT(signal)) = signal Related Topics • • • • “Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog” on page 318 “Signal Processing Functions” on page 177 “ifft” on page 463 “The Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Function” on page 198 Layout Dialog To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu. Specifies the sampling method as one of the following: • Use Data Points — Select if the input data has equidistant time steps. • Cubic Spline — interpolated points will be computed using the Cubic Spline method rather than linear interpolation.2 . AMS11. Specifies the stop frequency for the signal. Specifies that padding with zeros is allowed. The default. Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog Contents (cont. This means that when calculating results in conjunction with an FFT analysis. • Uniform Sampling — Select otherwise. Specifies that all real and imaginary parts of the result are divided by (Number of Points)/2 except for the first point. Specifies the sampling time. Specifies the number of sampling points. 330 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. which is divided by Number of Points. Dialog and Field Reference Layout Dialog Use this dialog to specify options for layout of the graph window.2 331 . AMS11. • Below Waveforms — Specifies that the X-axis be displayed below the waveforms. Default. Available options are: • Above Waveforms — Specifies that the X-axis be displayed above the waveforms. Available options are: • Left of Waveforms — Specifies that the panel be displayed left of the waveforms. Default. Specifies the location of the panel displaying waveform names. • Right of Waveforms — Specifies that the panel be displayed right of the waveforms. Figure 8-32. Layout Dialog Table 8-32. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Layout Dialog Contents Field X-Axis Description Specifies the location of the X-axis. Waveform Names Related Topics • “Graph Window” on page 239. The Delete button removes the specified waveform from the list. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveforms. Measurement Tool Dialog Table 8-33.Dialog and Field Reference Measurement Tool Dialog Measurement Tool Dialog To access: Select Tools > Measurement Tool from the main menu. Specifies the waveforms to apply the measurement to. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Use this dialog to specify options for a variety of analog and mixed-signal measurement operations for waveforms displayed in the graph window. Measurement Tool Dialog Contents Field Measurement Apply to Waveforms Description Specifies the measurement category and type. AMS11. Figure 8-33. 332 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . this value is applied to all waveforms. Specifies how the results should be displayed from one of the following: • Annotate Waveform(s) with Measurement Results. You cannot use horizontal cursors to define parts of a waveform for use with the Measurement Tool. When more than one waveform has been selected for the measurement. and measurement results settings. only parameters common to all waveforms are available to choose from. Refer to the specific section in “Using the Measurement Tool” on page 142 for details on these settings for the selected measurement. This section is not available for all measurements. Measurement Results Apply Measurement Specifies where the measurement is to be applied from one of the To following: • Entire Waveform • Visible X Region • Between Two Cursors (Vertical cursors only) Remove All Previous Results Usage Notes The measurements Delay. If there is more than one parameter to choose from. such as topline/baseline. Where the value Automatic is specified for a field in the Measurement Setup section. Measurement Tool Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Measurement Setup Description Specifies additional information specific to the measurement selected. Refer to the specific section in “Using the Measurement Tool” on page 142 for details on availability for the selected measurement. a dropdown list is available for specifying the required parameter.2 333 .Dialog and Field Reference Measurement Tool Dialog Table 8-33. Related Topics Specified that all previous results of that measurement type are to be removed. If a value is entered instead. • Plot New Waveform of “<measurement type>” vs <parameter>. • “Using the Measurement Tool” on page 142 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. edge trigger. a parameter is applied individually to each waveform. Default. Intersect and Slope Intersect can only be applied to a single waveform at any one time. Mouse Pointer Dialog Contents Field Show Tooltips Change Color of Objects When Under Pointer Mouse Strokes About Mouse Strokes Gives a quick overview on mouse strokes without having to refer to the Help system. Use this dialog to specify options for your mouse. AMS11. such as axes or waveform names.2 . Mouse Pointer Options 334 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. change color when the mouse pointer is over them. Mouse Pointer Dialog Table 8-34. then choose Mouse Pointer from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Specifies whether graph window objects.Dialog and Field Reference Mouse Pointer Dialog Mouse Pointer Dialog To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu. Figure 8-34. Description Specifies whether popup tooltip windows are used. Use this dialog to specify options relating to compound waveforms. Multiple Run Dialog EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. specifies one Choose the Key or more keyboard modifiers to use with the left button instead. Figure 8-35. The Select button enables a different color to be chosen. Mouse Pointer Dialog Contents (cont.Dialog and Field Reference Multiple Run Dialog Table 8-34.) Field Color to Use When Drawing Mouse Strokes Description Specifies the color that will appear when drawing mouse strokes. AMS11. Modifier to Use with the Left Mouse Available options are: Button . • “Keyboard and Mouse” on page 262 Multiple Run Dialog To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu..2 335 . • Alt • Control • Shift Require Confirmation Before Executing a Close Stroke Related Topics Specifies that a confirmation dialog will be shown when the close stroke is executed. then choose Multiple Run from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. For systems that do not have a middle mouse button.. This option is only available when Display as Single Elements is selected. AMS11. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the phase noise function (phasenoise) used in the Waveform Calculator. Available options are: • Display as Compound — Specifies that compound waveforms are displayed as compound waveforms. Specifies that run parameter names and values are displayed with each waveform element. • Display as single elements — Specifies that compound waveforms are displayed with each individual element (or sub-waveform) overlaid in different colors. Multiple Run Dialog Contents Field Compound Waveform Display Description Specifies how compound waveforms are displayed. it is not applied to subsequent simulated runs. Click the pn button on the calculator panel. Related Topics • “Compound Waveforms” on page 77 Phase Noise Dialog To access: 1. if a measurement is taken on a run.Dialog and Field Reference Phase Noise Dialog Table 8-35.2 . 3. 336 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. Select RF from the Panel menu. this measurement will not be taken automatically for subsequent simulated runs. Moreover if a user display is set for a run. Show Names With Run Parameters Usage Notes When a multiple run is displayed as single elements. Default. 2. Phase Noise Dialog Contents Field Source Waveforms Description Specifies the Nominal and Rms source waveforms.2 337 . The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list.Dialog and Field Reference Phase Noise Dialog Figure 8-36. Specifies the name of the phase noise variance slope output variable. Specifies the name of the output waveform. Specifies the name of the oscillation fundamental frequency output variable. The result waveform has a frequency domain waveform and a dBc range. AMS11. Output Waveform Name Oscillation Fundamental Frequency Name Jitter Noise Variance Slope Name Phase Noise Variance Slope Name EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Phase Noise Dialog Table 8-36. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. Specifies the name of the jitter noise variance slope output variable. 338 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . Description • • • • “Constellation Diagram Dialog” on page 287 “Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog” on page 305 “RF Functions” on page 177 “phasenoise” on page 490 Power Spectral Density Dialog To access: 1.Dialog and Field Reference Power Spectral Density Dialog Table 8-36. 2. Phase Noise Dialog Contents (cont. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the power spectral density function (psd) used in the Waveform Calculator. Click the psd button on the calculator panel. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu.) Field Parameter Setup Start Time Minimum Frequency Maximum Frequency Related Topics Specifies the first X value of a transient signal. Default is 1. Specifies the stop of the frequency band in which the phase noise spectrum will be calculated.0. Select Signal Processing from the Panel menu. Default is (frequency of the derivative signal)/2. AMS11. Specifies the start of the frequency band in which the phase noise spectrum will be calculated. 3. Dialog and Field Reference Power Spectral Density Dialog Figure 8-37. Power Spectral Density Dialog EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11.2 339 . Refer to “Window Shapes” on page 205 for more details about these options. Specifies the stop time for the signal. AMS11. Number of Points for Auto Correlation Result Number of Points for PSD Result Specifies the number of points for the PSD result. Specifies the starting frequency used to display the FFT result. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform.Dialog and Field Reference Power Spectral Density Dialog Table 8-37. Specifies the method for calculating the PSD: • Correlogram Method • Periodogram Method Refer to “The Autocorrelation Function and Power Spectral Density” on page 201 for more information about these options. Power Spectral Density Dialog Contents Field Source Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. The default. Output Waveform Power Spectral Density Name Computation Method Parameter Setup Start Time Stop Time Number of Points Sampling frequency Specifies the sampling frequency. Output Options Reference Frequency Minimum Frequency Adjusts results around the Y-axis so that the point for the specified reference frequency is 0. Specifies the name for the PSD output waveform. Section Specifies the number of points in the AF result (Nauto). Specifies the start time for the signal. Number of Points by Specifies the number of points for the output waveform. • Periodic — Setup is enhanced for spectral analysis of periodic signals.2 . Specifies the number of sampling points.0. 340 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Specifies the window shape as one of the following: • Symmetric — Standard FFT setup. Improving FFT Results Windowing Sampling method Pad with Zeros Usage Notes This dialog accesses two different but related functions: calculating the autocorrelation function (AF) of a signal waveform. except for the first point. it can be especially relevant when the signal is random. as such. Related Topics • • • • “Windowing Transforms” on page 206 “Signal Processing Functions” on page 177 “psd” on page 493 “Window Shapes” on page 205 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Specifies a windowing transform to apply to the output waveform(s) from: • Bartlett • Blackman • Blackman-Harris • Dolph-Chebyshev • Hamming • Hanning • Kaiser • Klein • Parzen • Rectangular • Welch Refer to “Windowing Transforms” on page 206 for more details about these options. Power Spectral Density Dialog Contents (cont. • Cubic Spline — interpolated points will be computed using the Cubic Spline method rather than linear interpolation. Specifies the sampling method as one of the following: • Use Data Points — Select if the input data has equidistant Time Steps.2 341 .) Field Maximum Frequency Normalize Results Description Specifies the last frequency used to display the FFT result.Dialog and Field Reference Power Spectral Density Dialog Table 8-37. • Uniform Sampling — Select otherwise. which is divided by Number of Points. AMS11. Specifies that padding with zeros is allowed. and calculating the power spectral density (PSD) of a signal waveform. Specifies that all results are divided by (Number of Points)/2. The default. The AF is an average measure of its time domain properties. Dialog and Field Reference RF Dialog • • • “Correlogram Method” on page 202 “Periodogram Method” on page 202 “The Autocorrelation Function and Power Spectral Density” on page 201 RF Dialog To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu, then choose RF from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Use this dialog to specify RF settings for the waveform display. Figure 8-38. RF Dialog 342 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Dialog and Field Reference Row Dialog Table 8-38. RF Dialog Contents Field Smith Chart Plot Sxx-Parameters Specifies that S11 and S22 (scattering) parameters will in a Smith Chart automatically be displayed in a Smith Chart. Checked by default. Always consider waveforms as Sxxparameters Specifies that waveforms in the Smith Chart will be displayed as the normalized impedance of a Sxx parameter. Otherwise, waveforms are not considered as Sxx parameters and input waveforms are simply displayed in the Smith Chart plane. Checked by default. Specifies the Smith Chart type as one of the following: • Impedance (default). • Admittance. Description Smith Chart Type Smith Chart Cursors Impedance / Specifies the display as one of the following: Admittance Display • Normalized (default). • Use Characteristic Impedance. Stability / Noise Circles Hide Stability / Noise Circles Polar Chart Plot Sxy-Parameters Specifies that S12 and S21 (scattering) parameters will be in a Polar Chart displayed in a polar display of a Smith Chart. See “Smith Chart and Polar Displays” on page 108. Checked by default. Polar Chart Polar Chart Display The complex-valued waveform is plotted Specifies the polar chart to be displayed as one of the following: • Degree (default). • Radian. Specifies that circles are hidden by default. Related Topics • “Smith Chart and Polar Displays” on page 108 Row Dialog To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu, then choose Row from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Use this dialog to specify RF settings for the waveform display. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 343 Dialog and Field Reference Row Dialog Figure 8-39. Row Dialog Table 8-39. Row Dialog Contents Field Row Height Analog Row Height Specifies the height for the analog rows as one of the following: • Automatic — Specifies that the row height is determined based on the content of the row. Specify the minimum height for a row in pixels. • Fixed — Specifies that the rows are set at a fixed height. Specify the fixed height in pixels. Digital Row Height Space Between Rows Minimize Space Between Rows Specifies that the distance between rows will be reduced. This causes the rows to be more closely spaced to increase the number of rows visible at one time. By default, this is turned off. Specifies the height of digital rows in pixels. Description 344 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Dialog and Field Reference Save Dialog Table 8-39. Row Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Y Axis Range Specifies that uninitialized Questa ADMS values will be ignored Ignore Questa when calculating the Y axis range for plots. ADMS Uninitialized Values Usage Notes In VHDL-AMS, un-initialized values default to the following values: Description • • • 1.0e308 for “real” signals 2147483648 for “integer” signals 922337203685477580 for “time” signals (femto seconds) When plots are generated, these un-initialized values at t = 0 may cause the plot to have a Y axis range that is too large in relation to the waveform. By selecting Ignore ADMS Uninitialized Values, these values will be ignored when calculating the Y axis range for plots. Note These un-initialized values are only ignored when calculating the Y axis range of plots. They will still exist in the waveform data (adding a cursor at the location will display the value) as it may be useful to know that there are un-initialized values in the waveform. Related Topics • “Rows” on page 240 Save Dialog To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu, then choose Save from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Use this dialog to specify global settings relating to saving waveforms and windows. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 345 Dialog and Field Reference Save Dialog Figure 8-40. Save Dialog Table 8-40. Save Dialog Contents Field Description Specifies the windows that the File > Save command saves as one of the following: • Save Active Window — Specifies that only the active window is saved. • Save All Windows — Specifies that all windows are saved. Save Related Database (Only for .swd File) Specifies that when you save the active graph window to a .swd file, EZwave creates and saves a new wdb database file with the waveforms that are plotted in the saved graph window. Save Window Management 346 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Dialog and Field Reference Save Dialog Table 8-40. Save Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Save As Paths Specifies the type of path used to point to dataset (.wdb) files within the TCL or SWD scripts that are generated when a window is saved. Available options are: • Use Absolute Paths • Use Relative Paths If this option is selected, specifies that the path is relative to: • Relative to AMS_EZDO_ROOT — The AMS_EZDO_ROOT environment variable. If this option is selected, the AMS_EZDO_ROOT environment variable must be defined when the TCL or SWD script is executed. • Relative to Script Location Save to Ascii Options Field Separator Specifies the character that will be used as a field separator when saving a waveform to an ASCII file. Available options are: • Predefined — A dropdown menu list of available predefined field delimiters (Tab, Space, or a comma [,]). • User defined — A text box to define your own by entering any series of characters. Description Number of Digits of Specifies the size of the output file. Select the level of precision in Precision the save file with the dropdown list. You can select from 1 to 9 digits of precision, or full precision. Save Bus as Separated Bits Bus Radix Specifies that buses are saved as separated bits. Specifies that the bus value is saved instead of the values of the individual bits composing the bus. This option is only available when the Save Bus as Separated Bits option is unchecked. The radix can be one of the following: • Two's Complement • Binary • Hexadecimal • Octal • Unsigned Decimal • Ascii Related Topics • • • “Changing Default Environment Variables” on page 40 “Saving and Restoring Graph Windows” on page 211 “Saving a Waveform Database” on page 216 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 347 Dialog and Field Reference Save As Dialog Save As Dialog To access: Right-click on a waveform, waveform name or database, then choose Save As from the pop-up menu. Use this dialog to specify how much of the waveforms you are saving will be recorded to the save file. Figure 8-41. Save As Dialog Table 8-41. Save As Dialog Contents Field Location File Name Specifies he name of the file to save. Type the name, including the extension, or click to browse for a path name and filename. Description 348 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Dialog and Field Reference Save As Dialog Table 8-41. Save As Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Save as Type Description Specifies that the file is saved as one of the following: • MGC Database Files (.wdb) • SPICE PWL (.sti) • TXT (Text File) (.txt) • CSV (Comma delimited) (.csv) Specifies that the save file is compressed in gzip format. For example, a gzipped MGC Database File (.wdb.gz). Specifies that new data will be saved over the old file if the file already exists. Specifies the portion of the waveform to save as one of the following: • Entire Waveforms • Minimum / Maximum — The area between two specified X values. Enter the X values in the text boxes. If you enter a value that is beyond the range of the plotted waveform, the value is set to the minimum or maximum value, as appropriate. • Visible X Region Only — Only available for plotted waveforms. • Between Two Cursors — The area between two vertical cursors Only available for plotted waveforms. Use the dropdown lists to select the two cursors to save between. All cursors on the waveform selected are listed in the dropdown lists, even cursors that are not currently visible in the window. Specifies the sampling method as one of the following: • Use Data Points — Specifies that only existing waveform data points will be saved. No interpolation or filtering is performed. • Uniform Sampling — Specifies that data points will be saved based on a sampling of the waveform. When you select this option, an additional field appears, allowing you to enter a sampling value and select a sampling unit from a dropdown list for each X-axis unit being saved. • Cubic Spline Sampling — Specifies that interpolated points will be computed using the Cubic Spline method rather than linear interpolation. • At Cursor Locations — Specifies that the cursors on the waveform(s) being saved will be used as the data points. When you select this option, an additional field appears, allowing you to select the cursors to use. Compress With Overwrite existing file Options X Range Setup Data Sampling EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 349 Dialog and Field Reference Save Windows Dialog Table 8-41. Save As Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Spice pwl Absolute Derivative Specifies the absolute tolerance and enable filtering of output Limit points by performing a slope based comparison. Only available if the file type is Spice PWL (.sti). Relative Derivative Limit Delta Limit Specifies the relative tolerance and enable filtering of output points by performing a slope based comparison. Only available if the file type is Spice PWL (.sti). Specifies the threshold the lower limit threshold and enable filtering of output points by performing an absolute variation comparison. Only available if the file type is Spice PWL (.sti). Description Usage notes • • • For details on customizing the Save As options, refer to“Save Dialog” on page 345. When saving a database as a SPICE PWL file (.sti), only waveforms that contain voltage or current sources are saved. If a database contains waveforms with neither voltage or current sources, those waveforms are ignored. When compressing a saved file in gzipped format the original file is not removed. This can be removed manually to reduce the amount of disk space required. Related Topics • • “Save Dialog” on page 345 “Saving a Waveform Database” on page 216 Save Windows Dialog To access: Select File > Save from the menu bar. Use this dialog to specify what portions of the currently open windows you want to save. 350 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Dialog and Field Reference Save Windows Dialog Figure 8-42. Save Windows Dialog Table 8-42. Save Windows Dialog Contents Field Location File Name Overwrite existing file Specifies the name of the file in which to save the window(s) Specifies that if a file with the same path and name exists, it will be overwritten. The window can be saved in one of the following formats: • Save in TCL • Save in SWD Options Specifies the window(s) to save from: • Save Active Window • Save All Windows Save Related Database Specifies to also save a database file (.wdb) corresponding to the waveforms in the window or windows being saved. This option is only available when Save in SWD is selected. Description Usage Notes If the window is saved as a TCL script, or a SWD script without the related database, the path to the database (.wdb file) within the script may be written as an absolute path, a path relative to the environment variable AMS_EZDO_ROOT or a path relative to the saved script, depending on the Save As Paths settings in Save Dialog. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 351 Dialog and Field Reference Select Hierarchy Dialog Related Topics • “Saving Graph Windows” on page 212 Select Hierarchy Dialog To access: Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Add > Compare by Hierarchy from the menu bar. This dialog is part of the Waveform Compare Tool. Use it to specify the reference and test hierarchies for waveform comparison. Figure 8-43. Select Hierarchy Dialog Table 8-43. Select Hierarchy Dialog Contents Field Select a Hierarchy Description Specifies the reference design hierarchy for waveform comparison. Select the hierarchy from the reference database in the upper part of the Waveform List, and click the Add Selected Hierarchies button . Specifies a test hierarchy with a different name to the reference hierarchy. Unchecked by default. Reference Hierarch Level Test Hierarchy Level Specify a different name for the test hierarchy level 352 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Dialog and Field Reference Select Waveforms Dialog Table 8-43. Select Hierarchy Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Select a Hierarchy Description Specifies the test design hierarchy for waveform comparison. Select the hierarchy from the reference database in the upper part of the Waveform List, and click the Add Selected Hierarchies button . Compare Specifies the types of waveforms to include in the comparison. Waveforms of Type Select one or more of: • In • Out • InOut • Internal • Port Recursive Search Usage Notes Select Hierarchy is also in the Waveform Compare Wizard. When you access Select Hierarchy from the Waveform Compare Wizard, a Next button is visible and advances the wizard to the next dialog. Related Topics Specifies that the Waveform Compare Tool searches the hierarchies recursively during the waveform comparison. • “Using the Waveform Compare Wizard” on page 116 Select Waveforms Dialog To access: Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Add > Compare by Waveform from the menu bar. This dialog is part of the Waveform Compare Tool. Use it to specify the reference and test waveforms for comparison. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 353 Dialog and Field Reference Select Waveforms Dialog Figure 8-44. Select Waveforms Dialog Table 8-44. Select Waveforms Dialog Contents Field Description Specifies the waveforms from the reference database to compare. The white area on the left contains the list of reference waveforms to compare. Add Opens the Add Waveforms dialog. From the Add Waveforms dialog, select the reference waveforms from the reference database(s). Removes the selected waveform from the list on the left of the Select Waveforms dialog. Moves the selected waveform from the list on the left up one spot. The order of the list only matters if the Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database is unchecked. Moves the selected waveform from the list on the left down one spot. The order of the list only matters if the Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database is unchecked. Add Waveforms from Reference Database Remove Move Up Move Down 354 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 Dialog and Field Reference Signal to Noise Ratio Dialog Table 8-44. Select Waveforms Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Description Specifies the waveforms from the test database to compare. The white area on the left contains the list of test waveforms to compare. Available if Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database is unchecked. Add Opens the Add Waveforms dialog. From the Add Waveforms dialog, select the test waveforms from the reference database(s). Available if Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database is unchecked. Removes the selected waveform from the list on the left of the Select Waveforms dialog. Available if Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database is unchecked. Moves the selected waveform from the list on the left up one spot. Available if Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database is unchecked. Moves the selected waveform from the list on the left down one spot. Available if Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database is unchecked. Add Waveforms from Test Database Remove Move Up Move Down Take Corresponding Specifies that waveforms with the same name will be compared Waveforms in Test from the reference and test databases. Checked by default. Database Usage Notes Select Waveforms is also in the Waveform Compare Wizard. When you access Select Waveforms from the Waveform Compare Wizard, a Next button is visible and advances the wizard to the next dialog. Related Topics • “Using the Waveform Compare Wizard” on page 116 Signal to Noise Ratio Dialog To access: 1. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. 2. Select Signal Processing from the Panel menu. 3. Click the snr button on the calculator panel. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual, AMS11.2 355 Figure 8-45. Description Parameter Setup Minimum Frequency 356 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Specifies the minimum frequency to be used in the calculation. AMS11. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Refer to “The Signal to Noise Function” on page 205 for details on how this function computes the signal to noise ratio of the input waveform signal by using the Gain of the FFT result.2 . The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. Signal to Noise Ratio Dialog Table 8-45. Signal to Noise Dialog Contents Field Source Waveform Select Waveform Specifies the source waveforms.Dialog and Field Reference Signal to Noise Ratio Dialog Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the snr function used in the Waveform Calculator. Use this dialog to specify global annotation display options for the waveform display. then choose Text Annotation from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Signal to Noise Dialog Contents (cont.You can also enter the frequencies manually. Description Specifies the minimum frequency to be used in the calculation. Related Topics Specifies that frequencies will be added to the list by clicking on the waveform. Adds the frequencies at the cursors on the specified waveform to the list. the computation is applied over the entire waveform.2 357 . AMS11. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. These dropdown lists specify a pair of cursors to use as boundaries for picking frequencies. If no minimum and maximum frequencies are specified. • • • “Signal Processing Functions” on page 177 “snr” on page 516 “The Signal to Noise Function” on page 205 Text Annotation Dialog To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu.) Field Maximum Frequency Frequency List Pick Points Pick from Cursors Pick All Frequencies Between Cursors Pick Usage Notes Only a complex waveform or a waveform representing a Gain is accepted as a valid source waveform. The minimum and maximum frequency boundaries do not limit your ability to pick frequencies outside of those boundaries in the Frequency List.Dialog and Field Reference Text Annotation Dialog Table 8-45. Populates the frequency list with the frequencies between the two specified cursors. 2 . Related Topics • • “Adding Text Annotations to a Waveform” on page 216 “Text Annotation” on page 52 358 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Specifies that a vertical line is displayed across the waveform at the selected position. AMS11.Dialog and Field Reference Text Annotation Dialog Figure 8-46. Text Annotation Dialog Contents Field Hide Annotation Anchor Symbol Show Vertical Line at Anchor Position Description Specifies that annotation anchor symbols are displayed. Annotation Display Options Add Annotations Options Expand Digital Row Specifies that the default digital row height is expanded when Height annotations are added to a digital waveform. Text Annotation Dialog Table 8-46. Transformations Dialog Table 8-47. Use this dialog to specify transformations. AMS11. then choose Transformations from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left.2 359 . Transformations Dialog Contents Field dB Magnitude Description The magnitude of each point of the complex-valued waveform calculated in decibels (20 * log (waveform)) The square root of (re2 + im2) for each point of the complexvalued waveform. Figure 8-47. Supported Complex Waveform Transformations EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Dialog and Field Reference Transformations Dialog Transformations Dialog To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu. specifies that all of the transformed waveforms will be plotted in the same row (overlaid). source type. This invokes the Edit Digital Transformation dialog. and destination type in this dialog. Select a transformation and click to remove that transformation. You can also apply the transformation directly by right-clicking a waveform and selecting Transformations > transformation_name from the pop-up menu. See “Smith Chart and Polar Displays” on page 108. AMS11. 360 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. This option does not apply to complex-plane plots. The complex-valued waveform of a collection of complex numbers (z=a+ib. The complex-valued waveform is plotted in a polar display of a Smith Chart. The imaginary component of each point in the complex-valued waveform. The phase of each point in the complex-valued waveform. Transformations Dialog Contents (cont.Dialog and Field Reference Transformations Dialog Table 8-47. this transformation is useful when analyzing waveforms with more than +/.180 degrees of phase shift. where i is the imaginary number) plotted as a curve (not necessarily monotonic) of the unique points (a. Enter the transformation name. including an accumulated phase angle from the previous points. Select a transformation and click to change the transformation details. Click to add a new digital waveform transformation.) Field Real Imaginary Phase Description The real component of each point in the complex-valued waveform. All phase angles will be between -180 degrees and 180 degrees (-PI radians and PI radians). The complex-valued waveform is plotted on a Smith Chart. unlike the Phase transformation. As this transformation does not include a phase discontinuity at the 180 degree boundaries. polar charts and Smith Charts.b) in the complex plane. Continuous Phase (Cphase) Complex Plane Smith Chart Polar Chart Selected Transformation Should be Plotted Overlaid New Supported Digital Waveform Transformations Edit Delete Usage Notes The Apply By Default checkboxes specify one or more transformations that will be automatically applied when a complex-valued waveform is plotted. The phase of each point in the complex-valued waveform. If more than one transformation is selected. This invokes the Edit Digital Transformation dialog.2 . Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Dialog Related Topics • “Plotting Complex-Valued Waveforms” on page 72 Waveform Dialog To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu. Waveform Dialog Table 8-48.2 361 . AMS11. to infinity EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Figure 8-48. then choose Waveform from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Use this dialog to specify how analog and wreal waveforms are displayed in EZwave graph windows. Extending Extend last analog waveform data point would cause the last data point in the result waveform to extend horizontally to infinity (as well as the reference waveform). Waveform Dialog Contents Field Description Specifies that the last data point is extended to infinity. AMS11. Then choose a Waveform Calculator options category from the Ezwave Preferences List: Calculations Options General Options View Dialog Calculations Options Used to specify calculation options for the Waveform Calculator. similar to real waveforms. Refer to “Plotting wreal Waveforms” on page 72 for more details about these options. The default. • Display as Railroad Waveforms — Displays wreal waveforms as “railroad” waveforms. • • • • Select Edit > Options from within the Waveform Calculator. With “step” waveforms the ‘X’ and ‘Z’ states are displayed as colored rectangles.Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Calculator Options Dialogs Table 8-48. then choose Waveform Calculator from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left.2 .) Field Wreal Waveforms Description Specifies the way wreal waveforms are displayed as one of the following: • Display as Step Waveforms — Displays wreal waveforms as “step” waveforms. 362 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Related Topics • • “Analog Comparison” on page 130 “Plotting wreal Waveforms” on page 72 Waveform Calculator Options Dialogs Used to set options for the Waveform Calculator. To access: • Or: Select Edit > Options from the main menu. Waveform Dialog Contents (cont. For more information see “Window Shapes” on page 205. Calculations in Waveform Calculator Contents Field FFT Precision Sampling Epsilon Specifies the value used in the uniform sampling algorithm of signal processing functions. • Periodic — Setup is enhanced for spectral analysis of periodic signals. EZwave uses this value to determine whether it needs to perform interpolation between X values of the waveform at each t+dt sampling point.Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Calculator Options Dialogs Figure 8-49. Description Window Shape EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 363 . The default. AMS11. Calculations Dialog in Waveform Calculator Table 8-49. The sampling epsilon value is relative to the scale of the waveform being sampled. The Window Shape setting set here is used as the default within FFT windows and functions. Specifies the window shape: • Symmetric — Standard FFT setup. AMS11. General Dialog in Waveform Calculator 364 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Calculator Options Dialogs General Options Used to specify general Waveform Calculator options.2 . Figure 8-50. At that point. Specifies that you want to always plot the resulting waveform after the expression is evaluated. General in Waveform Calculator Contents Field Expression Evaluation Logic Description Specifies the expression evaluation logic as one of the following: • Infix — Specifies entry and evaluation mode in which the user enters the entire expression to the calculator and then presses the carriage return or Eval button to cause the expression to be evaluated. • Radians — A unit of angular measure in which the angle of an entire circle is 2 pi radians (denoted RAD). • RPN-deferred — Specifies an entry and evaluation mode in which the user enters operands onto the stack. • Verilog — To use Verilog-style notation. but those expressions are generated as infix strings and are not evaluated until the user is ready. Specifies the logic panel type as one of the following: • VHDL — To use VHDL-style notation. This is equivalent to clicking Eval and Plot. and then selects an operator. This method lets users use RPN to build expressions. Trigonometric Angle Temperature Unit Logic Panel Type Evaluation Result Display Clear Last Result Always Plot Last Result EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. The evaluation does not occur until the user presses the carriage return or Eval button.2 365 . At that point. This is equivalent to clicking Eval and Clear. enough operands are pulled from the stack to satisfy the needs of the operator. enough operands are pulled from the stack to satisfy the needs of the operator and the result is calculated. • RPN — Specifies Reverse Polish Notation. • Gradians — A unit of angular measure in which the angle of an entire circle is 400 gradians (denoted GRAD).Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Calculator Options Dialogs Table 8-50. AMS11. and an infix version of the RPN expression is created but not evaluated. This option is on by default. Clears the Expression Entry Area each time after the expression is evaluated. An entry and evaluation mode in which the user enters operands onto the stack and then selects an operator. Specifies the trigonometric angle as one of the following: • Degrees — A unit of angular measure in which the angle of an entire circle is 360 degrees (denoted DEG). Specifies the measurement unit for temperature display as one of the following: • Celsius • Kelvin. Specifies the default path for loading all of the user extension files. Description Removes all existing variables in the calculator. Figure 8-51.tcl extension in order to load.Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Calculator Options Dialogs Table 8-50.2 .) Field Reset all calculator variables User Extension Files Load User Extension Files at Startup Directory path Specifies that user extension files will be loaded at startup. These files must have a . View Dialog in Waveform Calculator 366 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. General in Waveform Calculator Contents (cont. View Dialog Use this dialog to specify Waveform Calculator displays option. AMS11. .. …). Use this dialog to specify options for Waveform Comparison. then choose Waveform Compare from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Specifies that the use of Emacs shortcuts in the Waveform Calculator entry fields is enabled. Waveform Compare Dialog Contents Field Description Allow Partial Match Specifies that when comparing waveforms. Specifies that the possible function names will be displayed as you type in the Waveform Calculator entry field.) Waveform Calculator in Independent Window Enable Emacs-like Navigating Shortcuts in Entry Field Enable Function Name Completion in Entry Field Related Topics Description Specifies that any Waveform Calculator functions with more than three arguments will display a wizard dialog to assist in setting up the arguments (fft. View in Waveform Calculator Contents Field Enable Wizard Dialogs (fft..2 367 . EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Compare Dialog Table 8-51. ifft. partial matching is allowed. Figure 8-52. Specifies that the Waveform Calculator will open in an independent window. • • “Waveform Calculator” on page 34 “Using the Waveform Calculator” on page 162 Waveform Compare Dialog To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu. Waveform Compare Dialog Table 8-52. ifft. Default. • Display N Levels — Specifies that a limited number of levels will be displayed. Waveform Names Display Dialog Contents Field Waveform Hierarchy Description Specifies the hierarchy display as one of the following: • Full Hierarchy — Specifies that the full hierarchy will be displayed.Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Names Display Dialog Related Topics • “Comparing Waveforms” on page 114 Waveform Names Display Dialog To access: Select Format > Waveform Names Display from the main menu. Use this dialog to specify how waveform names are displayed. AMS11. This is a global setting. Enter the number of levels to display. • No Hierarchy (Leaf Name Only) — Specifies that only the leaf name will be displayed.2 Waveform Names Display Justify Value 368 . Figure 8-53. Waveform Names Display Dialog Table 8-53. Specifies how the waveform name is justified when displayed. from one of the following: • Left (Default) • Right EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Calculated (<calc>) databases are not included in the count of databases. • Always Hide Database Name (Default) Related Topics • “Configuring Waveform Names” on page 43 Waveform List Dialog To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu. Waveform Names Display Dialog Contents (cont.2 369 . Waveform List Dialog EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. then choose Waveform List from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left.Dialog and Field Reference Waveform List Dialog Table 8-53. Use this dialog to specify options for the Waveform List Panel. Figure 8-54.) Field Database Name Description Specifies how the database name will be displayed from one of the following: • Always Show Database Name • Show Name If Two or More Databases. AMS11. Available options by Default are: • Tree View. automatic searching is enabled. plotted nodes are overlaid. AMS11. the alphabetically-sorted Waveform List considers case. Disable Automatic Search While Typing Text Related Topics • “Waveform List Panel” on page 237 370 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. By default. Waveform List Dialog Contents Field Description Waveform List Panel Use Following View Specifies how waveform names are displayed. While automatic searching is enabled. • List View. Specifies whether to search the waveform lists while you type in the Contains text fields. the waveforms are stacked. This text field appears in the Waveform List panel and by default. If automatic searching is disabled. all databases are shown. waveforms that are hidden in the databases are not shown in the Waveform List Panel. This option is selected by default. you must press Enter to perform the search. The bottom panel is called the Waveform List and displays the list of waveforms that belong to the selected structures. Separate Tree View Into Structure and Waveform List Views Plot Hierarchical Nodes Stacked When Dragging and Dropping Show Only Databases Related to Active Workspace Sort the Waveform List in a CaseInsensitive Way Show Hidden Waveforms Specifies that the Tree View is divided into two panels. Default. By default. Specifies that only the databases that are related to the currently active workspace are listed. The top panel is called the Structure List and displays the hierarchical structures of the waveform database. Specifies that hidden waveforms are shown in the Waveform List Panel.Dialog and Field Reference Waveform List Dialog Table 8-54. By default. Specifies that when you drag and drop a hierarchical node from the Structure List to the workspace or a Graph window. If this option is cleared. waveforms are stacked. Specifies that case is disregarded when sorting the Waveform List. Showing hidden waveforms in the Waveform List Panel does not make them visible in the Graph windows. By default.2 . it will show only waveforms that match the string (or partial string) that you type while you type. Analog Waveforms To access: Right-click on a displayed waveform and select Properties.2 371 . are selected. Appearance Tab . AMS11. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Properties Dialog Waveform Properties Dialog To access: Right-click on one or more selected waveforms to display the Waveform Name Popup Menu and select Properties. Use this tab to set global options for the appearance of analog waveforms. • • • Analog Waveform Properties Digital Waveform Properties Radix Waveform Properties Analog Waveform Properties The Waveform Properties dialog for analog waveforms contains the following three tabs when only one waveform is selected: • • • Appearance Tab .Analog Waveforms Parameters Tab . or digital buses or analog waveforms containing integer data. Use this dialog to specify the appearance. The Waveform Properties dialog functions differently depending on whether analog or digital waveform(s). displays parameters.Analog Waveforms When more than one waveform is selected it contains the Analog Waveform Properties Tab.Analog Waveforms Transformations Tab . and transformations applied to waveforms. Use the Default button to reset the waveform name to the full name derived from the database. Appearance Tab for Analog Waveforms Contents Field Waveform Name Description Specifies a unique name for the waveform. Visual Effects Color Line Style Line Width Data Point Symbol 372 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Specifies the color of the waveform. Specifies the default line width of waveforms. Select a style from this dropdown list. Appearance Tab for Analog Waveforms Table 8-55. Select a width from this dropdown list. Specifies the data point symbol of the waveform. AMS11. The user-defined name will appear in the display and on the tooltip display. Select a color from this dropdown list. Specifies the line style of the waveform.2 . Select a symbol from this dropdown list.Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Properties Dialog Figure 8-55. Choose from: • Two’s Complement • Binary • Hexadecimal • Octal • Unsigned Decimal • Ascii This is only available for analog waveforms containing integer data. AMS11. It is not available when more than one waveform is selected. Since color is used to differentiate some states having the same shape. it only applies to that individual display of the wave. Select Automatic to preserve the settings for each individual waveform. Only the modified properties will apply to all selected waveforms.) Field Digital Radix Specifies the radix used for displaying waveform state values. This can be addressed by using a cursor to access the value. this can result in the loss of visual information in the waveform. This tab displays the Creation Date and Creation Time of the waveform. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Description Parameters Tab . Appearance Tab for Analog Waveforms Contents (cont.Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Properties Dialog Table 8-55. Hide Waveform Usage Notes Changing any of the visual effects in this tab affects all of the selected waveforms. Temporarily hides the display of the waveform data (the waveform name is not hidden). If the line color is changed.2 373 . Further displays will revert to the default color.Analog Waveforms To access: Right-click on one or more selected waveforms to display the Waveform Name Popup Menu and select Properties. 2 . It is not available when more than one waveform is selected. AMS11. Transformations Tab 374 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Analog Waveforms To access: Right-click on one or more selected waveforms to display the Waveform Name Popup Menu and select Properties. Parameters Tab Transformations Tab . Use this tab to specify the transformation to be applied to the waveform.Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Properties Dialog Figure 8-56. Figure 8-57. The complex-valued waveform is plotted in a polar display of a Smith Chart. Transformation Checkboxes Setting dB Magnitude Real Imaginary Phase Description The magnitude of each point of the complex waveform calculated in decibels (20 * log (waveform)) The square root of (re2 + im2) for each point of the complex waveform. The real component of each point in the complex waveform. A complex number z=a+ib can be associated to a unique point (a.180 degrees of phase shift. All phase angles will be between -180 degrees and 180 degrees (-PI radians and PI radians).2 375 . and a complex waveform of a collection of complex numbers can be represented as a curve (not necessarily monotonic) in the complex plane. AMS11. The complex-valued waveform is plotted on a Smith Chart. It is not available when only one waveform is selected. where i is the imaginary number. The complex plane is spanned by the vectors "1" and "i". The phase of each point in the complex waveform that includes an accumulated phase angle from the previous points. This transformation is useful when analyzing waveforms with more than +/. The imaginary component of each point in the complex waveform.Analog Waveforms.Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Properties Dialog Table 8-56. Continuous Phase Complex Plane Smith Chart Polar Chart Analog Waveform Properties Tab To access: Right-click when more than one waveform is to display the Waveform Name Popup Menu and select Properties. The phase of each point in the complex waveform. this transformation does not include a phase discontinuity at the 180 degree boundaries. This tab is identical to the Appearance Tab .b) in the complex plane. Unlike the Phase transformation. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 2 . If more than one waveform is selected it is called the Digital Waveform Properties tab.Digital Waveforms Parameters Tab . Use this tab to set global options for the appearance of digital waveforms.Digital Waveforms To access: Right-click on one selected waveforms to display the Waveform Name Popup Menu and select Properties. AMS11.Digital Waveforms When more than one waveform is selected it contains the Digital Waveform Properties Tab. Figure 8-58. Appearance Tab for a Digital Waveform 376 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Properties Dialog Related Topics • “Waveform Name Popup Menu” on page 259 Digital Waveform Properties The Waveform Properties dialog for digital waveforms contains the following two tabs when only one waveform is selected: • • Appearance Tab . Appearance Tab . Only the modified properties will apply to all selected waveforms. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Select Automatic to preserve the settings for each individual waveform. Select a color from this dropdown list. Since color is used to differentiate some states having the same shape. Choose from: • Two’s Complement • Binary • Hexadecimal • Octal • Unsigned Decimal • Ascii This is only available for digital buses. Hide Waveform Temporarily hides the display of the waveform data (the waveform name is not hidden).Digital Waveforms To access: Right-click on one selected waveforms to display the Waveform Name Popup Menu and select Properties. Visual Effects Automatic Color Color Digital Radix Usage Notes Changing any of the visual effects in this tab affects all of the selected waveforms. this can result in the loss of visual information in the waveform. AMS11. This can be addressed by using a cursor to access the value or by reverting to the Automatic Color setting. Specifies the color of the waveform. Parameters Tab . it only applies to that individual display of the wave. This tab displays the Creation Date and Creation Time of the waveform. Specifies the color of the waveform will be set automatically. The user-defined name will appear in the display and on the tooltip display.Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Properties Dialog Table 8-57. Specifies the radix used for displaying waveform state values. Appearance Tab for a Digital Waveform Contents Field Waveform Name Description Specifies a unique name for the waveform. Further displays will revert to the default color.2 377 . If the line color is changed. Use the Default button to reset the waveform name to the full name derived from the database. Parameters Tab Digital Waveform Properties Tab To access: Right-click when more than one waveform is to display the Waveform Name Popup Menu and select Properties.2 . Radix Waveform Properties Tab To access: Right-click when more than one waveform is selected to display the Waveform Name Popup Menu and select Properties. This tab is identical to the Appearance Tab . Use this tab to specify the radix used for displaying waveform state values for digital buses or analog waveforms containing integer data.Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Properties Dialog It is not available when more than one waveform is selected. 378 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. Related Topics • “Waveform Name Popup Menu” on page 259 Radix Waveform Properties The Waveform Properties dialog contains the Radix Waveform Properties tab when more than one digital bus or analog waveform containing integer data is selected. It is not available when only one waveform is selected.Digital Waveforms. Figure 8-59. Description Related Topics • “Waveform Name Popup Menu” on page 259 Windowing Transform Dialog To access: 1.Dialog and Field Reference Windowing Transform Dialog Figure 8-60. Radix Waveform Properties Dialog Table 8-58. Choose from: • Two’s Complement • Binary • Hexadecimal • Octal • Unsigned Decimal • Ascii Hide Waveform Temporarily hides the display of the waveform data (the waveform name is not hidden). AMS11. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Radix Waveform Properties Dialog Contents Field Digital Radix Specifies the radix used for displaying waveform state values. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. Select Signal Processing from the Panel menu. 2.2 379 . Windowing Transform Dialog Contents Field Select Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms. AMS11. Figure 8-61. Windowing Transform Dialog Table 8-59. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the windowing function used in the Waveform Calculator. Click the wnd button on the calculator panel.2 . This functionality can also be found in the Signal Processing tab of the Waveform Calculator.Dialog and Field Reference Windowing Transform Dialog 3. Specifies the name of the output waveform Output Waveform Name 380 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. Specifies the stop time for the signal.2 381 . AMS11. Specifies the window shape as one of the following: • Symmetric — Standard FFT setup. • Cubic Spline — Interpolated points will be computed using the Cubic Spline method rather than linear interpolation. Windowing Transform Dialog Contents (cont. • Uniform Sampling — Select otherwise. Number of Points Specifies the number of sampling points. The default.) Field Parameter Setup Start Time Stop Time Specifies the start time for the signal. Refer to “Window Shapes” on page 205 for more details about these options.Dialog and Field Reference Windowing Transform Dialog Table 8-59. Window Parameters Windowing Specifies a windowing transform to apply to the output waveform(s) from: • Bartlett • Blackman • Blackman-Harris • Dolph-Chebyshev • Hamming • Hanning • Kaiser • Klein • Parzen • Rectangular • Welch Refer to “Windowing Transforms” on page 206 for more details about these options. • Periodic — Setup is enhanced for spectral analysis of periodic signals. Description Sampling frequency Specifies the rate at which points are to be sampled between the start and stop times. Related Topics • • • “Signal Processing Functions” on page 177 “windowing” on page 527 “Window Shapes” on page 205 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Specifies the sampling method as one of the following: • Use Data Points — Select if the input data has equidistant Time Steps. The default. Dialog and Field Reference Workspace Dialog • “Windowing Transforms” on page 206 Workspace Dialog To access: • Or Select Edit > Options from the main menu. Figure 8-62. then choose Workspace from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Right-click your mouse to display the Workspace Popup Menu. Workspace Dialog 382 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11.2 . b. • In your workspace: a. Select the Options menu item available Use this dialog to specify options relating to your workspace. Available options are: • Solid Color • Tiled Image Clicking the Select button will open a secondary window with the available colors or images. minimized windows don't appear anywhere on the workspace and you will not be able to double-click the icon to restore the window. If the taskbar is not visible. AMS11. When turned off. Click the window name in the Window menu or the Graph Window button on the workspace taskbar in order to restore it. Workspace Dialog Contents Field Workspace Options Allow Multiple Workspaces Hide Icons for Minimized Windows Specifies whether multiple workspaces can be created. Specifies whether the workspace taskbar is visible. Related Topics Description Hide Taskbars Location for Tabs Workspace Background • “Configuring Graphical Elements” on page 46 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Specifies the visual appearance of the workspace area. the Workspace Popup Menu will not show the New menu item and the workspace tab area is removed. or by clicking the window name in the Window menu.Dialog and Field Reference Workspace Dialog Table 8-60. Specifies whether minimized graph windows appear as icons on the workspace. Select the desired location from the dropdown list. you can activate windows either by clicking directly on them. When turned off.2 383 . Specifies the location of the workspace selection tabs. Dialog and Field Reference Workspace Dialog 384 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .swd. . . . . . . . . the Eldo simulator runs a complete simulation and outputs the data in JWDB format to be directly viewed by EZwave. . . EZwave Reload Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . each 100Mbs of data). . . . . . . . . . Use a pre-defined configuration: eldo test. .swd file (this is an EZwave Save Window file) instead of the . . . . . . . .Appendix A Eldo Simulation The Eldo simulator outputs waveform data that can be displayed by EZwave. . 385 386 387 387 388 Scenario 1: Run Eldo With EZwave In this scenario. . . . . . . . . This chapter covers the different scenarios where EZwave works with the Eldo Simulator. . . . . . . . . . Scenario 1: Run Eldo With EZwave . . . . . . You can use one of the following methods: • Invoke Eldo Simulator from the command line as in the following example: eldo test. . . Scenario 4: Marching Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .swd & The simulator requests that EZwave display waveforms as defined in the config. . • • Use the -noisaving option to disable incremental saves inside the Eldo simulator.cir -ezwave -wdb_config config. the simulator exits and EZwave remains until you exit the program. . . . This allows you to run very large simulations without consuming too much memory. . When the simulation is completed. . . . . . . . . . . . . Scenario 3: Manual Status Update. . . . . . they will be automatically recomputed with new simulation data. . . . . EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. .cir. . . . . . . . . . The simulator regularly saves incremental data to the disk (by default. . . . . If some post-processed waveforms were stored through config.2 385 . . . . . . . Scenario 2: Complete Eldo Simulation and View Simulation Data Later . . . .PLOT statements defined in the netlist test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .cir -ezwave & This command invokes the Eldo simulator and directs it to run a complete simulation and output the data to a file. . . AMS11. . . . . . Eldo Simulation Scenario 2: Complete Eldo Simulation and View Simulation Data Later Scenario 2: Complete Eldo Simulation and View Simulation Data Later In this scenario. Alternatively. invoke EZwave. 386 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 3.cir This command invokes the Eldo simulator and directs it to run a complete simulation and output the data to a file. if you want to reuse the JWDB server launched by Eldo for other Eldo simulations. 1. which by default is located in $HOME/. To modify this value: o Set the environment variable. use the -jwdb_servermode option as in the following example: eldo test. The waveform data appears. In EZwave.info.2 . To modify the default: o Set the environment variable AMS_USE_ENV: setenv AMS_USE_ENV 1 o AMS_WDBSERVER_INFO must point to a writable file: setenv AMS_WDBSERVER_INFO /my/writable/folder/jwdbserver.cir -jwdb_servermode This option specifies that the JWDB server launched by Eldo can be re-used by other simulations. the data can be organized and the window contents can then be saved for later viewing.ini file.info Note JWDB Server mode can also be specified in the eldo. AMS11. the JWDB server will exit after the time specified by the environment variable AMS_WDBSERVER_TIMEOUT (if Eldo is not using it). In this mode. In EZwave. use the File > Open menu to open the JWDB file generated by the simulator. Useful data is stored in a file pointed to by the environment variable AMS_WDBSERVER_INFO. Invoke Eldo Simulator as in the following example: eldo test. AMS_USE_ENV: setenv AMS_USE_ENV 1 o Set AMS_WDBSERVER_TIMEOUT to the required value in minutes: setenv AMS_WDBSERVER_TIMEOUT 30 2.ezwave/jwdbserver. the Eldo Simulator runs a complete simulation and outputs the data in JWDB format to be read by EZwave. To display simulation results. Its default value is 60 minutes. the data is “reloaded” from the disk. 5. In EZwave. use the File > Open option to open the JWDB file generated by the simulator. 2. 3. Note For this release. This can be time-consuming.2 387 . 4. EZwave Reload Option The File > Reload option in EZwave is a shortcut to update waveforms data in EZwave with new simulated data with a single action. AMS11. the following limitations apply for this scenario: • • • The post-processed waveform is not automatically updated during the simulation. Scenario 3: Manual Status Update Waveform data can be manually collected from a running simulation at an interval of your own choosing. The waveform data appears.Eldo Simulation Scenario 3: Manual Status Update You can organize data in different graph rows and create some post processing waveforms. Invoke Eldo Simulator as in the following example: eldo test.swd file later on. Invoke Eldo Simulator using one of the following methods: Command line invocation: Invoke with EZwave using the following command: EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Modify simulation parameters in test.cir 6. invoke EZwave. Having EZwave display multiple-run simulation results may lead to internal errors. To display simulation results.cir and run another simulation: eldo test. It also automatically updates all post-processed waveform data.cir This command invokes the Eldo simulator and directs it to run a complete simulation and output the data to a file. To use the reload functionality: 1. In EZwave. use the File > Reload option to update waveforms with new simulated data. You can organize data in different graph rows and create some post processing waveforms. 1. You can save the window contents using the File > Save option and then reuse the “saved window” . This enables you to get a status update on a running simulation. If EZwave still displays data at the end of the simulation. This automates the process of updating waveform data viewed in EZwave.cir & Then invoke EZwave and use the File > Open option to open the . To update the data in the EZwave viewer. In the General options page. Automatically Update Displayed Waveforms Every X% of Simulation: This updates based on the percentage completion of the simulation.wdb file generated by the simulation. 2. This takes you to the General options page.cir & Then invoke EZwave and use the File > Open option to open the .ini file) when an Eldo simulation is invoked. 2. or hour. AMS11. 3. the following limitation applies for this scenario: If jwdb_servermode is set (from the command line or in the eldo. the simulation output data cannot be accessed until after the simulation completes. Invoke Eldo Simulator using one of the following methods: Command line invocation: Invoke with EZwave with the following command: eldo test.cir -ezwave & Output in JWDB format: Invoke the Eldo Simulator and run a complete simulation as in the following example: eldo test. 1. select Edit > Options to invoke the General Dialog. go to the Marching Waveforms area and set the update interval by either of the following options: Automatically Update Displayed Waveforms Every X time interval: The time interval can be by second.cir -ezwave & Output in JWDB format: Invoke the Eldo Simulator and run a complete simulation as in the following example: eldo test. This interval is set in EZwave and is run simultaneously with the Eldo Simulator. Scenario 4: Marching Update Waveform data can be collected from a running simulation at a pre-defined set interval.Eldo Simulation Scenario 4: Marching Update eldo test.wdb file generated by the simulation. In EZwave. This updates displayed waveforms with new simulation data. click the Update Waveform Data button in the EZwave toolbar. minute.2 . Note For this release. 388 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Eldo Simulation Scenario 4: Marching Update Be careful not to set too small of an interval. Note For this release. the simulation output data cannot be accessed until after the simulation completes. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.ini file) when an Eldo simulation is invoked.2 389 . Setting a short interval increase the number of updates and then the amount of resources globally used to update the waveform data viewed in EZwave. AMS11. the following limitation applies for this scenario: If jwdb_servermode is set (from command line or in the eldo. Eldo Simulation Scenario 4: Marching Update 390 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . asinh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . concat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 414 415 416 419 420 421 422 423 424 426 427 428 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . cos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to Using the Waveform Calculator for details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . complex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . atan2 . . . . . . . . . All of them are found in the Funcs tab of the Waveform Calculator. . . autocor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . constellationdiagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 acos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . avg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . continuous. . . . . . . compress . atan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions by Category. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix B Waveform Calculator Functions This appendix details all the built-in functions available in the Waveform Calculator. . . . . chirp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . acosh . . . . convolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . acot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ceil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cosh . . . . . . . . . 394 abs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 absolutejitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . and some of them also appear as buttons in the calculator when the appropriate category is selected from the dropdown list in the calculator. . acoth . . . . asin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 391 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . atod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . atanh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hdist . . . . . imag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . frexp . ifft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . falltime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . genlinear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . evmber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . db10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . datatowf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gptocomplex . . . genoctave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hypot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . integ . . . . . . . . fft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Waveform Calculator Functions coth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . eyediagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . idb10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gendecade . . . 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 445 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 465 466 467 392 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . idb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . harmonicdistortion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . crosscorrelation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fmod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . db . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . exp . derive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dtoaonbit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . harmonics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . deg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . histogram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cphase . . . gmargin . . . . . . . . . . . . dtoa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . larger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rms_ac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nand. . ror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mptocomplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . reglin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . periodjitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . psd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rms_noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . longtermjitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . noisetrantophasenoise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . phasenoise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ldexp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lesser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ln . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . phmargin. . rad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Waveform Calculator Functions integral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 393 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . risetime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pow10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . real. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . . . rol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . intersect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . oipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . modf. . . . . . relation . . . . . min. . . . . . . . . . . . rms_tran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ritocomplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 469 471 472 473 474 475 476 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 489 490 491 492 493 496 497 498 499 500 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xofmin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . snr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sum . . . . . . . . . . sin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wftoascii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sinh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 Functions by Category Table B-1through Table B-9 list the functions by category. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tanh . . . . . . windowing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xwave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xofmax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wftodata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Waveform Calculator Functions Functions by Category sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sqrt. . . . window . . . . . . . . . . . xnor . . . . . . .2 . . . . xcompress . EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . settlingtime . yval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The following conventions are used in the Usage sections of the detailed function descriptions: • 394 Required — Function names are bolded and must be typed exactly as shown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . windavg . . . sqr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tan . . . . . . . . Detailed descriptions of the functions are ordered alphabetically in the rest of this appendix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMS11. • [Optional Replace] — Optional argument place holders are surrounded by square brackets [ ] and in italics. Logic Functions nand nor rol ror sla sra xnor Table B-3. For example. Table B-1. Complex Functions complex cphase db db10 gptocomplex idb idb10 imag mag mptocomplex phase real ritocomplex Table B-2. multiple Usage lines are listed to show the different combinations of optional arguments. When using these optional arguments. Mathematical Functions abs ceil derive drv exp fmod frexp hypot integ integral ln log modf pow10 relation sqrt xofmax xofmin xwave EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. In these cases. abs(wf) indicates that you must replace the required argument wf with a value. For example. acos(wf[. x_end]) indicates that if you want. You must replace these arguments with a value or string. x_start.Waveform Calculator Functions Functions by Category • Required Replace — Required argument place holders are in bold italics. Note The square brackets [ ] around optional arguments may be omitted in some Usage lines of the function descriptions to improve clarity. you mst replace them with a value or a string.2 395 . you can supply start and end values for x by replacing x_start and x_end with values. AMS11. Statistical Functions avg eyediagram lesser max rms_ac rms_noise sum windavg 396 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Waveform Calculator Functions Functions by Category Table B-3. Signal Processing Functions autocor chirp convolution crosscorrelation deg fft harmonicdistortion harmonics hdist ifft psd rad sample snr windowing Table B-8.2 . RF Functions absolutejitter compress evmber iipx noisetrantophasenois phasenoise e oipx periodjitter xcompress constellationdiagram longtermjitter Table B-7. Miscellaneous Functions atod concat continuous datatowf dtoa dtoaonbit gendecade genlinear genoctave gmargin intersect phmargin reglin settlingtime shift wftoascii wftodata window xdown xup xval yval Table B-6. Measurement Functions falltime risetime Table B-5. Mathematical Functions (cont.) floor ldexp sqr Table B-4. AMS11.2 397 .Waveform Calculator Functions Functions by Category Table B-8. Statistical Functions (cont.) histogram larger min rms rms_tran size Table B-9. Trigonometric Functions acos acosh acot acoth asin asinh atan atan2 atanh cos cosh cot coth sin sinh tan tanh EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. Related Topics Mathematical Functions 398 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Waveform Calculator Functions abs abs Usage abs(wf) Arguments • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Description Returns the absolute value of wf.2 . [f_stop=]f_stop] [. [f_start=]f_start] [. In forced circuits. [sampling_nb_points=]sampling_nb_points (Optional) Specifies the number of sampling points on the input waveform. Note If only a subset of the optional arguments are specified. Default value is “End”. [f0=]f0[. [sampling_nb_points=]sampling_nb_points]) Arguments • • wf (Required) Specifies the name on the input waveform on which the absolute jitter is calculated. AMS11. this argument becomes optional. [f_stop=]f_stop (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of the interval for the absolute jitter calculation. [f0=]f0 (Required) Specifies the Fundamental Frequency of SST Noise Analysis. Default value is “Begin”. Default value is “Automatic”. Absolute or synchronous jitter corresponds to the jitter (average rms value) with respect to an ideal (jitter-free) reference source. When the optional argument prefixes [argument=] are specified.2 399 . • • • [f_start=]f_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of the interval for the absolute jitter calculation. the arguments can be specified in any order. Note If f0 is stored in the database by the Eldo RF simulator. Default value is “Automatic”. each optional argument prefix [argument=] must also be specified.Waveform Calculator Functions absolutejitter absolutejitter Usage absolutejitter(wf. Description Returns the absolute jitter value. jitter is considered as a random stationary process and its variance can be obtained from the phase noise spectrum. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. for which 100 sampling points are considered. DB(SPHI). Lf and DB(PHNOISE). 50) # This will calculate the absolute jitter for waveform wf1 # with fundamental frequency 4.000 Hz to 5. 4e6.Waveform Calculator Functions absolutejitter 1 2 . DB(SPHI_SSB). Usage Notes The calculation is designed for input waveforms SPHI. Example absolutejitter(wf1) # This will calculate the absolute jitter for waveform wf1 with an # automatically detected fundamental frequency that has been stored in # the database by the Eldo RF simulator.000 Hz. There will be 100 sampling points .000. AMS11.000.000.000. f0=6e6. but not restricted to this list. There will be 50 # sampling points. The entire # waveform will be used for the calculation. absolutejitter(wf1.000 Hz and 200 sampling points. 3e6. The calculation will use # the entire waveform.2 .∫0 S φ ( f ). 5e6. The calculation will use # the waveform from 3. absolutejitter(wf1.df 2 2π f 0 σ a corresponds to the absolute jitter value. SPHI_SSB. Related Topics longtermjitter periodjitter 400 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.the default.000 Hz.+∞ σ a = -------------. sampling_nb_points=200) # This will calculate the absolute jitter for waveform wf1 with # fundamental frequency 6. 1]. The input value should be in the range of [-1. AMS11. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Description Computes the principal value of the arccosine of wf.Waveform Calculator Functions acos acos Usage acos(wf[.2 401 . x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. Description Computes the hyperbolic arccosine of wf. x_start. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. AMS11.2 .Waveform Calculator Functions acosh acosh Usage acosh(wf[. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions 402 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. Waveform Calculator Functions acot acot Usage acot(wf[. Description Computes and returns the arccotangent of wf. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start. AMS11.2 403 . Description Computes and returns the hyperbolic arccotangent of wf. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.2 . AMS11. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions 404 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start.Waveform Calculator Functions acoth acoth Usage acoth(wf[. Waveform Calculator Functions asin asin Usage asin(wf[. Description Computes the principal value of the arcsine of wf. 1]. x_start. AMS11. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 405 . The input value should be in the range of [-1. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. AMS11.2 . x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.Waveform Calculator Functions asinh asinh Usage asinh(wf[. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions 406 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Description Computes the hyperbolic arcsine of wf. x_start. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. Description Computes the principal value of the arctangent of wf. x_start. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. Related Topics atan2 Trigonometric Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval.Waveform Calculator Functions atan atan Usage atan(wf[.2 407 . 180] degrees.0 is returned. If both arguments are 0.0. Description Computes the principal value of the arctangent of y/x. x (Required) Specifies the denominator of the input. 0. x) Arguments • • y (Required) Specifies the numerator of the input. returns the arctangent of y/x in the range [-180. Upon successful completion. AMS11.Waveform Calculator Functions atan2 atan2 Usage atan2(y.2 . using the signs of both arguments to determine the quadrant of the return value. Note This function only accepts scalar numbers as input parameters Related Topics atan Trigonometric Functions 408 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 2 409 . x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_start. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Description Computes the hyperbolic arctangent of wf. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11.Waveform Calculator Functions atanh atanh Usage atanh(wf[. 2 . threshold1[. AMS11. Related Topics dtoa dtoaonbit Miscellaneous Functions 410 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. threshold2 (Optional) Specifies the high threshold.Waveform Calculator Functions atod atod Usage atod(wf. threshold2]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Description Transforms an analog waveform to a digital waveform. threshold1 (Required) Specifies the threshold or low threshold. the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((number_of_points)/sampling_frequency) = time_stop . fs. nauto. “Padding Left” or “Padding Left and Right”. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. sampling. nsect. The input parameter will be verified by the algorithm and changed if necessary.time_start For periodic windows. windowType. AMS11. samplingEpsilon. Note For symmetric windows. points. or 0 to not modify the raw data from calculation. t_start (Optional) Specifies the start time of the input waveform. t_stop. points (Optional) Specifies the number of sampling points. fs (Optional) Specifies the sampling frequency of the signal. t_stop (Optional) Specifies the stop time of the input waveform. ncorr. padding (Optional) Activates data padding to pad the input data with zeros. normalized. computationMethod. t_start. f_max. the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((number_of_points-1)/sampling_frequency) = time_stop .time_start • • sampling (Optional) Specifies the method of computing the sampled data. Legal values are: “No Padding”. Legal values are “No Sampling” or “Interpolation”. f_min. window_shape]) Arguments • • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. before or after the input data set. • normalized (Optional) Specifies whether you want to take an average on the raw data to reduce noise and smooth the frequency domain waveform. padding.2 411 . Specify 1 to turn this on. alpha. f_ref. “Padding Right”.Waveform Calculator Functions autocor autocor Usage autocor(wf[. “BlackmanHarris”. “Parzen”. computationMethod (Optional) Specifies the computation method. “Bartlett”.2 .0. f_min (Optional) Specifies the starting frequency used inside the power spectral density result window. This is because the Discrete Fourier Transform assumes periodic extension of the input vector. nauto (Optional) Specifies the number of points for auto-correlation results. symmetric window shapes are preferred when using a Hanning window in FIR filter design. f_max (Optional) Specifies the last frequency used inside the power spectral density result window. AMS11. ncorr (Optional) Specifies the number of auto-correlation points used for power spectral density computation. nsect (Optional) Specifies the number of points by section. Legal values are: “Rectangular”.Waveform Calculator Functions autocor • windowType (Optional) Applies a windowing function from a selection of windows. Legal values are: “PERIODO” and “CORRELO”. and “Dolph Chebyshev” windows. “Welch”. “Klein” or “Dolph Chebyshev”. “Kaiser”. Periodic window shapes are preferred when using a Hanning window in spectral analysis. • • • • • • • • alpha (Optional) Specifies the alpha or beta value that is required by “Hanning”. “Blackman”. “Kaiser”. 412 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. “Hanning”. f_ref (Optional) Adjusts the results around the y-axis so that the point for the specified frequency is 0. A periodic Hanning window is obtained by constructing a symmetric window and removing the last sample. “Hamming”. Note For “Hanning”. Description Computes the auto-correlation of the input waveform. Defaults to the global setting in the Calculations Options dialog on page 362. The computed X value corresponds to t_start + (points * dX) where dX is the sampling interval retrieved from the fs. AMS11. Performing an FFT analysis on a random signal in order to extract significant information is relatively unproductive. select the "Periodic" option.2 413 . Tip: For comparing Eldo’s FFT results with EZwave’s FFT results. unless EZwave’s FFT is executed on an FFT_INPUT waveform. A far better method is the calculation of the auto-correlation function (AF). Eldo has already considered the periodicity of the input signal. In this case. specifies that the input waveform data point (Y value) is to be used rather than the exact interpolated value when the X data of the input waveform is close to the computed X value. Related Topics chirp crosscorrelation fft psd ifft Signal Processing Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Legal values are “Symmetric” for standard FFT setup or “Periodic” for enhancing FFT setup for spectral analysis of periodic signals. The AF of a signal waveform is an average measure of its time domain properties and therefore especially relevant when the signal is random.Waveform Calculator Functions autocor • samplingEpsilon (Optional) When sampling is set to “Interpolation”. • window_shape (Optional) Specifies the shape of the window. x_end) / (x_end . AMS11.x_start). Related Topics windavg Statistical Functions 414 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. computed as follows: integ(wf.Waveform Calculator Functions avg avg Usage avg(wf[. Description Returns the average value of a waveform.2 . x_start. x_start. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. Related Topics floor Mathematical Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. AMS11. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_start.Waveform Calculator Functions ceil ceil Usage ceil(wf[. each returned value is expressed as a type double.2 415 . Upon successful completion. Description Computes the smallest integral value not less than each data point of wf. the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((points)/fs) = t_stop . points. • windowType (Optional) Applies a windowing function from a selection of windows.1)/fs) = t_stop . “BlackmanHarris”. “Blackman”. the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((points . Legal values are: “No Padding”. f_ref. t_stop. “Welch”. “Padding Right”. samplingEpsilon. padding. t_start (Optional) Specifies the start time of the input waveform. fs. Legal values are: “Rectangular”. alpha. The input parameter will be verified by the algorithm and changed if necessary. “Klein” or “Dolph Chebyshev”. res_nb_points. AMS11. t_stop (Optional) Specifies the stop time of the input waveform.2 . 416 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. f_max.t_start For periodic windows. sampling. “Bartlett”. windowType. window_shape]) Arguments • • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. “Kaiser”.t_start • • sampling (Optional) Specifies the method of computing the sampled data.Waveform Calculator Functions chirp chirp Usage chirp(wf[. “Parzen”. Legal values are “No Sampling” and “Interpolation”. t_start. “Hamming”. padding (Optional) Activates data padding to pad the input data with zeroes before or after the input data set. points (Optional) Specifies the number of sampling points. Note For symmetric windows. f_min. “Hanning”. fs (Optional) Specifies the sampling frequency of the signal. “Padding Left” or “Padding Left and Right”. 0. • window_shape (Optional) Specifies the shape of the window. “Kaiser”. The most efficient algorithm used for computing the DFT in the Z domain is the Chirp Z-Transform. In this case. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Waveform Calculator Functions chirp • • • • • • alpha (Optional) Specifies the alpha or beta value that is required by “Hanning”. res_nb_points (Optional) Specifies the number of points of the result waveform. The DFT of a signal can be computed in a very efficient manner using the FFT. Note A normalization is achieved by dividing all the data by: (points)/2. All input and output parameters can be selected in the same way as for the FFT option. f_min (Optional) Specifies the starting frequency used inside the chirp result window. AMS11. Description Computes the Chirp Transforma of the input waveform. f_max (Optional) Specifies the last frequency used inside the chirp result window. Tip: For comparing Eldo’s FFT results with EZwave’s FFT results.2 417 . samplingEpsilon (Optional) When sampling is set to “Interpolation”. Legal values are “Symmetric” for standard FFT setup or “Periodic” for enhancing FFT setup for spectral analysis of periodic signals. specifies that the input waveform data point (Y value) is to be used rather than the exact interpolated value when the X data of the input waveform is close to the computed X value. f_ref (Optional) Adjusts the results around the y-axis so that the point for the specified frequency is 0. unless EZwave’s FFT is executed on an FFT_INPUT waveform. Equivalently. select the "Periodic" option. The computed X value corresponds to t_start + (points * dX) where dX is the sampling interval retrieved from the fs. and “Dolph Chebyshev” windows. Defaults to the global setting in the “Calculations Options” on page 362. Eldo has already considered the periodicity of the input signal. this corresponds to computation of samples of the Z-Transform of a finite-length sequence taken at equally spaced points around the unit circle. Waveform Calculator Functions chirp Related Topics autocor crosscorrelation fft ifft psd Signal Processing Functions 418 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11.2 . x_start2. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input waveform name. x_end2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf2. x_end1. x_start1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf1. x_start2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf2. x_end1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf1.Waveform Calculator Functions complex complex Usage complex(wf1. AMS11. x_end2]) Arguments • • • • • • wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input waveform name.2 419 . [x_start1. Description Constructs a complex waveform from two input waveforms. The input waveforms can be one of the following: • • Gain in decibels (wf1) and phase in radians (wf2) Real part (wf1) and imaginary part (wf2) Related Topics Complex Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.] wf2[. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. Related Topics xcompress RF Functions 420 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. val[.Waveform Calculator Functions compress compress Usage compress(wf. val (Required) Specifies the compress value. Description Extracts the y-axis value of the waveform at the point where the difference between the actual value of the waveform and the linear extrapolation of the waveform based on the computed slope value becomes greater than val. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. AMS11. x_end]) Arguments • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start.2 . ] wf2[. Related Topics Miscellaneous Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_end1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf1.Waveform Calculator Functions concat concat Usage concat(wf1. extending the first waveform by appending the second. x_start2. AMS11. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input waveform name. The first data point of the second waveform overlays the last data point of the first waveform. [x_start1. x_end1.2 421 . x_start2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf2. Description This command computes the concatenation of two waveforms. x_end2]) Arguments • • • • • • wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input waveform name. The x-axis units of both waveforms must be identical. x_end2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf2. x_start1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf1. It is used as a sampling period for the calculation.Waveform Calculator Functions constellationdiagram constellationdiagram Usage constellationdiagram(wf. The constellation diagram is a sampled view of a trajectory diagram. Description Computes the constellation diagram of the complex input waveform. period. Related Topics RF Functions 422 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. this is set to 0.2 . delay (Required) Specifies the calculation start time. AMS11. period (Required) The Symbol Period can be deduced from the circuit. delay) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. By default. Related Topics Miscellaneous Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 423 . AMS11.Waveform Calculator Functions continuous continuous Usage continuous(wf) Arguments • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform. Description Converts any analog waveform to a continuous analog waveform. N-1 and h(n).M-1: 1. Default is 10-6....n=0.. The computed X value corresponds to t_start + (points * dX) where dX is the sampling interval retrieved from the fs. h(n) that are periodic with period N.. the following method can then be applied for computing the linear convolutions of two finite data sequences x(n).N-1 and h(n)...n=0.. points1.n=0. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input waveform name. samplingEpsilon]) Arguments • • • • • • wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input waveform name. points2 (Optional) Specifies the number of points of the second input waveform... points1 (Optional) Specifies the number of points of the first input waveform.. the discrete FFT of their periodic convolution is equal to the multiplication of the separate FFT results.Waveform Calculator Functions convolution convolution Usage convolution(wf1.M-1 424 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. For two finite data sequences x(n).M-1 the discrete convolution is defined as follows: y(n) = Sum(x(m). Description Computes the convolution of the two input waveforms. This relation is called the Discrete Convolution Theorem.. AMS11..h(n-m)) with m varying from -infinity to +infinity For signals x(n)...N-1 x'(n) = 0 n=N... samplingEpsilon (Optional) When sampling is set to “Interpolation”.N+M-1 h'(n) = h(n) n=0... wf2[.....n=0. specifies that the input waveform data point (Y value) is to be used rather than the exact interpolated value when the X data of the input waveform is close to the computed X value.. Using zero padding of x(n) and h(n) to make circular convolution yield the same result as linear convolution. Zero Padding x'(n) = x(n) n=0. points2. fs.... fs (Optional) Specifies the frequency of the signal.2 .. N+M-1 2. Multiply FFT's of x'(n) and h'(n) x'(n)->X'(k) FFT h'(n)->H'(k) FFT Multiplication: X'(k). Inverse FFT Y'(k)->y(n)=x(n)*h(n) IFFT Related Topics Signal Processing Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual..H'(k)=Y'(k) 3..Waveform Calculator Functions convolution h'(n) = 0 n=M.2 425 ... AMS11. by default measured in degrees. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. AMS11. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions 426 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Description Computes the cosine of wf.Waveform Calculator Functions cos cos Usage cos(wf[.2 . x_start. AMS11. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.2 427 . x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.Waveform Calculator Functions cosh cosh Usage cosh(wf[. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start. Description Computes the hyperbolic cosine of wf. x_start. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions 428 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. Cotangent is defined as the reciprocal of the tangent.Waveform Calculator Functions cot cot Usage cot(wf[.2 . Description Computes and returns the cotangent of wf. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. AMS11. that is. cot(wf)=1/tan(wf). Hyperbolic cotangent is defined as the reciprocal of the hyperbolic tangent. Description Computes and returns the hyperbolic cotangent of wf. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start.2 429 . x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.Waveform Calculator Functions coth coth Usage coth(wf[. coth(wf)=1/tanh(wf). that is. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. AMS11. Waveform Calculator Functions cphase cphase Usage cphase(wf[. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. AMS11. x_start. Description Returns the phase of the input complex waveform in radians. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Related Topics phase Complex Functions 430 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. with unlimited bounds.2 . x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. M-1 the discrete cross correlation is defined as follows: Rxy(n) = Sum(x(m) * y(m-n)) with m varying from -infinity to +infinity Because of the following relation: Rxy(n) = x(n) * y(-n) the cross correlation can be computed by performing a Convolution on x(n) and y(-n).Waveform Calculator Functions crosscorrelation crosscorrelation Usage crosscorrelation(wf1.n=0. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input waveform name.. For two finite data sequences x(n). AMS11. fs]) Arguments • • • • • wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input waveform name.. points2 (Optional) Specifies the number of points of the second input waveform. wf2[.. points1. the timereversed version of y(n).. Related Topics autocor chirp fft ifft psd Signal Processing Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.N-1 and y(n). points1 (Optional) Specifies the number of points of the first input waveform.n=0. points2.. fs (Optional) Specifies the frequency of the signal....2 431 . Description Computes the cross correlation of the two input waveforms. …. …. and the second array contains the y values. y1]. array_of_y) Arguments • • • array_of_datapoints Specifies the input array of points. y0]. For example. [x0. yn]. If one array is specified. [x0. The first element defines the x value. x1. For example. [y0. y1. x1. y0]. Elements are separated by a comma. Description Creates a waveform based on one or two arrays of data points. …. xn]. [xn.Waveform Calculator Functions datatowf datatowf Usage datatowf(array_of_datapoints) datatowf(array_of_x. AMS11. [x1. [[x0. Related Topics wftodata Miscellaneous Functions 432 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. yn]]. For example. yn]]. y1.2 . it must contain data points wrapped between square brackets ( [ ] ). For example. array_of_y Specifies the input array of y values. array_of_x Specifies the input array of x values. If two arrays are specified. …. For example. …. [xn. …. [[x0. and the second one defines the y value. xn]. [y0. yn]. the first array contains the x values. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. AMS11. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.2 433 . Related Topics db10 idb10 idb Complex Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Description Converts the magnitude data of the input waveform to decibels. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_start.Waveform Calculator Functions db db Usage db(wf[. Waveform Calculator Functions db10 db10 Usage db10(wf[. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. Description Converts the magnitude data of the input waveform to decibels using the following equation: db10 = 10 * log10 (x) Related Topics db idb idb10 Complex Functions 434 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.2 . AMS11. x_start. 2 435 . x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_start. Related Topics rad Signal Processing Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.Waveform Calculator Functions deg deg Usage deg(wf[. Description Converts the trigonometric angle of a waveform to degrees. AMS11. x_val) Arguments • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Related Topics drv integ integral Mathematical Functions 436 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Waveform Calculator Functions derive derive Usage derive(wf.2 . AMS11. x_val (Required) Specifies the x value of the derivative point. Description Computes the derivative of the input waveform at the single point x_val. 2 437 .Waveform Calculator Functions drv drv Usage drv(wf[. AMS11. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_start. Description Computes the derivative of the input waveform. Related Topics derive integ integral Mathematical Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. coeff_mul. Description Constructs an analog waveform from a digital bus. useTcom (Optional) Specifies whether to use the commutation time in non-interpolate mode. useInterpolate (Optional) Specifies whether to use the interpolation algorithm.2 . coeff_add. useTcom. Tcom. useInterpolate. Tcom) dtoa(wf. radix) Arguments • • • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. radix (Optional) Specifies the radix in which to interpret the bus values. Related Topics atod dtoaonbit Miscellaneous Functions 438 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Waveform Calculator Functions dtoa dtoa Usage dtoa(wf. AMS11. coeff_mul. coeff_add (Required) Specifies the additive coefficient in the calculation of the analog values. coeff_add. coeff_mul (Required) Specifies the multiplicative coefficient in the calculation of the analog values. Description Constructs an analog waveform on bits. AMS11.Waveform Calculator Functions dtoaonbit dtoaonbit Usage dtoaonbit(wf) Arguments • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Example Related Topics atod dtoa Miscellaneous Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 439 . Waveform Calculator Functions evmber evmber Usage evmber(wf1. Description Computes the Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate of the two input constellation diagrams. wf2) evmber(wf1. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second constellation diagram name. mqam) evmber(wf1. mpsk (Optional) Defines the number of ideal states of the reference constellation diagram. wf2. AMS11. mqam (Optional) Defines the number of ideal states of the reference constellation diagram.2 . The Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate can be computed from a constellation diagram of a modulated signal and a constellation diagram of a reference signal. wf2. mqam) Arguments • • • • wf1 (Required) Specifies the first constellation diagram name. mpsk. mpsk) evmber(wf1. wf2. Related Topics RF Functions 440 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Waveform Calculator Functions exp exp Usage exp(wf) Arguments • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. AMS11. Related Topics ln log Mathematical Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Description Computes the value of ewf.2 441 . x_stop]) Arguments • • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. AMS11. Related Topics Statistical Functions 442 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Waveform Calculator Functions eyediagram eyediagram Usage eyediagram(wf[. offset. x_start (Optional) Specifies the start time of the input waveform. period (Optional) Specifies the period of the eye diagram. period. Description Constructs an eye diagram of the input waveform. offset (Optional) Specifies the offset of the eye diagram.2 . x_start. x_stop (Optional) Specifies the stop time of the input waveform. topline. low. up. By default. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.Waveform Calculator Functions falltime falltime Usage falltime(wf) falltime(wf. This parameter is a string (for example. param. low. By default. By default. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_end) falltime(wf. Specify “Automatic” to have this value computed. Specify “Automatic” to have this value computed. This parameter is a string (for example. “50%”). “90%”). x_end. baseline (Optional) Specifies the y value that sets the low threshold of a signal. baseline. low (Optional) Specifies the percentage of the low threshold. baseline. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. mid (Optional) Specifies the percentage that sets the limit range for the low and up values. topline. “10%”). x_start. low. this is set to 50%. baseline. this is set to 90%. x_end. up. mid. topline. option. This can range from 0% to mid. AMS11. x_start. topline. topline. topline (Optional) Specifies the y value that sets the high threshold of a signal. param) falltime(wf. topline. mid. low. baseline. option) falltime(wf. fall) Arguments • • • • • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. baseline) falltime(wf. This can range from mid to 100%. mid. this is set to 10%. up (Optional) Specifies the percentage of the high threshold. x_end. x_start. up. up. mid. x_start. up) falltime(wf. low.2 443 . This parameter is a string (for example. option. baseline. mid. Note If fall is anything other than "all". AMS11. "last" — Specifies the last occurrence of the result. Related Topics risetime 444 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Default. “VALUE” for numerical value or array of numerical values and “ANNOTATION” for plotting your input waveform with the result annotated on it. Description Measures the difference in time from when the waveform falls from the upper level to the lower level. Legal values are: “WF” for waveform. Legal values are: o o o o "first" — Specifies the first occurrence of the result. fall (Optional) Specifies the occurrence of the result that the measurement will return.Waveform Calculator Functions falltime • option (Optional) Specifies the output type. option="VALUE" will be forced. n or "n" — Specifies the nth occurrence of the result. "all" — Specifies all occurrences of the result.2 . For compound waveforms it applies to each element individually. • • param (Optional) Specifies the simulation parameters to be used to generate the result waveform when option = “WF”. f_max. t_stop (Optional) Specifies the stop time of the input waveform. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Legal values are “No Sampling” or “Interpolation”. before or after the input data set. AMS11. or 0 to not modify the raw data from calculation. windowType. points (Optional) Specifies the number of sampling points. sampling.t_start • • sampling (Optional) Specifies the method of computing the sampled data. Specify 1 to turn this on. t_stop.t_start For periodic windows. fs (Optional) Specifies the sampling frequency of the signal. f_ref. “Padding Right”. Note For symmetric windows.Waveform Calculator Functions fft fft Usage fft(wf[. • normalized (Optional) Specifies whether you want to take an average on the raw data to reduce noise and smooth the frequency domain waveform. the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((points . normalized. padding. t_start (Optional) Specifies the start time of the input waveform. t_start. Legal values are: “No Padding”.1)/fs) = t_stop . points. window_shape]) Arguments • • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. alpha. The input parameter will be verified by the algorithm and changed if necessary. “Padding Left” or “Padding Left and Right”. fs. the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((points)/fs) = t_stop .2 445 . samplingEpsilon. f_min. padding (Optional) Activates data padding to pad the input data with zeros. 0. f_ref (Optional) Adjusts the results around the y-axis so that the point for the specified frequency is 0. samplingEpsilon (Optional) When sampling is set to “Interpolation”. “Kaiser”.2 . “Parzen”. In this case. This is because the Discrete Fourier Transform assumes periodic extension of the input vector. f_min (Optional) Specifies the starting frequency used inside the fast fourier transform result window. select the "Periodic" option. Defaults to the global setting in the “Calculations Options” on page 362. f_max (Optional) Specifies the last frequency used inside the fast fourier transform result window. “Welch”. AMS11. Periodic window shapes are preferred when using a Hanning window in spectral analysis. Legal values are: “Rectangular”. specifies that the input waveform data point (Y value) is to be used rather than the exact interpolated value when the X data of the input waveform is close to the computed X value. “Kaiser”. Tip: For comparing Eldo’s FFT results with EZwave’s FFT results. “Hamming”. and “Dolph Chebyshev” windows. The computed X value corresponds to t_start + (points * dX) where dX is the sampling interval retrieved from the fs. symmetric window shapes are preferred when using a Hanning window in FIR filter design.Waveform Calculator Functions fft • windowType (Optional) Applies a windowing function from a selection of windows. unless EZwave’s FFT is executed on an FFT_INPUT waveform. Eldo has already considered the periodicity of the input signal. “Bartlett”. Legal values are “Symmetric” for standard FFT setup or “Periodic” for enhancing FFT setup for spectral analysis of periodic signals. 446 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. “BlackmanHarris”. “Blackman”. A periodic Hanning window is obtained by constructing a symmetric window and removing the last sample. Note For “Hanning”. “Klein” or “Dolph Chebyshev”. • window_shape (Optional) Specifies the shape of the window. “Hanning”. • • • • • alpha (Optional) Specifies the alpha or beta value that is required by “Hanning”. 2 447 . The fft() function uses the Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) method for calculating the DFT. Related Topics autocor chirp crosscorrelation ifft psd Signal Processing Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. which deals with sequences of time values.Waveform Calculator Functions fft Description The Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) is used to determine the frequency content of analog signals encountered in circuit simulation. AMS11. Related Topics ceil Mathematical Functions 448 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Description Computes the largest integral value not greater than each data point of wf. AMS11. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Upon successful completion.Waveform Calculator Functions floor floor Usage floor(wf[. each returned value is expressed as a type double. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.2 . x_start. (n * y). Related Topics modf Mathematical Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. It returns x .2 449 .Waveform Calculator Functions fmod fmod Usage fmod(x. y (Required) Specifies the denominator of the input. rounded to the greatest integer less than or equal to x / y. y) Arguments • • x (Required) Specifies the numerator of the input. AMS11. Description Computes the remainder of dividing x by y. where n is the quotient of x / y. Note This function only accepts scalar numbers as input parameter.Waveform Calculator Functions frexp frexp Usage frexp(x) Arguments • x (Required) Specifies the floating point number to be decomposed.2 . Description Extracts the mantissa and exponent from a double-precision number by breaking the floating point x into a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. Related Topics ldexp Mathematical Functions 450 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. stop_value (Required) Specifies the stop value.Waveform Calculator Functions gendecade gendecade Usage gendecade(start_value. AMS11.2 451 . Description Returns a list that contains numbers sweeping from start_value to stop_value with number of points per decade value equal to points_decade. Related Topics genlinear genoctave Miscellaneous Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. points_decade (Required) Specifies the number of points per decade. stop_value. points_decade) Arguments • • • start_value (Required) Specifies the start value. stop_value (Required) Specifies the stop value. Description Returns a list that contains numbers sweeping from start_value to stop_value with a step equal to step_value. Example Related Topics gendecade genoctave Miscellaneous Functions 452 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. step_value (Required) Specifies the step value.Waveform Calculator Functions genlinear genlinear Usage genlinear(start_value.2 . stop_value. step_value) Arguments • • • start_value (Required) Specifies the start value. 2 453 . Related Topics gendecade genlinear Miscellaneous Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Waveform Calculator Functions genoctave genoctave Usage genoctave(start_value. AMS11. stop_value. points_octave) Arguments • • • start_value (Required) Specifies the start value. stop_value (Required) Specifies the stop value. points_octave (Required) Specifies the number of points per octave. Description Returns a list that contains numbers sweeping from start_value to stop_value with number of points per decade value equal to points_octave. this argument is not required. The input wf can be also be described by a gain (dB) waveform wf_db and a phase waveform wf_ph. AMS11. If the input waveform is specified with wf. Related Topics phmargin Miscellaneous Functions 454 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. wf_db (Required) Specifies the gain (dB) of the input waveform when used with wf_ph.Waveform Calculator Functions gmargin gmargin Usage gmargin(wf) gmargin(wf_db.2 . wf_ph (Required) Specifies the phase of the input waveform when used with wf_db. Description Computes the difference between the gain of the input waveform wf and 0 dB (unity gain) at the frequency where the phase shift is -180 degrees (that is. this argument is not required. If the input waveform is specified with wf. Phase Crossover Frequency). this argument is not required. This result is in dB. If the input waveform is specified using wf_db and wf_ph. wf_ph) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Description Constructs a complex waveform from a waveform of gain in decibels (wf1) and a waveform of phase in radians (wf2). x_end1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf1. x_end2]) Arguments • • • • • • wf1 (Required) Specifies the first (gain) input waveform name. x_start1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf1.2 455 . AMS11. x_start2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf2. [x_start1. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second (phase) input waveform name. Related Topics mptocomplex ritocomplex Complex Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start2.] wf2[. x_end2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf2. x_end1.Waveform Calculator Functions gptocomplex gptocomplex Usage gptocomplex(wf1. The output total harmonic distortion is displayed either as a percentage or as a gain. f_min (Optional) Specifies the minimum frequency of the input waveform.Waveform Calculator Functions harmonicdistortion harmonicdistortion Usage harmonicdistortion(wf[. f_min. displayTHDoption]) Arguments • • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Related Topics harmonics hdist Signal Processing Functions 456 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. f_min and f_max specifies the frequency band that should be taken for the computation. f_max (Optional) Specifies the maximum frequency of the input waveform. This function is computed by using the gain of the FFT result. displayTHDoption (Optional) Specifies the option for displaying the total harmonic distortion between “PERCENTAGE” and “DB”.2 . f_fund (Optional) Specifies the fundamental frequency. That means that the input waveform can be either a complex waveform or a waveform representing a gain. Description Computes the harmonic distortion of the input waveform. AMS11. f_max. f_fund. f_max (Optional) Specifies the maximum frequency of the input waveform. f_fund. AMS11. Description Computes the harmonic distortion of the input waveform.Waveform Calculator Functions harmonics harmonics Usage harmonics(wf[. f_max]) Arguments • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. That means that the input waveform can be either a complex waveform or a waveform representing a gain. Related Topics harmonicdistortion hdist Signal Processing Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. f_min (Optional) Specifies the minimum frequency of the input waveform.2 457 . f_min. This function is computed by using the gain of the FFT result. f_fund (Optional) Specifies the fundamental frequency. Description Computes the total harmonic distortion of the input waveform. The output total harmonic distortion is displayed either as a percentage or as a gain. displayTHDoption (Optional) Specifies the option for displaying the total harmonic distortion between “PERCENTAGE” and “DB”. f_max.2 . displayTHDoption]) Arguments • • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. f_fund (Optional) Specifies the fundamental frequency. f_min (Optional) Specifies the minimum frequency of the input waveform. AMS11. f_fund. That means that the input waveform can be either a complex waveform or a waveform representing a gain. f_min and f_max specifies the frequency band that should be taken for the computation.Waveform Calculator Functions hdist hdist Usage harmonics(wf[. f_min. This function is computed by using the gain of the FFT result. f_max (Optional) Specifies the maximum frequency of the input waveform. Related Topics harmonicdistortion harmonics Signal Processing Functions 458 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start. Description Creates a histogram of the input waveform showing the magnitude probability density distribution of the waveform.2 459 . normalized) Arguments • • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_end (Required) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. sampling) histogram(wf. Specify 0 to use the raw data from the calculation unmodified. x_end) histogram(wf. x_start. bins. bins. bins. Related Topics Statistical Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_end.Waveform Calculator Functions histogram histogram Usage histogram(wf. • normalized (Optional) Specifies whether to normalize the data. x_start. Specify 1 to divide each bin value by the total number of points. sampling. Specify 1 to first equidistantly sample the waveform and then create the histogram based on the sampled data. Specify 0 to create the histogram based on the data points of the input waveform. AMS11. x_end. sampling (Optional) Specifies where or not to use sampling. bins (Required) Specifies the number of bins. x_start (Required) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. y) Arguments • • x (Required) Specifies the x value. y (Required) Specifies the y value. Description Computes the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle using the formula sqrt (x2+y2). Related Topics Mathematical Functions 460 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11.Waveform Calculator Functions hypot hypot Usage hypot(x.2 . x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. Description Performs the inverse decibel function. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. AMS11.2 461 . It converts the input waveform from dB using the following conversion: 10(v/20).Waveform Calculator Functions idb idb Usage idb(wf[. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Related Topics db db10 idb10 Complex Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start. AMS11. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_start. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval.Waveform Calculator Functions idb10 idb10 Usage idb10(wf[. Description Performs the inverse decibel function. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Related Topics db db10 idb Complex Functions 462 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. It converts the input waveform from dB using the following conversion: 10(v/10).2 . the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((points . and “Padding Left and Right”. f_stop (Optional) Specifies the stop frequency of the signal. the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((points)/ts) = f_stop . AMS11. • normalized (Optional) Specifies whether to normalize the data. The input parameter will be verified by the algorithm and changed if necessary. ts (Optional) Specifies the sampling time of the signal. “Padding Right”. padding. ts. sampling.f_start • • sampling (Optional) Specifies the method of computing the sampled data. window_shape]) Arguments • • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.Waveform Calculator Functions ifft ifft Usage ifft(wf[. Specify 0 to use the raw data from the calculation unmodified.f_start For periodic windows. Legal values are “No Sampling” or “Interpolation”. Legal values are: “No Padding”. f_start. Specify 1 to normalize the raw data. normalized. “Padding Left”. Note For symmetric windows. f_start (Optional) Specifies the start frequency of the signal. padding (Optional) Activates data padding to pad the input data with zeros.2 463 . f_stop.1)/ts) = f_stop . points. samplingEpsilon. points (Optional) Specifies the number of sampling points. before or after the input data set. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. specifies that the input waveform data point (Y value) is to be used rather than the exact interpolated value when the X data of the input waveform is close to the computed X value.2 . Related Topics autocor chirp crosscorrelation fft psd Signal Processing Functions 464 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. In this case. Eldo has already considered the periodicity of the input signal. Defaults to the global setting in the “Calculations Options” on page 362. Legal values are “Symmetric” for standard FFT setup or “Periodic” for enhancing FFT setup for spectral analysis of periodic signals. Tip: For comparing Eldo’s FFT results with EZwave’s FFT results. Default is 10-6. The computed X value corresponds to t_start + (points * dX) where dX is the sampling interval retrieved from the fs. unless EZwave’s FFT is executed on an FFT_INPUT waveform.Waveform Calculator Functions ifft • samplingEpsilon (Optional) When sampling is set to “Interpolation”. select the "Periodic" option. AMS11. Description Calculates the inverse fast fourier transform of the input waveform. • window_shape (Optional) Specifies the shape of the window. 2 465 . wave_in and wave_out must be in dB or dBm. freq_2[. Description Returns the input referred intercept point of order x from the value of the circuit input and output: wave_in and wave_out. wave_out (Required) Specifies the second input waveform name. freq_1. The intercept order is directly calculated from the intermodulation of freq_1 and freq_2. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. freq_2 (Required) Specifies the second input frequency. wave_out. the waveforms are automatically converted in dB. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. respectively. x_end]) Arguments • • • • • • wave_in (Required) Specifies the first input waveform name. Related Topics oipx RF Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. x_start. If the input waveform type is complex. freq_1 (Required) Specifies the first input frequency.Waveform Calculator Functions iipx iipx Usage iipx(wave_in. 2 . x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.Waveform Calculator Functions imag imag Usage imag(wf[. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. Description Returns the imaginary part of the input complex waveform. Related Topics real Complex Functions 466 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start. AMS11. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.2 467 . Description Returns the definite integral value with upper and lower limits of a waveform. Related Topics derive drv integral Mathematical Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_start. AMS11.Waveform Calculator Functions integ integ Usage integ(wf[. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_end) Arguments • • • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. y0 (Optional) Specifies the integration constant. x_start. Related Topics derive drv integ Mathematical Functions 468 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. if wf is a complex waveform. y0) integral(wf. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. the default is 0. y0. AMS11. yReal0. it is automatically set to 0.Waveform Calculator Functions integral integral Usage integral(wf) integral(wf. x_end) integral(wf. Upon successful completion. yReal0 (Optional) Specifies the real part of the integration constant. If no integration constant is specified. yImag0) integral(wf.2 . If this is not specified. returns a waveform of the indefinite integral of the input. yImag0. if wf is a complex waveform. yImag0 (Optional) Specifies the imaginary part of the integration constant. Description Computes the indefinite integral (also known as the anti-derivative) of the input waveform. x_start. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. yReal0. • • • x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf1. with_x) intersect(wf1. with_x) intersect(wf1. x_end. slope_wf1 (Optional) Specifies the slope of wf1 as follows: o o o “neg” — Include only intersects where wf1 is negative. x_start. slope_wf2) intersect(wf1. slope_wf1. x_start. “either” — Include all wf1 intersects. x_start. wf2. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf1. x_end) intersect(wf1. AMS11. wf2. wf2. x_end) intersect(wf1. wf2. “pos” — Include only intersects where wf1 is positive. 0 — Only the y value is returned. wf2.Waveform Calculator Functions intersect intersect Usage intersect(wf1. wf2) intersect(wf1. slope_wf1. x_start.2 469 . slope_wf2. slope_wf1. with_x) Arguments • • • wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input waveform name. slope_wf2. regardless of slope. “pos” — Include only intersects where wf2 is positive. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. wf2. with_x (Optional) Specifies whether the corresponding x value is returned. x_end. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input waveform name. • slope_wf2 (Optional) Specifies the slope of wf2 as follows: o o “neg” — Include only intersects where wf2 is negative. Use 1 or 0 as follows: o o 1 — Both the y value and the corresponding x value are returned. 2 . Description Returns an array with all of the intersection points of two input waveforms. AMS11. Related Topics Miscellaneous Functions 470 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Waveform Calculator Functions intersect o “either” — Include all wf2 intersects. regardless of slope. x_end1. AMS11. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input waveform name. x_end1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf1.2 471 . x_start2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf2.] wf2[. x_end2]) Arguments • • • • • • wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input waveform name. Description Creates a new waveform based on the larger of two data points at any given time of the two input waveforms. x_end2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf2. x_start1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf1. Related Topics lesser Statistical Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start2. [x_start1.Waveform Calculator Functions larger larger Usage larger(wf1. returns a double representing the value x multiplied by 2 raised to the power y.2 . Description Computes the load exponent of a floating point number using the formula x * 2y. Example Related Topics frexp Mathematical Functions 472 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Upon successful completion. y (Required) Specifies the y value. y) Arguments • • x (Required) Specifies the x value. AMS11.Waveform Calculator Functions ldexp ldexp Usage ldexp(x. x_start2. x_start2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf2. x_end2]) Arguments • • • • • • wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input waveform name.2 473 . AMS11.] wf2[. x_end1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf1. x_end2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf2. [x_start1.Waveform Calculator Functions lesser lesser Usage lesser(wf1. Description Creates a new waveform based on the lesser of two data points at any given time of the two input waveforms. x_start1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf1. Related Topics larger Statistical Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input waveform name. x_end1. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. AMS11. x_start. The value of wf must be positive.2 . Related Topics exp log Mathematical Functions 474 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Description Computes the natural logarithm of the input argument wf.Waveform Calculator Functions ln ln Usage ln(wf[. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. AMS11. x_start. Related Topics exp ln Mathematical Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Description Computes the base 10 logarithm of the input wf.Waveform Calculator Functions log log Usage log(wf[. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.2 475 . The value of wf must be positive. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. Default value is “Begin”. Default value is “Automatic”. [sampling_nb_points=]sampling_nb_points]) Arguments • • wf (Required) Specifies the name on the input waveform on which the long term jitter is calculated. Description Returns the long term jitter waveform: 8 +∞ 2 σ t = -------. this argument becomes optional. each optional argument prefix [argument=] must also be specified.∫0 S φ ( f ). [f_stop=]f_stop] [. • • • [f_start=]f_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of the interval for the long term jitter calculation. Note If only a subset of the optional arguments are specified. [sampling_nb_points=]sampling_nb_points (Optional) Specifies the number of sampling points on the input waveform. the arguments can be specified in any order. Note If f0 is stored in the database by the Eldo RF simulator. [f_stop=]f_stop (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of the interval for the long term jitter calculation.df 2 ω0 476 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Default value is “End”. [f0=]f0 (Required) Specifies the Fundamental Frequency of SST Noise Analysis. [f0=]f0[. AMS11.Waveform Calculator Functions longtermjitter longtermjitter Usage longtermjitter(wf. When the optional argument prefixes [argument=] are specified. [f_start=]f_start] [. Default value is “Automatic”.sin 2 ( πft ). for which 100 sampling points are considered.2 . Usage Notes The calculation is designed for input waveforms SPHI.Waveform Calculator Functions longtermjitter σ t corresponds to the waveform representing the long term jitter for forced circuits.000.000 Hz. longtermjitter(wf1. 3e6. DB(SPHI). DB(SPHI_SSB). The calculation will use # the waveform from 3. 5e6. AMS11. sampling_nb_points=200) # This will calculate the long term jitter for waveform wf1 with # fundamental frequency 6. longtermjitter(wf1. Lf and DB(PHNOISE).the default. There will be 50 # sampling points.000 Hz and 200 sampling points. It is recommended that the waveform is sampled around 100 points (ten points per decade) prior to running the long term jitter calculation to ensure that the calculation does not take too long to run. The calculation will use # the entire waveform.000.000. 50) # This will calculate the long term jitter for waveform wf1 # with fundamental frequency 4. SPHI_SSB. Example longtermjitter(wf1) # This will calculate the long term jitter for waveform wf1 with an # automatically detected fundamental frequency that has been stored in # the database by the Eldo RF simulator. Related Topics absolutejitter periodjitter EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. f0=6e6.000 Hz to 5. but not restricted to this list.000.000 Hz. 4e6.2 477 . The entire # waveform will be used for the calculation. There will be 100 sampling points . 2 . Description Returns the absolute magnitude of the input complex waveform. x_start. Related Topics Complex Functions 478 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Waveform Calculator Functions mag mag Usage mag(wf[. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. AMS11. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. specify 1 to return both the maximum y and the corresponding x value at the maximum. param) Arguments • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.Output will be a waveform. x_value (Optional) Specifies whether to return the x value along with the y value. If the input waveform is complex. option. Legal values for option are: o o o “VALUE” . Related Topics min Statistical Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Adds annotation to the input waveform. • param (Optional) Used with option=”WF”.2 479 . For compound waveforms the parameters can be seen in the Parameter Table . AMS11. x_value. “ANNOTATION” . x_end. x_end) max(wf. x_start. it returns the largest magnitude of its elements. Specify 0 to return only the maximum y value. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.Waveform Calculator Functions max max Usage max(wf) max(wf.Output will be a numerical value or array of numerical values. • option (Optional) Specifies the output type. Description Returns the maximum value of a waveform. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_start. Specifies the simulation parameter to be used to generate the result waveform. “WF” .for more information on the Parameter Table see “Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms” on page 79. “WF” . it returns the smallest magnitude of its elements. param) Arguments • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Legal values for option are: o o o “VALUE” . x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. AMS11. x_value (Optional) Specifies whether to return the x value along with the y value. “ANNOTATION” .Waveform Calculator Functions min min Usage min(wf) min(wf. If the input waveform is complex. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval.Adds annotation to the input waveform. x_start. x_end. x_value. For compound waveforms the parameters can be seen in the Parameter Table . • param (Optional) Used with option=”WF”. Specifies the simulation parameter to be used to generate the result waveform.for more information on the Parameter Table see “Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms” on page 79.Output will be a waveform. Description Returns the minimum value of a waveform. specify 1 to return both the minimum y and the corresponding x value at the minimum. Specify 0 to return only the minimum y value. x_end) min(wf. Related Topics max Statistical Functions 480 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start. option.2 . • option (Optional) Specifies the output type.Output will be a numerical value or array of numerical values. 2 481 . Description Breaks the argument x into integral and fractional parts. Note This function only accepts scalar numbers as input parameter. The integral part is returned as a type double.Waveform Calculator Functions modf modf Usage modf(x) Arguments • x (Required) Specifies the floating point number to be decomposed. AMS11. each having the same sign as the argument. Related Topics fmod Mathematical Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf1. x_start2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf2. x_end1.] wf2[. [x_start1. Description Constructs a complex waveform from a waveform of magnitude (wf1) and a waveform of phase in radians (wf2). x_end2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf2. AMS11. Related Topics gptocomplex ritocomplex Complex Functions 482 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_end1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf1. x_start2.Waveform Calculator Functions mptocomplex mptocomplex Usage mptocomplex(wf1. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second (phase) input waveform name.2 . x_end2]) Arguments • • • • • • wf1 (Required) Specifies the first (magnitude) input waveform name. Description Applies the NAND function to two input waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. wf2) Arguments • • wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input digital waveform name. T represents TRUE for boolean waveforms. Related Topics nor xnor Logic Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. and 0 for bit waveforms. and 1 for bit waveforms. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input digital waveform name. AMS11. wf2) T T T F In the table.2 483 .Waveform Calculator Functions nand nand Usage nand(wf1. The results of the function are described in the following table: Table B-10. NAND Truth Table wf1 F F T T wf2 F T F T NAND (wf1. F represents FALSE for boolean waveforms. tstop]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.Waveform Calculator Functions noisetrantophasenoise noisetrantophasenoise Computes the Phase Noise Spectrum (Power Spectral Density) of a periodic (noisy) transient waveform.NOISETRAN in the Eldo Reference Manual 484 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. tstart. then it computes the timing and phase jitter with respect to this average period. tstart (Optional) Specifies the input start time.2 . tstop (Optional) Specifies the input stop time. Related Topics RF Functions . this function computes the average period (or average carrier frequency). The waveform must be the result of a transient or transient noise analysis. First. AMS11. The Phase Noise Spectrum is then calculated from the Power Spectral Density of the extracted jitter Usage noisetrantophasenoise(wf[. wf2) Arguments • • wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input digital waveform name. The results of the function are described in the following table: Table B-11.Waveform Calculator Functions nor nor Usage nor(wf1. AMS11.2 485 . and 1 for bit waveforms. T represents TRUE for boolean waveforms. NOR Truth Table wf1 F F T T wf2 F T F T nor (wf1. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input digital waveform name. and 0 for bit waveforms. Related Topics nand xnor Logic Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. wf2) T F F F In the table. Description Applies the NOR function to two input waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. F represents FALSE for boolean waveforms. The intercept order is directly calculated from the intermodulation of freq_1 and freq_2. x_end]) Arguments • • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Description Returns the output referred intercept point of order x from the value of the circuit output wave. freq_1. freq_2[. Related Topics iipx RF Functions 486 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11.2 . If the input waveform type is complex. which must be in dB or dBm. freq_1 (Required) Specifies the first input frequency. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_start. the waveform is automatically converted in dB.Waveform Calculator Functions oipx oipx Usage oipx(wf. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. freq_2 (Required) Specifies the second input frequency. [f_start=]f_start] [. • • • [f_start=]f_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of the interval for the period jitter calculation. Default value is “End”. Note If f0 is stored in the database by the Eldo RF simulator. [f0=]f0 (Required) Specifies the Fundamental Frequency of SST Noise Analysis. Default value is “Begin”.sin 2 ( πf T 0 ). [sampling_nb_points=]sampling_nb_points (Optional) Specifies the number of sampling points on the input waveform. each optional argument prefix [argument=] must also be specified. [sampling_nb_points=]sampling_nb_points]) Arguments • • wf (Required) Specifies the name on the input waveform on which the period jitter is calculated.2 487 .df 2 0 ω0 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. for which 100 sampling points are considered. [f_stop=]f_stop (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of the interval for the period jitter calculation. When the optional argument prefixes [argument=] are specified. AMS11. Description Returns the period jitter value: σT 0 = 8 -------. Default value is “Automatic”. the arguments can be specified in any order. [f_stop=]f_stop] [.Waveform Calculator Functions periodjitter periodjitter Usage periodjitter(wf. Note If only a subset of the optional arguments are specified. Default value is “Automatic”.∫+∞ S φ ( f ). this argument becomes optional. [f0=]f0[. 000 Hz.000 Hz to 5. SPHI_SSB.the default. AMS11. 5e6.000 Hz and 200 sampling points. DB(SPHI_SSB). periodjitter(wf1. 4e6. Usage Notes The calculation is designed for input waveforms SPHI. The calculation will use # the waveform from 3. 50) # This will calculate the period jitter for waveform wf1 # with fundamental frequency 4. sampling_nb_points=200) # This will calculate the period jitter for waveform wf1 with # fundamental frequency 6.000.000. f0=6e6. Example periodjitter(wf1) # This will calculate the period jitter for waveform wf1 with an # automatically detected fundamental frequency that has been stored in # the database by the Eldo RF simulator.000. The entire # waveform will be used for the calculation. 3e6.Waveform Calculator Functions periodjitter σ T 0 corresponds to the period jitter value for forced circuits. Related Topics absolutejitter longtermjitter 488 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . There will be 100 sampling points . Lf and DB(PHNOISE). The calculation will use # the entire waveform. There will be 50 # sampling points. but not restricted to this list.000.000 Hz. DB(SPHI). periodjitter(wf1. Related Topics cphase Complex Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Description Returns the phase of the input complex waveform limited to [-pi.Waveform Calculator Functions phase phase Usage phase(wf[.2 489 . x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. 180] in degrees. AMS11. according to the option set in Edit > Options > Data Format > Axis Data Format > Phase. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. or limited to [-180. x_start. pi] in radians. wf2 (Required) Specifies the name of a waveform that contains RMS values of the noise corresponding to wf1. f_max (Optional) Specifies the frequency maximum. AMS11. Phase noise variance slope is displayed in rad2 * Hz.Waveform Calculator Functions phasenoise phasenoise Usage phasenoise(wf1. the default value is the derivative signal divided by two. Description Computes the phase noise of a transient analysis. t_0 (Optional) Specifies the start time. Jitter noise variance slope is displayed in sec2 * Hz. wf2[. Related Topics RF Functions 490 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. t_0. f_min. The first waveform (wf1) must be the result of a transient analysis of an oscillator. f_min (Optional) Specifies the frequency minimum.2 . f_max]) Arguments • • • • • wf1 (Required) Specifies the name of a waveform that is the result of a transient analysis of an oscillator. If not specified. If not specified. the default value is 1. the default value is the first x value of the transient signal. and the second waveform (wf2) must be RMS values of the noise corresponding to the first waveform. The output units are as follows: • • • Oscillation fundamental frequency is displayed in Hz. If not specified. this argument is not required. If the input waveform is specified with wf. this argument is not required.Waveform Calculator Functions phmargin phmargin Usage phmargin(wf) phmargin(wf_db. Gain Crossover Frequency). The input waveform can be also be described by a gain (dB) waveform wf_db and a phase waveform wf_ph. Related Topics gmargin Miscellaneous Functionsv EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. wf_ph) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. If the input waveform is specified using wf_db and wf_ph. If the input waveform is specified with wf. this argument is not required. AMS11. wf_ph (Required) Specifies the phase of the input waveform when used with wf_db.2 491 . wf_db (Required) Specifies the gain (dB) of the input waveform when used with wf_ph. Description Computes the difference in phase between the input waveform wf and -180 degrees at the frequency where the gain is 0 dB (that is. This result is either in radians or in degrees according to data format settings. Waveform Calculator Functions pow10 pow10 Usage pow10(wf) Arguments • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.2 . Description Computes the value of 10wf. Related Topics Mathematical Functions 492 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. padding. The input parameter will be verified by the algorithm and changed if necessary. samplingEpsilon. fs (Optional) Specifies the sampling frequency of the signal. Note For symmetric windows. Specify 1 to turn this on. t_stop (Optional) Specifies the stop time of the input waveform. padding (Optional) Activates data padding to pad the input data with zeros.1)/fs) = t_stop . “Padding Left” or “Padding Left and Right”.Waveform Calculator Functions psd psd Usage psd(wf[. Legal values are “No Sampling” or “Interpolation”. ncorr. t_stop. points. AMS11. window_shape]) Arguments • • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. “Padding Right”. or 0 to not modify the raw data from calculation.t_start • • sampling (Optional) Specifies the method of computing the sampled data. the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((points . sampling. alpha. fs.2 493 . f_max. t_start (Optional) Specifies the start time of the input waveform.t_start For periodic windows. windowType. the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((points)/fs) = t_stop . nsect. before or after the input data set. nauto. Legal values are: “No Padding”. t_start. computationMethod. normalized. f_min. npsd. • normalized (Optional) Specifies whether you want to take an average on the raw data to reduce noise and smooth the frequency domain waveform. f_ref. points (Optional) Specifies the number of sampling points. f_max (Optional) Specifies the last frequency used inside the power spectral density result window. 494 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Note For “Hanning”. Periodic window shapes are preferred when using a Hanning window in spectral analysis. symmetric window shapes are preferred when using a Hanning window in FIR filter design. This is because the Discrete Fourier Transform assumes periodic extension of the input vector. AMS11. “Blackman”.0. “Klein” or “Dolph Chebyshev”. Legal values are: “PERIODO” and “CORRELO”. “Kaiser”. ncorr (Optional) Specifies the number of auto-correlation points used for power spectral density computation. “Welch”. f_ref (Optional) Adjusts the results around the y-axis so that the point for the specified frequency is 0. “Kaiser”.Waveform Calculator Functions psd • windowType (Optional) Applies a windowing function from a selection of windows. computationMethod (Optional) Specifies the computation method. “BlackmanHarris”. f_min (Optional) Specifies the starting frequency used inside the power spectral density result window. “Hanning”. and “Dolph Chebyshev” windows. Legal values are: “Rectangular”. nauto (Optional) Specifies the number of points for auto-correlation results. “Parzen”. A periodic Hanning window is obtained by constructing a symmetric window and removing the last sample.2 . • • • • • • • • • alpha (Optional) Specifies the alpha or beta value that is required by “Hanning”. nsect (Optional) Specifies the number of points by section. “Bartlett”. npsd (Optional) Specifies the number of points for power spectral density results. “Hamming”. select the "Periodic" option. • window_shape (Optional) Specifies the shape of the window. Legal values are “Symmetric” for standard FFT setup or “Periodic” for enhancing FFT setup for spectral analysis of periodic signals. Tip: For comparing Eldo’s FFT results with EZwave’s FFT results. AMS11. The computed X value corresponds to t_start + (points * dX) where dX is the sampling interval retrieved from the fs. Description Computes the power spectral density of the input waveform. Related Topics autocor chirp crosscorrelation fft ifft Signal Processing Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 495 . specifies that the input waveform data point (Y value) is to be used rather than the exact interpolated value when the X data of the input waveform is close to the computed X value. Eldo has already considered the periodicity of the input signal. Defaults to the global setting in the “Calculations Options” on page 362. unless EZwave’s FFT is executed on an FFT_INPUT waveform. In this case.Waveform Calculator Functions psd • samplingEpsilon (Optional) When sampling is set to “Interpolation”. x_start. Related Topics deg Signal Processing Functions 496 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. Description Converts the trigonometric angle of a waveform to radians.2 . x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.Waveform Calculator Functions rad rad Usage rad(wf[. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.Waveform Calculator Functions real real Usage real(wf[. AMS11. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. Description Returns the real part of the input complex waveform. x_start. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.2 497 . Related Topics imag Complex Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Description Performs a linear regression between par_value and char_value.Waveform Calculator Functions reglin reglin Usage reglin(par_value. char_value (Required) Specifies an input array of numbers. AMS11. Related Topics Miscellaneous Functions 498 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . and returns a value for the slope. char_value) Arguments • • par_value (Required) Specifies an input array of numbers. wf2. Related Topics Mathematical Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. operator (Required) Specifies the relational operator through one of the following legal values: o o o 1 — Represents “greater than”. 0 — Represents “equals”.2 499 . wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input waveform name. It returns 1 corresponding to the scalar value operator if any of the following conditions are true: • • • operator = 1 and wf1 > wf2 operator = 0 and wf1 = wf2 operator = -1 and wf1 < wf2 otherwise. operator) Arguments • • • wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input waveform name. -1 — Represents “less than”.Waveform Calculator Functions relation relation Usage relation(wf1. 0 is returned. Description Generates a waveform from a point-by-point relational expression. AMS11. x_start. topline. baseline. baseline. this is set to 10%. low. low (Optional) Specifies the percentage of the low threshold. topline. topline. x_start. mid. low. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. “90%”). up (Optional) Specifies the percentage of the high threshold. “10%”). param. This can range from 0% to mid. baseline. low. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. this is set to 50%. up. x_end. By default. topline. mid. 500 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. This can range from mid to 100%. topline. up) risetime(wf. x_end. x_start. mid. param) risetime(wf. topline (Optional) Specifies the y value that sets the high threshold of a signal. x_end) risetime(wf. mid. rise) Arguments • • • • • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. This parameter is a string (for example. mid. low. By default. x_start. option. this is set to 90%. Specify “Automatic” to have this value computed. “50%”). up. option. x_end.2 . mid (Optional) Specifies the percentage that sets the limit range for the low and up values. This parameter is a string (for example. By default. up. baseline. Specify “Automatic” to have this value computed.Waveform Calculator Functions risetime risetime Usage risetime(wf) risetime(wf. topline. baseline. option) risetime(wf. low. This parameter is a string (for example. baseline) risetime(wf. baseline (Optional) Specifies the y value that sets the low threshold of a signal. up. AMS11. • • param (Optional) Specifies the simulation parameters to be used to generate the result waveform when option = “WF”. option="VALUE" will be forced.2 501 . For compound waveforms it applies to each element individually. Note If rise is anything other than "all". rise (Optional) Specifies the occurrence of the result that the measurement will return. (Optional) Specifies the output type. "all" — Specifies all occurrences of the result. Default. “VALUE” for numerical value or array of numerical values and “ANNOTATION” for plotting your input waveform with the result annotated on it. Related Topics falltime EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. n or "n" — Specifies the nth occurrence of the result. Legal values are: “WF” for waveform. Legal values are: o o o o "first" — Specifies the first occurrence of the result.Waveform Calculator Functions risetime • option (Optional) Specifies the output type. "last" — Specifies the last occurrence of the result. Description Measures the difference in time from when the waveform falls from the lower level to the upper level. x_end1. Related Topics gptocomplex mptocomplex Complex Functions 502 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Waveform Calculator Functions ritocomplex ritocomplex Usage ritocomplex(wf1. Description Constructs a complex waveform from a waveform of the real part (wf1) and a waveform of the imaginary part (wf2). x_start1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf1.2 . wf2 (Required) Specifies the second (imaginary) input waveform name. x_end1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf1. x_start2 (Optional) Specifies x value at the beginning of an interval on wf2. x_end2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf2. x_end2]) Arguments • • • • • • wf1 (Required) Specifies the first (real) input waveform name. AMS11.[x_start1.] wf2[. x_start2. “ANNOTATION” .for more information on the Parameter Table see “Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms” on page 79. x_end. Related Topics rms_ac rms_noise rms_tran Statistical Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. For compound waveforms the parameters can be seen in the Parameter Table .Adds annotation to the input waveform. option. param]) Arguments • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. computed as follows: sqrt (integ(wf2. Specifies the simulation parameter to be used to generate the result waveform. AMS11.Output will be a waveform. x_end) if the x domain is frequency. x_start. x_start.x_start) if the x domain is not frequency. • param (Optional) Used with option=”WF”. Legal values for option are: o o o “VALUE” . sqrt (integ(wf2. option (Optional) Specifies the output type.Output will be a numerical value or array of numerical values.2 503 . “WF” . Description Returns the root mean square value of a waveform for transient or AC analysis.Waveform Calculator Functions rms rms Usage rms(wf[. x_end) / (x_end . Description Returns the root mean square value of a waveform for AC analysis. option. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. param]) Arguments • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.Output will be a numerical value or array of numerical values.Output will be a waveform. Legal values for option are: o o o “VALUE” . For compound waveforms the parameters can be seen in the Parameter Table .for more information on the Parameter Table see “Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms” on page 79. option (Optional) Specifies the output type.Waveform Calculator Functions rms_ac rms_ac Usage rms_ac(wf[. x_start. x_end. Specifies the simulation parameter to be used to generate the result waveform. computed as follows: sqrt (integ(wf2.Adds annotation to the input waveform. x_start. • param (Optional) Used with option=”WF”. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. “ANNOTATION” .2 . AMS11. x_end) Related Topics rms rms_noise rms_tran Statistical Functions 504 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. “WF” . • param (Optional) Used with option=”WF”. option (Optional) Specifies the output type. x_end) Related Topics rms rms_ac rms_tran Statistical Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_end. option.2 505 . computed as follows: sqrt (integ(wf2. AMS11. Specifies the simulation parameter to be used to generate the result waveform. Legal values for option are: o o o “VALUE” . param]) Arguments • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Description Returns the root mean square value of a waveform for noise analysis.Output will be a waveform. “WF” .Waveform Calculator Functions rms_noise rms_noise Usage rms_noise(wf[. “ANNOTATION” . For compound waveforms the parameters can be seen in the Parameter Table .Output will be a numerical value or array of numerical values. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.for more information on the Parameter Table see “Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms” on page 79. x_start. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval.Adds annotation to the input waveform. x_start. option. param]) Arguments • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. • param (Optional) Used with option=”WF”. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval.Adds annotation to the input waveform.2 .Output will be a numerical value or array of numerical values. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.for more information on the Parameter Table see “Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms” on page 79. Legal values for option are: o o o “VALUE” . x_end) Related Topics rms rms_ac rms_noise Statistical Functions 506 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start. Description Returns the root mean square value of a waveform for transient analysis. “WF” . For compound waveforms the parameters can be seen in the Parameter Table .Waveform Calculator Functions rms_tran rms_tran Usage rms_tran(wf[. option (Optional) Specifies the output type. Specifies the simulation parameter to be used to generate the result waveform. x_end. x_start. “ANNOTATION” . AMS11.Output will be a waveform. computed as follows: sqrt (integ(wf2. shift) Arguments • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. shift (Required) Specifies the shifted value. The rol function replaces wf with a value that is the result of a concatenation whose left argument is the rightmost (Length . x_end]. the return value is the value of the function ror (wf. AMS11.Waveform Calculator Functions rol rol Usage rol(wf[. If the shift is positive. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. The following describe the three possible shifts: • • • ror If the shift is 0 or if wf is a null array. sra() is repeated shift times to form the result. x_start.1) elements of wf and whose left argument is the leftmost remainder of wf. If the shift is negative. Description Returns a value that is the waveform wf rotated left by shift index positions. -shift) Related Topics Logic Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.2 507 . the return value is wf. Description Returns a value that is the waveform wf rotated right by shift index positions. shift) Arguments • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. AMS11. the return value is wf. x_end]. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. The ror function replaces wf with a value that is the result of a concatenation whose right argument is the leftmost (Length . If the shift is negative. The following describe the three possible shifts: • • • rol If the shift is 0 or if wf is a null array.Waveform Calculator Functions ror ror Usage ror(wf[. sra() is repeated shift times to form the result. shift (Required) Specifies the shifted value. the return value is the value of the function rol (wf.2 . x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_start. If the shift is positive. -shift) Related Topics Logic Functions 508 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.1) elements of wf and whose left argument is the rightmost remainder of wf. sampling_interval[. x_start. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.2 509 . x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end]) Arguments • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. AMS11. sampling_interval (Required) Specifies the x interval for sampling. Description Creates a sampled waveform with equidistant data points.Waveform Calculator Functions sample sample Usage sample(wf. Related Topics Signal Processing Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Legal values for option are: o o o “VALUE” . “ANNOTATION” . x_end. Related Topics Miscellaneous Functions 510 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start. option.2 .Output will be a numerical value or array of numerical values. steadystate (Required) Specifies the final value to reach.Adds annotation to the input waveform. “WF” . option (Optional) Specifies the output type. param]) Arguments • • • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.Output will be a waveform. • param (Optional) Used with option=”WF”. either a percentage of waveform amplitude by appending to the value the percentage character (%) or a positive or negative raw value. steadystate. tolerance[.Waveform Calculator Functions settlingtime settlingtime Usage settlingtime(wf. AMS11. For compound waveforms the parameters can be seen in the Parameter Table . Specifies the simulation parameter to be used to generate the result waveform. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval.for more information on the Parameter Table see “Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms” on page 79. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. Description Computes the time required for the input wave to settle within a certain limit around the final value. tolerance (Required) Specifies the tolerance value. 2 511 . AMS11. delta (Required) Specifies the interval for shifting. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. Description Creates a waveform shifted in the x direction by an interval delta. delta) Arguments • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval.Waveform Calculator Functions shift shift Usage shift(wf[. x_start. Related Topics Miscellaneous Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_end]. Waveform Calculator Functions sin sin Usage sin(wf[. by default measured in degrees. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. AMS11. x_start. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. Description Computes the sine of wf.2 . Related Topics Trigonometric Functions 512 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Description Computes the hyperbolic sine of wf.Waveform Calculator Functions sinh sinh Usage sinh(wf[. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 513 . AMS11. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_start. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. Waveform Calculator Functions size size Usage size(wf. Related Topics Statistical Functions 514 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.[ x_start. AMS11. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval.2 . Description Returns the number of data points in an analog waveform or the number of transitions in a digital waveform. That is. a basic shift operation replaces the waveform with one that is the result of a concatenation whose left argument is the rightmost (length .2 515 . x_start.1) data points of the waveform and whose right argument is a duplicate of the rightmost data point. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. shift (Required) Specifies the amount by which to shift wf. x_end]. if the shift value is 0. Description Returns a value that is the input waveform arithmetically shifted left by a number of index positions. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. the return value is the input waveform. Otherwise. AMS11. If the shift value is positive. this basic shift operation is repeated that number of times to form the result.Waveform Calculator Functions sla sla Usage sla(wf[. shift) Arguments • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Related Topics sra Logic Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. f_list[. The input waveform is always assumed to be a linear gain (i. f_min and f_max specify the frequency band that should be taken for the computation..Waveform Calculator Functions snr snr Usage snr(wf. f_max (Optional) Specifies the maximum frequency of the input waveform.e. Its form is [freq0. f_list is an array that contains the sinusoidal frequencies. AMS11. magnitude)... Related Topics Signal Processing Functions 516 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.freqN]. The unit of this ratio is always given in dB. computation is applied on the whole waveform. This ratio is given by the following relationship: ⎛ Σas(i) 2 ⎞ 10 log 10 ⎜ -------------------⎟ ⎝ Σan ( j ) 2⎠ where: 2 Σas(i) = sum over all squares of amplitudes of the sinusoidal frequencies. f_min (Optional) Specifies the minimum frequency of the input waveform.. f_list (Required) Specifies the list of frequencies.2 . f_min. f_max]) Arguments • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Description Computes the signal to noise ratio of the input waveform. If none. 2 Σan(j) = sum over all squares of noise amplitudes of the signal. Waveform Calculator Functions sqr sqr Usage sqr(wf[. x_start. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Related Topics Mathematical Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. Description Computes wf2. AMS11.2 517 . Related Topics Mathematical Functions 518 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.Waveform Calculator Functions sqrt sqrt Usage sqrt(wf[. AMS11. Description Computes the square root of wf. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start. the return value is the input waveform. x_end]. shift (Required) Specifies the amount by which to shift wf. If the shift value is positive. Related Topics sla Logic Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Description Returns a value that is the input waveform arithmetically shifted right by a number of index positions. this basic shift operation is repeated that number of times to form the result. a basic shift operation replaces the waveform with one that is the result of a concatenation whose right argument is the leftmost (length .Waveform Calculator Functions sra sra Usage sra(wf[. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. AMS11. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_start. shift) Arguments • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. if the shift value is 0.1) data points of the waveform and whose left argument is a duplicate of the leftmost data point.2 519 . Otherwise. That is. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_start.2 . Related Topics Statistical Functions 520 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Waveform Calculator Functions sum sum Usage sum(wf[. AMS11. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. If the input waveform is complex then the sum is only calculated on its real part. Description Finds the sum of all the y values of the input waveform. x_start. AMS11. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval.2 521 .Waveform Calculator Functions tan tan Usage tan(wf[. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Description Computes the tangent of wf. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. by default measured in degrees. AMS11. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions 522 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. Description Computes the hyperbolic tangent of wf. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.Waveform Calculator Functions tanh tanh Usage tanh(wf[.2 . x_start. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. AMS11.Waveform Calculator Functions wftoascii wftoascii Usage wftoascii(path. wf[. Description Dumps the input waveform in a text file at the specified path location. x_start. x_end]) Arguments • • • • path (Required) Specifies the output file path. wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval.2 523 . Related Topicss datatowf wftodata Miscellaneous Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_start. Description Returns an array with the data points of the input waveform. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. AMS11. Related Topics datatowf wftoascii Miscellaneous Functions 524 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 .Waveform Calculator Functions wftodata wftodata Usage wftodata(wf[. then average will be performed from 0 to current x value plus window_size value divided by 2. then average will be performed from current x value to last x value. window_size (Required) Specifies the window size value. AMS11. else average will be performed from current x value minus window_size value to current x value. or “forward”. “center” — If current x value is less than window_size value divided by 2. window_size[.2 525 . • Related Topics avg Statistical Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Legal values are “backward”. the default is “backward”. then average will be performed from current x value minus window_size value divided by 2 to last x value. Description The window average function returns an average value for each x value of the input waveform. window_direction]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. “forward” — If current x value is greater than last x value minus window_size value. Else average will be performed from current x value to current x value plus window_size value.Waveform Calculator Functions windavg windavg Usage windavg(wf. then average will be performed from 0 to current x value. “center”. Else average will be performed from current x value minus window_size value divided by 2 to current x value plus window_size value divided by 2. window_direction (Optional) Specifies the window direction. The following describe the different window_direction options: • • “backward” — (Default) If current x value is less than window_size value. Else if current x value is greater than last x value minus window_size value divided by 2. If this is not specified. Waveform Calculator Functions window window Usage window(wf. x_end (Required) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_start. Related Topics Miscellaneous Functions 526 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Description Returns a new waveform with the specified lower and upper bounds. x_end) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Required) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. AMS11.2 . points (Optional) Specifies the number of sampling points. t_start. “BlackmanHarris”. • windowType (Optional) Applies a windowing function from a selection of windows. the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((points-1)/fs) = t_stop . “Hamming”.2 527 . points. window_shape]) Arguments • • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. “Hanning”. fs (Optional) Specifies the sampling frequency of the signal. Legal values are: “Rectangular”. before or after the input data set. “Kaiser”. Legal values are “No Sampling” and “Interpolation”. “Parzen”. padding. sampling.Waveform Calculator Functions windowing windowing Usage windowing(wf[. “Welch”.t_start • • sampling (Optional) Specifies the method of computing the sampled data. the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((points)/fs) = t_stop . alpha. The input parameter will be verified by the algorithm and changed if necessary. samplingEpsilon. Note For symmetric windows. “Blackman”. “Padding Left” and “Padding Left and Right”.t_start For periodic windows. “Bartlett”. t_stop (Optional) Specifies the stop time of the input waveform. “Padding Right”. t_start (Optional) Specifies the start time of the input waveform. windowType. Legal values are: “No Padding”. padding (Optional) Activates data padding to pad the input data with zeros. “Klein” or “Dolph Chebyshev”. t_stop. AMS11. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. fs. Periodic window shapes are preferred when using a Hanning window in spectral analysis. In this case. • • alpha (Optional) Specifies the alpha or beta value that is required by “Hanning”. select the "Periodic" option. Description Calculates the windowing of the input waveform. A periodic Hanning window is obtained by constructing a symmetric window and removing the last sample. AMS11. “Kaiser”. symmetric window shapes are preferred when using a Hanning window in FIR filter design. Legal values are “Symmetric” for standard FFT setup or “Periodic” for enhancing FFT setup for spectral analysis of periodic signals. samplingEpsilon (Optional) When sampling is set to “Interpolation”. This is because the Discrete Fourier Transform assumes periodic extension of the input vector. • window_shape (Optional) Specifies the shape of the window. Eldo has already considered the periodicity of the input signal. unless EZwave’s FFT is executed on an FFT_INPUT waveform.Waveform Calculator Functions windowing Note For “Hanning”.2 . Tip: For comparing Eldo’s FFT results with EZwave’s FFT results. The computed X value corresponds to time_start + (number_of_points * dX) where dX is the sampling interval retrieved from the sampling_frequency. Related Topics Signal Processing Functions 528 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Defaults to the global setting in the Calculations Options dialog on page 362. and “Dolph Chebyshev” windows. specifies that the input waveform data point (Y value) is to be used rather than the exact interpolated value when the X data of the input waveform is close to the computed X value. val[. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. Description Extracts the x-axis value of the waveform at the point where the difference between the actual value of the wave and the linear extrapolation of the waveform based on the computed slope value becomes greater than val.2 529 . Related Topics compress RF Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_start. val (Required) Specifies the Xcompress value.Waveform Calculator Functions xcompress xcompress Usage xcompress(wf. x_end]) Arguments • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Only the x values of the waveform falling below the y value with a negative slope are returned. at_y (Required) Specifies the y value. x_end]) Arguments • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_start. AMS11. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. Description Returns all the x values where the input waveform falls below the given y level with a negative slope. Related Topics xup Miscellaneous Functions 530 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Waveform Calculator Functions xdown xdown Usage xdown(wf. at_y[.2 . Related Topics nand nor Logic Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input digital waveform name. XNOR Truth Table wf1 F F T T wf2 F T F T xnor (wf1.2 531 . The results of the function are described in the following table: Table B-12. F represents FALSE for boolean waveforms. T represents TRUE for boolean waveforms. and 0 for bit waveforms. and 1 for bit waveforms. Description Applies the exclusive NOR function to two input waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean.Waveform Calculator Functions xnor xnor Usage xnor(wf1. AMS11. wf2) T F F T In the table. wf2) Arguments • • wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input digital waveform name. 2 . x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_start. Description Returns all the x values at the maximum (or maxima) of a waveform. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. AMS11. Related Topics xofmin Mathematical Functions 532 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Waveform Calculator Functions xofmax xofmax Usage xofmax(wf[. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval.Waveform Calculator Functions xofmin xofmin Usage xofmin(wf[. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_start. Description Returns all the x values at the minimum (or minima) of a waveform.2 533 . AMS11. Related Topics xofmax Mathematical Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. Description Returns all x values where the input waveform rises above the specified y level with a positive slope. x_end]) Arguments • • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. at_y[. Only the x values of the waveform rising above the y value with a positive slope are returned.Waveform Calculator Functions xup xup Usage xup(wf. AMS11.2 . x_start. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. at_y (Required) Specifies the y value. Related Topics xdown Miscellaneous Functions 534 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. at_y. Only x values at the specified y level with a negative slope will be returned. at_y. o o • • x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. slope) xval(wf.2 535 . returns only x values that matches the specified slope direction at the specified y level. Returns the x value at the specified y level regardless of slope. slope (Optional) Specifies the type of slope of the input waveform. If the slope is specified. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. at_y (Required) Specifies the y value at which to find the x value. Values may be any of the following: o “neg” — Negative slope. x_end) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. at_y) xval(wf. x_start. Interpolation is applied.Waveform Calculator Functions xval xval Usage xval(wf. x_end) xval(wf. “either” — Any slope value. slope. Results are only collected if the slope at the specified y level matches the specified slope. AMS11. Description Returns all the x values at the specified y level of a waveform. Related Topics yval Miscellaneous Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_start. “pos” — Positive slope. Only x values at the specified y level with a positive slope will be returned. at_y. x_start.Waveform Calculator Functions xwave xwave Usage xwave(wf[. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. Description Creates a new waveform with y values identical to the x values.2 . Related Topics Mathematical Functions 536 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. x_end]) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. AMS11. option.Waveform Calculator Functions yval yval Usage yval(wf. Legal values for option are: o o o “VALUE” — Output will be a numerical value. x. Interpolation is applied. x) yval(wf. Description Returns the y value at a given x coordinate of a waveform. x. option (Optional) Specifies the output type. AMS11. Specifies the simulation parameter to be used to generate the result waveform. • param (Optional) Used with option=”WF”. Related Topics xval Miscellaneous Functions EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 537 . “WF” — Output will be a waveform. “ANNOTATION” — Adds annotation to your input waveform. param) Arguments • • • wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x (Required) Specifies the x value at which to find the y value. option) yval(wf. Waveform Calculator Functions yval 538 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting Waveforms in Tcl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . add workspace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 539 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix C Tcl Scripting Support EZwave supports Tcl scripting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Command Short Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . compare savelog . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset analysis . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl List Processing . 541 542 542 545 545 546 546 547 548 549 549 556 557 560 561 567 568 569 573 574 577 578 579 580 584 585 586 587 589 590 591 592 593 594 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . . . batch_mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conventions Used in the Tcl Command Descriptions . . . Command Substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If Command Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Command Detailed Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Variable Substitution . . . . . . . Set Command Syntax . . . . . . compare saverules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare run . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Scripting Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare info . . . . . . . . . compare end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Waveforms in Tcl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset close . . . . . . . . . compare list. . . dataset list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported Tcl Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . add wave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Command Syntax Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset clear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . enabling you to create batch files to execute Tcl commands from within the EZwave application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . This appendix contains the following information related to Tcl scripting with the EZwave waveform viewer: Tcl Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset savewaveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave difference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . delete wave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . setenv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dofile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tcl Scripting Support dataset merge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset mergewaveforms. . . . . . wave addwindow . precision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addproperty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . find analogs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . radix delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave activecursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . printenv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave colortheme . radix define . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . quit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . radix list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595 596 597 598 599 601 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 627 629 631 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 643 644 645 646 540 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave activeworkspace . . . . . . . . . . dataset save . . . . dataset open. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . exit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . radix names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave cursortime . . . . . . . . radix signal . . . . . . . . . . . wave listworkspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset rename. . . . . . . . . wave displayed . find digitals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . evalExpression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave closewindow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . unsetenv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addworkspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . radix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addannotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . getactivecursortime . . . . wave deletecursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave adddeltamarker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave launchfolder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . find nets | signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addmarker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addcursor . . . . . . . . . wave exists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Syntax wave lockcursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Scripting Examples . . . . . . . . Waveform Comparison Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . write jpeg . . . . if. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave runparameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave runindexlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave zoomrange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave runparametervalue . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 678 678 682 684 689 692 Tcl Syntax This section contains the following information: • • • • • Tcl Scripting Example — A short example of how to use Tcl commands with EZwave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave rowfit . . . Creating a User-Defined Function With Tcl Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave xaxis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave zoomout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave zoomlast. . . . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If Command Syntax — Describes in detail the syntax for the Tcl command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave yaxis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Tcl Command Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave zoomin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave tile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Command Syntax Rules — Lists eleven rules that define the syntax and semantics of the Tcl language. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wfc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . write wave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave windowlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set Command Syntax — Describes in detail the syntax for the Tcl command. . . . . . . . . . . wave showzerolevels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . write png . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command Substitution — Describes command substitution in Tcl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples. . . Tcl Waveform Calculator Batch Commands Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave zoomfull. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave showgridlines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave refresh . . . . . . . . . EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 541 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave names. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Different find Commands. . . . . . . . . . wave show. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Words of a command are separated by white space (except for newlines. Tcl Command Syntax Rules The following eleven rules define the syntax and semantics of the Tcl language.wdb ## perform a calculation set wf [wfc {wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_load")wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_middle")}] ## plot the result add wave add wave $wf ## print window contents to a PostScript file write wave -file $env(HOME)/test. The first word is used to locate a command procedure to carry out the command. 3.tcl and copy in the following lines: ## open the tutorial dataset open $env(MGC_AMS_HOME)/examples/ezwave/tutorial. the Tcl interpreter breaks the command into words and performs substitutions as described below. Run the following command in your terminal: ezwave -do test. These substitutions are performed in the same way for all commands. AMS11. 2.Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Syntax • Variable Substitution — Describes variable substitution in Tcl. 4. Semi-colons and newlines are command separators unless quoted as described below. A command is evaluated in two steps. or Tcl script.tcl file.ps ## then exit exit 2. Tcl Scripting Example The following is a short example of how to use Tcl commands with EZwave. such as an integer. If the first character of a word is a double-quote ( " ) then the word is terminated by the next double-quote character. see Tcl Scripting Examples. The command procedure is free to interpret each of its words in any way it likes. or white space characters (including newlines) appear between the quotes then they are treated as ordinary characters and included in the word. then all of the words of the command are passed to the command procedure. close brackets ( ] ). For more examples. If semi-colons ( . which are command separators). First. ).tcl This command invokes EZwave and loads the Tcl commands contained in the test. Different commands interpret their words differently.2 . Create a text file test. variable name. 1. Command substitution. variable 542 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. A Tcl script is a string containing one or more commands. Close brackets ( ] ) are command terminators during command substitution (see below) unless quoted. list. 1. This allows characters such as double quotes. No substitutions are performed on the characters between the braces except for backslash-newline substitutions described below. The result of the script (i. and underscores. To do this it invokes the Tcl interpreter recursively to process the characters following the open bracket as a Tcl script. the result of its last command) is substituted into the word in place of the brackets and all of the characters between them. Name must contain only letters. nor do semi-colons. In all cases but those described below the backslash is dropped and the following character is treated as an ordinary character and included in the word. It may contain any characters whatsoever except for close braces. and dollar signs to be included in words without triggering special processing. 6. digit.e. The double-quotes are not retained as part of the word. close brackets. not including the braces themselves. Backslash substitution is not EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. if an open brace or close brace within the word is quoted with a backslash then it is not counted in locating the matching close brace). and backslash substitutions are performed on the characters of index. Command substitutions. If a word contains a dollar-sign ( $ ) then Tcl performs variable substitution: the dollarsign and the following characters are replaced in the word by the value of a variable. along with the value that replaces each sequence. Table C-1 lists the backslash sequences that are handled specially. 5. There may be any number of command substitutions in a single word. or underscore ( _ ). If the first character of a word is an open brace ( { ) then the word is terminated by the matching close brace ( } ). 7. $name(index): Name gives the name of an array variable and index gives the name of an element within that array.Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Syntax substitution. If a backslash ( \ ) appears within a word then backslash substitution occurs.2 543 . or white space receive any special interpretation. The word will consist of exactly the characters between the outer braces. There may be any number of variable substitutions in a single word. close brackets. o o 8. and backslash substitution are performed on the characters between the quotes as described below. Braces nest within the word: for each additional open brace there must be an additional close brace (however. Variable substitution may take any of the following forms: o $name: Name is the name of a scalar variable. the name is terminated by any character that isn't a letter. variable substitutions. If a word contains an open bracket ( [ ) then Tcl performs command substitution. The script may contain any number of commands and must be terminated by a close bracket ( ] ). digits. newlines. Command substitution is not performed on words enclosed in braces. Variable substitution is not performed on words enclosed in braces. AMS11. ${name}: Name is the name of a scalar variable. if variable substitution occurs then no further substitutions are performed on the value of the variable.2 . The hexadecimal digits hh give the hexadecimal value of the character. except for backslash-newline as described above. This means that it will be replaced even when it occurs between braces. then the pound sign and the characters that follow it. If command substitution occurs then the nested command is processed entirely by the recursive call to the Tcl interpreter. 544 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Each character is processed exactly once by the Tcl interpreter as part of creating the words of a command. Any number of digits may be present. This backslash sequence is unique in that it is replaced in a separate prepass before the command is actually parsed. The # character denotes a comment only when it appears at the beginning of a command. and all spaces and tabs after the newline. For example. the value is inserted into the word verbatim. AMS11. 11. no substitutions are performed before making the recursive call and no additional substitutions are performed on the result of the nested script. two. even if the variable's value contains spaces. 9. during variable substitution the entire value of the variable becomes part of a single word. For example. Table C-1. up through the next newline. newline.Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Syntax performed on words enclosed in braces. 10. or three of them) give the octal value of the character. Substitutions do not affect the word boundaries of a command. are treated as a comment and ignored. \\ \ooo \xhh Backslash ( \ ) The digits ooo (one. If a pound sign ( # ) appears at a point where Tcl is expecting the first character of the first word of a command. Tcl Backslash Sequences Sequence \a \b \f \n \r \t \v Value Audible alert (bell) (0x7) Backspace (0x8) Form feed (0xc) Newline (0xa) Carriage-return (0xd) Tab (0x9) Vertical tab (0xb) \<newline>white_space A single space character replaces the backslash. and the resulting space will be treated as a word separator if it isn’t in braces or quotes. When you specify value you will change the current state of the varName you specify. Description Returns the value of variable varName. If you do not specify a value.Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Syntax If Command Syntax The Tcl if command executes scripts conditionally. If none of the expressions evaluates to true then bodyN is executed.2 545 . or an empty string if none of the expressions was non-zero and there was no bodyN. AMS11. Otherwise varName refers to a scalar variable. There may be any number of elseif clauses. this command will return the value of the varName you specify. Otherwise expr2 is evaluated as an expression and if it is true then body2 is executed. Normally. Syntax set varName [value] Arguments • • varName (Required) The name of a Tcl variable. The value of the expression must be a boolean (a numeric value. In the syntax below. including zero. creating a new variable if one doesn't already exist. or a string value such as true or yes for true and false or no for false). where 0 is false and anything else is true. if it is true then body1 is executed by passing it to the Tcl interpreter. If varName contains an open parenthesis and ends with a close parenthesis. and the characters between the parentheses are the index within the array. If you specify value. Set Command Syntax The Tcl set command returns or sets the values of variables. value (Optional) The value to be assigned to the variable. and returns its value. The return value from the command is the result of the body script that was executed. and the variable of that name in the current namespace is read or EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. the question mark ( ? ) indicates an optional argument. the command sets the value of varName to value. The then and else arguments are optional "noise words" to make the command easier to read. then it refers to an array element: the characters before the first open parenthesis are the name of the array. Syntax if expr1 ?then? body1 elseif expr2 ?then? body2 elseif … ?else? ?bodyN? Description The if command evaluates expr1 as an expression. bodyN may also be omitted as long as else is omitted too. and so on. varName is unqualified (does not include the names of any containing namespaces). use the following construct: $env(var_name) echo My user name is $env(USER) Environment variables can also be set using the env array: set env(SHELL) /bin/csh 546 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. If varName includes namespace qualifiers (in the array name if it refers to an array element). then varName refers to a namespace variable (global variable if the current namespace is the global namespace). then varName refers to a parameter or local variable of the procedure unless the global command was invoked to declare varName to be global. the Tcl parser will look for variables that have been defined either by Questa SIM or by you.2 . Example set a 25 set b 11 set c 3 echo "the result is [expr ($a + $b)/$c]" This code will output the following: the result is 12 Variable Substitution When a $var_name is encountered. To access environment variables. Command Substitution Placing a command in square brackets ( [ ] ) will cause that command to be evaluated first and its results returned in place of the command. AMS11. Note Tcl is case sensitive for variable names.Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Syntax written. or unless a Tcl variable command was invoked to declare varName to be a namespace variable. and substitute the value of the variable. the variable in the specified namespace is read or written. If no procedure is active. If a procedure is active. Returns the index of the first element in list_name that matches pattern Returns list_name sorted in increasing ASCII sorting order lreplace lsearch lsort lreplace list_name first last val1. etc. val2. val2. reversing the order of the elements along the way: set b [list] set i [expr {[llength $a] . first or last may be “end”. to the list var_name lindex list_name index linsert list_name index val1 val2 … list val1.1}] while {$i >= 0} { lappend b [lindex $a $i] incr i -1 } EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. appending to lists. val2. AMS11.2 547 . Several Tcl commands are available for creating lists. as shown below: Table C-2. val2 … llength list_name lrange list_name first last Returns the index-th element of list_name. etc. val2. the first element is 0 Inserts val1. … lsearch list_name pattern lsort list_name Example 1 This example uses the Tcl while loop to copy a list from variable a to variable b. Returns the number of elements in list_name Returns a sublist of list_name.. Tcl List Processing Commands Comman d lappend lindex linsert list llength lrange Syntax Description lappend var_name val1 val2 … Appends val1. indexing into lists. from index first to index last. which refers to the last element in the list Replaces elements first through last with val1. getting the length of lists and shifting lists. just before the index-th element of list_name Returns a Tcl list consisting of val1. val2. etc.Tcl Scripting Support Tcl List Processing Tcl List Processing In Tcl a "list" is a set of strings in curly braces separated by spaces. etc. Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands Example 2 This example uses the Tcl for command to copy a list from variable a to variable b. 548 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Organized in table format and by category. reversing the order of the elements along the way (the foreach command iterates over all of the elements of a list): set b [list] foreach i $a { set b [linsert $b 0 $i] } Example 4 This example shows a list reversal as above. Tcl Command Short Descriptions — A quick glance at the supported Tcl commands and their short descriptions. AMS11. • • Conventions Used in the Tcl Command Descriptions — Describes the conventions used in the short and detailed descriptions of the commands.1}]} {$i >= 0} {incr i -1} { lappend b [lindex $a $i] } Example 3 This example uses the Tcl foreach command to copy a list from variable a to variable b. reversing the order of the elements along the way: set b [list] for {set i [expr {[llength $a] . this time aborting on a particular element using the Tcl break command: set b [list] foreach i $a { if {$i = "ZZZ"} break set b [linsert $b 0 $i] } Example 5 This example is a list reversal that skips a particular element by using the Tcl continue command: set b [list] foreach i $a { if {$i = "ZZZ"} continue set b [linsert $b 0 $i] } Supported Tcl Commands This section describes the supported Tcl commands and The EZwave waveform viewer supports the Tcl commands listed in Table C-3.2 . Conventions Used in the Tcl Command Descriptions The Tcl commands found in this appendix use the following conventions: • • Required Required command names or arguments are in bold. compare run [startTime] indicates that startTime is an optional argument.2 549 . [ Optional Replace ] Optional argument place holders are surrounded by square brackets [ ] and in italics. Required Replaced Required argument place holders are in bold italics. In addition. • {a|b} Curly braces { } indicate a choice between the items separated by a pipe |.Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands • • • Specifying Waveforms in Tcl — Details the different ways you can specify one or many waveforms in Tcl. but you must replace it with a start time value. You must replace these arguments with a value or string. For example. There can be more than two choices for a set of curly braces. Tcl Command Detailed Descriptions — Alphabetically lists the supported Tcl commands in detail. Selecting Waveforms in Tcl — Details arguments that are used by more than one command. Tcl Command Short Descriptions The following table (Table C-3) lists the supported Tcl commands and their short descriptions. For example. you must replace it with a value or string. When using these optional arguments. dofile filename indicates that you must replace the required filename argument with the name of a file. Depending on the commands. these may either be ignored without error by the EZwave Tcl interpreter or executed EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. • • [ Optional ] Optional arguments are surrounded by square brackets [ ]. AMS11. EZwave recognizes Questa SIM and Questa ADMS commands. AMS11. Sources the specified Tcl file. Displays or changes the current region/signal environment. Set cursor or double display precision.2 . Supported Tcl Commands Command Miscellaneous Commands batch_mode dofile file_name environment [path_name] [-dataset | -nodataset] exit [-force] [-discard] quit [-force] [-discard] evalExpression expression wfc expression Check if the Tcl program is in batch mode. Refer to the entries on the following pages for more details. Exits the EZwave application.cursor] [precision_value#] write jpeg file_name [-window window_name] Exports the contents of a window as a PNG or JPEG image file. Description precision [-double | . [-blackbackground | -whitebackground | -monochrome | -colorasdisplayed] [-visiblewindows] [-resolution {screen | printerlow | printerhigh}] write png file_name [-window window_name] [-blackbackground | -whitebackground | -monochrome | -colorasdisplayed] [-visiblewindows] [-resolution {screen | printerlow | printerhigh}] 550 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. The specific responses are given in the following pages: • • Questa SIM Command Support Questa ADMS Command Support Note For commands that require a waveform_name argument. Invoke the EZwave Waveform Calculator and perform operations. These are indicated in the table by a footnote. you can use special options to select the waveform(s).Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands by internally applying corresponding actions. evalExpression and wfc may return different values. found at the end of the table. Table C-3. depending on the type of output. ) Environment Variable Commands printenv [variable_name] setenv variable_name [value] unsetenv variable_name Waveform commands add wave (see add wave section for usage) delete wave [-window window_name] waveform_name1 wave addannotation [waveform_name1] -x x_value [-y y_value] -text text [-snap] wave adddeltamarker {-xdelta | -ydelta} -wf1 waveform_name11 -x1 x_value1 -y1 y_value1 [-wf2 waveform_name21] -x2 x_value2 -y2 y_value2 [-text text] Add a new waveform. Add a text annotation at the specified location in the active window. Generates and displays a waveform corresponding to the difference between the first and second waveforms specified.2 551 . Sets or displays the value of an environment variable. wave addline {-x | -y} value [waveform_name] Adds a horizontal or vertical line to a waveform in the active window. Adds a delta marker to waveform(s) in the active window. Adds a property to a waveform. AMS11.Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands Table C-3. Supported Tcl Commands (cont. Removes a waveform. [-text annotation_text] [-drag] [-hash {up | down | left | right}] wave addmarker [-window window_name] [-name name] [-time {time | x_value}] wave addproperty waveform_name1 -name property_name -value property_value wave addwindow [-title title] wave closewindow [window_name] | [-all | -workspace] wave difference waveform_name11 waveform_name21 [-name out_waveform_name] [-spice] wave displayed [-window window_name | -allwindows | -activewindow] [-color] wave exists waveform_name1 Add a vertical marker at the specified location. waveform colors. Unsets an environment variable. Returns True or False to indicate whether at least one waveform matching the search string exists. Closes one or more graph windows. Returns the path to the directory where EZwave was launched from wave launchfolder EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Displays a Tcl list containing waveform names and optionally. Create a new window. Displays name and value of environment variable(s). Sets the title or scale of the row. wave show representation [|representation2 | … | representationN] wave windowlist wave xaxis [-title title] [-scale {linear | log2 | log10}] [-window window_name] wave yaxis -row rowId [-axis axis_name] [-title title] [-scale {linear | log2 | log10}] [-window window_name] Defines the default net representation that is used with the add wave command.ps | -file file. Returns a list of digital signals matching the specified pattern. Sets the X axis title or scale. Print a waveform. The Y axis name must be specified if there are multiple Y axes. Returns a list of open windows.Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands Table C-3. Returns the full pathnames of all analog and digital objects that match the name specifications.ps | -printer printer_name] [-window window_name] [-landscape | -portrait] [-papersize {a3 | a4 | a5 | b4 | b5 | letter | tabloid | ledger | legal | executive}] [-copies number ] [-allwaveforms | -visiblewaveforms] [-activewindow | -allwindows | -visiblewindows] [-eps] Find Commands find analogs object_name1 … Returns names of all analog objects (quantities and terminals) matching the specified pattern. find digitals item_name1 … find nets | signals item_name1 … Zoom Commands wave zoomfull [-window window_name] wave zoomin [-window window_name] [factor] Zoom in on X axis by specified factor (default: 2x). Useful for iterating through each element individually. AMS11. Zoom out to show entire X axis. 552 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . Supported Tcl Commands (cont.) wave runindexlist waveform_name1 Returns a list of run indices for the elements of the compound waveform specified. wave runparameters waveform_name1 wave runparametervalue -param param_name Returns the value of the specified run -run run_index waveform_name parameter associated with the run index and compound waveform specified. Returns a list of run parameters for the compound waveform specified. write wave [file. wave names [-showdataset {on | off}] [-showhierarchy {on | off}] wave refresh [-window window_name] wave rowfit [-window window_name] wave showgridlines [on | off] wave showzerolevels {on | off | horizontal | vertical} wave tile [-cascade | -horizontal | -vertical | -grid] Radix Commands Determines whether plotted waveforms show dataset names and (or) complete hierarchical path Redraw window contents. Determines whether the spacing between cursors is fixed. AMS11. Return cursor location. Optimizes row size in a window. Zoom out on X axis by specified factor (default: 2x) Zoom in on X axis to range specified by start and/or end points. Supported Tcl Commands (cont. or return cursor location if position is not specified. Delete a cursor. Move cursor to specified position. Specify cursor to be active cursor. Arranges windows in one of the four tiling options. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.) wave zoomlast [-window window_name] wave zoomout [-window window_name] [factor] wave zoomrange [-window window_name] [start] [end] Cursor Commands getactivecursortime [-window window_name] wave activecursor [-window window_name] [cursor_name] wave addcursor [-window window_name] [-time time | X_value] [-name cursor_name] wave cursortime [-window window_name] [-time time | X_value] [cursor_name] wave deletecursor [-window window_name] [cursor_name] wave lockcursor [ON | OFF] Display Commands wave colortheme [black | white | mono] [-print] Sets the print or graphical display color scheme.Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands Table C-3.2 553 . Determines whether gridlines are displayed in newly created windows Determines how zero levels are activated or disabled on all new windows. Create a new cursor. Undo most recent zoom operation. Close specific database. or all databases. Supported Tcl Commands (cont. Fetch information about a database. Sets or inspects radix values for the specified signals.and filename where database is saved • exists — Whether database is currently open List open databases. the definition of all currently defined radices otherwise. option is one of: • name — Database name • file — Path. radix_label [radix_value2. folder_path]] dataset analysis [dataset_name] [-folder folder_path] dataset clear dataset close [database_name | -all] dataset info option [database_name] Returns analysis list for the dataset Clear all waveform data from last opened database.) radix [-radix_type | radix_name] Sets the bus radix to one of the following: • binary • octal • decimal • hexadecimal • unsigned • ascii or a user defined radix. Defines a new radix. AMS11. Returns a list of all currently defined radix names. dataset list [-long] dataset merge dataset_name file_name1 … file_namen [-matchindex | -startindex start_index] 554 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. radix_labelN] [-default radix_type]} radix delete radix_name radix names radix list [radix_name] Removes the radix definition from the named radix. Merges databases. Returns the definition of a radix if a name is supplied.2 .Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands Table C-3. radix signal [waveform_name [radix_value]] [-fpoint decimal] Dataset Commands dataset alias dataset_name [alias_name [-folder Assigns aliases to datasets. radix_label2 … radix_valueN. radix define radix_name {radix_value. AMS11. Modifies options for compare signals and compare configure [-clock name] [-recursive] regions. [-tol delay] [-tolLead delay] [-tolTrail delay] [-vhdlmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logicvalue:. Rename database.. Supported Tcl Commands (cont. Save database to disk. Save waveform(s) into the specified database file. Cause a workspace to become active.2 555 .}] [-xTol xtolerance] [-yTol ytolerance] [-threshold {1 | 2}] [-upperthreshold value] [-lowerthreshold value] [-fixedthreshold value] [-refDelay delay] [-testDelay delay] [-start start_value] [-end end_value] comparePath compare end Closes active comparison without saving any information.Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands Table C-3. Defines a clock for clocked-mode comparisons. Merges waveforms.) dataset mergewaveforms dataset_name file_name1 … file_namen [-matchindex | -startindex start_index] -wf waveform1_name1 … waveform_n_name dataset open file_name [dataset_name] dataset rename database_name new_name dataset save database_name file_name [-start x_start] [-end x_stop] [-sampling sample] [-atcursors] [-delta delta] [-derivabs derivabs] [-derivrel derivrel]2 dataset savewaveforms file_name [-start x_start] [-end x_stop] [-sampling sample] [-atcursors] [-delta delta] [-derivabs derivabs] [-derivrel derivrel]2 waveform_name1 Workspace Commands wave activeworkspace [workspace_name] wave addworkspace [workspace_name] [-active] wave listworkspace Waveform Comparison Commands compare add (see compare add section for usage) compare clock [-delete] [-offset delay] [-rising | -falling | -both] clock_name waveform_path Creates the scope for waveform comparison. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Creates a new workspace. Returns a list of workspaces.. Open a database file.}] [-vlogmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logicvalue:.. an asterisk (*) in an extended waveform name is interpreted as a wildcard character. AMS11. You can use extended options for this waveform_name. Sets defaults for various waveform compare options [-maxsignal n] [-maxtotal n] comparison commands. It is advised that only one switch is used at a time. Saves the rules of all compare add commands in effect and compare options to a file. [-derivabs derivabs] and [-derivrel derivrel] is not forbidden. compare start [-batch] [-maxsignal n] [-maxtotal n] [-refDelay delay] [-testDelay delay] reference_dataset [test_dataset] 1. Specifying Waveforms in Tcl You can specify one or more waveforms in Tcl in the following ways: 556 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Outputs the Tcl scripts of all the compare add commands in effect.Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands Table C-3. Supported Tcl Commands (cont. Begins a new dataset comparison. Saves a log of errors and warnings during comparison. but the outcome of doing so is difficult to predict. See the Selecting Waveforms in Tcl for details: [-show wave_show_expression][-recursive][-depth <level>][-signals][-quantities][-terminals] [-nets][-ports][-in][-out][-inout][-internal][-through][-across][-free][-flow][-i] [-boundary][-a2d][-d2a][-bidir][-run {run_number | run_name}][-session {previous | current}] [-adms | -modelsim] 2. A footnoted waveform_name means that you can use the following options to select the waveform(s).) compare info [-start start_value] [-end end_value] [-write filename] compare list [-expand] Displays results of the comparison in the main window. Combining switches [-delta delta].2 . Can also be used to save the entire comparison session. [-mode_name] [-tol delay] [-tolLead delay] [-tolTrail delay] [-vhdlmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logicvalue: …}] [-vlogmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logicvalue: … }] [-xTol xtolerance] [-yTol ytolerance] [-threshold {1|2}] [-upperthreshold value] [-lowerthreshold value] [-fixedthreshold value] [-wavewin name] [-noaddwave] [-addwave] [-adderrorwave] compare run [startTime] [endTime] compare savelog filename compare saverules [-session] [-expand] rules_filename Runs the difference computation. When saving window contents to a Tcl file. Fully qualified names in one of the following forms: <database_name>waveform_name <database/folder>waveform_name For example: <tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_middle • Object names. Object name syntax examples: add wave :top:clk add wave -show ac.2 557 . in the current dataset. or if the command should only apply to the last loaded dataset. Object name — The name of the object in the design. The following keywords are reserved dataset names: o o sim — This reserved dataset name specifies the currently active simulation. The object name syntax consists of the following parts: o Dataset name — The dataset name is the logical name for the JWDB file in which the object exists. The PreviousSession folder must be activated in the modelsim.vdb :top:out add wave adc12/:top:x1:out o o o EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. This method allows you to manipulate objects from the design and add a representation (if necessary). if it exists. this is a colon ( : ). In the EZwave tool. AMS11. o Dataset separator — The data separator is used to terminate the dataset name string. Specifying the dataset name is optional when only one dataset is active. prev — This reserved dataset name refers to the PreviousSession folder. Hierarchical path — A set of hierarchy instance names. Path separator — In the EZwave tool. this is a forward slash ( / ).Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands • • Waveform handles ( handle: <#:#> ) returned by the wfc command.ini file while running Questa ADMS simulations. This syntax is consistent with the Questa ADMS add wave syntax. separated by a path separator ( : ). depending on your selection during simulation. Commands that Access Waveforms add wave compare add compare clock compare configure dataset mergewaveforms dataset savewaveforms delete wave find analogs find digitals find nets | signals wave addannotation wave adddeltamarker wave addproperty wave exists These extended options are: [-show wave_show_expression][-recursive][-depth <level>] [-signals][-quantities][-terminals] [-nets][-ports][-in][-out][-inout][-internal] [-through][-across][-free][-flow][-i] [-boundary][-a2d][-d2a][-bidir] [-run {run_number | run_name}][-session {previous | current}] [-adms | -modelsim] The individual options are described below: • • • • • • -a2d (Optional) Only a2d nets are added. or both sides of boundary nets will be returned. -adms | -modelsim (Optional) Filters the list of matching waveforms to match those simulated by the Questa ADMS kernel or those simulated by the Questa SIM (formerly ModelSim) kernel. -across (Optional) Only across quantities will be returned. Table C-4. AMS11.2 .Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands Selecting Waveforms in Tcl This section describes the extended options that are available for selecting waveform(s) within the Tcl commands listed in Table C-4. 558 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. -boundary (Optional) Only analog. -d2a (Optional) Only d2a nets are added. digital. -bidir (Optional) Only bidir nets are added. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. -recursive (Optional) You may also use -r as a shortcut. displayed by default). -quantities (Optional) Only quantity nets are added. -out (Optional) Specifies that the scope of the search include ports of mode OUT.i” -in (Optional) Specifies that the scope of the search is to include ports of mode IN. and quantity items. -session [previous | current] (Optional) Specifies whether to look in a previous session folder or the current database. -run [ run_id | "run_id_1 run_id_2 . Specifies that the scope of the search descend recursively into subregions. -internal (Optional) Specifies that the scope of the search is to include internal (non-port) objects. This is the same as “-show tran. depending on the run identifier. AMS11. OUT.. Used with wildcard searches. run_id can be a numerical value or string. displayed by default). -nets (Optional) Specifies that the scope of the search includes terminal. -flow (Optional) Specifies that current waveforms should be displayed (instead of voltage. -inout (Optional) Specifies that the scope of the search is to include ports of mode INOUT. -ports (Optional) Specifies that the scope of the search includes ports of modes IN. or INOUT. restricts the recursive search to the specified level of hierarchy. -i (Optional) Specifies that current waveforms should be displayed (instead of voltage.Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands • • • • • • • • • • • • • • -depth level (Optional) Used with the -recursive option. signal. This is the same as “-show tran..i” -free (Optional) Only Free quantities will be returned. See also -depth level option. run_id_n"] (Optional) This argument is used to find a specific (or several) run(s) of a compound waveform.2 559 . If -show is not specified. This will only search for the waveform named database_name/AC>VDB(:test:u1:tvout) o add wave -show ffst.. 560 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. its settings are applied beginning where it appears in the script until another -show is issued. -terminals (Optional) Only reference quantities of terminal nets are added.H(1) • • -signals (Optional) Only signal nets are added.vdb.h(1) :top:net1 In this example. and H(1) for the secondary_physic. the analysis is FFST.disciplinephysic|analysis. the discipline is V. ) separates the analysis portion from the discipline and physic portion. the analysis is AC. Refer to Appendix D for details. This will search for the specified waveform in the last-opened database: database_name/FSST>VDB(:top:net1). the defaults defined by the wave show command is used.Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands • -show representation [ |representation2|. -show none (Optional) Requests objects directly located in the database in the case where there is no analysis folder.. a discipline. as follows: analysis. the discipline is V. all and none.all (Optional) Requests all objects found in the specified analysis. and the physic is DB. A representation is a complete representation of a net and is composed of an analysis. and a physic. or until the end of the script.disciplinephysic If more than one representation is specified.disciplinephysic The reserved keywords. If -show is specified.|representationN] (Optional) Specifies how the signal is to be represented as a waveform. AMS11. and the physic is DB for the primary_ physic. A dot ( . Examples of -show usage: o add wave -show ac.disciplinephysic|analysis. There is no separator between the discipline and the physic.vdb :test:u1:tvout In this example. can be used as follows: • • • -show all (Optional) Requests all objects found in all analyses -show analysis.2 . use a pipe ( | ) to separate them: analysis. 2 561 . AMS11.Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands • -through Specifies that only Through quantities matching the net names will be saved Tcl Command Detailed Descriptions The following pages detail the supported Tcl commands. listed alphabetically. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. wf_name_n] | [-separator separator_char wf_name_1 . AMS11...2 .Tcl Scripting Support add wave add wave Usage add wave [-overlay] [-append] [-row row_number] [-position {top | bottom | end | before | after | below | row_number}] [-rowtitle title] [-zerolevel {on | off | horizontal | vertical}] [-grid {on | off | horizontal | vertical}] [-point_style id] [-line_width {1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5}] [-zoomY min_y max_y] [-height pixels] [-hide | -visible] [-group group_name] [-color standard_color_name] [-label name] [-literal | -event | -analog-step | -analog-interpolated | -spectral] [-window window_name] [-symbolic | -binary | -octal | -decimal | -hexadecimal | -unsigned | ascii | -time | -default] [-enumnumeric | -enumsymbolic] [-radix {radix_type | radix_name}] [-collapse] [-expand] [-adms | -modelsim] [-complexplane | -smithchart {-impedance | -admittance} | -polarchart {-degree | -radian} | -versus x_wf_name] [-nomode] [-newyaxis] [-hideyaxis] [-xscale {linear | log10 [-yscale {linear | log10 [-hidexunit] [-hideyunit] [-hidextitle] [-hideytitle] [-scaleunitx scale_value [-scaleunity scale_value | log2}] | log2}] unit_name] unit_name] [wf_name_1 ... 562 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. wf_name_n [-noseparator wf_name_1 .. wf_name_n]] Description This command adds one or more waveforms to a graphical window.. cyan. For example. All waveforms plotted in a hidden Y axis are automatically hidden. -visible cancels out an earlier -hide and visa versa. #000000 is black. and #ffffff is white. -grid [ on | off | horizontal | vertical] (Optional) Activates the grids in the rows where the waveform is displayed. on and off enable or disable both horizontal and vertical grids. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. yellow. All waveforms specified with <object_name> will be automatically added to the group. where RR represents the red value. RGB color code: The RGB color code is a hexadecimal value preceded by a ‘#’ representing #RRGGBB. AMS11. • • • • -collapse (Optional) If this option is specified. digital buses are displayed with all elements collapsed. blue. -color standard_color_name (Optional) Specifies a color for displaying the waveform. If no row exists. darkgray. lightgray. red. -expand (Optional) Displays a digital bus with all its bits expanded. magenta. Legal color names: black.Tcl Scripting Support add wave Parameters • • -append (Optional) Adds the waveform to the previously existing row. -hideyaxis (Optional) Specifies that the current Y axis will be hidden if more than one axis exists in the row. green. -height pixels (Optional) Specifies the height of the row where the waveform will be displayed. You can use standard color names (for example. GG represents the green value. horizontal and vertical enable only the appropriate horizontal or vertical grids. • • • • -group group_name Creates a waveform group with the name group_name. this argument is ignored. gray. orange. -complexplane | -smithchart [-impedance | -admittance] | -polarchart {-degree | -radian} | -versus x_wf_name (Optional) Defines a row type to be used for displaying the waveform. white. -hide | -visible (Optional) Specifies whether the waveform should be visible when plotted. ‘red’ or ‘blue’) or the RGB color code preceded by a ‘#’. pink. The value is in pixels.2 563 . and BB represents the blue value. When plotting multiple waveforms. #0000ff is blue. This corresponds to the “scattered” drawing mode -analog-step . -hidexunit (Optional) Specifies that the X axis units should not be displayed. -hideyunit (Optional) Specifies that the Y axis units should not be displayed. accessed by right-clicking on a waveform and selecting Properties.Tcl Scripting Support add wave • • • • • • • -hidextitle (Optional) Specifies that the X axis title should not be displayed. -inout arguments.This corresponds to the “sampled” drawing mode -analog-interpolated . AMS11. -hideytitle (Optional) Specifies that the Y axis title should not be displayed. no point style is applied. id takes a value between 0 and 16. -label name (Optional) Specifies a name for the waveform. -point_style id (Optional) Specifies the point style of the waveform. -out.This corresponds to the “spectral” drawing mode • • • • -newyaxis (Optional) Specifies that the waveform will be displayed using a new Y axis.This corresponds to the “continuous” drawing mode -spectral . Setting this value is equivalent to making a selection in the Data Point Symbol field on the Waveform Properties Dialog. The numbers map directly to the widths in the Line Width dropdown box in the Waveform Display dialog. -overlay (Optional) Causes several waveforms added at once to be added in the same row. -nomode (Optional) Searches port terminals that do not have IN. 564 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.This corresponds to the “railroad” drawing mode -event . -line_width {1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5} (Optional) Specifies the line with of the waveform.2 . When 0 is specified. and therefore are not included in searches that specify the -in. o o o o o -literal . or INOUT modes. OUT. -literal | -event | -analog-step | -analog-interpolated | -spectral (Optional) Specifies a drawing mode for the waveform that will be displayed. Hexadecimal can also be written as hex. If no radix is specified for an enumerated type.Adds the signal(s) to the end of the list of signals before | above .Adds the signal(s) after the selected signal in the graph window row_number . The row numbers start at 1 (top-most row). -symbolic | -binary | -octal | -decimal | -hexadecimal | -unsigned | -ascii | -time | -default (Optional) Specifies a radix for displaying digital bus(es) specified in this command. • • • • • -row row_number (Optional) Selects the row in which to display the waveform. Legal radix_type values are: binary. You can change the default radix for the current simulation using the radix command. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Row numbers are dynamic. -rowtitle title (Optional) Specifies the title of the row to be added. Can be used as an alternative to the [ -symbolic | -binary | -octal | -decimal | -hexadecimal | -unsigned | -ascii | -time | -default ] options. Row numbers start from the top of the window with a value of 1 and increase as you go down the window. octal. time and default.Adds the signal(s) to the beginning of the list of signals bottom | end . ascii. but ignored by EZwave. • -radix {radix_type | radix_name } (Optional) Specifies a radix or a user-defined radix.2 565 .Tcl Scripting Support add wave • -position {top | bottom | end | before | after | below | row_number } (Optional) Specifies the position for the waveform inside the graph window. the default radix is used. AMS11. Row numbers dynamically change as rows are added or removed.Adds the signal(s) before the selected signal in the graph window after | below . symbolic. o o o o o top . -scaleunity scale_value unit_name (Optional) Specifies the scaling factor and unit type of the Y axis. -scaleunitx scale_value unit_name (Optional) Specifies the scaling factor and unit type for the X axis. changing as row are added or removed. unsigned. Note -time and -default are accepted for Questa SIM compatibility. decimal.Adds the signal(s) to the specified row number. hexadecimal. wf_name_n (Optional) Specifies that the waveform names have no hierarchy. -zerolevel [on | off | horizontal | vertical] (Optional) Activates the zero-levels in the rows where the waveform is displayed. • -separator separator_char wf_name_1 .G1. • -zoomY min_y max_y (Optional) Defines the Y limits while displaying the waveform 566 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. If this is not specified. AMS11.v -separator . ... but ignored by EZwave. See Specifying Waveforms in Tcl. XV1. . • wf_name_1 . -yscale {linear | log10 | log2 } (Optional) Specifies the type of scale used for the Y axis. ) is the hierarchical separator in the wave XV1. • -enumnumeric | -enumsymbolic Note Accepted for Questa SIM compatibility. On/Off enables or disables both horizontal and vertical levels. the waveform is displayed in the currently active window. the dot ( . wf_name_n (Optional) Specifies the waveform(s) using one of several accepted syntaxes.. You must use the object name method for specifying waveforms when using the -show representation option.2 .G1 In this example. Horizontal/Vertical enables only the appropriate horizontal or vertical levels. For example: add wave -overlay -show TRAN. wf_name_n (Optional) Specifies the hierarchical separator character in waveform names. You can use more than one option in the same command. but ignored by EZwave.Tcl Scripting Support add wave Note time and default are accepted for Questa SIM compatibility. • • • • • -noseparator wf_name_1 . You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform(s).. -xscale {linear | log10 | log2 } (Optional) Specifies the type of scale used for the X axis. -window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window where the waveform should be displayed. The result waveform will be displayed in blue: set result [wfc {wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_load")wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_middle")}] add wave <tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_load -color blue $result • This example creates a group named allAnalog that will contain all analog waveforms from the database.Tcl Scripting Support add wave Examples • This example will plot <tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_load and the result waveform. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. add wave -group allAnalog -terminals -r * Related Topics • • • “Plotting a Single Waveform” on page 60 “Plotting Multiple Waveforms” on page 61 “Grouping Waveforms” on page 64.2 567 . AMS11. If workspace_name is not specified. AMS11. is used. where # is a number. -active (Optional) Indicates that the workspace created should become the active workspace. Parameters • • workspace_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the workspace to be created.Tcl Scripting Support add workspace add workspace Usage add workspace [workspace_name] [-active] Description Creates a new workspace in the EZwave session window. Note This command is the same as wave addworkspace. Example add workspace ADC12 568 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . Workspace#. a default name. AMS11.2 569 . Return Values 1 if used with the JWDB Server (this indicates that the program is in non-graphical batch mode).Tcl Scripting Support batch_mode batch_mode Usage batch_mode Description This command indicates whether the EZwave application or the JWDB server is used... } else { # execute graphical commands add wave $wf } EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Example if [batch_mode] { . to check whether the Tcl script is currently in batch mode. 0 if used with the EZwave application (this indicates that the program is in graphical nonbatch mode). . ps) is used with the time value.}] [-xTol xtolerance] [-yTol ytolerance] [-threshold {1|2}] [-upperthreshold value] [-lowerthreshold value] [-fixedthreshold value] [-refDelay delay] [-testDelay delay] [-start start_value] [-end end_value] referencePath [testPath] [-wave] [-win wname] Description The compare add command creates the scope of the comparison (all waveforms. • -tolLead delay (Optional) Specifies the maximum time a test signal edge is allowed to lead a reference edge in an asynchronous comparison. If a unit (for example. to enable defining tolerances and settings for analog-analog and analog-digital comparison. -tol delay (Optional) Specifies the maximum time a test signal edge is allowed to lead or trail a reference edge in an asynchronous comparison. top level ports. …) and support a set of options. etc. ps) is used with the time value.. 570 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. and subregions of those. Parameters • • • • • -clock clock (Optional) Specifies the clock definition to use when sampling the specified regions.Tcl Scripting Support compare add compare add Usage compare add [-clock clock] [-label label] [-nowin] [-tol delay] [-tolLead delay] [-tolTrail delay] [-vhdlmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value:. not used for asynchronous comparisons. compared to Questa SIM commands..}] [-vlogmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value:. Required for a clocked comparison. compare signals are added to the default Wave window. The default is 0. The default is 0. If a unit (for example. This command has additional arguments. -nowin (Optional) Specifies that compare signals shouldn’t be added to any window. The same command is then used in to set up complete mixed-signal comparison. the time must be placed in curly braces {}. -recursive (Optional) Specifies that signals should also be selected in all nested subregions.. :top:level1:* rather than :top:level1. the time must be placed in curly braces {}. AMS11. Path of regions is not supported. a global expression (regular expression) should be used instead. By default.2 . like tolerances. For example. to be applied to the comparison. See -wave below. -label label (Optional) Specifies a name for the comparison when it is displayed in the window. • -vlogmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value: …} (Optional) Specifies how Verilog signal states in the reference dataset should match values in the test dataset. ps) with the time value. Values are specified in a colon-separated list of match values. For example: -vhdlmatches {X=XUD:Z=ZD:1=1HD} Default is: {U=UWXD:X=UWXD:0=0LD:1=1HD:Z=ZD:W=UWXD:L=0LD:H=1HD:D=UX01ZWLHD} The 'D' character represents the '-' "don't care" std_logic value. the time must be placed in curly braces {}.01 × x_max – x_min ) ⎝ number_of_points⎠ -yTol ytolerance (Optional) Specifies the maximum Y tolerance that test and reference waveforms are allowed to differ. Figure C-1. The default is 0. Graphical Representation of tolLead and tolTrail Reference Signal Test Signal tolLead tolTrail • -vhdlmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value: …} (Optional) Specifies how VHDL signal states in the reference dataset should match values in the test dataset. The default is: 0. AMS11. Values are specified in a colon-separated list of match values. The default is: x_max – x_min the minimum of ⎛ --------------------------------------------⎞ or ( 0.2 571 .01 × ( y_max – y_min ) • EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. If a unit is used (for example. For example: -vlogmatches {0=0:1=1:Z=Z} Default is: {0=0:1=1:Z=Z:X=X} • -xTol xtolerance (Optional) Specifies the maximum X tolerance (usually time) that test and reference waveforms are allowed to differ.Tcl Scripting Support compare add • -tolTrail delay (Optional) Specifies the maximum time a test signal edge is allowed to trail a reference edge in an asynchronous comparison. Some examples: compare add :top:x1:out # With wildcard: compare add :top:x1:* 572 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. in case of analog-digital comparison using two thresholds. -testDelay delay (Optional) Specifies a delay to shift all added waveforms from the test dataset. You can use more than one option in the same command. If you specify a glob expression.2 . You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to match the signals. -start time Specifies the time at which to start the comparison of all added waveforms. • -lowerthreshold value (Optional) Specifies the value of the lower level to be used for converting an analog waveform to a digital waveform. • • • • • -refDelay delay (Optional) Specifies a delay to shift all added waveforms from the reference dataset. it will match signals only in the containing context. The default is automatically computed based on input waveforms. AMS11. This setting overrides the setting from a compare run or info command. -end time (Optional) Specifies the time at which to end the comparison of all added waveforms. Relative paths are relative to the current context of the reference dataset. -upperthreshold value (Optional) Specifies the value of the upper level to be used for converting an analog waveform to a digital waveform. This setting overrides the setting from a compare run or info command). in case of analog-digital comparison using two thresholds. The default is automatically computed based on input waveforms. This setting overrides the delay setting of the compare start command. This setting overrides the delay setting of the compare start command. Default is 1. The default is automatically computed based on input waveforms. in case of analog-digital comparison using two thresholds. referencePath (Optional) Specifies either an absolute or relative path to the reference signal or region.Tcl Scripting Support compare add • • -threshold 1 | 2 (Optional) Specifies if one or two thresholds should be used when converting analog waveform to digital waveform in digital-analog comparison. • -fixedthreshold value (Optional) Specifies the value of the level to be used for converting an analog waveform to a digital waveform. or a glob expression. -win wname (Optional) Specifies a particular window to which to add objects. compare add tvin • For more detailed examples. then # the relative path is accepted: env :top:x1 compare add out • testPath (Optional) Specifies an absolute or relative path to the test signal or region. the test path defaults to the same path as referencePath except for the dataset name. AMS11. If omitted. Cannot be a glob expression. Default is true. Examples • Add the waveform name tvin to the comparison using the default -showoptions (see also Appendix D). • • -wave (Optional) Specifies that compare signals be added automatically to the default Wave window.Tcl Scripting Support compare add # With dataset name: compare add adc12/:top:x1:out # When a context is defined (see the environment command).2 573 . EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples. Used to specify a particular window when multiple instances of that window type exist. You can use more than one option in the same command. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform. The default is 0. falling. or both (rising and falling edges) of the specified signal should be used. see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples. clock_name (Required) A name for this clock definition. -rising | -falling | -both (Optional) Specifies that the rising. Parameters • • • • • -delete (Optional) Deletes an existing compare clock.Tcl Scripting Support compare clock compare clock Usage compare clock [-delete] [-offset delay] [-rising | -falling | -both] clock_name waveform_path Description The compare clock command defines a clock that can then be used for clocked-mode comparisons.2 . waveform_path (Required) A full path to the waveform whose edges are to be used as the strobe trigger. This name will be used with the compare add command when doing a clocked-mode comparison. Examples • Create a clock named myClock that will trigger a comparison on both rising and falling edges of the source waveform <REF/TRAN>:test:eoc. compare clock -both myClock <REF/TRAN>:test:eoc • For more detailed examples. -offset delay (Optional) Specifies a time value for delaying the sample time beyond the specified signal edge. In clocked-mode comparisons. 574 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. The default is rising. Note This command currently only supports fully qualified names when specifying the waveform path. AMS11. signals are sampled and compared only at or just after an edge on some signal. See Specifying Waveforms in Tcl for details on fully qualified names. it will be changed to clocked. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Tcl Scripting Support compare configure compare configure Usage compare configure [-clock name] [-recursive] [-tol delay] [-tolLead delay] [-tolTrail delay] [-vhdlmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value:.}] [-vlogmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value:. to set default options for all compare paths. etc. use compare options. -tolLead.. The default is 0. AMS11. and -tolTrail options... This switch may not be used with the -tol. If the comparison is currently asynchronous.2 575 .}] [-xTol xtolerance] [-yTol ytolerance] [-threshold {1|2}] [-upperthreshold value] [-lowerthreshold value] [-fixedthreshold value] [-refDelay delay] [-testDelay delay] [-start start_value] [-end end_value] comparePath Description The compare configure command modifies options for compare signals and regions. • • • • -recursive (Optional) Specifies that signals should also be selected in all nested subregions. -tolLead delay (Optional) Specifies the maximum time a test signal edge is allowed to lead a reference edge in an asynchronous comparison. -tol delay (Optional) Specifies the maximum time a test signal edge is allowed to lead or trail a reference edge in an asynchronous comparison. These settings are local to the specified compare path. The modified options are applied to all objects in the specified compare path. Parameters • -clock name (Optional) Changes the strobe signal for the comparison. The default is 0.. -tolTrail delay (Optional) Specifies the maximum time a test signal edge is allowed to trail a reference edge in an asynchronous comparison. The default is 0. and subregions of those. For example: -vhdlmatches {X=XUD:Z=ZD:1=1HD} Default is: {U=UWXD:X=UWXD:0=0LD:1=1HD:Z=ZD:W=UWXD:L=0LD:H=1HD:D=UX01ZWLHD} The 'D' character represents the '-' "don't care" std_logic value.01 × ( y_max – y_min ) • • -threshold 1 | 2 (Optional) Specifies if one or two thresholds should be used when converting analog waveform to digital waveform in digital-analog comparison. Values are specified in a colon-separated list of match values. Values are specified in a colon-separated list of match values. Graphical Representation of tolLead and tolTrail Reference Signal Test Signal tolLead tolTrail • -vhdlmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value: …} (Optional) Specifies how VHDL signal states in the reference dataset should match values in the test dataset. The default is: x_max – x_min the minimum of ⎛ --------------------------------------------⎞ or ( 0. Default is 1.01 × x_max – x_min ) ⎝ number_of_points⎠ -yTol ytolerance (Optional) Specifies the maximum Y tolerance that test and reference waveforms are allowed to differ. For example: -vlogmatches {0=0:1=1:Z=Z} Default is: {0=0:1=1:Z=Z:X=X} • -xTol xtolerance (Optional) Specifies the maximum X tolerance (usually time) that test and reference waveforms are allowed to differ.2 . The default is: 0. AMS11. • -vlogmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value: …} (Optional) Specifies how Verilog signal states in the reference dataset should match values in the test dataset. 576 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Tcl Scripting Support compare configure Figure C-2. in case of analog-digital comparison using two thresholds. This setting overrides the setting from a compare run or info command. see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples. The default is automatically computed based on input waveforms. Examples • Modify the previously added tvin waveforms and use a previously created myClock clock to compare them.Tcl Scripting Support compare configure • -upperthreshold value (Optional) Specifies the value of the upper level to be used for converting an analog waveform to a digital waveform. The default is automatically computed based on input waveforms. compare configure -clock myClock tvin • For more detailed examples. -end time (Optional) Specifies the time at which to end the comparison of all configured waveforms. in case of analog-digital comparison using two thresholds. • -fixedthreshold value (Optional) Specifies the value of the level to be used for converting an analog waveform to a digital waveform. This setting overrides the setting from a compare run or info command). • -lowerthreshold value (Optional) Specifies the value of the lower level to be used for converting an analog waveform to a digital waveform. -testDelay delay (Optional) Specifies a delay to shift all configured waveforms from the test dataset. or glob expression. This setting overrides the delay setting of the compare start command. This setting overrides the delay setting of the compare start command. region. You can use more than one option in the same command. in case of analog-digital comparison using two thresholds. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the compare signal. region or glob expression.2 577 . The default is automatically computed based on input waveforms. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. -start time Specifies the time at which to start the comparison of all configured waveforms. comparePath (Required) Identifies the path of a compare signal. • • • • • -refDelay delay (Optional) Specifies a delay to shift all configured waveforms from the reference dataset. AMS11. all settings and added waveforms are reset.2 . All clocks that were created and computed comparison waveforms remain present in the <calc> database. see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples. Examples • The comparison is ended.Tcl Scripting Support compare end compare end Usage compare end Description The compare end command closes the active comparison without saving any information. AMS11. compare end • For more detailed examples. 578 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Parameters None. 2 579 .Tcl Scripting Support compare info compare info Usage compare info [-start start_value] [-end end_value] [-write filename] Description The compare info command lists the results of the comparison in the main window transcript. compare info -write /path/to/the/report. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Examples • Export the results of the comparison (waveform by waveform differences) to the text file report. use the -write argument. AMS11. -end time (Optional) Specifies the time at which to end the comparison of all configured waveforms. To save the information to a file. see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples. -start time (Optional) Specifies the time at which to start the comparison of all configured waveforms. Parameters • • • -write (Optional) Saves the summary information to filename rather than the main window transcript.txt • For more detailed examples.txt. Tcl Scripting Support compare list compare list Usage compare list [-expand] Description Outputs the Tcl scripts of all the compare add commands in effect. followed by object names. Examples • Replace "compare add -r *" by a list of compare add commands. Parameters • -expand (Optional) Expands groups of waveforms that were added by related individual waveforms.2 . 580 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. compare list • For more detailed examples. see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples. AMS11. -internal. • • -maxtotal n (Optional) Specifies an upper limit for the total differences encountered. -mode (Optional) Specifies the mode of waveform types that are compared with the compare add command. -tolTrail delay (Optional) Specifies the maximum time a test signal edge is allowed to trail a reference edge in an asynchronous comparison.2 581 . AMS11.}] [-vlogmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value:. The default is 0. -out. -d2a.. The actual values the option may take are -in.}] [-xTol xtolerance] [-yTol ytolerance] [-threshold 1|2] [-upperthreshold value] [-lowerthreshold value] [-fixedthreshold value] [-wavewin name] [-noaddwave] [-addwave] [-adderrorwave] Description The compare options command sets defaults for various waveform comparison commands. -ports. Those defaults are used when other compare commands are invoked during the current session. use compare configure. When that limit is reached. to modify settings local a specified compare path. -a2d... EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. and all. the EZwave viewer stops computing differences. The default limit is 1000. -free. -tolLead delay (Optional) Specifies the maximum time a test signal edge is allowed to lead a reference edge in an asynchronous comparison. -through. The default is 0. You can use more than one mode option in the same command.. the EZwave viwer stops computing differences on that signal. -inout. The default is 0. Parameters • -maxsignal n (Optional) Specifies an upper limit for the total differences encountered on any one signal.Tcl Scripting Support compare options compare options Usage compare options [-maxsignal n] [-maxtotal n] [-mode_name] [-tol delay] [-tolLead delay] [-tolTrail delay] [-vhdlmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value:. These settings specify the default options for all compare paths. The following modes available in ADMS are also supported: -across. When that limit is reached. The default limit is 100. • • • -tol delay (Optional) Specifies the maximum time a test signal edge is allowed to lead or trail a reference edge in an asynchronous comparison. -bidir. 2 . The default is: 0. For example: -vlogmatches {0=0:1=1:Z=Z} Default is: {0=0:1=1:Z=Z:X=X} • -xTol xtolerance (Optional) Specifies the maximum X tolerance (usually time) that test and reference waveforms are allowed to differ. AMS11. Graphical Representation of tolLead and tolTrail Reference Signal Test Signal tolLead tolTrail • -vhdlmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value: …} (Optional) Specifies how VHDL signal states in the reference dataset should match values in the test dataset.01 × x_max – x_min ) ⎝ number_of_points⎠ • -yTol ytolerance (Optional) Specifies the maximum Y tolerance that test and reference waveforms are allowed to differ. The default is: x_max – x_min the minimum of ⎛ --------------------------------------------⎞ or ( 0.01 × ( y_max – y_min ) 582 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Values are specified in a colon-separated list of match values. • -vlogmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value: …} (Optional) Specifies how Verilog signal states in the reference dataset should match values in the test dataset.Tcl Scripting Support compare options Figure C-3. Values are specified in a colon-separated list of match values. For example: -vhdlmatches {X=XUD:Z=ZD:1=1HD} Default is: {U=UWXD:X=UWXD:0=0LD:1=1HD:Z=ZD:W=UWXD:L=0LD:H=1HD:D=UX01ZWLHD} The 'D' character represents the '-' "don't care" std_logic value. Default is 1. The default is automatically computed based on input waveforms. compare options -maxtotal 2000 Return the current value of the maxtotal option. Examples • • • • • Return the current value of all options.Tcl Scripting Support compare options • • -threshold 1 | 2 (Optional) Specifies if one or two thresholds should be used when converting analog waveform to digital waveform in digital-analog comparison. -adderrorwave (Optional) Plots only erroneous compared waveforms. in case of analog-digital comparison using two thresholds. • -fixedthreshold value (Optional) Specifies the value of the level to be used for converting an analog waveform to a digital waveform. or 0. in case of analog-digital comparison using two thresholds. compare options Set the maxtotal option to 2000 differences. The default is automatically computed based on input waveforms. -upperthreshold value (Optional) Specifies the value of the upper level to be used for converting an analog waveform to a digital waveform. in case of analog-digital comparison using two thresholds. -noaddwave (Optional) Specifies that the waveform result of the comparison is not displayed. • -lowerthreshold value (Optional) Specifies the value of the lower level to be used for converting an analog waveform to a digital waveform.2 . Z. AMS11. 'W'. compare options -vlogmatches {0=0:1=1:Z=Z:X=XZ0} VHDL std_logic X will now match 'U'. The default is automatically computed based on input waveforms. • • • • -wavewin name (Optional) Specifies the default name of the wave window in which compare differences will be viewed. -addwave (Optional) Plots all compared waveforms. compare options -maxtotal Verilog X will now match X. 'X'. or 'D'. 583 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. compare options -tolLead 300p Set the trailing tolerance for asynchronous comparisons to 250 picoseconds. 584 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. compare options -xTol 0.5% -noaddwave -maxsignal 50 • For more detailed examples. see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples. AMS11.2 .5% -yTol 0.5% for both X and Y axes. compare options -tolTrail 250p Set the analog tolerances to 0. do not plot the comparison waveforms and change the number of differences to look for in each waveform to 50.Tcl Scripting Support compare options compare options -vhdlmatches {X=UXWD} • • • Set the leading tolerance for asynchronous comparisons to 300 picoseconds. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Default is zero. Optional. all waveforms that were added to the comparison will now be compared. Examples • Run the comparison.2 585 . Default is the end of the dataset simulation run that ends earliest. Optional. For each reference/test pair. see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples. a comparison waveform named "compare_ref_test" is created. Reports in the transcript pane the total number of errors found. compare run • • Run the comparison from 5. AMS11. Parameters • • startTime (Optional) Specifies when to start computing differences.3n 57m For more detailed examples.3n to 57m compare run 5.Tcl Scripting Support compare run compare run Usage compare run [startTime] [endTime] Description The compare run command runs the difference computation on the signals selected via a compare add command. endTime (Optional) Specifies when to end computing differences. Otherwise. AMS11.2 . nothing will be generated.txt For more detailed examples.Tcl Scripting Support compare savelog compare savelog Usage compare savelog filename Description Creates a log file containing error and warning messages generated during waveform comparison. These messages would normally be displayed in dialogs if using the GUI. Parameters • filename (Required) Specifies the name and path of the file in which to save the log file. Examples • • Save a log file to a text file named comparelog. 586 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. compare savelog /user/comparelog. see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples.txt. Note A comparison must have been run or a report had been exported within the same comparison session before this command is called. Parameters • • • -session (Optional) Saves the entire comparison session. AMS11. see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples. rules filename (Required) Specifies the name and path of the file in which to save the rules file. not just the rules.rul For more detailed examples. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 587 . compare saverules rules. Examples • • Save rules into a file called rules.Tcl Scripting Support compare saverules compare saverules Usage compare saverules [-session] [-expand] rules_filename Description Saves the rules (all compare add commands in effect and compare options) to a file. Can also be used to save the entire comparison session.rul. -expand (Optional) Expands groups of related waveforms into their individual waveforms. Assumes the gold dataset was already opened. Parameters • • -batch (Optional) Specifies that comparisons will not be automatically inserted into the wave window. -maxsignal n (Optional) Specifies an upper limit for the total differences encountered on any one signal. dataset open gold_typ.wdb test 588 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. The default limit is 1000.Tcl Scripting Support compare start compare start Usage compare start [-batch] [-maxsignal n] [-maxtotal n] [-refDelay delay] [-testDelay delay] reference_dataset [test_dataset] Description The compare start command begins a new dataset comparison. reference_dataset (Required) The reference dataset to be used as the comparison reference. When that limit is reached. the EZwave viewer stops computing differences.2 . compare start gold • This command sequence opens two datasets and starts a comparison between the two using greater than default limits for total differences encountered.wdb gold dataset open bad_typ. The datasets that you'll be comparing must already be open. AMS11. • • • • • -maxtotal n (Optional) Specifies an upper limit for the total differences encountered. The EZwave viewer uses the current simulation. test_dataset (Optional) The dataset to be tested against the reference. Examples • Begin a waveform comparison between a dataset named "gold" and the current simulation. -testDelay delay (Optional) Specifies a delay to shift all compared waveforms from the test dataset. If not specified. -refDelay delay (Optional) Specifies a delay to shift all compared waveforms from the reference dataset. The default limit is 100. the EZwave viwer stops computing differences on that signal. When that limit is reached. The reference and test datasets may be the same. 2 589 . see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11.Tcl Scripting Support compare start compare start -maxtotal 5000 -maxsignal 1000 gold test • • Start the comparison session and "align" waveforms delaying reference compare start -refdelay 5n REF TEST For more detailed examples. Tcl Scripting Support dataset alias dataset alias Usage dataset alias dataset_name [alias_name [-folder folder_path]] Description Adds additional names (aliases) to a dataset. Use the root name of the file only. dataset alias adc12 myfolder -folder saved 590 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. which exists in the dataset “adc12”. names are separated by a forward slash ( / ).2 . If several folder levels are encountered. Parameters • dataset_name (Required) Specifies the name of the dataset to which the alias is assigned. dataset alias gold REF Assigns the alias name “myfolder” to the folder named “saved”. It also returns a list of all aliases currently assigned to the specified dataset. • • alias_name (Optional) Specifies the alias name to assign to the dataset. This must be specified as the first argument to the database alias command. This is equivalent to <adc12/saved> in the EZwave fully qualified name notation. -folder folder_path (Optional) Specifies the folder name(s) existing in the dataset where the alias name will be assigned to. Examples • • Assign the alias name “REF” to the dataset named “gold”. Return A list of aliases currently assigned to the dataset. AMS11. If several folder levels are encountered. the command is applied to the dataset that was last opened. Parameters • dataset_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the dataset on which to list the analysis. even if they do not always correspond to analysis.Tcl Scripting Support dataset analysis dataset analysis Usage dataset analysis [dataset_name] [-folder folder_path] Description Returns a list of folders (or subfolders) of analysis of the dataset (or folder). • -folder folder_path (Optional) Specifies the folder name existing in the dataset on which to list the analysis. Return A list of dataset folders found. Dataset folders are all considered as analysis by this command. Examples dataset analysis adc12 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11.2 591 . Note If no argument is supplied. names are separated by a forward slash ( / ). Tcl Scripting Support dataset clear dataset clear Usage dataset clear Description Clears all waveform data from the last opened database. AMS11. Parameters None.2 . Examples dataset clear 592 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. -all (Optional) Specifies that all open databases should be closed. Parameters • • database_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the database to be closed. the database that was opened last is closed.2 593 . Examples dataset close -all EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Tcl Scripting Support dataset close dataset close Usage dataset close [database_name | -all] Description Closes the specified database or all databases. Note If no argument is supplied. Parameters • option (Required) Specifies the type of information to be returned. file — Returns the path and filename where the database is saved. returns 0. • database_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the database to get information about. AMS11. exists — Returns 1 if the database is currently open.Tcl Scripting Support dataset info dataset info Usage dataset info option [database_name] Description Returns the specified information about a database. otherwise.2 . the active database is used. Examples if [dataset info exists adc12 ] { # do something } else { # do something else } 594 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. option can be one of the following: o o o name — Returns the name of the database. If database_name is not specified. Parameters • -long (Optional) If this option is specified.Tcl Scripting Support dataset list dataset list Usage dataset list [-long] Description Returns a list of currently opened databases.2 595 . AMS11. this command also returns the full path of the databases. Examples dataset list EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. wdb -> index 0 or even test. For example. Example dataset merge result /user/simu*. • -startindex start_index (Optional) Specifies the index that the compound elements should start from. 596 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. creating a compound waveform in the dataset # "result". Caution You must choose a dataset_name that is different from the names of any of the source databases to prevent overwriting the source with the resulting merged dataset. In this case. test1..tr2 -> index 2.wdb # Merge waveforms contained in all databases matching # "/user/simu*. test. AMS11. • • file_name1 … file_namen (Required) Specifies the list of databases to be merged. the original compound element indexes are maintained. -matchindex (Optional) If this option is specified. For example. It is not necessary to open the databases prior to this command call. Parameters • dataset_name (Required) Specifies the name of the dataset containing the compound waveforms resulting from the merge.wdb using option -startindex 7 will create compounds with element index 7 and 8.wdb and test2.wdb". the index of the compound element must be determined by its source database name. merging test.. Note This option is ignored when merging databases that already contain compound waveforms. file_namen [-matchindex | -startindex start_index] Description This command merges databases containing single run simulation results.wdb -> index 1. The wildcard character ( * ) is allowed in file names.Tcl Scripting Support dataset merge dataset merge Usage dataset merge dataset_name file_name1 . and generates compound waveforms from found waveforms.2 . wdb using option -startindex 7 will create compounds with element index 7 and 8. The wildcard character ( * ) is allowed in file names.Tcl Scripting Support dataset mergewaveforms dataset mergewaveforms Usage dataset mergewaveforms dataset_name file_name1 . • -startindex start_index (Optional) Specifies the index that the compound elements should start from. In this case. AMS11. merging test. test1.. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveforms. Example dataset mergewaveforms mywdb /user/library/*. The x-axis units of both waveforms must be identical. It is not necessary to open the databases prior to this command call..wdb -> index 1.2 597 .tr2 -> index 2. Parameters • dataset_name (Required) Specifies the name of the dataset containing the compound waveforms resulting from the merge. test.wdb -> index 0 or even test.wdb -wf IN OUT EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. the original compound element indexes are maintained. You can use more than one option in the same command. the index of the compound element must be determined by its source database name. • • file_name1 … file_namen (Required) Specifies the list of databases to be merged. Note This option is ignored when merging databases that already contain compound waveforms..wdb and test2. waveform_n_name Description This command merges waveforms.. grouping waveforms of the same name as if there were multiple simulation runs. file_namen [-matchindex | -startindex start_index] -wf waveform1_name . For example. -matchindex (Optional) If this option is specified. Caution You must choose a dataset_name that is different from the names of any of the source databases to prevent overwriting the source with the resulting merged dataset. • -wf waveform1_name … waveform_n_name (Required) Specifies the list of waveforms to be merged. For example. If not specified.wdb 598 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. the default dataset name corresponds to the filename prefix (without file extension).2 . Example dataset open $env(AMS_VIEWER_HOME)/lib/tutorial. Return The database name.Tcl Scripting Support dataset open dataset open Usage dataset open file_name [dataset_name] Description This command opens a database file. Parameters • • file_name (Required) The name of a database in a supported format. This is a name that will identify the dataset in the current session. AMS11. dataset_name (Optional) Specifies a name for the open dataset. Tcl Scripting Support dataset rename dataset rename Usage dataset rename database_name new_name Description Renames the specified database. Examples dataset rename adc12 adc12_test EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Parameters • • database_name (Required) Specifies the database to be renamed. new_name (Required) Specifies the new name for the database. Return The database name.2 599 . AMS11. • • -derivabs derivabs (Optional) For file type Spice PWL (. file_name (Required) Specifies the path and file name where the database should be saved. use this option to specify the absolute tolerance and enable filtering of output points by performing a slope based comparison. use this option to specify the relative tolerance and enable filtering of output points by performing a slope based comparison. -sampling sample (Optional) Specifies the step value to be used for sampling while saving the database.2 . -derivrel derivrel (Optional) For file type Spice PWL (. -start x_start (Optional) Specifies the X value to be considered as the start value of the database to be saved. AMS11.Tcl Scripting Support dataset save dataset save Usage dataset save database_name file_name [-start x_start] [-end x_stop] [-sampling sample] [-atcursors] [-delta delta] [-deriv derivabs] [-derivrel derivrel] Description Saves the specified database to disk as the specified file name. Add the .sti) only. 600 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. -atcursors (Optional) Use this option to save only the waveform data at cursor locations. use this option to specify the threshold the lower limit threshold and enable filtering of output points by performing an absolute variation comparison.sti) only. Parameters • • • • • • • database_name (Required) Specifies the database to be saved.gz extension to the filename for it to be gzipped. -end x_stop (Optional) Specifies the X value to be considered as the end value of the database to be saved. -delta delta (Optional) For file type Spice PWL (.sti) only. Tcl Scripting Support dataset save Note Combining switches [-delta delta].gz # Saves database to the gzipped file dcsweep.2 601 .wdb.wdb -sampling 1n # Saves database with a sampling of 1n (second) to the file meas1n. It is advised that only one switch is used at a time.wdb. but the outcome of doing so is difficult to predict. [-derivabs derivabs] and [-derivrel derivrel]is not forbidden.gz EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Examples dataset save calc /user/ADC12/calc.wdb dataset save meas /user/db/meas1n.wdb dataset save dcsweep /user/dc/dcsweep. AMS11. 602 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.sti) only. use this option to specify the absolute tolerance and enable filtering of output points by performing a slope based comparison. -delta delta (Optional) For file type Spice PWL (. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform(s). waveform_name [ waveform_name2… ] (Required) Specifies the waveform(s) to be saved to the database file.sti) only. AMS11. -atcursors (Optional) Use this option to save only the waveform data at cursor locations. -sampling sample (Optional) Specifies the step value to be used for sampling while saving the database. -derivrel derivrel (Optional) For file type Spice PWL (. • • • -derivabs derivabs (Optional) For file type Spice PWL (. use this option to specify the relative tolerance and enable filtering of output points by performing a slope based comparison.sti) only. You can use more than one option in the same command.2 .Tcl Scripting Support dataset savewaveforms dataset savewaveforms Usage dataset savewaveforms file_name [-start x_start] [-end x_stop] [-sampling sample] [-atcursors] [-delta delta] [-derivabs derivabs] [-derivrel derivrel] waveform_name Description Saves the specified waveform(s) to disk as the specified file name. Add the . -start x_start (Optional) Specifies the X value to be considered as the start value of the database to be saved. use this option to specify the threshold the lower limit threshold and enable filtering of output points by performing an absolute variation comparison. -end x_stop (Optional) Specifies the X value to be considered as the end value of the database to be saved.gz extension to the filename for it to be gzipped. Parameters • • • • • • file_name (Required) Specifies the path and file name where the database file should be saved. [-derivabs derivabs] and [-derivrel derivrel]is not forbidden.wdb dataset savewaveforms /user/db/VQ0. It is advised that only one switch is used at a time. but the outcome of doing so is difficult to predict. Examples dataset savewaveforms /user/ADC12/calc.gz Q0 # Saves the waveform Q0 to the gzipped file VQ0.gz EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11.wdb -sampling 1n Q0 IN # Saves the waveforms Q0 and IN with a sampling rate of 1n (second) to # the file wave1n.wdb.2 603 .wdb v_load dataset savewaveforms /user/db/wave1n.Tcl Scripting Support dataset savewaveforms Note Combining switches [-delta delta].wdb. waveform_name (Required) Specifies name of the waveform to be removed. If window_name is not specified. You can also use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform(s). You can specify multiple waveforms and use wildcards. You can use more than one option in the same command. Parameters • • window_name (Optional) Specifies the window from which to remove the waveform. the waveform is removed from the active window. Examples delete wave -run 1 -session current <tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_load 604 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . AMS11.Tcl Scripting Support delete wave delete wave Usage delete wave [-window window_name] waveform_name Description Removes the specified waveform from the indicated window. 2 605 .Tcl Scripting Support dofile dofile Usage dofile file_name Description This command tells the EZwave Tcl interpreter to source the specified Tcl file.tcl EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Examples dofile /user/adc12. AMS11. Parameters • file_name (Required) Specifies the path and file name of the Tcl file to be sourced by the EZwave Tcl interpreter. This command differs from the Tcl “source” command in that it allows the Tcl “proc” to register into the EZwave Waveform Calculator as a user-defined function. Return The string returned by the Tcl file. if any. the path is displayed without any database indications. -dataset (Optional) If this option is specified. as it would appear in the EZwave waveform list. AMS11. the database path is displayed. If a path name is specified. Otherwise. Relative path names are not allowed. Note When the -dataset option is used. Example env :test:u1 # This changes the current region/signal environment path to :test:u1 # Returns :test:u1 env -dataset # Returns <adc12_test/TRAN>:test:u1 606 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . Return Values Returns the path with regards to the hierarchy. this command also displays the database name and hierarchy as it appears in the database. Parameters • • • path_name (Optional) Specifies the absolute path name to which the current region/signal environment is to be changed. followed by the design hierarchy. the current region/signal environment is change to that path name. -nodataset (Optional) If this option is specified. the current region/signal environment is displayed.Tcl Scripting Support environment environment Usage environment [path_name] [-dataset | -nodataset] env [path_name] [-dataset | -nodataset] Description This command displays or changes the region/signal environment. Return Values The result value of the expression. represented as a Tcl list of strings a single number a list of data represented as a Tcl list of strings for a one-dimensional array a list of data pairs represented as a Tcl list of string pairs grouped by parentheses for a two-dimensional array Example evalExpression {wf_diff = wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_load") wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_middle")} set diff0 [evalExpression {wftodata(wf_diff)[0][0]}] EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Parameters • expression (Required) An expression supported by the EZwave calculator. value substitution is enabled and all strings beginning with a dollar sign ($) are replaced by the variable they name. It can be one of the following: • • • • a list of Y-values corresponding to a waveform.Tcl Scripting Support evalExpression evalExpression Usage evalExpression expression Description This command invokes the EZwave Waveform Calculator to calculate the expression entered. If an expression is enclosed in braces ({ }). If expression is enclosed in double quotes (" "). AMS11. This command differs from wfc in the type of output it returns. value substitution is disabled and the expression is evaluated as presented.2 607 . Parameters • -force (Optional) If specified. AMS11. Example exit exit -force exit -force -discard 608 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. • -discard (Optional) If specified. all unsaved data is lost. the EZwave application quits and bypasses the unsaved data dialog (any unsaved data is lost).2 . Caution If the -discard option is specified.Tcl Scripting Support exit exit Usage exit [-force] [-discard] Description This command exits the EZwave application. If this option is not specified. Return None. If this option is not specified. the unsaved data dialog appears and requires a manual confirmation. the EZwave application quits and bypasses the confirmation dialog. the confirmation dialog appears and requires a manual confirmation. 2 609 ... Examples See the examples in the Using the Different find Commands section. Description Returns the names of all the analog objects. You can use more than one option in the same command. Multiple names and wildcards are supported. Parameters • object_name (Required) Specifies the name of an object you want to search. namely quantities and terminals) matching the specified pattern.Tcl Scripting Support find analogs find analogs Usage find analogs object_name . You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the objects(s). EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. 2 . Multiple names and wildcards are supported. Description Returns a list of digital signals matching the specified pattern. AMS11...Tcl Scripting Support find digitals find digitals Usage find digitals item_name . You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform(s). 610 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. You can use more than one option in the same command. Parameters • item_name (Required) Specifies the name of an item you want to search. Examples See the examples in the Using the Different find Commands section. Examples See the examples in the Using the Different find Commands section. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. quantities. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the signal(s). and terminals unless these have been specifically excluded by using the respective argument. You can use more than one option in the same command.. Objects listed include signals. both commands return the full pathnames of all analog and digital objects that match the name specification. Multiple names and wildcards are supported.Tcl Scripting Support find nets | signals find nets | signals Usage find nets | signals item_name .. Description The find nets and find signals commands are synonymous. Parameters • item_name (Required) Specifies the name of an object you want to search. AMS11.2 611 . Tcl Scripting Support getactivecursortime getactivecursortime Usage getactivecursortime [-window window_name] Description Returns the location of the active cursor. AMS11. If this is not specified. the location of the active cursor in the active window is returned. Parameters • -window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window from which to return the location of the active cursor. Examples getactivecursortime -window "Wave:2" Note The getactivecursortime command is equivalent to the wave cursortime command with no time or cursor name specified. 612 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . cursor (Optional) o -double . Examples precision -cursor 8# EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Tcl Scripting Support precision precision Usage precision [-double | -cursor] [precision_value#] Description Sets the double or cursor display precision.Enables the setting of the number of digits displayed when in cursor flags. AMS11. -cursor . Parameters • -double | . but ignored by EZwave.Enables the setting of the number of digits displayed when double precision numbers are displayed in waveforms. Note The # character is accepted for Questa SIM compatibility.2 613 . o • precision_value# Specifies the number of digits to be set. it returns all environment variable information. If this is not specified. Return Returns a name and value pair of the specified environment variable (or all the variables if not specified) in the form of: variable_name = value Examples printenv PRINTER # This returns PRINTER=myprinter 614 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Parameters • variable_name (Optional) Specifies which environment variable name and value to display. the command will return information on all environment variables.2 .Tcl Scripting Support printenv printenv Usage printenv [variable_name] Description This command displays the name and value of environment variables. If no variable name is specified. AMS11. Tcl Scripting Support quit quit Usage quit [-force ] [-discard] Description This command exits the EZwave application. all unsaved data is lost. the unsaved data dialog appears and requires a manual confirmation. Example quit quit -force quit -force -discard EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. the EZwave application quits and bypasses the confirmation dialog. Caution If the -discard option is specified. • -discard (Optional) If specified. the confirmation dialog appears and requires a manual confirmation. the EZwave application quits and bypasses the unsaved data dialog (any unsaved data is lost). If this option is not specified. If this option is not specified.2 615 . Return None. Parameters • -force (Optional) If specified. Examples radix -binary 616 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. -octal (Optional) Specifies the default radix to be octal. AMS11. for compatibility purposes only. -decimal (Optional) Specifies the default radix to be decimal (2’s complement). -time Ignored. radix_name Specifies the name of a user-defined radix.Tcl Scripting Support radix radix Usage radix [-symbolic | -binary | -octal | -decimal | -hexadecimal | -unsigned | -ascii | -time] [-enumnumeric | -enumsymbolic | radix_name ] Description This command defines the default bus radix or returns the current default if no radix is specified. for compatibility purposes only. for compatibility purposes only. for compatibility purposes only.2 . -hexadecimal (Optional) Specifies the default radix to be hexadecimal. -enumsymbolic Ignored. -binary (Optional) Specifies the default radix to be binary. Parameters • • • • • • • • • • • -symbolic Ignored. -enumnumeric Ignored. -ascii (Optional) Specifies the default radix to be ascii. -unsigned (Optional) Specifies the default radix to be unsigned. radix_labelN] [-default radix_type]} Description This command defines a new radix. READ -default hex } EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. radix_labelN] (Required) Specifies a comma separated list of number pattern and label pairs for the radix. Return None Examples # Defines a new radix named States radix define States { 6'b01??00. radix_label2 … radix_valueN. WRITE 6'b10??00. Use the wildcard character ? to specify a range of pattern values. radix_label [radix_value2.Tcl Scripting Support radix define radix define Usage radix define radix_name {radix_value. radix_label2 … radix_valueN. radix_label [radix_value2. The first matching pattern from the top of the list is used if there is more than one match.2 617 . AMS11. Parameters • • radix_name (Required) Specifies a name for the radix. radix_value. • -default radix_type (Optional) Specifies the radix to use if a match is not found for a given value. Return None Examples # Removes the radix definition from the radix named States radix delete States 618 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . Parameters • radix_name (Required) Specifies the name of the radix. AMS11.Tcl Scripting Support radix delete radix delete Usage radix delete radix_name Description This command removes the radix definition from the named radix. WRITE 6'b10??00. Return Returns the complete definition of the named radix or the definition of all currently defined radices if a name is not specified. READ -default hex EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. it returns a list of all the defined radices. WRITE 6'b10??00. READ -default hex } radix list States # This returns: 6'b01??00. AMS11. If no radix name is specified.Tcl Scripting Support radix list radix list Usage radix list [radix_name] Description This command returns the complete definition of the named radix. Parameters • radix_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the radix. Examples # Define a new radix named States radix define States { 6'b01??00.2 619 . AMS11. Return Returns a list of all the radices if not specified in the form. Examples radix names 620 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 .Tcl Scripting Support radix names radix names Usage radix names Description This command returns a list of all the defined radices. or if the radix value is not specified it inspects the radix values. Return None. AMS11.2 621 . Use empty quotation marks ( " " ) to unset the radix for a specified signal. radix_value (Optional) Specifies the value of the radix to be set for the specified waveform. • -fpoint decimal (Optional) Ignored.Tcl Scripting Support radix signal radix signal Usage radix signal [waveform_name [radix_value]][-fpoint decimal] Description This command sets the radix value for the specified waveforms. Parameters • • waveform_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the waveform(s) for which the radix will be set or inspected. Examples # Sets the radix value for waveform :top:sigout radix signal :top:sigout States EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. the command will display the current value. Return The value of the environment variable. Parameters • • variable_name (Required) Specifies the environment variable name to be set or displayed.2 .2 622 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Examples setenv MGC_AMS_HOME /home/smith/2007.Tcl Scripting Support setenv setenv Usage setenv variable_name [value] Description Sets or displays the value of the specified environment variable. this command displays specified environment variable’s value.2 # Sets the value of the environment variable MGC_AMS_HOME to # /home/smith/2007.2 setenv MGC_AMS_HOME # Returns /home/smith/2007. AMS11. value (Optional) The value to which the environment variable will be set. If no value is specified. If this is not specified. Note The settings are not persistent and are available only within an EZwave session. Return None.Tcl Scripting Support unsetenv unsetenv Usage unsetenv variable_name Description Unsets an environment variable. Examples unsetenv MY_TCL_VAR EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 623 . Parameters • variable_name (Required) Specifies the environment variable name to be unset. AMS11. AMS11. Parameters • • -window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window in which to set the active cursor. If this is not specified.Tcl Scripting Support wave activecursor wave activecursor Usage wave activecursor [-window window_name] [cursor_name] Description Sets the specified cursor as the active cursor. the active cursor is set in the active window. If this is not specified. cursor_name (Optional) Specifies the cursor to set as the active cursor. Examples To make cursor C2 the active cursor in the active window: wave activecursor C2 624 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . the name of the active cursor is returned. Tcl Scripting Support wave activeworkspace wave activeworkspace Usage wave activeworkspace [workspace_name] Description Causes the specified workspace to become active. If no argument is specified. Examples wave activeworkspace ADC12 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. returns the active workspace name.2 625 . Return None if an argument is specified. If workspace_name is omitted. Parameters • workspace_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the workspace to become active. AMS11. this command returns the current active workspace name. the annotation is added to that waveform. at the location. If this option is not specified. ( x_value. If -window is specified. • -y y_value (Optional) Specifies the Y value at which the annotation is added. and not the waveform. -window | waveform_name (Optional) If waveform_name is specified. If the waveform is displayed several times in the active window. You can use more than one option in the same command.2 .Tcl Scripting Support wave addannotation wave addannotation Usage wave addannotation -x x_value [-y y_value] -text text [-snap] [-window | waveform_name ] Description This command adds a text annotation to a waveform at the specified location in the active window. If a Y value is specified. the command analyzes the waveform data and places the annotation on the waveform at the specified X value. -snap (Optional) Specifies that the text annotation snaps to the nearest waveform datapoint. the annotation is added at the location. Annotation text may also include multiple lines by using \n. If no waveform name is specified. the annotation is added to the active window. ( x_value. the command analyzes the waveform data and places the annotation on the waveform at the specified X value. Parameters • -x x_value (Required) Specifies the X value at which the annotation is added.3 -text "Annotation with snap" -snap 626 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. • • • -text text (Required) Specifies the annotation text. AMS11. the last occurrence of the waveform is annotated. Examples wave addannotation -x 149. Otherwise. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform. Quotation marks ( " " ) are required for text that include spaces. y_value ). the last displayed waveform in the active window is annotated. y_value ). Return The annotation identifier marker mk:# where # is a number.980n -text simple wave addannotation -x 150n -y 3. 2 627 .Tcl Scripting Support wave addannotation wave addannotation OUT -x 20p -text jitter wave addannotation OUT -x 40p -text "This value shows\n the error in the design" EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. the cursor is created at the beginning of the visible domain area. row_index takes a value of 1 to n. -name cursor_name (Optional) Specifies a name for the cursor. Parameters • • • -window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window in which to create the cursor. If this is not specified. • • -axis axis_name (Optional for horizontal cursors) Specifies the name of the axis to add a horizontal cursor to. • • -horizontal (Optional) Creates a horizontal cursor at the specified point on the Y axis. and so on. -time time (Optional) Specifies the time value where the new cursor should be created.2 .Tcl Scripting Support wave addcursor wave addcursor Usage wave addcursor [-window window_name] [-time time | X_value] [-horizontal [-row row_index] [-axis axis_name]] [-name cursor_name] Description Creates a new cursor in the specified window. where the top row has the index value of 1. the second row. Examples To add a cursor in the active window at an X value of 100 ns: wave addcursor 100n To add a horizontal cursor to the second row in the Graph window: 628 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. X_value (Optional) Specifies the value along the X axis where the new cursor should be created. -row row_index (Optional for horizontal cursors) Specifies which row in the Graph window to add a horizontal cursor. Note If neither a time nor an X_value is specified. AMS11. 2. the cursor is created in the active window. The default value for row_index is n (the last row in teh Graph window). 2 629 .Tcl Scripting Support wave addcursor wave addcursor -horizontal -row 2 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. specifies that the marker is to show information about a y delta.2 . If not specified it will default to the same waveform as -wf1 -x2 x_value2 (Required) Specifies the x co-ordinate of the second point of the delta marker. -y1 y_value1 (Required) Specifies the the y co-ordinate of the first point of the delta marker. AMS11. -wf2 waveform_name2 (Optional) Specifies the name of the waveform to which the second point of the delta marker is to be attached. Parameters • {-xdelta | -ydelta} (Required) o o -xdelta . 630 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Quotation marks ( " " ) are required for text that include spaces.specifies that the marker is to show information about an x delta. -text text } (Optional) Specifies the text for the delta marker.Tcl Scripting Support wave adddeltamarker wave adddeltamarker Usage wave adddeltamarker {-xdelta | -ydelta} -wf1 waveform_name1 -x1 x_value1 -y1 y_value1 [-wf2 waveform_name2] -x2 x_value2 -y2 y_value2 [-text text] Description This command adds a delta marker waveform(s) at the specified location(s) in the active window. • • • • • • • -wf1 waveform_name1 (Required) Specifies the name of the waveform to which the first point of the delta marker is to be attached. -ydelta . Text may also include multiple lines by using \n Return None. -x1 x_value1 (Required) Specifies the x co-ordinate of the first point of the delta marker. -y2 y_value2 (Required) Specifies the y co-ordinate of the second point of the delta marker. 06243479893740646 -y1 7.999999302642095 -text "dx = 13.40M s\ndy = 5. AMS11.00 V" # Adds a delta marker with text to two points across waveforms EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.999993280548767 -text "dx = 10.03851623740539206 -y1 8.505201152235028E-4 -x2 0.Tcl Scripting Support wave adddeltamarker Example wave adddeltamarker -xdelta -wf1 v_load -x1 0.2 631 .579889746381528E-6 -wf2 v_middle -x2 0.00 V" # Adds a delta marker with text to two points on the same waveform wave adddeltamarker -xdelta -wf1 v_load -x1 0.07321739137215058 -y2 4.78M s\ndy = 5.051913040161787515 -y2 4. If there are no appropriate waveforms displayed in the active window. the command adds a line marker to that waveform’s row. -hash { up | down | left | right } (Optional) If this option is specified. Use the add wave command to display the relevant waveforms before calling this command. an error message will be displayed. and left or right for vertical lines.Tcl Scripting Support wave addline wave addline Usage wave addline {-x | -y} value [waveform_name] [-text annotation_text] [-drag] [-hash {up | down | left | right}] Description This command adds a horizontal or vertical line to a waveform in the active window.2 . • waveform_name (Optional) If this option is specified. If that waveform is displayed several times it will be added to the last occurrence. The units correspond to the units used in the waveforms. -y value specifies a horizontal line at the specified value on the Y axis. Quotations ( " " ) are only required if there are spaces in the text. the added line cannot be dragged. Example wave addline -x 150n -text limit -hash left 632 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. If not specified it will default to the last displayed waveform. • • • -text annotation_text (Optional) Specifies the text to add as an annotation to the line. -drag (Optional) If this option is specified. -x value specifies a vertical line at the specified value on the X axis. Parameters • { -x | -y } value (Required) Specifies the location and direction of the line to be added. AMS11. By default. This may be useful in marking limits in the graph. Note This command applies only to waveforms that are currently displayed. a hash pattern is placed in the specified location relative to the line: up or down for horizontal lines. the line marker can be dragged. Return The line identifier in the form of mk:# where # is a number. AMS11. with text # 'high level' EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.3 volts with hash on top up line.Tcl Scripting Support wave addline # Adds a vertical marker at time 150n with hash on left of line.2 633 . with text # 'limit' wave addline -y 3.3 -text "high level" -hash up # Adds a horizontal marker at 3. Parameters • • • -window window_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the window to which the marker is added. Return The marker identifier in the form of m# where # is a number. the marker is added to the active window. AMS11. Example wave addmarker -time 100n 634 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. designated by a time value or an X value. -name name (Optional) Specifies the name to be given to the marker.Tcl Scripting Support wave addmarker wave addmarker Usage wave addmarker [-window window_name] [-name name] [-time {time | x_value}] Description This command adds a vertical marker to the specified location. -time { time | x_value } (Optional) Specifies the location of the marker. This corresponds to the Add Marker button in the Event Search Tool.2 . If this option is not specified. the marker is placed at the left-most point in the window. If this option is not specified. starting from 1. You can then see the property name and value when you mouse over the waveform name or waveform data. Example wave addproperty OUT -name PRUN -value 1 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. -value property_value (Required) Specifies the value of the property to be added to the waveform. You can use more than one option in the same command. Note This command modifies the dataset.Tcl Scripting Support wave addproperty wave addproperty Usage wave addproperty waveform_name -name property_name -value property_value Description This command adds a property to a waveform. You may use the “dataset save” command to save the dataset before exiting. Parameters • waveform_name (Required) Specifies the waveform to which the property will be added.2 635 . Return None. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform. AMS11. This can be either a number or a string. • • -name property_name (Required) Specifies the name of the property to be added to the waveform. Parameters • • -title window_title (Optional) Specifies the name of the window to be created. “-title” may be omitted. Wave:#. ratio must be between 0 and 1. The default value is 0.Tcl Scripting Support wave addwindow wave addwindow Usage wave addwindow [-title window_title] [-divider ratio] Description Creates a new graphical window in the EZwave session window and makes it active.2 . Examples wave addwindow 636 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. The divider is the vertical line that separates the waveform names and the waveforms area. -divider ratio (Optional) Specifies the position of the divider inside the graph window. Return Value The name of the created window (by default.91. where # is a number). where # is a number. Workspace#. AMS11. Examples wave addworkspace ADC12 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Tcl Scripting Support wave addworkspace wave addworkspace Usage wave addworkspace [workspace_name] [-active] Description Creates a new workspace in the EZwave session window. Parameters • • workspace_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the workspace to be created. -active (Optional) Indicates that the workspace created should become the active workspace. is used.2 637 . If workspace_name is not specified. a default name. this command closes the last window opened. -all | -workspace (Optional) Specifies whether to close all currently open windows or to close all windows currently open in the workspace. all windows.Tcl Scripting Support wave closewindow wave closewindow Usage wave closewindow [window_name] | [-all | -workspace] Description Closes a specified window.2 . Parameters • • window_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the graph window to close. or all windows in the workspace. If no argument is specified. AMS11. Examples wave closewindow -workspace 638 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 2 639 . AMS11. If no argument is set it defaults to the current color theme.Tcl Scripting Support wave colortheme wave colortheme Usage wave colortheme [black | white | mono] [-print] Description Sets the graphical display or print color scheme Parameters • • black | white | mono (Optional) Defines whether the color theme to be set. Examples wave colortheme white -print EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. -print (Optional) If this option is specified the theme corresponds to print and does not alter the graphical display. Examples To move cursor C2 in the active window to an X value of 100 ns: wave cursortime 100n C2 640 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. If this is not specified. the cursor’s location is returned. -time time (Optional) Specifies the time value to which the cursor should be moved. • cursor_name (Optional) Specifies the cursor to be moved. the command applies to the active cursor in the specified window. a cursor in the active window is moved. X_value Specifies the value along the X axis to which the cursor should be moved. Parameters • • • -window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window in which to move a cursor.2 . Note If neither a time nor an X_value is specified. AMS11.Tcl Scripting Support wave cursortime wave cursortime Usage wave cursortime [-window window_name] [-time time | X_value ] [cursor_name] Description Moves a cursor to the specified position. If cursor_name is not specified. If no cursor_name or cursor_id is specified. cursor_name | cursor_id (Optional) Specifies the cursor to be deleted. the active cursor is deleted. If this is not specified. Parameters • • -window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window from which to delete the cursor.2 641 . cursor_id is the cursor’s number. 2. for example. for example. Examples To delete cursor C2 in the active window: wave deletecursor C2 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. a cursor in the active window is deleted. AMS11.Tcl Scripting Support wave deletecursor wave deletecursor Usage wave deletecursor [-window window_name] [cursor_name | cursor_id] Description Deletes the specified cursor. C2. cursor_name is the full name of the cursor. • • -name out_waveform_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the output waveform. AMS11. Parameters • waveform_name1 (Required) Specifies the first input waveform. Error Messages Table C-5.2 . • waveform_name2 (Required) Specifies the second input waveform. You can use more than one option in the same command. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform. Two are required. Only one input waveform has been specified. -spice (Optional) Specifies that compatibility with Spice is to be ensured for the naming of the output waveform. At least one of the regular expressions used to describe the input waveform names has identified more than one waveform. 642 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Return None. generating W(<difference>).Tcl Scripting Support wave difference wave difference Usage wave difference waveform_name1 waveform_name2 [-name out_waveform_name] [-spice] Description This command generates and displays a waveform corresponding to the difference between the first and second waveforms specified. wave difference Error Messages Error Message No object matching Difference requires 2 objects Too many objects for difference Description At least one of the input waveforms is not found. You can use more than one option in the same command. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform. Tcl Scripting Support wave difference Examples wave difference Q1 Q2 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 643 . AMS11. -activewindow (Optional) Specifies that only the displayed waveform in the currently active window should be listed. RGB color information is included with each displayed waveform listed.255} 644 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.0} {<test/tran>v(out) 255.255.0} # {<test/tran>v(vdd) 0. Parameters • • • • -window window_name (Optional) Specifies a window to apply the command to. -color (Optional) If this option is specified.255. -allwindows (Optional) Specifies that displayed waveforms in all windows should be listed.128. Return A Tcl list containing the displayed waveform names and color (if specified).2 . Only waveforms in the specified window will be listed. Examples wave displayed # returns: # <test/tran>v(in)<test/tran>v(out) <test/tran>v(vdd) wave displayed -color # returns: # {<test/tran>v(in) 0.Tcl Scripting Support wave displayed wave displayed Usage wave displayed [-window window_name | -allwindows | -activewindow] [-color] Description This command retrieves a list of the displayed waveforms. AMS11. AMS11. You can also use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform(s). You can use more than one option in the same command. Note This command will apply to the last loaded dataset if the optional dataset name is not specified within the waveform_name. Parameters • waveform_name (Required) Specifies name of the waveform of interest.2 645 . Return True or False indicating whether or not at least one waveform corresponding to the search string is found. It is used primarily for preventing errors by enabling scripts to suggest an alternative action if a waveform does not exist in the dataset. Examples ## Check if a waveform exists in the database set wave1 ":adc12test_mixed_eldo_ms:yadc12:x1:clk" set wave2 ":a:waveform:that:does:not:exist" if {[wave exists $wave1]} { puts "waveform '$wave1' exists" } else { puts "waveform '$wave1' does not exist" } if {[wave exists $wave2]} { puts "waveform '$wave2' exists" } else { puts "waveform '$wave2' does not exist" } EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. You can specify multiple waveforms and use wildcards.Tcl Scripting Support wave exists wave exists Usage wave exists waveform_name Description Indicates whether the specified waveform exists. See “Specifying Waveforms in Tcl” on page 556. Return The path to the directory that EZwave was launched from. Parameters None. AMS11.Tcl Scripting Support wave launchfolder wave launchfolder Usage wave launchfolder Description Identifies the path to the directory that EZwave was launched from.2 . Examples wave launchfolder 646 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 2 647 . Examples wave listworkspace EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Tcl Scripting Support wave listworkspace wave listworkspace Usage wave listworkspace Description Returns a list of workspaces. Parameters None. AMS11. Dragging one cursor does not affect the other cursors. OFF (Optional) Specifies that cursors are able to move independently of each other.2 . Examples wave lockcursor ON wave lockcursor OFF 648 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Tcl Scripting Support wave lockcursor wave lockcursor Usage wave lockcursor [ON | OFF] Description This command specifies whether the distance between cursors are fixed or whether they can move independently of each other. Dragging one cursor will move the other cursors. AMS11. keeping the distance between them the same. Omit the argument to display the current cursor lock setting. Parameters • • ON (Optional) Specifies that the distance between cursors are fixed. Examples • • Show the dataset names within the waveform names.2 649 . -showhierarchy {on | off} (Optional) Determines whether the complete hierarchical paths. AMS11. wave names -showdataset off -showhierarchy on EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Parameters • • -showdataset {on | off} (Optional) Determines whether the dataset names are shown.Tcl Scripting Support wave names wave names Usage wave names [-showdataset {on | off}] [-showhierarchy {on | off}] Description Determines whether waveform names within the graphical interface show the dataset names and (or) the complete hierarchical paths. wave names -showdataset on Show the complete hierarchical paths within the waveform names and not the dataset names. AMS11.Tcl Scripting Support wave refresh wave refresh Usage wave refresh [-window window_name] Description Redraws the contents of the specified window. Examples wave refresh 650 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . Parameters • -window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window in which to redraw waveforms. waveforms in the active window are redrawn. If this is not specified. AMS11. Parameters • -window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window in which to redraw waveforms.Tcl Scripting Support wave rowfit wave rowfit Usage wave rowfit [-window window_name] Description Optimizes the row size in the specified window. Examples wave rowfit EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. If this is not specified. rows are resized in the active window.2 651 . Parameters • waveform_name (Required) Specifies the name of the compound waveform for which the run index list is to be retrieved.2 . Too many waveforms found The regular expression used to describe the input waveform name has identified more than one compound waveform. Return Returns a list of run indices for the elements of the compound waveform specified. AMS11. Examples wave runindexlist :top:sigout 652 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Tcl Scripting Support wave runindexlist wave runindexlist Usage wave runindexlist waveform_name Description This command displays a list of run indices for the elements of the compound waveform specified. Error Messages Table C-6. It is useful for iterating through each element individually. You can use more than one option in the same command. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform. wave runindexlist Error Messages Error Message No compound waveform found Description The input waveform is not compound or the regular expression used has not found any compound waveforms. AMS11. You can use more than one option in the same command. Too many waveforms found The regular expression used to describe the input waveform name has identified more than one compound waveform. It is useful for iterating through each element individually. Error Messages Table C-7.Tcl Scripting Support wave runparameters wave runparameters Usage wave runparameters waveform_name Description This command displays a list of run parameters for the compound waveform specified. Parameters • waveform_name (Required) Specifies the name of the waveform for which the run parameter list is to be retrieved. Return Returns a list of run parameters for the compound waveform specified. Examples wave runparameters :top:sigout EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 653 . You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform. wave runparameters Error Messages Error Message No compound waveform found Description The input waveform is not compound or the regular expression used has not found any compound waveforms. You can use more than one option in the same command. Error Messages Table C-8. AMS11. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform. wave runparametervalue Error Messages Error Message No compound waveform found Description The input waveform is not compound or the regular expression used has not found any compound waveforms. Return Returns the value of the specified run parameter associated with the run index and compound waveform specified.Tcl Scripting Support wave runparametervalue wave runparametervalue Usage wave runparametervalue -param param_name -run run_index waveform_name Description This command displays the value of a specified run parameter associated with the run_index and compound waveform specified. 654 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . -run run_index (Required) Specifies the value of the run index for which the run parameter value is to be retrieved. The object ‘<name>’ is not a compound waveform element The run index does not identify an element of the compound waveform. waveform_name (Required) Specifies the name of the waveform for which the run parameter value is to be retrieved. Too many waveforms found The regular expression used to describe the input waveform name has identified more than one compound waveform. Parameters • • • -param param_name (Required) Specifies the name of the run parameter for which the value is to be retrieved. Tcl Scripting Support wave runparametervalue Table C-8. wave runparametervalue Error Messages Error Message Description Parameter ‘<param_name>’ The parameter specified has not been found in the specified element of the is not found in compound compound waveform. waveform element ‘<name>’ Examples wave runparametervalue -param CORNER -run 2 :top:sigout EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 655 . AMS11. 2 .v|ac.vdb. Example wave show ac. ) separates the analysis portion from the discipline and physic portion. the discipline is V. use a pipe ( | ) to separate them: analysis.disciplinephysic Refer to Appendix D for the supported representations. it temporarily overrides the wave show defaults during the execution of the add wave command and then returns to the wave show defaults. as follows: analysis. There is no separator between the discipline and the physic.vdb|ac.vdb # The analysis is AC.. and a physic.h(1) # The analysis is FFST. the discipline is V. If you do not define the waveform representation with this command. The defined representation defaults remains in effect until another wave show command is issued or until the end of the script. If the -show option is specified with the add wave command (add wave -show representation). and H(1) for the secondary_physic.. and the physic is DB for # the primary_ physic.disciplinephysic|analysis.disciplinephysic If more than one representation is specified. wave show ffst.disciplinephysic|analysis. the default is defined as follows: tran. AMS11. a discipline. A representation is a complete representation of a net and is composed of an analysis.vp Parameters • representation [ |representation2 | . and the physic is DB. A dot ( . 656 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Tcl Scripting Support wave show wave show Usage wave show representation [|representation2| … |representationN] Description This command defines the default net representation that is used when the add wave command is issued without the -show option.| representationN] (Optional) Specifies how signals are to be represented as a waveform. Parameters • {on | off} (Required) Specifies whether gridlines should be displayed in all new windows. Note Windows already created will not be modified by this command. AMS11.Tcl Scripting Support wave showgridlines wave showgridlines Usage wave showgridlines {on | off} Description Allows gridlines to be set on or off in all new windows.2 657 . Examples wave showgridlines on EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Parameters • {on | off | horizontal | vertical} (Required) o o o o on .Tcl Scripting Support wave showzerolevels wave showzerolevels Usage wave showzerolevels {on | off | horizontal | vertical} Description Activates the zero-levels in the rows where the waveform is displayed.Activates the display of a level line at X=0. vertical .Activates the display of a level line at Y=0. horizontal .Activates the display of level lines at X=0 and Y=0. off . Note Windows already created will not be modified by this command. On/Off enables or disables both horizontal and vertical levels. Horizontal/Vertical enables only the appropriate horizontal or vertical levels.2 . Examples wave showzerolevels horizontal 658 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11.Deactivates the display of all zero level lines. Parameters • -cascade (Optional) Arranges the windows in a “cascading” fashion. Windows are displayed side by side in columns as well as “above” and “below” each other in rows. -vertical (Optional) Arranges the windows in columns. -grid (Optional) Arranges the windows in a grid fashion. Examples wave tile -cascade EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Tcl Scripting Support wave tile wave tile Usage wave tile [-cascade | -horizontal | -vertical | -grid] Description Arranges multiple windows in the specified tiling style. • • • -horizontal (Optional) Arranges the windows in rows.2 659 . AMS11. Windows are overlapped while keeping an area of each window exposed so you can click on an individual window to bring it to the front. Windows are displayed “above” and “below” each other. Windows are displayed side by side. Tcl Scripting Support wave windowlist wave windowlist Usage wave windowlist Description This command returns a list of all open graph windows.2 . Examples # Retrieves the X axis scale type for each open window foreach {i} [wave windowlist] { puts [wave xaxis] } 660 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Parameters None. AMS11. • -window window_name (Optional) If specified. Examples wave xaxis -title "User Time" wave axis -scale log10 -window Wave:2 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. this command returns the current X axis scale. Choose from linear. If this option is not specified. -scale { linear | log2 | log10 } (Optional) Specifies the type of scale to use for the X axis. Otherwise. or log10. AMS11. and the X axis scale to one of: linear.Tcl Scripting Support wave xaxis wave xaxis Usage wave xaxis [-title title] [-scale {linear | log2 | log10}] [-window window_name] Description This command sets the X axis unit title.2 661 . log2. if “-title” or “-scale” argument is specified. Parameters • • .title title (Optional) Specifies the text to be displayed in place of the X axis unit title. or base 10 log. this command returns the current X axis scale. Return None. This option corresponds to the X Axis Properties Dialog. the command applies to the active window. base 2 log. If neither the “-title” or “-scale” argument is specified. this option applies the command to the specified window. Specifying this option is equivalent to setting the Axis Scale field on the Axis Properties Dialog. log base 2. for the specified row. the changes will be applied to the specified window. Sets the title of the Y axis unit title to “User Time” and specifies that the Y axis uses a logarithmic scale with base 2: wave yaxis -row 1 -title "User Time" -scale log2 wave yaxis -scale log10 -window Wave:2 662 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. The rowId of the top row is 1. Usage wave yaxis -row rowId [-axis axis_name] [-title title] [-scale {linear | log2 | log10}] [-window window_name] Parameters • -row rowId (Required) Specifies the row that the command is to be applied to. or log base 10. . Note rowId identifiers are dynamic.2 . -scale { linear | log2 | log10 } (Optional) Specifies the type of scale for the Y axis. • -window window_name (Optional) If specified. If no value is specified. this command returns the current Y axis scale. unit title and the scale. If neither -title or -scale are specified. increasing by 1 each row moving downwards. AMS11. the current Y axis scale is returned.Tcl Scripting Support wave yaxis wave yaxis Used to alter Y axis settings such as the Y axis name.title title (Optional) Specifies the text to be displayed in place of the Y axis unit title. Examples This example applies some changes to the top row (rowId=1). with the top row always taking the value of 1. the command applies to the active window. Otherwise. Choose from linear. • • • -axis axis_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the Y axis to which the command is to be applied. By default the axis is named “Y1”. 2 663 . AMS11. Example # Zoom out to show entire X axis of the window "Wave:2": wave zoomfull -window "Wave:2" EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. If this is not specified. the zoom applies to the active window. Parameters • -window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window to apply the zoom to.Tcl Scripting Support wave zoomfull wave zoomfull Usage wave zoomfull [-window window_name] Description Zooms out to show the entire X axis of the specified graph window. AMS11. If this is not specified.0 is used. the default value of 2.0: wave zoomin # Zoom X axis of the window "Wave:2" in by a factor of 2.Tcl Scripting Support wave zoomin wave zoomin Usage wave zoomin [-window window_name] [factor] Description Zooms in on the X axis specified graph window. factor (Optional) Specifies the zoom factor to apply. the zoom applies to the active window. Examples # Zoom X axis of the active window in by a factor of 2.0: wave zoomin 4.0: wave zoomin -window "Wave:2" # Zoom X axis of the active window in by a factor of 4. by the specified factor.0 664 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . If this is not specified. Parameters • • -window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window to apply the zoom to. AMS11. Example # Undo the previous zoom operation in the window "Wave:2": wave zoomlast -window "Wave:2" EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Tcl Scripting Support wave zoomlast wave zoomlast Usage wave zoomlast [-window window_name] Description Undoes the most recent zoom operation in the specified window.2 665 . the undo applies to the active window. Parameters • -window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window in which to undo the zoom. If this is not specified. 0: wave zoomout 4. the zoom applies to the active window.0: wave zoomout -window "Wave:2" # Zoom X axis of the active window out by a factor of 4. If this is not specified. by the specified factor. the default value of 2. If this is not specified.0 666 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Tcl Scripting Support wave zoomout wave zoomout Usage wave zoomout [-window window_name] [factor] Description Zooms out on the X axis of the specified graph window. Note Zooming over the Y axis is done through an option in the add wave command. AMS11. Parameters • • -window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window to apply the zoom to.0: wave zoomout # Zoom X axis of the window "Wave:2" out by a factor of 2. factor (Optional) Specifies the zoom factor to apply.2 .0 is used. Examples # Zoom X axis of the active window out by a factor of 2. If this is not specified.2 667 . Parameters • • • -window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window in which to apply the zoom.Tcl Scripting Support wave zoomrange wave zoomrange Usage wave zoomrange [-window window_name] [start] [end] Description Zooms in on the X axis to a range bounded by the specified start and/or end points. Note If only one of start and end is specified. start is assumed to be 0 and the specified number is assumed to be the endpoint.and endpoints for the current zoom level are returned. end (Optional) Specifies the end point for the range to zoom to. the start. start (Optional) Specifies the start point for the range to zoom to. AMS11. If neither start nor end is specified. Example # Zoom along the X axis in the current window to a start time of 20 ns and # an end time of 100 ns: wave zoomrange 20n 100n EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. the zoom applies to the active window. If an expression is enclosed in braces ({ }).2 . If expression is enclosed in double quotes (" "). value substitution is disabled and the expression is evaluated as presented. Parameters • expression (Required) An expression supported by the EZwave calculator. It can be one of the following: • • • • a waveform object handle a single number a list of data represented as a Tcl list of strings for a one-dimensional array a list of data pairs represented as a Tcl list of string pairs grouped by parentheses for a two-dimensional array Example set wf_diff [wfc {wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_load") wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_middle")}] add wave $wf_diff 668 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. This command differs from evalExpression in the type of output it returns. Return Values The result value of the expression. AMS11.Tcl Scripting Support wfc wfc Usage wfc expression Description This command invokes the EZwave Waveform Calculator to calculate the expression entered. value substitution is enabled and all strings beginning with a dollar sign ($) are replaced by the variable they name. -window window_name (Optional) If this option is specified. AMS11. Return None. Otherwise. the contents of the specified window is exported. -blackbackground | -whitebackground | -monochrome | -colorasdisplayed (Optional) These options specifies the color scheme for the exported image. respectively.Tcl Scripting Support write jpeg write jpeg Usage write jpeg file_name [-window window_name] [-blackbackground | -whitebackground | -monochrome | -colorasdisplayed] [-visiblewindows] [-resolution {screen | printerlow | printerhigh}] Description This command exports the contents of a window to a specified JPEG image file. printerlow and printerhigh sets the output resolution to approximately 4x and 16x the screen resolution.2 669 . Example write jpeg /user/adc12. -resolution { screen | printerlow | printerhigh } (Optional) This option specifies the resolution of the exported image file.png EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. This argument is particularly useful when exporting tiled windows. the contents of the active window is exported. Parameters • • • • file_name (Required) Specifies the file (with full path) to which the window contents are to be saved. Selecting screen sets the output resolution to the screen resolution. • -visiblewindows (Optional) Specifies that the image to be created contain all windows as displayed in the EZwave tool. the contents of the active window is exported. • -visiblewindows (Optional) Specifies that the image to be created contain all windows as displayed in the EZwave tool.png 670 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. -resolution { screen | printerlow | printerhigh } (Optional) This option specifies the resolution of the exported image file. Example write png /user/adc12. Otherwise. the contents of the specified window is exported. AMS11. printerlow and printerhigh sets the output resolution to approximately 4x and 16x the screen resolution. Return None.2 . -blackbackground | -whitebackground | -monochrome | -colorasdisplayed (Optional) These options specifies the color scheme for the exported image. This argument is particularly useful when exporting tiled windows.Tcl Scripting Support write png write png Usage write png file_name [-window window_name] [-blackbackground | -whitebackground | -monochrome | -colorasdisplayed] [-visiblewindows][-resolution {screen | printerlow | printerhigh}] Description This command exports the contents of a window to a specified PNG image file. respectively. -window window_name (Optional) If this option is specified. Selecting screen sets the output resolution to the screen resolution. Parameters • • • • file_name (Required) Specifies the file (with full path) to which the window contents are to be saved. It can be sent to a printer or a specified location.ps (Optional) Sets the output file name in PostScript format. -portrait (Optional) Sets the printing orientation as portrait. These paper sizes correspond to the sizes found in the File > Print… dialog. Parameters • • • • • • • • • -file file. In case no -window is specified.ps | -file file. -papersize { a3 | a4 | a5 | b4 | b5 | letter | tabloid | ledger | legal | executive } (Optional) Specifies the paper size for printing. all windows are printed. -activewindow | -allwindows | -visiblewindows (Optional) Specifies which windows to print. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. one per page. -window window_name (Optional) Sets the window to be printed.Tcl Scripting Support write wave write wave Usage write wave [file. -landscape (Optional) Sets the printing orientation to be landscape (default).2 671 . -copies number (Optional) Specifies the number of copies to print. If this option is not specified. By default. AMS11. only the visible windows are printed. only the active window is printed. If “-allwindows” is specified. If “-visiblewindows” is specified. the active window is printed. -allwaveforms | visiblewaveforms (Optional) Specifies whether to print all waveforms or just the visible waveforms. -printer printer_name (Optional) Sets the printer in the network. only visible waveforms are printed. also one per page. when multiple windows are open.ps | -printer printer_name] [-window window_name] [-landscape | -portrait] [-papersize {a3 | a4 | a5 | b4 | b5 | letter | tabloid | ledger | legal | executive}] [-copies number] [-allwaveforms | -visiblewaveforms] [-activewindow | -allwindows | -visiblewindows] [-eps] Description This command outputs window contents in PostScript format. Questa SIM Command Support Command . the command generates an Encapsulated PostScript file. Return None Example write wave dc. the interpreter will ignore the command. respectively. AMS11.main clear abort add atv add button add dataflow add list add log add memory add testbrowser add watch add wave add_cmdhelp add_menu add_menucb EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Command power on power report power reset precision printenv process report profile clear profile interval profile off profile on profile option profile reload profile report project EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore 672 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Depending on the command.2 . Tables C-9 and C-10 list the level of support that the EZwave Tcl interpreter maintains for Questa SIM and Questa ADMS commands. or the EZwave application execute it by internally applying corresponding actions. In these tables: • • Ignore — indicates that the EZwave Tcl interpreter ignores the command Supported — indicates that the EZwave application processes the command internally Table C-9.ps External Tcl Command Support The EZwave Tcl interpreter recognizes commands from Questa SIM (formerly ModelSim) and Questa ADMS.Tcl Scripting Support External Tcl Command Support • -eps (Optional) If this option is set. 2 . AMS11.Tcl Scripting Support External Tcl Command Support Table C-9. Questa SIM Command Support (cont.) Command add_menuitem add_separator add_submenu addtime alias assertion active assertion count assertion fail assertion pass assertion profile atv log batch_mode bd bookmark add wave bookmark goto wave bookmark list wave bp cd cdbg change change_menu_cmd bookmark goto wave bookmark list wave check contention config EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Command pwd questasim quietly quit qverilog radix radix define radix names radix list radix delete readers realtotime record report restart restore resume right run runstatus sccom scaletime sscom scgenmod sdfcom search searchlog see seetime setenv EZwave Action Supported Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported 673 bookmark delete wave Ignore check contention off check float add check float config check float off check stable off EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. ) Command check stable on checkpoint classinfo compare add compare annotate compare clock compare configure compare delete compare end compare info compare list compare options compare reload compare reset compare run compare savediffs compare saverules compare see compare start compare stop compare update configure context coverage analyze coverage attribute coverage goal coverage ranktest coverage tag coverage testnames coverage unlinked 674 EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Supported Supported Ignore Supported Supported Supported Supported Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Supported Ignore Supported Ignore Ignore Ignored Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Command shift show simstats stack status step stop subtime suppress tb tcheck_set tcheck_status toggle add toggle disable toggle enable toggle report toggle reset tr color tr id tr order transcribe transcript transcript file triage tssi2mti typespec ui_vvmode unsetenv up validtime EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Support Ignore Ignore EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. Questa SIM Command Support (cont.2 .Tcl Scripting Support External Tcl Command Support Table C-9. AMS11. Questa SIM Command Support (cont.2 .Tcl Scripting Support External Tcl Command Support Table C-9.) Command coverage weight coverage clear coverage exclude coverage reload coverage report coverage save dataset alias dataset clear dataset close dataset config dataset info dataset list dataset open dataset rename dataset restart dataset save dataset snapshot delete describe disablebp disable_menu disable_menuitem divtime do down drivers dumplog64 echo edit enablebp EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Supported Supported Ignore Supported Supported Supported Supported Ignore Supported Ignore Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Command vcd add vcd checkpoint vcd comment vcd dumpports vcd dumpportsall vcd dumpportsflush vcd dumpportslimit vcd dumpportsoff vcd dumpportson vcd file vcd files vcd flush vcd limit vcd off vcd on vcd2wlf vcom vcover attributes vcover ranktest vcover testnames vcover convert vcover merge vcover rank vcover report vcover stats vdbg vdel vdir vencrypt verror EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore 675 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Tcl Scripting Support External Tcl Command Support Table C-9. AMS11. Questa SIM Command Support (cont.) Command enable_menu enable_menuitem encoding environment eqtime examine exit fcover configure find find analogs find digitals find nets find signals find infiles find insource formatTime force fsm gdb dir getactivecursortime getactivemarkertime gtetime gttime help history inttotime jobspy layout lecho left 676 EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Ignore Supported Supported Supported Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Command vgencomp vhencrypt view virtual count virtual define virtual delete virtual describe virtual expand virtual function power add power off virtual hide virtual log virtual nohide virtual nolog virtual region virtual save virtual show virtual signal virtual type vlib vlog vmake vmap vopt vsim vsim<info> vsim_break vsource wave EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . 2 .) Command log lshift lsublist ltetime lttime macro_option mem compare mem display mem list mem load mem save mem search messages modelsim next neqtime noforce nolog notepad noview nowhen onbreak onElabError onerror onfinish pa pause play pop property list EZwave Action Ignore ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore 677 Command wave create wave edit wave export wave exists wave modify when where wlf2log wlf2vcd wlfman wlfrecover write cell_report write format write list write preferences write report write timing write transcript write tssi write wave xml2ucdb EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Supported Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Tcl Scripting Support External Tcl Command Support Table C-9. Questa SIM Command Support (cont. AMS11. AMS11.2 . Questa ADMS Command Support Command add list add log add wave batch_mode cd change checkpoint debuginfo drivers env examine exit find force if import_adms imports_ms isavewdb ms noforce onRunDone probe pwd quit restart EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Supported Supported Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Supported Supported Ignore Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Supported Supported Ignore Command vcd add vcd checkpoint vcd comment vcd dumpports vcd dumpportsall vcd dumpportsflush vcd dumpportslimit vcd dumpportsoff vcd dumpportson vcd file vcd files vcd flush vcd limit vcd off vcd on vacom vadel vadir valib valog vamake vamap vamatch vasetlib vasim EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Command EZwave Action 678 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Tcl Scripting Support External Tcl Command Support Table C-9. Questa SIM Command Support (cont.) Command property wave push EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Table C-10. The script opens a waveform database file. tut1_meas. #!/usr/local/bin/tclsh # ################################################### # additional user defined procedures proc greater {a b} { return [ expr { ($a > $b) ? $a : $b } ] } # ################################################### # open database file EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples Table C-10. The wfc function allows full access to all the calculation operations of the waveform calculator. meas.) Command restore run savetranscript savewaveconfig savewavewindow savewdb simparam splitio statistics stop usewaveconfig EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Supported Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Command vaspi vaunlock vcd2wlf vcd add view vsimauth vsimdate vsimid vsimversionstring watch write list EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Tcl Scripting Examples This section includes the following Tcl examples: • • • • Tcl Waveform Calculator Batch Commands Example Creating a User-Defined Function With Tcl Example Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples Using the Different find Commands Tcl Waveform Calculator Batch Commands Example You can use Tcl scripting to issue batch commands to the EZwave waveform calculator.tcl. Questa ADMS Command Support (cont. and sends output to an ASCII file. the wfc command is used to calculate several different waveform measurements. meas.out. AMS11.2 679 . performs several measurement operations.wdb. See In the following Tcl script example. 3 wfc { vdd = 3. x_start = greater(td2_.4f%s" [ expr $TD2 * $factor ] $unit ] puts $fileout [format " T2\t= %8.1 } set T2_R [ wfc { wftodata(cr1_q0_)[last_][0] . 5e-9). 5e-9).4f%s" [ expr $T2_C2 * $factor ] $unit] puts $fileout [format " T2_R\t= %8.Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples dataset open $env(MGC_AMS_HOME)/examples/ezwave/meas.3 } # ################################################### # .meas tran T2_C2 trig at=TD2 # targ v(q0) val='vdd/2' td=5ns cross=2 wfc { cr_q0_ = crossing(wf("<meas/TRAN>V(Q0)"). option = "wf") } set T2 [ wfc { wftodata(ft_q0_)[0][0] .out w+ ] puts $fileout "\nExtracted from EZwave Post Processing" puts $fileout [format " TD1\t= %8.2 . 5e-9). topline = vdd/2.meas tran TD1 when v(in)='vdd/2' td=5ns rise=1 # . x_start = greater(td2_.4f%s" [ expr $TD1 * $factor ] $unit ] puts $fileout [format " T1\t= %8. slopetrigger = "either". topline = vdd/2. baseline = vdd/2.4f%s" [ expr $T2_R *$factor ] $unit] close $fileout This Tcl script can be broken down into several distinct functional areas: • 680 Additional User-Defined Procedures EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.td2_ } ] # ################################################### # .td2_ } ] # ################################################### # . x_start = greater(td2_. ylevel = vdd/2.wdb puts "\nExtracting from EZwave Post Processing" # ################################################### # global parameter settings # .meas tran T2 trig at=TD2 # targ v(q0) val='vdd/2' td=TD2 fall=1 wfc { ft_q0_ = falltime(wf("<meas/TRAN>V(Q0)"). slopetrigger = "rising". ylevel = vdd/2.meas tran T2_R trig at=TD2 # targ v(q0) val='vdd/2' td=5ns rise=last wfc { cr1_q0_ = crossing(wf("<meas/TRAN>V(Q0)"). option = "value") } set T2_C2 [ wfc { cr_q0_[1] . AMS11. x_start = greater(td1_.td2_ } ] # ################################################### # open an ASCII file for saving measurement results # results are in nanoseconds set unit {N} set factor 1e9 set fileout [ open meas.4f%s" [ expr $T2 * $factor ] $unit ] puts $fileout [format " T2_C2\t= %8. option = "wf") } set TD1 [ wfc { td1_ = wftodata(rt_in_)[0][0] } ] set TD2 [ wfc { td2_ = wftodata(rt_in_)[1][0] } ] # ################################################### # .param vdd=3.meas tran T1 trig at=TD1 # targ v(q0) val='vdd/2' td=5ns rise=1 wfc { rt_q0_ = risetime(wf("<meas/TRAN>V(Q0)").4f%s" [ expr $T1 * $factor ] $unit ] puts $fileout [format " TD2\t= %8. option = "wf") } wfc { last_ = size(cr1_q0_) . td2_). topline = vdd/2. option = "wf") } set T1 [ wfc { wftodata(rt_q0_)[0][0] . baseline = vdd/2. x_start = 5e-9.td1_ } ] # ################################################### # . baseline = vdd/2.meas tran TD2 when v(in)='vdd/2' td=5ns rise=2 wfc { rt_in_ = risetime(wf("<meas/TRAN>V(IN)"). the value 3.Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples • • • • Opening a Database File Setting Global Parameters Taking Waveform Measurements ASCII File Output Additional User-Defined Procedures You can use any Tcl native functions and define any procedures using Tcl syntax as in the following statements: proc greater {a b} { return [ expr { ($a > $b) ? $a : $b } ] } Opening a Database File The database file meas.wdb is opened using the following Tcl statement: dataset open meas. AMS11.meas tran TD1 when v(in)='vdd/2' td=5ns rise=1 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.param vdd=3. a measurement is taken to find the exact time when the signal v(in) crosses the voltage level vdd/2 in the first rising event.wdb Setting Global Parameters For the following .param statement in a SPICE netlist file.meas command) are computed based on simulation results and typically printed to an ASCII file.3 The equivalent Tcl function is as follows: wfc { vdd = 3. The result is saved in the variable TD1.3 is assigned to the parameter variable vdd: .3 } Taking Waveform Measurements Electrical specifications (using the .meas statement in a SPICE netlist file: .2 681 . You can use Tcl scripting to take the same measurements. after a specified time delay (td) of 5 nanoseconds. The following example shows how this is implemented as a . In this example. a measurement is taken to find the difference between TD2 and when the signal v(q0) crosses the voltage level vdd/2 in the second crossing event. the a measurement is taken to determine the difference between TD2 and when the signal v(q0) crosses the voltage level vdd/2 in the first falling event. after a 5 nanoseconds time delay. ylevel = vdd/2.meas statement.meas statement is as follows: wfc { rt_q0_ = risetime(wf("<meas/TRAN>V(Q0)").meas statement. after a TD2 time delay.Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples In a second . 5e-9). x_start = 5e-9.meas tran T1 trig at=TD1 targ v(q0) val='vdd/2' td=5ns rise=1 The Tcl scripting equivalent to the . option = "wf") } set TD1 [ wfc { td1_ = wftodata(rt_in_)[0][0] } ] set TD2 [ wfc { td2_ = wftodata(rt_in_)[1][0] } ] For a third . The result is saved in the variable T2. option = "value") } 682 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. option = "wf") } set T2 [ wfc { wftodata(ft_q0_)[0][0] .meas tran T2 trig at=TD2 targ v(q0) val='vdd/2' td=TD2 fall=1 The Tcl scripting equivalent is as follows: wfc { ft_q0_ = falltime(wf("<meas/TRAN>V(Q0)"). The result is saved in the variable T2_C2. x_start = greater(td1_. after a 5 nanosecond time delay. .td2_ } ] For the fifth . x_start = greater(td2_.2 . topline = vdd/2. td2_). either rising or falling. a measurement is taken to find the difference between the result in TD1 and when the signal v(q0) crosses the voltage level vdd/2 in the first rising event. . The result is saved in the variable T1. option = "wf") } set T1 [ wfc { wftodata(rt_q0_)[0][0] . topline = vdd/2.meas tran T2_C2 trig at=TD2 targ v(q0) val='vdd/2' td=5ns cross=2 The Tcl scripting equivalent is as follows: wfc { cr_q0_ = crossing(wf("<meas/TRAN>V(Q0)"). . after a 5 nanosecond time delay. topline = vdd/2. baseline = vdd/2. . slopetrigger = "either". baseline = vdd/2.meas statement. x_start = greater(td2_. baseline = vdd/2. a measurement is taken to determine the time when the signal v(in) crosses the voltage level vdd/2 in the second rising event. The result is saved in the variable TD2. AMS11.meas tran TD2 when v(in)='vdd/2' td=5ns rise=2 These two measurements (TD1 and TD2) can be implemented using Tcl scripting as in the following example: wfc { rt_in_ = risetime(wf("<meas/TRAN>V(IN)"). 5e-9).td1_ } ] For the fourth .meas statement. 4f%s" [ expr $T2 * $factor ] $unit] puts $fileout [format " T2_C2\t= %8.tcl and do either of the following to access the function: • Loading the User-Defined Function EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. .Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples set T2_C2 [ wfc { cr_q0_[1] . option = "wf") } wfc { last_ = size(cr1_q0_) .td2_ } ] In the final .4f%s" [ expr $T1 * $factor ] $unit] puts $fileout [format " TD2\t= %8. For example. meas. slopetrigger = "rising".1 } set T2_R [ wfc { wftodata(cr1_q0_)[last_][0] . and T2_C2) are output to an ASCII file.4f%s" [ expr $T2_C2 * $factor ] $unit] puts $fileout [format " T2_R\t= %8. you need to compute the group delay V(S) of a complex waveform in the Waveform Calculator with the following formula: GD=drv(cphase(wf("<database>/AC/V(S)")))/360 In this case. the results of all measurements (TD1.meas statement. a measurement is taken to find the difference between the time specified by TD2 and when the signal v(q0) crosses the voltage level vdd/2 in the last rising event.out w+ ] puts $fileout "\nExtracted from EZwave Post Processing" puts $fileout [format " TD1\t= %8.2 683 .4f%s" [ expr $TD1 * $factor ] $unit] puts $fileout [format " T1\t= %8. The result is saved in the variable T2_R. 5e-9). x_start = greater(td2_.4f%s" [ expr $T2_R *$factor ] $unit] close $fileout Creating a User-Defined Function With Tcl Example It can be useful to use Tcl to define a function that you use regularly.meas tran T2_R trig at=TD2 targ v(q0) val='vdd/2' td=5ns rise=last The Tcl scripting equivalent is as follows: wfc { cr1_q0_ = crossing(wf("<meas/TRAN>V(Q0)"). after a 5 nanosecond time delay. you would create a user-defined function with Tcl as follows: proc gd { wave } { wfc " drv(cphase($wave))/360 " } Save this definition in a file called gd.4f%s" [ expr $TD2 * $factor ] $unit] puts $fileout [format " T2\t= %8. AMS11. # results are in nanoseconds set unit {N} set factor 1e9 set fileout [ open meas. T2R.td2_ } ] ASCII File Output In the final section of the example Tcl code.out. ylevel = vdd/2. TD2. 684 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.tcl file). • Automatically Loading User-Defined Functions at Start-Up You can set the EZwave viewer to automatically load all user-defined functions into the Waveform Calculator at start-up. your user-defined functions are automatically loaded into the User-Defined Functions tree of the Funcs tab. The function is now available in User-Defined Functions of the Funcs tab. Select Load User Extension Files at Startup. Select Edit > Options to open the EZwave Display Preferences dialog. Click OK.tcl extension in order to load. select File > Open Custom Function File to open a file browser. e. Type the path to your user-defined functions directory in the Directory Path field. Restart the EZwave waveform viewer.Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples a. a. d. c. Place all your user-defined function Tcl files in one directory. Click Open to load the file into the Waveform Calculator. In the Waveform Calculator. AMS11.2 . b. the gd. Navigate to and select the user-defined Tcl file (in this example. c. and select Waveform Calculator > General. b. f. You can also click Browse to use the file browser to select the directory. When you now open the Waveform Calculator. Note The user extension files in the specified directory must have a . Ending the comparison will reset the list of waveforms to be compared. Write a Report Compare Waveforms Using All Available Comparison Commands Delaying Reference Waveforms During Comparison Delaying Some Result Waveforms (Not All) During Comparison Compare Waveforms Using the -label Argument Compare Waveforms Using the -start and -end Arguments Export a Report of Comparison Compare All Waveforms With Default Options This script begins by opening two databases and beginning a comparison. the reference and test databases must be opened first. If errors or warning occur during the comparison. User-Defined Function Loaded in the Waveform Calculator Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples This section contains the following Tcl examples for waveform comparison: • • • • • • • • • Compare All Waveforms With Default Options Compare All Waveforms Using a Clocked Comparison Compare Specific Waveforms With Modified Tolerances.log” is created in the $MGC_TMPDIR directory (see the compare savelog command).Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples Figure C-4. At this stage the comparison can be run. To start a comparison.2 685 . a log file named “comparison. AMS11. The next adds all waveforms recursively. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. the reference and test databases must be opened first.wdb TEST compare compare compare compare start REF TEST add -r * run end Compare All Terminal Waveforms From Transient Analysis With Default Options This script begins by opening two databases and beginning a comparison. the script specifies a tolerance of 0.v -terminals -r * run end Compare All Waveforms Using a Clocked Comparison The basic steps in this script are similar to the preceding script with the addition of a clock creation. When adding the waveforms to the comparison. Then. Write a Report This script modifies the default tolerances for custom precision comparison of waveforms.wdb REF dataset open /my/other/path/to/TestDatabase.Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples dataset open /my/path/to/ReferenceDatabase. the script specifies the clock to use during the computation of the comparison waveforms. AMS11. dataset open /my/path/to/ReferenceDatabase.5% for both X and Y axes. as indicated by -r) and then runs the 686 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. dataset open /my/path/to/ReferenceDatabase. the leading tolerance is set to 0.2 . for analog waveforms.wdb TEST compare compare compare compare compare start REF TEST clock -both myClock <REF/TRAN>:test:eoc add -clock myClock -r * run end Compare Specific Waveforms With Modified Tolerances. This script creates a clock named “myClock” that will trigger a comparison on both rising and falling edges of the its source waveform <REF/TRAN>:test:eoc.wdb REF dataset open /my/other/path/to/TestDatabase. To start a comparison.wdb REF dataset open /my/other/path/to/TestDatabase. First. At this stage the comparison can be run.2µ. The script only adds waveforms named “tvin” (recursively. The next adds all terminal waveforms from the TRAN analysis to the comparison recursively.1 and trailing tolerance is set to 0. for digital waveforms.wdb TEST dataset compare compare compare open REF TEST add -show TRAN. Running the comparison and exporting the report are two independent steps: you can write a report without running the comparison beforehand.5% -yTol 0.wdb REF dataset open test.txt EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. we reconfigure them to use a clocked comparison.txt”.wdb TEST # Start the comparison session and "align" waveforms with a delayed # reference waveform. # Open reference and test databases dataset open ref. In this case.5% -tolLead 0.wdb REF dataset open /my/other/path/to/TestDatabase. AMS11. the exporting process will run the comparison for you. compare run # Save an error log containing any warnings and errors encountered during # the comparison. Finally the script exports the comparison report (waveform by waveform differences) to the text file “report.1e-6 -tolTrail 0.wdb TEST compare compare compare compare compare compare start REF TEST options -xTol 0.txt end Compare Waveforms Using All Available Comparison Commands This script uses most available commands within a single script. compare start -refdelay 5n REF TEST # Add all waveforms to be compared.2 687 . compare add -show all -r * # Run the comparison. the delay alignment is 5n for all the waveforms in the reference dataset. dataset open /my/path/to/ReferenceDatabase.txt end Delaying Reference Waveforms During Comparison This script begins the comparison with a delayed reference waveform. compare savelog log. The main difference here is that after adding the waveforms named “tvin” to the comparison. compare compare compare compare compare compare compare compare start REF TEST options -xTol 0.Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples comparison.5% -yTol 0.5% -noaddwave -maxsignal 50 clock -both myClock <REF/TRAN>:test:eoc add tvin configure -clock myClock tvin run info -write /path/to/the/report.2e-6 add -r tvin run info -write /path/to/the/report. wdb TEST # Start the comparison session compare start REF TEST # Add all voltage waveforms to be compared.Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples # Export a report of this comparison to the report. The VAR waveform comparisons are not aligned with any delay.txt # End the comparison session compare end Compare Waveforms Using the -label Argument This script uses labels to distinguish three comparisons at different intervals along the same waveform. # Open reference and test databases dataset open ref. compare info -write report. compare savelog log. use test delay to "align" # those waveforms for the comparison compare add -show TRAN.txt file. Labels avoids name collision and waveform overwriting.2 . compare add -show TRAN. AMS11.wdb REF dataset open Bumpy_test.txt file compare info -write report.txt # End the comparison session.wdb TEST # Start the comparison session compare start REF TEST # # # # Here we use a label to compare the same waveforms on different intervals. The label will appear in the comparison waveform name to ease user recognition of each waveform.VAR -r * # Run the comparison compare run # Save an error log containing any warnings and errors encountered during # the comparison. 688 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.txt # Export a report of this comparison to the report. # Open reference and test databases dataset open Bumpy. compare end Delaying Some Result Waveforms (Not All) During Comparison This script will align the comparison using a 3n delay for all voltage waveforms in the test dataset.wdb REF dataset open test. these waveforms won't be # "aligned".V -r -testdelay 3n * # Add all VAR waveforms to the comparison. 5n * # Add all waveforms to the comparison using the label "thirdInterval".2n and the reference # waveform will be shifted 0. # Comparison will be performed between 0 and 1.75n -end 2.3n and 0.wdb REF dataset open test.2 689 .5n * Compare Waveforms Using the -start and -end Arguments This script compares voltage waveforms between 50n and 100n. # Add all waveforms to the comparison using the label "firstInterval". # Open reference and test databases.Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples # Below are three examples using labels.2n -refdelay .5n -testdelay .4n -refdelay . compare run # Save an error log containing any warnings and errors encountered during # the comparison. # Open reference and test databases.4n and the reference # and test waveforms will be shifted respectively by 0.5n. compare add -show TRAN.txt file. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. # Comparison will be performed between 1n and 1. compare info -write report. compare start REF TEST # Add all voltage waveforms to be compared between 50n and 100n. dataset open ref. compare add -show TRAN. AMS11.3n * # Add all waveforms to the comparison using the label "secondInterval". compare add -r -label firstInterval -start 0n -end 1. # Comparison will be performed between 0. compare add -r -label thirdInterval -start .txt # End the comparison session.75n and 2. compare end Export a Report of Comparison This script exports a report of the comparison to a text file and demonstrates the precedence of the compare add command. VAR waveforms are compared along their whole domain of definition.3n.3n -testdelay .VAR -r * # Run the comparison.5n. compare add -r -label secondInterval -start 1n -end 1.txt # Export a report of this comparison to the report.V -r -start 50n -end 100n * # Add all VAR waveforms to be compared on all their domain of definition.wdb TEST # Start the comparison session. compare savelog log.5n and the test waveforms # will be shifted 0. txt # End the comparison session compare end Using the Different find Commands This example script illustrates the use of the different find commands available in the EZwave tool. compare info -start 0 -end 75n -write report.wdb REF dataset open test. The windows are then sorted for better viewing or printing.wdb TEST # Start the comparison session. The # start and end time specified here overrules the ones from the compare # run command. compare add -show TRAN.i" syntax for finding currents. compare savelog log. wave addwindow -title "Analogs" # Look for all analog waveforms recusively in the most recently opened # (or active) database. kind. Note that the # starting and ending times will only apply to VAR waveforms as those # times are overruled for voltage waveforms by the one specified with # the compare add commands. compare add -show TRAN.Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples dataset open ref. The final two examples compare the use of the legacy switch "-i" and the use of "-show TRAN. The script will search for waveforms with different criteria (name.VAR -r * # Run the comparison. AMS11. compare start REF TEST # Add all voltage waveforms to be compared between 50n and 100n.2 . wave closewindow -all # Create a new window. set search [find analogs -r *] # Plot all matching waveforms stacked in the most recently opened window. compare run # Save an error log containing any warnings and errors encountered during # the comparison. # Close all existing windows.txt # Export a report of this comparison to the report. mode.txt file. foreach list $search { foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } } 690 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. and so on) and plot each matching waveform in separate windows.V -r -start 50n -end 100n * # Add all VAR waveforms to be compared on all their domain of definition. foreach list $search { foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } } # Create a new window. wave addwindow -title "Analogs 2" # Look for all terminal waveforms. foreach list $search { foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } } # Create a new window.var -r *] ## Plot all matching waveforms foreach list $search { foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } } ## Create an new window wave addwindow -title "AC Analysis" ## Look for all phases set search [find signals -show AC. set search [find nets -r -signals *] # Plot all matching waveforms.2 691 . wave addwindow -title "Digitals 2" # Look for all signal waveforms. wave addwindow -title "Digitals 3" EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. wave addwindow -title "Digitals" # Look for all analog waveforms recusively in the most recently opened # (or active) database set search [find digitals -r *] # Plot all matching waveforms stacked in the most recently opened window. set search [find signals -r -terminals *] # Plot all matching waveforms. foreach list $search { foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } } ## Create an new window wave addwindow -title "Analogs 3" ## Look for all variables set search [find signals -show TRAN.vp -r *] ## Plot all matching waveforms foreach list $search { foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } } # Create a new window.Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples # Create a new window. AMS11. you can use -show AC. wave addwindow -title "Out Signals" # Look for all output signal waveforms recursively. set search [find nets -r -signals :*:*:x1:*] # Plot all matching waveforms. Note that if more than TRAN analysis is needed.2 . wave addwindow -title "Digitals 4" # Look for all signal waveforms recursively whose third element in its # design path is 'x1'. set search [find nets -r -signals -depth 2 *] # Plot all matching waveforms.i" syntax.i -r *] ## Plot all matching waveforms foreach list $search { 692 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. set search [find signals -r -out *] # Plot all matching waveforms foreach list $search { foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } } ## ## ## ## ## ## ## There are two ways to retrieve currents from a database in TCL. foreach list $search { foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } } # Create a new window. Using the legacy switch "-i" or using "-show TRAN.i.i or even -show ALL.Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples # Look for all signal waveforms recursively but stop the recursion after # two levels. ## Create an new window wave addwindow -title "Current 1" ## Look for all currents using -i switch set search [find signals -r -i *] ## Plot all matching waveforms foreach list $search { foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } } ## Create an new window wave addwindow -title "Current 2" ## Look for all currents with an appropriate -show option set search [find signals -show TRAN. AMS11. foreach list $search { foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } } # Create a new window. Note Assertions and complex waveforms are not supported in the Waveform Comparison. records or compound waveform of such waveforms. both waveforms are not bus Warning: could not compare ‘<waveform_name>’. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Warning: ‘<waveform_name>’ has been ignored during comparison because its type is not yet supported.2 693 . Currently supported types are: analog continuous waveform (except complex). Issued when trying to compare a compound waveform with one that is not compound Issued when trying to compare a bus waveform with one that is not a bus Issued when applying a delay parameter (refdelay or -testdelay) within compare start fails Issued when an unsupported waveform type is encountered during the comparison. digital waveform and bus. both waveforms are not compound Warning: could not compare ‘<waveform_name>’. AMS11. applying delay failed Issued when a waveform with the same name as the test dataset waveform cannot be found in the reference dataset.Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } } Waveform Comparison Troubleshooting The following error messages may be encountered during a Waveform Comparison: Warning: could not compare ‘<waveform_name>’. For more details on currently supported waveform types and how they are compared see “Support for Different Types of Waveform” on page 115. an equivalent waveform was not found in the Test Database Warning: could not compare ‘<waveform_name1>’ with ‘<waveform_name2>’. representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .all Requests all objects found in the specified analysis. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix D Supported Net Representation Components This appendix describes the supported net representation syntax and values for the wave show Tcl command and the -show option of the add wave Tcl command. . . . Examples of wave show and -show usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If no wave show or add wave -show commands are issued. 693 694 694 697 Representing the Signal as a Waveform This command and option specify how the signal is to be represented as a waveform. .. If -show is specified. Representing the Signal as a Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMS11..vdb|ac. . . .. . . . . . . . . . can be used as follows: • • • -show all Requests all objects found in all analyses -show analysis. . . . . The wave show representation is used as the default representation when the add wave command is issued without the -show option. .|representationN] add wave -show The reserved keywords. . . . . . . . . . all and none. . . . . the default representation is as follows: tran. . . . . . . . . . . . .v|ac. . .|representationN] representation [|representation2|. . . Extended Options for Selecting Waveforms. . . . .2 693 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . it is applied beginning where it appears in the script until another -show is issued. . . . . -show none Requests no objects in the case where there is no analysis folder. . or until the end of the script. .vp The syntax for the wave show command and -show option is as follows: wave show representation [ |representation2|. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . Supported Net Representation Components Representing the Signal as a Waveform Extended Options for Selecting Waveforms The -show option is also available to other Tcl commands. we can request an AC and a TRAN analysis. as follows: analysis. in the same simulation. AMS11. which access waveforms. listed in Table D-1. use a pipe ( | ) to separate them: analysis.disciplinephysic|analysis. ) separates the analysis portion from the discipline and physic portion. And in this case.disciplinephysic|analysis. a discipline.2 . we may want to see the waveform of one net for the AC analysis and of another net for the 694 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Table D-1. There is no separator between the discipline and the physic. These options are used for selecting the waveform(s) required. See “Selecting Waveforms in Tcl” on page 557 for details: [-recursive][-depth <level>][-signals][-quantities][-terminals] [-nets][-ports][-in][-out][-inout][-internal] [-through][-across][-free][-flow][-i] [-boundary][-a2d][-d2a][-bidir][-run {run_number | run_name}][-session {previous | current}][-adms | -modelsim] representation A representation is a complete representation of a net and is composed of an analysis. and a physic. A dot ( . there are a number of extended options available for use with the -show option. For example. Commands that Access Waveforms compare add compare clock compare configure dataset mergewaveforms dataset savewaveforms delete wave find analogs find digitals find nets | signals wave addannotation wave adddeltamarker wave addline wave addproperty wave exists For these commands. along with the add wave command.disciplinephysic If more than one representation is specified. The following extended options are available.disciplinephysic analysis The analysis portion of the representation specifies the kind of analysis to use to “wave” a net. For details on the values in the table. Supported discipline Values A ACC_STRESS AVG B B_OPT BETAAC BETADC BFACTOR BOPT C CBB CBD CBDJ CBG CBS CBSX CBX CCS CD E FLKNOISE FLUX FLOUR FT FUND_OSC G G_OPT GA GA_ GAC GAC_ GAM GAM_ GAMMA_OPT GASM GASM_ GAUM IFNCELL IG IN INX IOUT IPIN IPROBE IS ISTAT ISUB IW IX KFACTOR LSC LSC_ LSTB_ LT_JITTER LV POW POWDYN POWSTAT Q QB QBD QBS QC QCELL QD QE QG QS RBB RBNOISE RCNOISE RDNOISE RENOISE REP TABLE TEMP TGP TGP_ THNOISE V VALDIP VB VBC VBD VBE VBS VC VCE VCS VD VDIP VDS VDSE GAMMA_OPT_ LSTB EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Supported disciplines are shown in the following table. Supported analysis Values AC LSTB NOISETRAN SSTAC DC MEAS OP SSTNOISE DSP MODSST OPFOUR SSTXF EXTRACT NOISE SST TRAN discipline The discipline portion of the representation specifies a discipline of an analog net. please refer to the Eldo manual. For example.Supported Net Representation Components Representing the Signal as a Waveform TRAN analysis. current or voltage. For details on the values in the table.2 695 . Table D-3. please refer to the Eldo manual. Supported analyses are shown in the following table. AMS11. Table D-2. 2 .) CDD CDG CDF CDS CGB CGBO CGDO CGG CGS CGSO CMU CPI CSB CSD CSG CSS CXS DATA DATA_CTE DATA_LIN DBG DSP GAUM_ GDS GMB GMIBD GMIBS GOPT GP_ GPC GPC_ H I IB IBDNOISE IBNOISE IBS IBSNOISE IC ICNOISE ID IDNOISE IDS IE LX MUFACTOR MUFACTOR_L MUFACTOR_S MV MVBD MVBS MVDS MVGB MVGS N NC NC_ NET_POLE NET_POLE_ NFMIN NFMIN_ NOISE OPMODE P PDB PHI_OPT RGNOISE RMU RNEQ RO RPI RSNOISE RX S SG SSC SSC_ SST SSTINOISE SSTINOISE. for example. The physic portion is composed of a primary_physic and an optional secondary_physic. AMS11.Supported Net Representation Components Representing the Signal as a Waveform Table D-3. It may also include. ). separated by a dot ( . you can choose to see its magnitude in DB.H SSTONOISE SSTONOISE. or just the real portion. 696 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. For example. its phase.H SSTSNF STD STRESS T VDSS VE VES VG VGB VGS VGSE VNEG VPOS VS VT VTCELL VTH VTH_D VX VXN W WOPT XF Y YOPT Z physic The physic portion of the representation specifies the physical representation of the waveform.H SSTNOISE SSTNOISE. for a frequency signal that is complex. the harmonic number of a large signal frequency analysis. Supported discipline Values (cont. the discipline is V. please refer to the Eldo manual.h(1) :top:net1 In this example. and H(1) for the secondary_physic. AMS11. Examples of wave show and -show usage Examples of wave show and -show usage: • • wave show ac. the discipline is V.vdb. If more than one index value is appropriate.Supported Net Representation Components Representing the Signal as a Waveform The primary_physic The supported primary_physic values are shown in the following table. Table D-4. ). and the physic is DB.H(1) EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Supported primary_physic Values D DB DIG DSOL GD I M MAG P PRED R RAD SOL T The secondary_physic The secondary_physic is in the form of: h(index) where index is an integer literal. the analysis is FFST. add wave -show ffst.vdb In this example. This will search for the specified waveform in the last-opened database: database_name/FSST>VDB(:top:net1).2 697 . the analysis is AC. and the physic is DB for the primary_ physic. For details of the values in the table. separate the index values by commas ( . AMS11.Supported Net Representation Components Representing the Signal as a Waveform 698 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . . please visit: EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. . Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Training Classes . . Memory Problems . . . . . Multi-Threading on Linux . . . . . . . Your comments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . execution fails if “read” and “execute” permissions are not granted to “other” (or “public”). . . . . . . Resolving Out-Of-Memory Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . System Error Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For more information on this Java bug. . . . . . . . . . This problem occurs only if the user’s “group” is not the “primary group”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMS11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure to Launch EZwave in Questa ADMS GUI Context . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . · Running EZwave fails with the following message: Unable to start get_ezwave_license process: check your path This problem is caused by a Java bug that prevents the execution of a script from Java if the script belongs to a different “user” and “group”. . . . Contacting the Customer Support Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699 701 701 702 703 705 705 706 707 707 707 707 708 709 709 710 714 715 715 Known Problems and Workarounds This section describes known problems and their workarounds for the EZwave AMS11. Launching EZwave .Appendix E Troubleshooting This Troubleshooting section contains troubleshooting information relating to EZwave. . . . . . . Logfile Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Increasing the Memory Stack Limit . . Resolving Why the Simulator Fails to Start EZwave .2 699 . . . . . . . . . .2 release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linux Printing Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If You Are Using LPRNG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .fsdb Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . even if “read” and “execute” permissions are correctly set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . In this case. . If You Are Using CUPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure to Load EZwave Dynamic Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . Logfiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Known Problems and Workarounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . use the EZwave fully qualified naming convention./lib/fonts. Because of this limitation.sun. Workaround: Multiple identically-sized processes may appear as a result of a Linux method of handling threads. Refer to “Multi-Threading on Linux” on page 703 for details about this problem and a possible solution.ttf -urw-symbol-medium-r-normal--0-0-0-0-p-0-adobe-fontspecific After you have added the preceding line. The user in charge of the AMS installation can execute the following command: chmod 755 $MGC_AMS_HOME/bins/ams_command. Workaround: When opening CSV databases using a Tcl script.properties not found --symbol-medium. you want to display V(OUT) from a time domain analysis in the currently open database named “adc12”. Modify this file (you may need to be root) to include the symbol.do?bug_id=4052517 Workaround: Ensure that the file $MGC_AMS_HOME/bin/ams_command. Supported Net Representation Components are not fully functional.sh · The EZwave tool generates the following error message during invocation: Font specified in font. For example.com/bugdatabase/view_bug.Troubleshooting Known Problems and Workarounds http://bugs.. The font that the Java virtual machine searches for is symbol. scalable fonts for JRE.. works for CSV and other file formats. · instead of add wave OUT # Supported net representation syntax.dir that lists the available. there is a file named fonts. AMS11.2 . When loading CSV files through a Tcl script.r-normal--*-%d-*-*-p-*-adobe-fontspecific] Workaround 1: Install the Symbol font.properties file match what are available on your system.ttf. The number indicates the total number of fonts listed in the file. you must use add wave <adc12/TRAN>V(OUT) # Fully qualified naming syntax.sh permissions are set to 755. $MGC_AMS_HOME/jre/. currently does not work with 700 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. increment the number on the first line of the file by one. make the font definitions specified in the font. This font is available on most machines. You need to change the symbol lines in the file from the following: --symbol-medium-r-normal--*-%d-*-*p-*-adobe-fontspecific to the following: -urw-symbol-medium-r-normal--*-%d-*-*p-*-urw-fontspecific · The EZwave tool appears to be using large amounts of memory or processor time. In the fonts directory.ttf font file as in the following example: symbol. Workaround 2: Alternatively. for example. You may get a copy of the font and copy it to the JRE fonts directory. If this is the case.printcap • /etc/lpd. instead of LPRNG.Troubleshooting Linux Printing Notes # CSV files · In this release. If this file does not exist. this utility is in the 'LPRng-3. the LPRNG package is installed. • /etc/lpd. use the following steps to troubleshoot your printing process. Look for the following configuration files: • /etc/printcap Verify that some printers are defined in this file.4-22 RPM' package. The Java Configuration Requirement for Linux states. If it exists.2 701 . For large designs the database size may increase in comparison with earlier releases. status. the /usr/sbin/lpc utility must be installed.1. for example. refer to “If You Are Using CUPS” on page 702. Ensure that /usr/sbin/lpc is available on the machine. On RedHat 7. Workaround: Load the results database into EZwave once the simulation is completed. Use the following commands to check whether LPRNG or CUPS is installed on your system: rpm -qa | grep LPR If this command returns a package name. AMS11. If so. refer to “If You Are Using LPRNG” on page 701. This file is automatically generated during printing configuration executed by the root admin. and printcap ACCEPT SERVICE=C LPC=lpd. the CUPS package is installed. See “Save As Dialog” on page 348 for further information.7. "To print on Linux.perms This file is optional." On RedHat 3. This save will compact the database and the size will be reduced. verify that the following lines are present: # allow anybody to get server. Linux Printing Notes If you are having difficulties using /usr/sbin/lpc to print from a system running Linux.0. rpm -qa | grep cups If this command returns a package name. the EZwave application is normally unable to print. This is a standard Linux utility. If You Are Using LPRNG 1. the CUPS package is sometimes used by default. database compaction is disabled during simulation. then use Save As to save the database.conf EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.status. conf client.conf 702 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Verify that the LPD daemon is running with the following command: /bin/ps -auxww | grep lpd An lpd process must be running. printing will fail.Troubleshooting Linux Printing Notes This file is mandatory. try the following command: /usr/sbin/lpc status This should return a list of printers with configuration and status details.convs mime. otherwise. it may contain settings that prevent proper printing. Verify that the cups printer daemon is running with the following command: /bin/ps -auxww | grep cupsd A cupsd process must be running.conf mime.conf cupsd. Verify that the following configuration files exist in the /etc/cups directory: • • • • • • classes.2 . If it is not empty. For example: myprinter: printer is on device 'lpd' speed -1 queuing is enabled printing is enabled no entries daemon present 2. For example: myprinter: printer is on device 'lpd' speed -1 queuing is enabled printing is enabled no entries daemon present 3. If the preceding files are all correct. If You Are Using CUPS 1. Execute the following command: /usr/sbin/lpc status This should return a list of printers with configuration and status details. AMS11. It may be empty. printing will fail.types printers. otherwise. 2. 3. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. This implementation is available by default on RedHat Linux 9.0 by setting the the LD_LIBRARY_PATH and LD_ASSUME_KERNEL environment variables.d /etc/init.1/myprinter Register the printer using the command: /usr/sbin/lpadmin -r myprinter -E -v lpd://173.d /sbin/init.ppd Then.21.21. has been implemented. Look for the corresponding line for the printer named "myprinter".0. whereas the previous one was not fully POSIX-compliant. For example: device for myprinter: lpd://173. For a multi-threaded application on Linux. the system displays only one process using the correct amount of memory. Log in to the machine as root and execute the following command: lpstat -v This should return address information on printers.21.Troubleshooting Multi-Threading on Linux This is the basic CUPS recommended configuration. restart the cups daemon: path/cups restart path may be one of the following: • • • • /etc/software/init.2 703 .21. 4. This new implementation is fully POSIX-complaint. called "Native POSIX Threading Library" (NPTL). A new method of handling multi-threading on Linux. the ps and top commands consider such threads as separate processes. which can mislead the user.so library. When you use this implementation. the ps and top commands return information that may be misleading." In the LinuxThreads implementation of threads. depending of the version of the libpthread. AMS11. The application uses only the resources indicated for one "process" rather than the sum of all such processes. each of them using the same amount of resources.d/init. with the ps or top command in a UNIX command shell. some IDs are stored in the /proc file system. for example. Some Linux kernel versions use what is called "LinuxThreads.d Multi-Threading on Linux Sometimes you may see multiple identically sized Java processes for one EZwave invocation.d /etc/rc. You can activate NPTL under RHEL3.1/myprinter -m myprinter. 4.so.2 (0xb75c4000) libc. Note LD_ASSUME_KERNEL allows you to point to different glibc implementations.0 for EZwave has not been tested until recently.so.2_10/i686/os2.so. AMS11.so.0: setenv LD_LIBRARY_PATH /lib/tls:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH setenv LD_ASSUME_KERNEL value setenv AMS_USE_ENV 1 where value should be a value greater than or equal to 2.2 .4/jre/bin/java The output should be similar to the following: libpthread.6 => /lib/tls/libc. the impact on other tools is not known. This is not yet a supported configuration.6 (0xb748d000) /lib/ld-linux.Troubleshooting Multi-Threading on Linux Caution NPTL use under RHEL3.so library: nm /lib/tls/libpthread.4. In order to verify that the NPTL libraries are used. and usage of it is considered to be at your own risk.0 => /lib/tls/libpthread.so.2 => /lib/ld-linux.so.so.20.2 => /lib/libdl.0 (0xb75da000) libdl. you can run the following command: ldd $MGC_AMC_HOME/jre1.2 (0xb75eb000) You can also check that nptl is defined in the libpthread. To activate NPTL under RHEL3.0 | grep nptl This should give you output similar to the following: 000046a0 000046b0 000046a0 000046b0 0000fcc8 000046c0 0000da08 0000fcc0 0000bae8 0000badc 0000b8a0 t t t t b t d b r r r __GI___nptl_create_event __GI___nptl_death_event __nptl_create_event __nptl_death_event __nptl_last_event __nptl_main __nptl_nthreads __nptl_threads_events _thread_db___nptl_last_event _thread_db___nptl_nthreads nptl_version 704 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.so.so. and out-of-memory errors may occur when you are working with very large files within the EZwave application. the heap size can grow up to 75% of physical memory with a maximum of 2. for example: • • • On a 32 bit system: setenv AMS_JAVA_MEMORY_HEAP "-Xms100M -Xmx2400M" On a 64 bit system with AMS_VCO_MODE=64: setenv AMS_JAVA_MEMORY_HEAP "-Xms1G -Xmx10G" On Windows: setenv AMS_JAVA_MEMORY_HEAP "-Xms100M -Xmx1500M" The the -Xms value sets the minimum heap size and the -Xmx value tells the JVM the maximum size it can increase the memory heap to. Virtually unlimited on a 64 bit system with AMS_VCO_MODE=64. the heap size can grow up to 75% of physical memory with a maximum of 4 gigabytes On Windows. Resolving Out-Of-Memory Problems If you encounter out-of-memory problems.5 gigabytes on Windows. To modify default memory settings and force a specific heap size. the minimum heap size starts at 100 megabytes and can grow to a maximum of 1 gigabyte The maximum heap size you can use depends on your system. Around 1. you may need to increase the Java Virtual Machine’s (JVM) memory heap size. EZwave will automatically determine how much memory to use depending on OS and system physical memory: • • • On 32 bit systems. This section addresses both of these. Note that it is considered a good practice to set Xms and Xmx to the same value as it frees the JVM from having to resize the heap size dynamically.4 gigabytes on a 32 bit system. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11.4 gigabytes On 64 bit systems using AMS_VCO_MODE=64.2 705 . modify the values in the environment variable AMS_JAVA_MEMORY_HEAP. It is usually bound by available physical memory. By default. but generally it is: • • • 2.Troubleshooting Memory Problems Memory Problems Memory problems may stop EZwave from starting from within simulators such as Questa ADMS or Eldo. Troubleshooting Memory Problems To determine the maximum heap size that your system can handle. an error message similar to the following will be displayed: The JWDB (EZwave) server cannot start the Java Virtual Machine. Please refer to EZwave User's Manual for possible causes. Increase Xms value (use a minimum of 100M). AMS11. information is reported to you. Invalid maximum (minimum) heap size Syntax error in Xmx (Xms) Fix the syntax error. The most common cause of this is an incorrect setup of memory parameters for EZwave. Incompatible minimum and Xms value is larger than Xmx value. Reduce Xms or increase Xmx value. -Xmx<value>[m|M|g|G] The specified size exceeds Xmx value is larger than the Reduce Xmx value (use maximum of 75% of total memory). It describes a probable cause and suggests a possible solution. gradually increase the -Xmx value and start the EZwave application (without specifying a . Use value. the maximum representable addressable space. The table below lists EZwave error messages relating to the Java Virtual Machine’s (JVM) memory heap size and specification of it. Table E-1. 706 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Solution Reduce Xmx value (use a maximum of 75% of total memory and no more than 2400 megabytes on 32bits systems).2 . and the simulator performs an automatic save of simulation information (time domain simulation). Too small initial heap for new size specified. the EZwave application will return an error telling you that it cannot handle the specified memory allocation. Using the same value for Xms and Xmx is considered good practice.wdb file). Resolving Why the Simulator Fails to Start EZwave If a simulator such as Questa ADMS or Eldo fails to start EZwave. When you reach a value that is too high. Xms value too small to allow EZwave to start. JVM Memory Heap Error Messages Error Message Could not reserve enough space for object heap. The EZwave tool detects and reports memory shortages in the following cases: • • • Machine memory is nearly exhausted Disk is full Maximum allowed EZwave memory is almost reached In these cases. size. Probable Cause Xmx value too large in comparison to available physical memory. maximum heap sizes specified. but fails to run from a simulator such as Questa ADMS or Eldo. Waveforms are loaded when they are displayed for the first time or when they are located at hierarchy level. In earlier releases of EZwave. when EZwave or the JWDB server was run from a simulator such as Questa ADMS or Eldo. initially only the design hierarchy is loaded.fsdb files. and additionally reduces capacity and memory requirements in comparison to earlier releases of EZwave. Failure to Load EZwave Dynamic Libraries When launching EZwave.Troubleshooting Loading .fsdb Files When EZwave loads . AMS11. the thread stack limit is set to 10240 kB. Launching EZwave This section describes some known problems and workarounds related to launching the EZwave application. Compare Waveforms — Only loaded waveforms are displayed for selection. the thread stack limit was set to unlimited. if you encounter the following error message: EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. not the waveforms. for example when troubleshooting. This improves the speed of loading this type of file. The size of the stack influences the maximum amount of memory that EZwave can reserve. The waveform list panel will only display waveforms that have already been loaded. Increasing the Memory Stack Limit When EZwave or the JWDB server is run from a simulator such as Questa ADMS or Eldo. Create Bus — Only loaded waveforms are displayed for selection as bits to be grouped.2 707 . you can set the stack limit back to unlimited by setting the following environment variable: setenv AMS_JAVA_MEMORY_STACK 1 Loading . EZwave will display warnings in the following scenarios: • • • Save As — Only loaded waveforms will be saved to the new database.fsdb Files Note If EZwave starts standalone. If you require a higher stack limit. It may be the JVM cannot reserve enough memory for the thread stacks. try reducing your Xmx value. For more details on mandatory packages. please check EZwave User's manual for possible causes. The error log will report this.sh from the AMS installation tree and check if it reports any error or missing packages.log file will be generated containing more details about this issue. You are trying to run Questa ADMS in a 64-bit environment when you only have access to a 32-bit AMS installation tree or the contrary. some RPM packages are required to properly run EZwave. AMS11. Either: o o o The AMS installation tree is incorrect The library is missing from your system The environment variable LD_LIBRARY_PATH is not set correctly to access it. you may encounter the following error messages: Error: The JWDB (EZwave) server cannot start the Java Virtual Machine. Possible workaround: In certain configurations. They could be missing from your system. Please refer to the section “Failure to Load EZwave Dynamic Libraries” on page 707 for further details. it is possible that undocking EZwave from Questa ADMS may work around the issue of missing packages. Your environment has the variables AMS_USE_ENV and AMS_VCO_MODE defined at the same time. Please refer to EZwave User's Manual for possible causes Error: Could not load 'NativeUtil' (or TclIntegration) library. refer to RHEL Library Package Requirements in the AMS Installation Guide. 708 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.log or jwdb_error. Failure to Launch EZwave in Questa ADMS GUI Context When launching Questa ADMS in interactive (GUI) mode. Use the script ams_dependency_lookup. An ezwave_error.2 . Possible causes are: • An incorrect or missing libstdc++ library. Possible causes are: • • • There is a problem with your AMS installation tree or packages are missing from your computer. check user EZwave user’s manual for possible causes. • On Linux.Troubleshooting Launching EZwave Cannot load “TclIntegration” or “NativeUtil” library. unset the AMS_USE_ENV variable from your environment: unsetenv AMS_USE_ENV Logfiles This product creates a logfile on your system when it is active. Special characters to be avoided are in the table below: Table E-2. asterisk caret open parentheses close parentheses colon semicolon accent grave single straight quotation marks straight quotation marks equal sign comma 709 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Logfile Locations Logfile locations vary based on the installation directory structure used by the host application. You can view the logfile using any standard text editor. The logfile keeps track of the commands issued during each viewing session. Characters to Avoid in Logfiles Symbol Character * ^ ( ) : . Should you experience difficulty in using EZwave. Because products using EZwave can send the logfile to a location of their choosing. ` ' " = . your installation directory specification should not carry unique characters that may prohibit the logfile from being created correctly.Troubleshooting Logfiles Define the environment variable ADMS_UNDOCK_EZWAVE before running Questa ADMS: setenv ADMS_UNDOCK_EZWAVE 1 If your environment has the variables AMS_USE_ENV and AMS_VCO_MODE defined at the same time. AMS11.2 . you may be asked to locate or provide the logfile from your session when contacting customer support. System Error Codes Error Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 710 Description Operation not permitted No such file or directory No such process Interrupted system call I/O error No such device or address Argument list too long Exec format error Bad file number No child processes Try again Out of memory Permission denied Bad address Block device required Device or resource busy File exists Cross-device link No such device Not a directory EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . that are displayed when system-call errors are encountered.Troubleshooting System Error Codes Table E-2. The table lists the error codes for the Linux (32 and 64 bit) operating system. Characters to Avoid in Logfiles / ? > forward slash question mark right angle brackets System Error Codes In the following table is a list of the system error codes. AMS11. Table E-3. please check your operating system’s user’s manual. For further details on these error codes. ) Error Code 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 Description Is a directory Invalid argument File table overflow Too many open files Not a typewriter Text file busy File too large No space left on device Illegal seek Read-only file system Too many links Broken pipe Math argument out of domain of function Math result not representable Resource deadlock would occur File name too long No record locks available Function not implemented Directory not empty Too many symbolic links encountered Operation would block No message of desired type Identifier removed Channel number out of range Level 2 not synchronized Level 3 halted Level 3 reset Link number out of range Protocol driver not attached EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 711 . AMS11.Troubleshooting System Error Codes Table E-3. System Error Codes (cont. AMS11. System Error Codes (cont.Troubleshooting System Error Codes Table E-3.2 .) Error Code 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 Description No CSI structure available Level 2 halted Invalid exchange Invalid request descriptor Exchange full No anode Invalid request code Invalid slot Bad font file format Device not a stream No data available Timer expired Out of streams resources Machine is not on the network Package not installed Object is remote Link has been severed Advertise error srmount error Communication error on send Protocol error Multihop attempted RFS specific error Not a data message Value too large for defined data type Name not unique on network File descriptor in bad state Remote address changed Can not access a needed shared library 712 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. out corrupted Attempting to link in too many shared libraries Cannot exec a shared library directly Illegal byte sequence Interrupted system call should be restarted Streams pipe error Too many users Socket operation on non-socket Destination address required Message too long Protocol wrong type for socket Protocol not available Protocol not supported Socket type not supported Operation not supported on transport endpoint Protocol family not supported Address family not supported by protocol Address already in use Cannot assign requested address Network is down Network is unreachable Network dropped connection because of reset Software caused connection abort Connection reset by peer No buffer space available Transport endpoint is already connected Transport endpoint is not connected Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11.Troubleshooting System Error Codes Table E-3.lib section in a. System Error Codes (cont.) Error Code 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 Description Accessing a corrupted shared library .2 713 . ) Error Code 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 Description Too many references: cannot splice Connection timed out Connection refused Host is down No route to host Operation already in progress Operation now in progress Stale NFS file handle Structure needs cleaning Not a XENIX named type file No XENIX semaphores available Is a named type file Remote I/O error Quota exceeded No medium found Wrong medium type Contacting the Customer Support Center If you have enhancement requests or technical questions regarding the use of any Mentor Graphics product. System Error Codes (cont. contact us as follows: Table E-4. Contacting the Customer Support Center email Internet Telephone [email protected]/supportnet/support_offices.html http://www.com/supportnet/ http://www.html (Displays a complete phone listing based on your geographic location) 714 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.com/supportnet/register.mentor.mentor. AMS11.2 .com http://www.mentor.Troubleshooting Contacting the Customer Support Center Table E-3. Complete the documentation response form available at the following Web address with your comments: http://www.cfm EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 715 .mentor. gather the following information: • • • • • • License ID Platform and version Product and version (Obtained from the Help > About menu item on the main application window) Any test files Exact steps or procedures causing the problem The two files that the EZwave viewer and JWDB server generate: o o ezwave_error. AMS11.Troubleshooting Contacting the Customer Support Center Note If you are using this product as a component within another Mentor Graphics product (for example.com for rates and a current class schedule. particularly if it’s difficult to reproduce. Your comments We welcome your feedback on this online information system documentation or any other Mentor Graphics product or document. We are also interested in your suggestions for any additional topics you want included in our product documentation. On-site classes are also available.com/onlinedocs/reply_form. Before contacting support.mentor.log These files are normally generated at the location where the tool is run (EZwave or the simulator) and contain information that may be useful in identifying the root of the problem.log jwdb_error. Questa ADMS). refer to the guidelines for support with that product before contacting Mentor Graphics. Contact your local sales office or consult www. Training Classes Classes are held regularly at Mentor Graphics. AMS11.Troubleshooting Contacting the Customer Support Center 716 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . voltage and current. active window The window where waveforms are plotted when not using drag and drop. For example. analog waveform An analog waveform may contain such domains as frequency. the new window created is automatically the active graph window. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. This is also the window used for menu bar and toolbar commands. the admittance is the reciprocal of the impedance (1/Z). When the File > New menu item is selected. For any given circuit element. active cursor The cursor shown using a thick line. Clicking on any cursor will automatically make it the active cursor. admittance parameters (Y-Parameters) Admittance (y-parameter) is the ease with which an alternating current flows through an electronic circuit or system. AMS11. A plot operation will then display the waveform in the active graph window. Drag the mouse over the waveform itself to define the rectangular region to zoom to. Each point on the domain axis corresponds to a value on the waveform. area zoom The action when zooming in both the X and Y directions.Glossary active The condition when an area of the application window is able to accept data. selecting a graph window makes it active to accept waveforms.2 717 . By default.Glossary background Within the viewer. any complex periodic waveform can be decomposed into a series of simple sinusoids that differ in the three defining attributes of amplitude. such as a vertical line. compound waveform A compound waveform can be defined as a waveform that contains the results of several simulations for the same node. the waveform whose name appears at the top of the list in the graph window is the base line.2 . drawn in the waveform display area to identify locations or create a point for measurement. To change the base line to another Y-level line. By the theorem of Fourier. a "base" Y-level line is assigned. copy and paste operations. and phase. This differs from your computer clipboard area. workspaces and other areas of the viewer. dB A transformation setting for complex waveforms that shows the magnitude of each point of the complex waveform calculated in decibels (20 * log (|waveform|)) 718 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. right-click the marker of the desired base line and select "Base" Y-Level Line. All other Y-level lines have a delta-Y value calculated from this base line. Clipboard (Windows) The Windows Clipboard utility enables you to exchange contents within an application or between shared applications using familiar cut. which is the magnitude of the portion of a pulse waveform that represents the first nominal state of a pulse (usually referred as LOW level). clipboard (EZwave) The internal utility that enables you to move objects (such as waveforms. The utility stores the information temporarily for exchange between graph windows. The first cursor created is known as the base (reference) cursor. refers to the base color to be used when printing. clipboard The application's internal storage area. complex waveform A complex waveform can be defined as any sound wave which is not sinusoidal. frequency. base Y-level line If more than one Y-level line is associated with a cursor. cursor A special on-screen indicator. The utility stores the information temporarily for exchange between shared and local applications. AMS11. text and other objects) from one location to another within the viewer using familiar cut. This product can perform operations on either the compound waveform or the individual elements that make up the compound waveform. baseline Baseline is the magnitude reference line at the base magnitude. copy and paste operations. graph window Graph windows display waveform data. general options General options control basic functions of the viewer such as background coloring. Waveform data can be spectral data. input unit The unit of measure for a waveform.2 719 . text values are displayed in a box rather than graphical high/low waveform. Imaginary transformations display the imaginary component of each point in the complex waveform expressed in Rectangular (Real/Imaginary) form. imaginary A transformation setting used with complex waveforms. the ability to change the row heights in the active graph window in order to see as many rows as possible. the unit of measure is set globally. printing options and display lists of databases. you can use a single Smith Chart calibration for all possible line characteristic impedances. In this way. The unit of the result waveform is same as the unit of the input waveform. femtosecond (fs) 1/1000 picosecond. however.Glossary enumerated type In VHDL. comma separated value data. export Within the viewer. fit row heights Within the viewer. or analog and digital data. the ability to save the active graph window as a . setting the unit locally will override the default setting. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. By default.jpg file. or system. an enumeration type declaration defines a type that has a set of user-defined values consisting of identifiers and character literals. The Hide Waveform menu item toggles the display of waveforms in rows carrying overlaid plots. impedance parameters (Z-Parameters) Impedance (z-parameter) is the opposition that an alternate or direct current encounters when it reaches an electronic component. The Smith Chart is presented in terms of “normalized impedance”. If a waveform is displayed in an enumerated format. where the actual impedance is divided by the ZO of the particular line being used. which is the square root of the inductance/meter divided by the square root of the capacitance per meter of the line. circuit. AMS11. Transmission lines have a property known as "characteristic impedance” (ZO). hide The action that temporarily removes a waveform from visual display yet keeps the data within the row. JPG extensions. JPEG is generally used for photographic images and these image files use the .JPG extensions. Within the EZwave Display Preferences dialog. click Layout to access these settings. true-color images without diminishing the quality of the image. JPEG (jpg) JPEG stands for Joint Photographic Experts Group which is the name of the committee that created a way to compress the file size of photographic. it appears next to the item on the menu. Mouse strokes are usually performed with a three button mouse using the middle mouse button to make the stroke. magnitude The transformation applied to a complex waveform that shows the square root of (re2 + im2) for each point in the complex waveform. which is the name of the committee that created a way to compress the file size of photographic. These image files use the . For example. The letter for the keyboard shortcut is underlined within each menu and item. AMS11.JPEG and . layout The way the application displays X axis settings and waveform name displays. 720 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.Glossary jpg JPEG stands for Joint Photographic Experts Group. true-color images without diminishing the quality of the image. This is the default database format for Mentor Graphics simulation applications. JWDB JWDB stands for Joint Waveform DataBase. Keyboard accelerators are different from keyboard shortcuts. keyboard accelerators Keyboard accelerators allow you to select menu items in the Graphical user interface (GUI) without using a mouse. If a keyboard accelerator is available for a menu item. keyboard accelerators are referred to as Hot keys.JPEG and . For example. CTRL + C is the keyboard accelerator for the Copy menu item and CTRL + V is the keyboard accelerator for the Paste menu item. For example.2 . JPEG is generally used for photographic images. Sometimes. drawing the letter "D" deletes the current set of selected objects. capital F is the keyboard shortcut for the file menu. keyboard access keys Keyboard shortcuts allow you to select menu items in the Graphical user interface (GUI) without using a mouse. Typing ALT + F on your keyboard will display the file menu for item selection. below or between existing rows. mouse strokes Mouse Strokes provide you with a convenient way to perform common tasks by allowing you to draw shapes using the mouse. new rows Within the active graph window. new rows are created when a waveform is dragged to any location above. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. AMS11. You may plot analog and digital waveforms overlaid. overlaid plots The ability to plot multiple waveforms on top of each other in the same row within the Graph window. references to "right-click" indicate this activity. and Ascii. frequency units. Decimal. or other measurement. this may be in time units. refresh The refresh process forces a complete repaint of all windows within an application. right-click The right mouse key serves an important purpose with this application. question mark The question mark is a mouse stroke action that opens the About Mouse Strokes Information Box listing the supported mouse strokes for this application. Radix levels used with buses are Octal. This table contains the unit name and the suffix of the scale unit to be used as the base. It also contains a list of the units and their scaling relationship to each other. An example of a waveform database property is timestep:1. These image files use the . extensible image format with lossless compression. where the value can be a number or a string. Binary. Waveform Databases and individual waveforms may have property lists containing the individual properties. scale table A scale table contains a matrix of the unit of measurement used by the waveform. Hexadecimal. The real component of each point in the complex waveform expressed in Rectangular (Real/Imaginary) form. Existing digital waveforms rows cannot accept overlaid plots. radix A quantity whose successive integral powers are the implicit multipliers of the sequence of digits that represent a number of some positional-notation systems. voltage.PNG extension phase The phase of each point in the complex waveform in Polar form. All phase angles are restricted between -180 and +180 degrees (-pi radians and +pi radians). In this help system. png PNG stands for Portable Network Graphics. For example. property A property is a name/value pair. real A transformation setting for complex waveforms.2 721 .Glossary over-axis zooming The action that uses the mouse pointer to drag over the X or Y axis to identify the region for zoom. A number of context sensitive popup menus appear by pressing the right mouse key. It is an open. Verilog Notational conventions used by the Waveform Calculator based on the Verilog hardware description language.Glossary step waveform A waveform that. those that are part of a functional waveform. AMS11. undo zoom Reverses the previous zoom action. true Having a Boolean value of one (1).g. which is the magnitude of the portion of a pulse waveform that represents the second nominal state of a pulse (usually referred as HIGH level). frequency. approximates a Heaviside (unit step) function. taskbar The area directly above the status bar in the application window that contains Graph Window buttons for selecting the active graph window. tooltip A tooltip is a small window that contains descriptive text for the item under the mouse pointer.2 . In this product. view all The action where the magnification is reset to view all of the data in a window or a row within the active graph window. The axis is referred to as the domain. and the values positioned along the axis are the range. waveform A waveform is a collection of values along a time continuum. X Axis Commonly the horizontal axis used to display time or distance. waveform database A waveform database contains. the X Axis is used for over-axis zooming.e. i. sin(t)). or other domain axis. This is really a logical view. workspace The tabbed area within the application window that holds graph windows. data of one or more individual waveforms. as some waveform events. Undo zoom will return the display to the previously selected magnification. 722 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. may be generated by a function (e. topline Topline is the magnitude reference line at the top magnitude. VHDL Notational conventions used by the Waveform Calculator based on VHDL (VHSIC Hardware Description Language). from a viewing perspective. EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. Magnitude. zooming between cursors adjusts the display to view between the two cursors that are farthest apart in the active graph window. Real. zooming The action that enlarges the visual display in the active graph window. you may select to have each waveform displayed on its own Y axis within the row.Glossary Y Axis Used with analog waveforms and complex waveforms. For example. Rightclick on a cursor and select Y-Level Line from the popup menu to show the Y-level line. Y-level line A Y-level line is a horizontal line that marks the intersection of a cursor and a waveform. With multiple analog waveform plots (overlaid plots). See also base Y-level line. AMS11. Imaginary.2 723 . See also area zoom and over-axis zooming. Phase and Continuous Phase. With complex waveforms the Y axis displays transformations of dB. AMS11.Glossary 724 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual.2 . 603 Dialog Add Clock. 586 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 253 popup menu. 561 add wave Tcl command. 279 —B— batch_mode Tcl command. 85 Cursors Dialog. 254 workspace and workspace tabs. 589 dataset analysis Tcl command. 234 waveform list panel. 287 Convolution Dialog. 567 Aligning Y axes. AMS11. 269 add wave command. 272 Automatic Reload Dialog. 296 dataset alias Tcl command. 253 selecting a base cursor. 580 compare run Tcl command. 289 Correlogram Method. 239 menu bar. 56 Create bus. 275 Axis Properties Dialog. 584 compare savelog command. 268 Add Cursor. 138 Create Bus Dialog. 574 compare end Tcl command. 237 waveform list popup menu. 568 —C— Chip Transform Dialog box. 579 compare options Tcl command. 282 Comparison rules. 279 compare add Tcl command. 573 compare configure Tcl command. 585 compare saverules Tcl command. 57 Auto Correlation Dialog. 66 Application application window. 292 CSV files. 569 compare clock Tcl command. 268 Add Cursor dialog. 294 —D— Data Format Dialog. 225 overview application window. 578 compare list Tcl command. 587 Comparison Options Dialog. 269 Auto Correlation. 202 COU files. 225 Add Clock dialog. 591 dataset close Tcl command. 596 dataset open Tcl command. 243 toolbar. 275 Axis Properties. 590 dataset clear Tcl command. 277 Chip Transform.2 725 . 592 dataset info Tcl command. 127 Constellation Diagram Dialog. 594 dataset merge Tcl command. 224 graphic window. 597 dataset rename Tcl command. 585 compare savelog Tcl command. 277 compare start Tcl command. 593 dataset list Tcl command. 56 Cursors menu popup.A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Index —A— Access keys. 598 dataset save Tcl command. 595 dataset mergewaveforms Tcl command. 241 ASCII files. 224 status bar. 577 compare info Tcl command. 272 Automatic Reload. 601 delete wave Tcl command. 561 add workspace Tcl command. 290 Cross Correlation Dialog. 599 dataset savewaveforms Tcl command. 218 Select Hierarchy. 353 Signal to Noise Ratio. 342 Row. 57 Fully qualified names. 42 from other host applications. 303 environment Tcl command. 329 Layout. 323 Harmonic Distortion. 368 Waveform Properties. 610 find signals Tcl command. 335 Phase Noise. 193 File types. 311 Eye Mask. 294 Data Format. 305 Eye Diagram. 309 Eye Diagram Tool. 303 Event Search Tool. 318 FFT. 352 Select Waveforms. 241 waveform shortcut menus. 249 Graphical user interface (GUI) 726 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 334 Multiple Run. 243 graph window popup menu. 323 getactivecursortime Tcl command. 56 find analogs Tcl command. 382 DO files. 325 Histogram. 606 Event search. 608 find digitals Tcl command. 224 graph window menus. 361 Waveform Calculator. 369 Waveform Names Display. 39. 609 find nets Tcl command. 289 Create Bus. 327 Inverse Fast Fourier Transform. 239 interface description. 379 Workspace. 607 Eye Diagram Dialog. 611 Getting started application window. 317 EZwave installation. 309 Eye Diagram Tool Dialog. 318 Find Tool. 556 —G— General Dialog. 322 General. 350 Saving Multiple Databases. 367 Waveform List. 307 EVM and BER Dialog. 96 Event Search Tool Dialog. 355 Text Annotation. 345 Save As. 330 Measurement Tool. 224 Graph window application window. 305 exit Tcl command. 307 EVM and BER. 282 Constellation Diagram. 245 status bar. 322 FSDB files. 311 Eye Mask Dialog. 57 dofile Tcl command.A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Comparison Options. 362 Waveform Compare. 357 Transformations. 336 Power Spectral Density. 261 X and Y axis shortcut menus. 348 Save Windows. 610 Find Tool Dialog. AMS11. 343 Save. 296 Edit Digital Transformation.2 . 332 Mouse Pointer. 371 Windowing Transform. 245 graphic window. 317 Fast Fourier Transform Tool. 605 evalExpression Tcl command. 604 —E— Edit Digital Transformation Dialog. 359 Waveform. 40 invocation. 287 Convolution. 30 row popup menu. 42 —F— Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog. 338 RF. 290 Cross Correlation. 292 Cursors. 613 Procedures adding waveforms to the Graph window. 56 Mixed signal plotting. 119 Marching waveforms. 619 radix signal Tcl command. 40 Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog. 245 waveform list popup menus. 226 file menu. 249 Power Spectral Density Dialog. 323 Measurement Tool Dialog. 254 waveform list waveform. 56 HSPICE/HyperLynx output file. 234 Histogram Dialog. 620 radix Tcl command. 338 precision Tcl command. 233 MGC database files. 71 Plotting rules. 225 format menu. 71 save and restoring graph windows. 327 HSPICE files. 71 Popup menus database. 55 perform a FFT. 56 Installation EZwave. 245 row shortcut menu. 334 Multiple Run Dialog. 231 edit menu. 332 Memory. 615 727 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 262 graph window menus. 618 radix names Tcl command. 211 saving multiple databases. 225 —L— Layout Dialog. 202 Phase Noise Dialog. 79 —H— Harmonic Distortion Dialog.2 . 330 Logfile. 193 plot a waveform using drag-and-drop. AMS11. 241 X and Y axis menu. 709 —M— Manually comparing waveforms. 234 menu bar. 612 printenv Tcl command. 617 radix list Tcl command. 62 plot analog and digital waveforms. 614 —R— radix define Tcl command. 616 radix delete Tcl command. 224 cursor menu. 218 transform analog waveform to digital. 138 hide waveform. 71 Mouse Pointer Dialog. 225 tools menu. 325 Help menu. 224 —P— Periodogram Method. 230 view menu. 229 window menu. 142 use the parameter table. 261 workspace. 139 transform digital waveform to analog. 230 help menu.A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z application window. 703 Menus application window. 39. 336 Plotting mixed signals. 254 delete command. 59 create a bus. 254 waveform popup menus. 57 —I— ICX Charter waveform files. 68 open a database. 329 Invocation. 243 graph window popup menu. 42 —K— Keyboard shortcuts menus. 140 use the measurement tool with compound waveforms. 335 —Q— quit Tcl command. 589 dataset analysis. 568 compare add. 597 dataset rename. 631 wave addmarker. 57 Status bar. AMS11. 611 precision. 640 wave difference. 606 exit. 345 Save Windows Dialog. 621 unsetenv. 644 wave launchfolder. 608 find digitals. 577 compare info. 613 quit. 610 getactivecursortime. 646 wave lockcursor. 591 dataset close. 638 wave cursortime. 634 wave addwindow. 348 Save Dialog. 643 wave exists. 622 wave activecursor. 607 find analogs. 590 dataset clear.A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z RF Dialog. 596 dataset open. 585 compare saverules. 647 wave names. 605 evalExpression.2 . 604 environment. 623 wave activeworkspace. 353 setenv Tcl command. 355 SPICE files. 649 wave rowfit. 211 Saving post processed waveform. 586 compare start. 619 radix signal. 595 dataset mergewaveforms. 350 Saving and restoring sessions. 633 wave addproperty. 650 —S— Save As Dialog. 625 wave addcursor. 621 Signal to Noise Ratio Dialog. 218 Select Hierarchy Dialog. 343 dataset savewaveforms. 599 728 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 569 compare clock. 593 dataset list. 614 radix. 615 radix define. 645 wave listworkspace. 616 radix delete. 592 dataset info. 612 printenv. 639 wave deletecursor. 584 compare savelog. 610 find signals. 567 batch_mode. 574 compare end. 594 dataset merge. 241 Tcl commands. 617 radix list. 573 compare configure. 579 compare options. 561 add workspace. 217 Saving waveform databases. 620 setenv. 578 compare list. 641 wave displayed. 636 wave closewindow. 603 dofile. 637 wave colortheme. 618 radix names. 211 Saving graph windows. 627 wave adddeltamarker. 601 delete wave. 342 Row Dialog. 624 wave addannotation. 648 wave refresh. 580 compare run. 243 —T— Taskbar. 587 dataset alias. 598 dataset save. 548 add wave. 609 find nets. 635 wave addworkspace. 629 wave addline. 242. 352 Select Waveforms Dialog. 669 write wave. 217 saving a WDB as an ASCII file. 663 wave zoomlast Tcl command. 655 wave showgridlines. 625 wave addcursor Tcl command. 670 Tcl files. 649 wave rowfit Tcl command. 34 Waveform calculator ASCII saving a post processed waveform. AMS11. 140 Transformations Dialog. 656 wave showzerolevels. 633 wave addproperty Tcl command. 652 wave runparametervalue. 651 wave runparameters. 139 digital to analog. 643 wave exists Tcl command. 645 wave listworkspace Tcl command. 217 histogram. 664 wave zoomout Tcl command. 57 —W— wave activecursor Tcl command. 631 wave addmarker Tcl command. 217 using the waveform calculator. 657 wave tile. 646 wave lockcursor Tcl command. 193 saving post processed waveform. 636 wave closewindow Tcl command. 635 wave addworkspace Tcl command. 220 built-in functions. 622 —V— VCD files. 655 wave showgridlines Tcl command. 224 Tools creating a bus. 651 wave runparameters Tcl command. 637 wave colortheme Tcl command. 623 wave activeworkspace Tcl command. 57 Text Annotation Dialog. 657 wave tile Tcl command. 327 performing a FFT. 666 wfc. 663 wave zoomlast. 35. 648 wave refresh Tcl command. 664 wave zoomout. 629 wave addline Tcl command. 661 wave zoomfull Tcl command. 627 wave adddeltamarker Tcl command. 660 wave yaxis Tcl command. 647 wave names Tcl command. 666 Waveform Calculator. 650 wave runindexlist Tcl command. 639 wave deletecursor Tcl command. 662 wave zoomin Tcl command. 96 Transformation analog to digital. 665 wave zoomrange Tcl command. 658 wave windowlist.2 729 . 662 wave zoomin. 116 Waveform comparison —U— unsetenv Tcl command. 641 wave displayed Tcl command. 362 Waveform Compare Dialog. 656 wave showzerolevels Tcl command. 667 write jpeg. 624 wave addannotation Tcl command. 653 wave show. 658 wave windowlist Tcl command. 659 wave xaxis Tcl command. 668 write png. 644 wave launchfolder Tcl command. 665 wave zoomrange. 653 wave show Tcl command. 357 Toolbar. 635 wave addwindow Tcl command.A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z wave runindexlist. 138 event search tool. 652 wave runparametervalue Tcl command. 367 Waveform Compare Wizard. 661 wave zoomfull. 634 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 162 Waveform Calculator Dialog. 659 wave xaxis. 234 application window. 359 wave addwindow command. 640 wave difference Tcl command. 638 wave cursortime Tcl command. 660 wave yaxis. 224 waveform list popup menus. 241 Workspace Dialog. 66 730 EZwave User’s and Reference Manual. 668 write png Tcl command. 233 Windowing Transform Dialog. 237 wfc Tcl command. 368 Waveform plotting rules. 122 Waveform Compare Wizard. 371 Waveforms adding a single waveform. 670 —Y— Y axis setting as reference. 667 Window application window. 126 viewing results. 237 application window. 669 write wave Tcl command.2 .A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z viewing results. 361 Waveform List Dialog. 116 waveform list panel. 122 Waveform Dialog. 241 workspace and workspace tabs. 128 reports. 119 using the wizard. 224 taskbar. 239 Window menu. 224 graphic window. 254 Waveform measurement tool. 60 adding waveforms to the graph window. 57 Workspace application window. 382 write jpeg Tcl command. 127 options. 132 comparing manually. 369 Waveform list panel. 59 analog waveform comparison algorithm. 33 Waveform Names Display Dialog. 71 Waveform Properties Dialog. 116 comparison AMS options. 130 comparison rules. 379 WLF files. AMS11. © 2000-2002 Joerg Walter. Kempf © 2002-2003 David Moore. The authors make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. modify. You can view a copy of the license at: $MGC_AMS_HOME/docs/legal/boost_1. Kempf © 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company © 1996-1998 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems. Joerg Walter © 2000 Cadenza New Zealand Ltd © 2000-2004 Joerg Walter. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.0 and is distributed on an "AS IS" basis. Mathias Koch and uBLAS developers © 2001-2003 William E.0.33 may be subject to the following copyrights: © 2003 Gunter Winkler. See the license for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the license. distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee. Boost C++ Libraries version 1. Inc. WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. • This software application may include Boost C++ Libraries version 1. Mathias Koch Permission to use. either express or implied.33 is distributed under the terms of the Boost Software License version 1.pdf. Kresimir Fresl. Boost C++ Libraries version 1. .Third-Party Information This section provides information on open source and third-party software that may be included in the EZwave product. provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation. Joerg Walter © 2002-2003 Toon Knapen. copy.33 third-party software. William E. . documentation and design data (“Software”) are copyrighted. apply to the following: (a) relocation of Software. whichever is lower. if no quotation was issued. performing beta testing or otherwise. downloaded.End-User License Agreement The latest version of the End-User License Agreement is available on-line at: www. in the currency specified on the applicable invoice. To the extent Customer (or if agreed by Mentor Graphics. Amounts invoiced will be paid. promptly return or. Except for license agreements related to the subject matter of this license agreement which are physically signed by Customer and an authorized representative of Mentor Graphics. if Customer requests any change or enhancement to Software. 1. within 30 days from the date of such invoice. which Mentor Graphics will state separately in the applicable invoice(s).mentor. nonexclusive license to use Software solely: (a) in machine-readable. whether or not these documents are referenced on the Order. any withholding or other taxes. All Products are delivered FCA factory (Incoterms 2000). product . Customer may have Software temporarily used by an employee for telecommuting purposes from locations other than a Customer office. Customer will make all payments free and clear of. Any additional or conflicting terms and conditions appearing on an Order will not be effective unless agreed in writing by an authorized representative of Customer and Mentor Graphics. Prices do not include freight. and revisions. whether in the course of receiving support or consulting services. For the avoidance of doubt. certify destruction of Software and all accompanying items within five days after receipt of Software and receive a full refund of any license fee paid. Mentor Graphics retains a security interest in all Products delivered under this Agreement. any such taxes imposed on payments by Customer hereunder will be Customer’s sole responsibility. or otherwise acquired by Customer under this Agreement. (b) use of Software. a nontransferable.3. Mentor Graphics will invoice Customer for all applicable taxes including. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT PURCHASE ORDER TERMS AND CONDITIONS SHALL NOT APPLY. (c) for the term of the license. CAREFULLY READ THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT BEFORE USING THE PRODUCTS. which shall be governed solely and exclusively by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. subject to payment of applicable license fees. customs duties. object-code form (except as provided in Subsection 5. 1. Mentor Graphics grants to Customer. Mentor Graphics’ delivery of Software by electronic means is subject to Customer’s provision of both a primary and an alternate e-mail address. freight prepaid and invoiced to Customer. modifications. If Customer appoints a third party to place purchase orders and/or make payments on Customer’s behalf. updates. and the Mentor Graphics entity that issued the corresponding quotation or. insurance. provided that such employee's primary place of employment is the site where the Software is authorized for use. and (d) on the computer hardware and at the site authorized by Mentor Graphics.2). an airport or hotel.1. to execution of a single session by a single user on the authorized hardware or for a restricted period of time (such limitations may be technically implemented through the use of authorization codes or similar devices). such as the employee's residence. Mentor Graphics’ standard policies and programs. Unless timely provided with a valid certificate of exemption or other evidence that items are not taxable. taxes or other similar charges. any inventions. USE OF SOFTWARE INDICATES CUSTOMER’S COMPLETE AND UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT. GST. license fees paid or services purchased. except Software delivered electronically. Customer’s appointed third party buying agent) places and Mentor Graphics accepts purchase orders pursuant to this Agreement (“Order(s)”). END-USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) This is a legal agreement concerning the use of Software (as defined in Section 2) and hardware (collectively “Products”) between the company acquiring the Products (“Customer”). (b) for Customer’s internal business purposes. including eligibility to receive telephone support. which shall be deemed delivered when made available to Customer for download. Any past due invoices will be subject to the imposition of interest charges in the amount of one and one-half percent per month or the applicable legal rate currently in effect.2. 1.com/eula IMPORTANT INFORMATION USE OF ALL SOFTWARE IS SUBJECT TO LICENSE RESTRICTIONS. and (c) support services provided. GRANT OF LICENSE. which vary depending on Software. trade secret and confidential information of Mentor Graphics or its licensors. copies. but not limited to. revisions. for example. which may be limited. A site is restricted to a one-half mile (800 meter) radius. evaluating Software. ORDERS. the applicable local Mentor Graphics entity (“Mentor Graphics”). If Customer does not agree to these terms and conditions. sales tax and service tax. and Customer agrees to sign any documents that Mentor Graphics determines to be necessary or convenient for use in filing or perfecting such security interest. who maintain exclusive title to all Software and retain all rights not expressly granted by this Agreement. 1. 2. this Agreement and the applicable quotation contain the parties' entire understanding relating to the subject matter and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements. FEES AND PAYMENT. modifications. to secure payment of the purchase price of such Products. VAT. Customer shall be liable for payment under Orders placed by such third party in the event of default. The software installed. any applicable addenda and the applicable quotation. including any updates. in the case of Software received electronically. each Order will constitute a contract between Customer and Mentor Graphics. and without reduction for. 3.improvements. constitute or include confidential information of Mentor Graphics. If Customer purchases a license to use development or prototyping tools of Mentor Graphics’ Embedded Software Channel (“ESC”). Mentor Graphics will have exclusive rights.1. result in the immediate termination of the Agreement and/or the licenses granted under this Agreement. or disclose to any third party the results of. whose job performance requires access and who are under obligations of confidentiality. The terms of this Agreement. 4. Mentor Graphics grants to Customer a nontransferable. including any of its methods or concepts. provided that the confidentiality of such Files is protected by written agreement at least as well as Customer protects other information of a similar nature or importance. Customer may use Files containing SVRF or TVF only with Mentor Graphics products. 5. excluding Mentor Graphics competitors. 5. Customer shall maintain a record of the number and primary location of all copies of Software. and shall make those records available to Mentor Graphics upon request. excluding Mentor Graphics competitors. solely to those employees and Customer location(s) authorized by Mentor Graphics to perform beta testing. including without limitation files containing Standard Verification Rule Format (“SVRF”) and Tcl Verification Format (“TVF”) which are Mentor Graphics’ proprietary syntaxes for expressing process rules. including the ESC run-time libraries distributed with ESC C and C++ compiler Software that are linked into a composite program as an integral part of Customer’s compiled computer program. rule files and script files generated by or for the Software (collectively “Files”). . nonexclusive license for experimental use to test and evaluate the Beta Code without charge for a limited period of time specified by Mentor Graphics. any benchmark. without Mentor Graphics’ prior written consent and payment of Mentor Graphics’ then-current applicable relocation and/or transfer fees. or relocate. including without limitation the licensing and assignment provisions. The provisions of this Subsection 4. shall be binding upon Customer’s permitted successors in interest and assigns. 5.3. sublicense or otherwise transfer the Products. title and interest in all such property. Mentor Graphics does NOT grant Customer any right to duplicate. Customer agrees to evaluate and test the Beta Code under normal conditions as directed by Mentor Graphics. Except as otherwise permitted for purposes of interoperability as specified by applicable and mandatory local law. product improvements. provided that Customer distributes these files only in conjunction with Customer’s compiled computer program. Customer shall not disclose or permit disclosure of source code. or information pertaining to. Customer will contact Mentor Graphics periodically during Customer’s use of the Beta Code to discuss any malfunctions or suggested improvements. Customer will use the source code only to correct software errors and enhance or modify the Software for the authorized use. Customer shall not make Products available in any form to any person other than Customer’s employees and on-site contractors. incorporate or embed copies of Mentor Graphics’ real-time operating systems or other embedded software products into Customer’s products or applications without first signing or otherwise agreeing to a separate agreement with Mentor Graphics for such purpose. This grant and Customer’s use of the Beta Code shall not be construed as marketing or offering to sell a license to the Beta Code. Customer shall give Mentor Graphics written notice of any unauthorized disclosure or use of the Products as soon as Customer learns or becomes aware of such unauthorized disclosure or use. nontransferable. BETA CODE.3 shall survive termination of this Agreement. Customer agrees to maintain Beta Code in confidence and shall restrict access to the Beta Code. Customer may share Files with third parties. which Mentor Graphics may choose not to release commercially in any form. Upon Mentor Graphics’ authorization. enhancing or marketing any product that is in any way competitive with Software. 5. Under no circumstances shall Customer use Software or Files or allow their use for the purpose of developing. Log files. including copies merged with other software. with a need to know. All copies shall remain the property of Mentor Graphics or its licensors. ESC SOFTWARE. Customer may copy Software only as reasonably necessary to support the authorized use. reverse-compile. Customer will send to Mentor Graphics a written evaluation of the Beta Code. 4.3. in whole or in part. modifications or developments that Mentor Graphics conceived or made during or subsequent to this Agreement.2. If Mentor Graphics authorizes Customer to use the Beta Code. including its strengths. nonexclusive license to reproduce and distribute executable files created using ESC compilers. Any Attempted Transfer without Mentor Graphics’ prior written consent shall be a material breach of this Agreement and may. data files. 4.2. including those based partly or wholly on Customer’s feedback.1. including the methods and concepts utilized therein. Mentor Graphics grants to Customer a temporary. but in any case with at least reasonable care. Each copy must include all notices and legends embedded in Software and affixed to its medium and container as received from Mentor Graphics. Customer shall not copy or compile source code in any manner except to support this authorized use. modifications or developments made by Mentor Graphics (at Mentor Graphics’ sole discretion) will be the exclusive property of Mentor Graphics. whether by operation of law or otherwise (“Attempted Transfer”). Customer shall take appropriate action to protect the confidentiality of Products and ensure that any person permitted access does not disclose or use it except as permitted by this Agreement. Upon completion of Customer’s evaluation and testing. Customer shall not reverse-assemble. at Mentor Graphics’ option. Customer agrees that any written evaluations and all inventions. weaknesses and recommended improvements. which may not be used without Mentor Graphics’ explicit authorization. to anyone except Customer’s employees or contractors. Customer may not assign this Agreement or the rights and duties under it. reverse-engineer or in any way derive any source code from Software. excluding Mentor Graphics competitors. Portions or all of certain Software may contain code for experimental testing and evaluation (“Beta Code”). If any Software or portions thereof are provided in source code form. will be the exclusive property of Mentor Graphics. 4. RESTRICTIONS ON USE. IN NO EVENT SHALL MENTOR GRAPHICS OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR INDIRECT.2. LOSS. Canada. at the Customer site(s) for which support is purchased. OR (C) BETA CODE. except to Mentor Graphics’ outside attorneys or as may be required by a court of competent jurisdiction. Mentor Graphics will provide Customer updates and technical support for the Products.com/about/legal/. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 9 SHALL SURVIVE THE TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT. will substantially conform to the functional specifications set forth in the applicable user manual. 11. The warranty period is 90 days starting on the 15th day after delivery or upon installation. MENTOR GRAPHICS AND ITS LICENSORS SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER. SOFTWARE LICENSE OR SERVICE GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM. Mentor Graphics warrants that during the warranty period its standard. any action brought against Customer in the United States. NEITHER MENTOR GRAPHICS NOR ITS LICENSORS MAKE ANY OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS. CUSTOMER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS MENTOR GRAPHICS AND ITS LICENSORS FROM ANY CLAIMS. ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OF PRODUCTS AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 10. EITHER (A) REFUND OF THE PRICE PAID UPON RETURN OF THE PRODUCTS TO MENTOR GRAPHICS OR (B) MODIFICATION OR REPLACEMENT OF THE PRODUCTS THAT DO NOT MEET THIS LIMITED WARRANTY.1. INCLUDING ATTORNEYS’ FEES. To the extent Customer purchases support services. Technological measures in Software may communicate with servers of Mentor Graphics or its contractors for the purpose of checking for and notifying the user of updates and to ensure that the Software in use is licensed in compliance with this Agreement. ALL OF WHICH ARE PROVIDED “AS IS. 12. when properly installed. for example. Japan. IMPLIED OR STATUTORY.5. MENTOR GRAPHICS AND ITS LICENSORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY. 10. PRIVACY. IN NO EVENT SHALL MENTOR GRAPHICS’ OR ITS LICENSORS’ LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE AMOUNT RECEIVED FROM CUSTOMER FOR THE HARDWARE. The provisions of this Section 5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement. 6. LIMITED WARRANTY. NEITHER MENTOR GRAPHICS NOR ITS LICENSORS SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES RESULTING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OF MENTOR GRAPHICS PRODUCTS IN OR FOR HAZARDOUS APPLICATIONS. COST. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. at its option and expense. and (c) grant Mentor Graphics sole authority and control of the defense or settlement of the action. Mentor Graphics will not collect any personally identifiable data in this process and will not disclose any data collected to any third party without the prior written consent of Customer. Customer understands and agrees that as conditions to Mentor Graphics’ obligations under this section Customer must: (a) notify Mentor Graphics promptly in writing of the action. HAZARDOUS APPLICATIONS. Mentor Graphics does not warrant that Products will meet Customer’s requirements or that operation of Products will be uninterrupted or error free. PROVIDED CUSTOMER HAS OTHERWISE COMPLIED WITH THIS AGREEMENT. generally supported Product acquired by Customer hereunder infringes a patent or copyright or misappropriates a trade secret in such jurisdiction. 8. AUTOMATIC CHECK FOR UPDATES. TORT OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY. EXCEPT WHERE THIS EXCLUSION OR RESTRICTION OF LIABILITY WOULD BE VOID OR INEFFECTIVE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 11 SHALL SURVIVE THE TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT. MENTOR GRAPHICS MAKES NO WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO: (A) SERVICES. in accordance with Mentor Graphics’ then current End-User Support Terms located at http://supportnet. SUPPORT SERVICES. whichever first occurs. (B) PRODUCTS PROVIDED AT NO CHARGE. EVEN IF MENTOR GRAPHICS OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. EXPENSE OR LIABILITY. CUSTOMER ACKNOWLEDGES IT IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR TESTING ITS PRODUCTS USED IN APPLICATIONS WHERE THE FAILURE OR INACCURACY OF ITS PRODUCTS MIGHT RESULT IN DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY (“HAZARDOUS APPLICATIONS”). . AT MENTOR GRAPHICS’ OPTION. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. WITH RESPECT TO PRODUCTS PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.4. Customer must notify Mentor Graphics in writing of any nonconformity within the warranty period. INCIDENTAL. IN THE CASE WHERE NO AMOUNT WAS PAID. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 10 SHALL SURVIVE THE TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT. generally supported Products. 8.1. this warranty applies only to the initial shipment of Software under an Order and does not renew or reset. with the delivery of (a) Software updates or (b) authorization codes or alternate Software under a transaction involving Software re-mix. Mentor Graphics will defend or settle. INDEMNIFICATION. 12. or member state of the European Union which alleges that any standard. This warranty shall not be valid if Products have been subject to misuse. (b) provide Mentor Graphics all reasonable information and assistance to settle or defend the action. SPECIAL. INFRINGEMENT. For the avoidance of doubt. DAMAGE. OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS) WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT. 7.mentor. Mentor Graphics will pay costs and damages finally awarded against Customer that are attributable to the action.” 8. THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 8 ARE EXCLUSIVE. unauthorized modification or improper installation. 9. MENTOR GRAPHICS’ ENTIRE LIABILITY AND CUSTOMER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SHALL BE. or Dublin. Mentor Graphics has no liability to Customer if the action is based upon: (a) the combination of Software or hardware with any product not furnished by Mentor Graphics. 13. GOVERNMENT LICENSE RIGHTS. For any other material breach of any provision of this Agreement. this Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Oregon. or other local export laws. AND CUSTOMER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. or sells. or (b) becomes insolvent. Upon termination. Upon termination of this Agreement. 18. pursuant to US FAR 48 CFR 12. This section shall not . which amounts shall be payable immediately upon the date of termination.4. use. WITH RESPECT TO ANY ALLEGED PATENT OR COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT OR TRADE SECRET MISAPPROPRIATION BY ANY PRODUCT PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. at its option and expense.7202. Ireland when the laws of Ireland apply. Mentor Graphics Corporation.212 and DFAR 48 CFR 227. and the laws of Ireland if Customer is located outside of North or South America. Termination of this Agreement or any license granted hereunder will not affect Customer’s obligation to pay for Products shipped or licenses granted prior to the termination. (b) procure for Customer the right to continue using the Product. (f) any Beta Code or Product provided at no charge. (e) a product that Customer makes. If a claim is made under Subsection 12. (g) any software provided by Mentor Graphics’ licensors who do not provide such indemnification to Mentor Graphics’ customers. 17.S. 16. (c) the use of other than a current unaltered release of Software. (a) replace or modify the Product so that it becomes noninfringing. Customer agrees that it will not export Products in any manner without first obtaining all necessary approval from appropriate local and United States government agencies. disputes shall be resolved as follows: excluding conflict of laws rules. Customer shall reimburse Mentor Graphics for its reasonable attorney fees and other costs related to the action. the rights and obligations of the parties shall cease except as expressly set forth in this Agreement. which prohibit export or diversion of certain products and information about the products to certain countries and certain persons. Customer shall make records available in electronic format and shall fully cooperate with data gathering to support the license review. In the case of (h). Mentor Graphics shall bear the expense of any such review unless a material non-compliance is revealed. The provisions of this Section 17 shall survive the termination of this Agreement. All disputes arising out of or in relation to this Agreement shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Portland. All Software is commercial computer software within the meaning of the applicable acquisition regulations. files a bankruptcy petition. Mentor Graphics may engage an internationally recognized accounting firm to review Customer’s software monitoring system and records deemed relevant by the internationally recognized accounting firm to confirm Customer’s compliance with the terms of this Agreement or U. 15. If a Software license was provided for limited term use. duplication and disclosure of the Software by or for the U. Accordingly. THIS SECTION 12 IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 9 ABOVE AND STATES THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF MENTOR GRAPHICS AND ITS LICENSORS FOR DEFENSE. 12. uses. Such review may include FLEXlm or FLEXnet (or successor product) report log files that Customer shall capture and provide at Mentor Graphics’ request. 14.3. (d) the use of the Product as part of an infringing process.2. JURISDICTION AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION. Government subcontractor is subject solely to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. or (h) infringement by Customer that is deemed willful. TERMINATION AND EFFECT OF TERMINATION.S. in accordance with the Arbitration Rules of the SIAC in effect at the time of the dispute. except for provisions which are contrary to applicable mandatory federal laws. Government or a U.S. and shall return hardware and either return to Mentor Graphics or destroy Software in Customer’s possession. 12. CONTROLLING LAW. institutes proceedings for liquidation or winding up or enters into an agreement to assign its assets for the benefit of creditors. EXPORT. or (c) require the return of the Product and refund to Customer any purchase price or license fee paid. Mentor Graphics (Ireland) Limited. if Customer is located in North or South America. which rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference in this section.2. Mentor Graphics shall treat as confidential information all information gained as a result of any request or review and shall only use or disclose such information as required by law or to enforce its rights under this Agreement. The Products provided hereunder are subject to regulation by local laws and United States government agencies. To promote consistency around the world. The owners of certain Mentor Graphics intellectual property licensed under this Agreement are located in Ireland and the United States. (b) the modification of the Product other than by Mentor Graphics. Oregon when the laws of Oregon apply.1. Customer shall ensure that all use of the affected Products ceases. such license will automatically terminate at the end of the authorized term. including all copies and documentation. With prior written notice and during Customer’s normal business hours. Software was developed entirely at private expense. Microsoft Corporation and other licensors may be third party beneficiaries of this Agreement with the right to enforce the obligations set forth herein. U. 13. USA. and certify in writing to Mentor Graphics within ten business days of the termination date that Customer no longer possesses any of the affected Products or copies of Software in any form. REVIEW OF LICENSE USAGE. SETTLEMENT AND DAMAGES. less a reasonable allowance for use. Customer will monitor the access to and use of Software. Mentor Graphics may terminate this Agreement and/or any license granted under this Agreement upon 30 days written notice if Customer fails to cure the breach within the 30 day notice period. Mentor Graphics may terminate this Agreement and/or any license granted under this Agreement immediately upon written notice if Customer: (a) exceeds the scope of the license or otherwise fails to comply with the licensing or confidentiality provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing. all disputes in Asia arising out of or in relation to this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration in Singapore before a single arbitrator to be appointed by the chairman of the Singapore International Arbitration Centre (“SIAC”) to be conducted in the English language.S. 13.1 Mentor Graphics may.12. THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY. MISCELLANEOUS. If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void. Some Software may contain code distributed under a third party license agreement that may provide additional rights to Customer. Part No. Waiver of terms or excuse of breach must be in writing and shall not constitute subsequent consent. Rev. This Agreement may only be modified in writing by authorized representatives of the parties. waiver or excuse. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods does not apply to this Agreement. invalid. Please see the applicable Software documentation for details.restrict Mentor Graphics’ right to bring an action against Customer in the jurisdiction where Customer’s place of business is located. 100615. 19. unenforceable or illegal. 20. 246066 . such provision shall be severed from this Agreement and the remaining provisions will remain in full force and effect. including but not limited to any purchase order terms and conditions. SEVERABILITY. This Agreement contains the parties’ entire understanding relating to its subject matter and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements.
Copyright © 2024 DOKUMEN.SITE Inc.